Greensville County Sheriff's Office Policy & Procedure Manual

RR 1-1: ORGANIZATION OF MANUAL
EFFECTIVE DATE: 08/01/16

REVIEWED/REVISED DATE: 08/01/16
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
APPROVED BY: W.T.JARRATT,JR., SHERIFF
V. L. E. P. S. C. STANDARDS: ADM. 09.01 - 09.02
NOTE: This rule or regulation is for internal use only, and does not enlarge an
officer's civil or criminal liability in any way. It should not be construed as the
creation of a higher standard of safety or care in an evidentiary sense, with
respect to third party claims. Violations of this directive, if proven, can only form
the basis of a complaint by this Office, and then only in a non-judicial
administrative setting.
I. POLICY
A manual of policies, rules, and procedures guides the day-to-day legal and
ethical functioning of a Sheriff Office. To that end, the Greensville County
Sheriff's Office activities shall be reflected in this manual. Manuals are
accountable property. All directives shall be distributed to affected personnel
by hand delivery or placement in office mailboxes. Deputies shall acknowledge
receipt of directives by signing receipt forms. Manuals will be disseminated on
computer diskette, compact disk or can be accessed electronically on each
network station. The policies listed herein are most current and up-to-date. The
Sheriff's printed name on the header of each policy reflects the same as his
signature.
II. PURPOSE
This regulation outlines the organization of the manual, its authority, and defines
the
terms, policy, rule, and procedure.
III. DEFINITIONS
A. Policy is a statement of this Office's philosophy on a given issue. Policy

consists of principles and values, which guide the performance of employees.
Further, policy is based upon ethics, experience, the law, and the interests and
desires of the community.
1. Each rule or regulation or general order will begin with a policy statement.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
2. Only the Sheriff or his designee determines policy.
B. A rule is a specific prohibition or requirement governing the behavior of

employees.
1. Rules permit little if any deviation there from. Violations of rules normally result
in administrative discipline.
C. A regulation, which may contain one or more rules, is an administrative order

governing organizational matters, e.g., leave policy, off-duty employment,
promotions.
1. Similar to rules, regulations permit little if any deviation there from. Violations of
regulations normally result in administrative discipline.
2. Only the Sheriff or his designee revises regulations.
D. A procedure defines a method of performing an operation or a manner of

proceeding on a course of action. It differs from policy in that it directs action in
a particular situation to perform a specific task within the guidelines of policy.
1. All procedures in this manual will be labeled general orders. General orders
govern operations.
2. Unlike rules and regulations, violations of general orders may result in

administrative discipline. General orders constitute a guide to behavior in
given situations. Deputies may depart from general orders if, in their
professional judgment, the situation warrants. Deputies must be prepared to
justify their actions. In this manual, "directive" is synonymous with "general
order."
3. Only the Sheriff or his designee authorizes general orders.

NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
E. A memorandum, either (1) provides useful, specific information to officers not

amounting to a formal order, or (2) constitutes a directive affecting specific
behavior for a specific event or period of time, and is usually self-canceling.
1. Memoranda are not part of this manual. Any supervisors may issue
memoranda. Memoranda will be placed in the affected member's mailbox or
issued in person.
2. A directive is a memorandum that is written by the Sheriff's Office

supervisory staffs to guide subordinate staff. Directives will not conflict with
policy. Directives will be distributed to the affected supervisors. The affected
supervisors will distribute to each of his/her subordinates, emergency
directives and record the dissemination. Non-emergency directives shall be
placed in the individual deputies' mailbox and shall be the responsibility of the
individual subordinate to access and read.
F. The manual is a collection of rules, regulations, and general orders of the

department.
IV. ORGANIZATION OF THE MANUAL
A. The manual is divided into three components: introduction, rules and

regulations, and general orders.
1. Introduction is combined with the welcome, what's new, goals & objectives,
code of ethics and the department organizational chart.
2. Rules and regulations govern conduct, personnel, and administrative

procedures or rules. Rules and Regulations (RR) will be labeled RR 1-( ).
3. General orders contain operational guidelines, or procedures. General orders

(GO) labeled GO 2-( ).
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
B. Rules and regulations are numbered consecutively, preceded by "1-( )."

General orders are numbered consecutively "2-( )." Individual pages are
numbered consecutively within a given regulation or general order.
C. The Sheriff or his designee authorizes any rule, regulation, or general order.
D. Within the context of any rule or directive, the use of the word "shall" connotes
an action or behavior that is mandatory and unequivocal. The words "may",
"can" or "should" connote an action or behavior that is optional.
E. Any deputy or civilian member of the department may suggest or

recommend changes to the Sheriff or his designee concerning the policy
manual.
V. INDEXING, PURGING, UPDATING & REVISING RULES

AND REGULATIONS, GENERAL ORDERS, DIRECTIVES AND
MEMOS
A. Rules and Regulations and General Orders will be reviewed at least annually
by the Sheriff or his designee. Changes necessary will be made and the review
date recorded. Rules and Regulations or General Orders may be revised,
updated or purged at anytime as the Sheriff or his designee directs. When a
Rule and Regulation or General Order is reviewed or replaced the title sections
(AMENDS/SUPERSEDES) of the policy will show which Rules and Regulation or
General Order the new revision or policy has changed. These shall be indexed
by title and section.
B. Directives, when issued will display an expiration date unless the directive is to
be left open or to be forwarded to the Sheriff or his designee to consider for
inclusion in the Rules and Regulations of General Orders. Directives will be
indexed by date of issuance. Directives will be reviewed quarterly by the Sheriff's
designee, and purged if necessary. Persons authorized to write directives will
review all existing directives, RR's and GO's for prior statements on the same
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
subject; if there are other orders existing they will not contradict each other. The
writer is responsible
to research these orders and purge the second order if it is to be replaced.
C. Memorandum, when written will have an effective date and expiration date,
if known or applicable. The memorandum will be reviewed by the person
authorized to issue memorandums, quarterly, and purged if it is still not in effect.
The memorandum can be replaced or purged by the Sheriff or his designee(s).
Memorandums may be indexed by issue date. All persons responsible for writing
memorandum will review the memo/directive system and the manual to assure
the memorandum will not conflict with other orders.
RR 1-2 GENERAL RULES OF CONDUCT
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
V. L. E. P. S. C. STANDARDS: ADM. 01.02, 02.01, 07.04

OPR. 01.05
PER. 03.04, 04.01, 04.02, 09.01 - 09.04
the basis of a complaint by this department, and then only in a non-judicial
I. POLICY
The Greensville County Sheriff's Office expects its personnel to maintain high
standards of appearance and conduct. The public similarly expects such high
standards. Deputies yield considerable power over citizens. Our powers to arrest,
seize property, and interfere, at times, with the lives of citizens constitute a public
trust. We can help insure that we regard this trust as vital by exemplary
performance in our jobs. Performance is not enough: we must always conduct
ourselves in an exemplary fashion.
II. PURPOSE
To define this Office's expectations for personal behavior, on-duty and off-duty.
III. DEFINITIONS
All deputies will display the degree of integrity required by the Law Enforcement
Code of Ethics:
"As a law enforcement officer, my fundamental duty is to serve mankind; to

safeguard lives and property; to protect the innocent against deception, the
weak against oppression or intimidation, and the peaceful against violence or
disorder; and to respect the constitutional rights of all men to liberty, equality,
and justice.
"I will keep my private life unsullied as an example to all; maintain courageous
calm in the face of danger, scorn or ridicule; develop self-restraint; and be
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 01.05
PER. 03.04, 04.01, 04.02, 09.01 - 09.04
constantly mindful of the welfare of others. Honest in thought and deed in both
my personal and official life, I will be exemplary in obeying the law of the land
and the regulations of my department. Whatever I see or hear of a confidential
nature or that is confided to me in my official capacity will be kept ever secret
unless revelation is necessary in the performance of duty.”
"I will never act officiously or permit personal feelings, prejudice, animosities, or
friendships to influence my decisions with no compromise for crime and with
relentless prosecution of criminals. I will enforce the law courteously and
appropriately without fear or favor, malice, or ill will, never employing
unnecessary force or violence and never accepting gratuities.”
"I recognize the badge of my office as a symbol of public faith, and I accept it
as a public trust to be held so long as I am true to the ethics of police service. I
will constantly strive to achieve these objectives and ideals, dedicating myself
before God to my chosen profession--law enforcement."
IV. GENERAL DUTIES
A. All deputies will, at all times, within jurisdictional limits, prevent crime,
preserve the peace, protect life and property, detect and arrest violators of the
law, and enforce the laws of the United States, Commonwealth of Virginia, and
all local ordinances, in accordance with the rules, regulations, policies,
procedures, and orders of the jurisdiction and the department. The term "all
deputies" includes all sworn officers. Deputies will be conscious that when they
act under "color of law," that the phrase includes not only laws but also policies,
procedures, ordinances, common usage, and custom.
B. Obedience to laws, ordinances, rules, regulations
1. DEFINITION - Employees of this Office will obey all federal and state laws.
They will also obey all laws and ordinances of Greensville County or other
municipality in which the employees may be present. Employees will obey all
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 01.05
PER. 03.04, 04.01, 04.02, 09.01 - 09.04
rules, regulations, directives, and orders as may be issued by the Sheriff's Office.
The term "employees" includes both sworn and non-sworn personnel. This term
shall be interrupted to include the fact that all members of this office are
appointed and work at the direction, will and pleasure of the Sheriff.
2. AUTHORITY - Employees of this Office will obey all lawful orders issued to them
by competent authority.
3. VIOLATION OF LAW - Supervisory officers of this Office will not knowingly or

willfully issue any order in violation of any law or ordinance or of any rule,
regulation, general or special order of the Office.
4. UNSATISFACTORY PERFORMANCE – Unsatisfactory performance may be

demonstrated by a lack of knowledge of the application of laws required to be
enforced; an unwillingness or inability to perform assigned tasks; the failure to
conform to work standards established for the employee's position; condition
deserving law enforcement attention; or absence without leave.
5. CONFLICT OF ORDERS - To permit effective supervision, direction, and

control, employees should promptly obey any lawful order of a superior,
including any order relayed from a superior by an employee of the same or
lesser rank. In the event an employee is given two apparently lawful but
different orders that may be in conflict, the last order given should be complied
with unless the order is retracted or modified. In the event an employee receives
conflicting orders, the employee should inform the person giving the last order of
the conflict of orders. That person giving the conflicting order should then
resolve the conflict by either retracting, modifying or requesting the employee
to comply with the latest order. In the event the conflicting order is not altered
or retracted, the employee will be held responsible for disobedience of the
order or directive previously issued.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 01.05
PER. 03.04, 04.01, 04.02, 09.01 - 09.04
6. OBEDIENCE TO ORDERS - No employee of this Office is required to obey any

order which is contrary to the laws of the United States, State of Virginia, or
ordinances of Greensville County; however, such refusal to obey is the
responsibility of the employee and he will be required to justify his action.
7. CIVIL RIGHTS - All members shall take care to observe and respect the civil
rights of citizens, as the term "civil rights" is commonly understood.
8. ARRESTS OF LAW ENFORCEMENT OFFICERS - A deputy who arrests a member

of another law enforcement agency shall notify the Sheriff of the fact in a timely
fashion. Deputies must take whatever action is appropriate to the
circumstances, including issuance of citations or making an in-custody arrest.
That the person cited or arrested is a police officer shall make no difference.
9. EVIDENCE - Evidence in the form of contraband will be stored in the

evidence storage room before, during and after trial. Following trial or other
legal proceeding, the deputy whose case involves the contraband shall apply
to the court for a destruction order. Upon receiving the order, the deputy shall
conduct with the evidence technician, or cause to be conducted, the
destruction, taking care to obtain a witness, and document the destruction on
the Sheriff's Office property destruction form. The deputy conducting or
supervising the destruction shall so notify the court and provide appropriate
documentation.
a. Deputies shall report evidence not contraband obtained during their

investigations to the General District Court and dispose of it according to the
Court's recommendation.
b. Deputies shall not give away evidence to anyone. Further, deputies shall not
appropriate any evidence or other property to their own use under any
circumstances.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 01.05
PER. 03.04, 04.01, 04.02, 09.01 - 09.04
c. Field Testing Narcotics:

Paraphernalia containing residue or insufficient quantity, or any substance in
powder or rock form shall NOT be field tested. The submitting deputy shall
submit these types of items to the Virginia Department of Forensic Science for
analysis. The submitting deputy shall note the reason he/she did not field test
the substance in the IBR narrative. (e.g. The suspected narcotics
found/recovered are in powder form and were not field tested when recovered
due to department policy and deputy safety.)
1). Exception:
If a deputy effects an arrest for simple possession of marijuana or recovers
evidence that is believed to be marijuana (Simple Possession) and an arrest is
imminent, he/she shall have the material field tested in front of the offender and
additional officer if available. The deputy shall also issue the offender a DC-304
(Request for Chemical Analysis Form) at the time the field test is performed. The
Request for Chemical Analysis must be issued to the offender if an arrest is made
or the offender is released on a summons for “Simple Possession”. As of January
1, 2015, deputies shall NO longer submit marijuana plant material to the
Department of Forensic Science for analysis for “Simple Possession Cases”
without a court order to do so.
10. LOST PROPERTY - Deputies who encounter lost property shall treat such
property as evidence, storing it in the evidence room, if possible, or otherwise
securing the property under guidance of the Sheriff. Deputies shall document
the circumstances and describe the property. Deputies shall make a reasonable
effort to ascertain the owner of the property and return it. Upon releasing
property, or obtaining property from a citizen who finds it, deputies shall write a
receipt.
11. FALSE STATEMENTS - On any official matter whatsoever, members shall not
knowingly make any false statements or misrepresentations of the facts.(*This
does not pertain to interviewing or investigative techniques.)
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 01.05
PER. 03.04, 04.01, 04.02, 09.01 - 09.04
12. ENFORCEMENT WHILE OFF-DUTY - If a deputy while off-duty, witnesses a

violation of the law committed in his presence, which, in his professional
judgment, demands immediate attention, he may make an arrest, providing:
a. The law violation was committed in Greensville County, and
b. The deputy does not use his own personal vehicle to chase or pursue the
violator, but observes all traffic laws applicable to citizens, and
c. He displays identification to the violator and announces his purpose, and
d. He can make the arrest without jeopardizing his own safety, the safety of the
violator, or of the public.
13. BRIBES - Employees of the Sheriff's Office found to have accepted bribes shall
be dismissed with prejudice.
14. USE OF FORCE - GENERAL - Deputies shall use only the minimum force
necessary to accomplish a legitimate law enforcement purpose. Further,
deputies shall exhaust all reasonable means of apprehension and control within
their abilities before resorting to the use of deadly force. Further guidelines
concerning the use of force are outlined in General Order 2-6.
a. Violation of the use of force and deadly force orders herein may subject the
deputy to administrative discipline, suits for damages, and criminal prosecution.
15. DEADLY FORCE - Deputies may use deadly force:
a. To defend themselves or other persons from what the deputy perceives as

an immediate threat of death or serious injury.
b. To effect an arrest or prevent an escape when the deputy reasonably

believes the suspect or escapee has killed or seriously injured another person or
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 01.05
PER. 03.04, 04.01, 04.02, 09.01 - 09.04
poses an immediate threat to kill or otherwise seriously injure another person,

and alternate means of arrest have either been tried or
would involve a risk of death or serious injury to the officer or others. See General
Order 2-6.
16. WARNING SHOTS - Warning shots are strictly prohibited.
17. REPORTING USE OF FORCE - Deputies shall report any use of force to their
superior and make a report on the Use of Force Form as soon as practicable.
C. Disciplinary/personnel actions
1. Disciplinary actions may include a warning, an oral or written reprimand,

suspension with or without pay, reduction in pay, demotion or termination.
Personnel actions may include probation, counseling, training, close supervision,
performance evaluation, transfer, and termination.
2. As appropriate, disciplinary action may be taken for any of the following

reasons:
a. Incompetent or inefficient performance of duty orientation to or dereliction

of duty.
b. Insubordination, discourteous treatment of the public or a fellow employee,

or any act of omission or commission of similar nature discrediting or injuring the
public service or any act jeopardizing the effective functioning of their service.
c. Mental or physical unfitness for the position which the employee holds.
d. Conviction of a felony or misdemeanor involving conduct which shocks the

conscience of a reasonable person, or a pattern of misconduct as displayed by
series of convictions of misdemeanors.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 01.05
PER. 03.04, 04.01, 04.02, 09.01 - 09.04
e. Failure to report to an appropriate superior authority incompetence,

misconduct, inefficiency, neglect of duty, or any other form of misconduct or
negligence of which the employee has knowledge.
f. Failure of a supervisory employee to take corrective action regarding
employees under their supervision who may be guilty of any form of neglect of
duty or misconduct where the supervisor knows or should have known of such
dereliction.
3. Examples of behavior specifically prohibited include:
a. Use of alcoholic beverages on duty, or drunkenness on duty.
b. Use of illegal drugs or narcotics.
c. Buying alcoholic beverages while on-duty or in uniform.
d. Acting as bailer for anyone other than a family member.
e. Releasing any information to a suspect or convicted person that would

enable an escape from custody or hamper an investigation.
f. Selling, trading, or buying chances or bets, or any other gambling while on

duty.
g. Publicly criticizing superior officers, or, while on duty, publicly criticizing

members of the Board of Supervisors, or any county official, except on matters
of public concern.
h. Sleeping on duty.
i. Sexual activities on duty.

NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 01.05
PER. 03.04, 04.01, 04.02, 09.01 - 09.04
j. Running for or announcing as a candidate for public office, without first

obtaining a leave of absence from the Sheriff's Office. The granting of a leave of
absence will be at the discretion of the Sheriff.
4. Nothing in these rules and regulations limits the charges against employees
because the alleged act or omission does not specifically appear in this manual,
orders of this Office, or in the laws or ordinances which the Sheriff's Office is
responsible to enforce.
D. General Conduct
1. Employees of this Office will display respect for their superior officers,
subordinates, and associates. When on-duty and in the presence of the public,
superior officers shall be addressed or referred to by rank.
2. Employees of this Office will address their subordinates, associates,

supervisors or members of the general public courteously, and will not use
abusive, violent, insulting or provoking language which could be deemed
insulting to any person or group by reason of their racial or ethnic background.
3. Employees of this Office will at all times be civil and courteous. They will
maintain an even disposition and remain calm, regardless of provocation, in
executing their duties.
4. Employees of this Office will not gossip or speak rumors detrimental to the
Office or another employee.
5. Employees of this Office will always display absolute honesty.
6. Employees of this Office will cooperate and coordinate their efforts with
other employees to insure maximum effectiveness. This high degree of
cooperation and coordination will extend to other law enforcement
organizations and government agencies.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 01.05
PER. 03.04, 04.01, 04.02, 09.01 - 09.04
7. A deputy will not display cowardice in the line of duty or in any situation
where the public or another police officer might be subjected to physical
danger. Unless actually incapacitated themselves, officers will aid, assist, and
protect fellow officers in time of danger or under conditions where danger might
reasonably be impending.
8. Employees of this office will not at any time use or attempt to use their official
position, badge or credentials for personal or financial gain or advantage.
9. Employees shall not knowingly associate with or have any dealings with
known criminals, racketeers, gamblers or persons engaged in any unlawful
activities nor frequent or operate places or questionable character, either while
on duty or off duty, except when necessary in the official performance of his
duties.
10. Employees of this office shall not consider race, gender, religion, sexual
orientation, nationality, upbringing, culture, age, ethnicity, education or socio-
economic levels as the single decision making factor regarding the stopping,
detention, searching, use of force and/or arrest of any person. This does not
prohibit exceptional actions such as the stopping/detention of an individual
based on descriptive information provided by a victim and/or witness to a
crime. This office will not tolerate any type of bias-based policing or racial
profiling. Bias-based Policing/Racial profiling is defined as:
a) the belief that the human family is comprised of different races,

b) the perception that a particular human being belongs to a specific race,
c) the interpretation that because of the person's race the person should be
classified as suspect,
d) the routine negative actions, (like arrest) based (partially) on the suspect's
race.
All sworn employees shall receive initial (basic) and on-going (in-service) training
in proactive law enforcement tactics, to include- cultural diversity, courtesy and
interpersonal communications skills
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 01.05
PER. 03.04, 04.01, 04.02, 09.01 - 09.04
All complaints of bias-based policing/racial profiling shall be completely and

thoroughly investigated through the sheriff's office internal affairs process.
11. Employees of this Office shall submit randomly and at least once annually to
any mechanical or chemical tests to determine the presence of alcohol or
drugs in their bodies. Supervisors, before requiring such tests, must articulate their
reasons for testing in writing and present them to the Sheriff for approval. You
must keep a current prescription medication list on file with the Executive
Administrative Specialist to be added to your employee medical file.
E. Gifts, Gratuities, Rewards
1. Employees will not solicit any gifts, gratuities, loans, or fees where there is any
direct or indirect connection between the solicitation and their department
employment.
2. Employees will not accept either directly or indirectly any gifts, gratuity, loan
or fee or any other thing of value arising from or offered because of Sheriff's
employment or any activity connected with law enforcement employment.
3. Employees will not accept any gift, gratuity or other thing of value, the
acceptance of which might tend to influence directly or indirectly the actions of
the employee or any other employee in any manner of official business; or
which might tend to cast any adverse reflection on this Office or any employee
thereof.
4. No employee of this Office will receive any gift or gratuity from other
employees junior in rank without the express permission of the Sheriff.
5. Employees will not accept any gift, gratuity or reward in money or other
considerations for services in line of duty to the community, or to any person,
business or agency except lawful salary and that authorized by the Code of
Virginia.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 01.05
PER. 03.04, 04.01, 04.02, 09.01 - 09.04
F. Suggestions of Grievance
Employees of the Office wishing to make suggestions for the improvement of the
Office, or who feel injured or offended by the treatment, orders, or neglect of
duty of a superior, may communicate either orally or in writing, through proper
channels such suggestion or complaint to the Sheriff; however, certain matters
such as those of a personal or confidential nature may be brought directly to
the Sheriff. If the Sheriff deems appropriate, he may refer the employee through
the chain of command to insure its proper and efficient functioning.
G. Duty
1. Employees of this Office will report for duty at least (15) minutes prior to their
shift to the time and place specified by their assignment or orders and complete
the number of hours on duty required by their assignment.
2. Employees of this Office, while on duty, will remain alert and awake,
unencumbered by alcoholic beverages, prescription drugs, illegal narcotics, or
conflicts arising from off-duty employment.
3. Employees of this Office, while on duty, will not engage in any activity or
personal business, which would cause them to neglect their duty.
4. Deputies serve in order to protect lives, preserve the peace, enforce the laws
of the town and state, and assist the public in any reasonable request.
5. Deputies shall identify themselves to any person requesting a name, rank,

and badge number.
6. All personnel shall maintain a telephone number that they can be reached
at (cellular, home). Employees shall notify the dispatcher and Secretary of their
telephone number, address, and any changes thereto.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 01.05
PER. 03.04, 04.01, 04.02, 09.01 - 09.04
7. All deputies shall, in a timely fashion, complete and submit all forms and
reports required by this Office and the laws of the Commonwealth.
8. Deputies shall not provide information from computer-based vehicle license

checks to citizens nor to anyone not authorized to receive such information.
9. If injured, deputies shall promptly notify their supervisor of the injury and the
circumstances of it. A written description of the incident by the employee shall
be turned in to the Sheriff or his designee within 24 hours of the incident.
10. Deputies, while on duty, shall constantly keep the dispatcher informed of
their whereabouts. To this end, deputies will keep their portable radios charged,
turned on, and in their immediate possession at all times.
11. Deputies shall maintain a professional attitude and manner when

communicating by radio. Deputies shall communicate in plain language,
abiding by FCC requirements and the requirements of this Office.
12. Deputies and dispatchers shall not loiter at the Sheriff's Office, but shall use
the office for professional purposes only. Each deputy is responsible for the
cleanliness and upkeep of the office.
13. Deputies shall not use police vehicles for personal business. Requests to use
police vehicles for personal business shall be made to the Sheriff.
14. Deputies shall clean the interiors of their police vehicles when needed.
Deputies shall have their police vehicles washed when needed.
15. All employees of the Greensville County Sheriff's Department who fails to
discharge financial obligations shall be considered cause for disciplinary action.
The second garnishment within a year shall be grounds for dismissal.
16. No employee shall use his or her position with the Office for personal or
monetary gain.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 01.05
PER. 03.04, 04.01, 04.02, 09.01 - 09.04
17. Employees are permitted to make long distance telephone calls when
necessary for official purposes.
18. Deputies must carry police identification with them at all times. In addition,
while on duty, deputies shall carry a valid driver's license.
a. Deputies are encouraged to carry an approved weapon with them when off
duty.
H. Leave
1. Employees of this Office will not be absent from duty without first obtaining
permission from their supervisors.
2. Employees of this Office will, in situations requiring emergency leave or sick

leave, notify their supervisors of the circumstances as soon as possible.
I. Information
1. Employees of this Office will not communicate to any person not an

employee of this Office any information concerning operations, activities or
matters of police business, the release of which is prohibited by law or which
may have an adverse impact on our image, operations, or administration.
2. Employees of this Office will communicate promptly to a supervisor

information regarding tips on crimes or criminal activity or other relevant law
enforcement information, which may come into their possession. After
conferring with a supervisor, employee and supervisor will notify the Sheriff, if
appropriate, of the information.
J. Public Appearances
If a deputy receives a request to make a public presentation or appearance, or

publish an article concerning his duties, he shall apply for permission to the
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 01.05
PER. 03.04, 04.01, 04.02, 09.01 - 09.04
Sheriff. The Office will authorize appearances or writings that represent the
agency.
K. Use of Alcohol
1. Employees of this Office will not consume any alcoholic beverage while on
duty. Deputies in plain clothes, with the consent of their commanding officer,
may consume limited quantities while on duty when necessary to accomplish
the police mission.
2. Employees of the Sheriff's Office will not appear for regular duty, or be on
regular duty, while under the influence of intoxicants to any degree whatsoever
or with an odor of intoxicants on their breath.
3. In the event of an emergency recall, each deputy must determine fitness for
duty if alcohol has been consumed. A supervisor will be consulted and asked to
confirm or deny, as appropriate, the deputy's judgment in the matter. No
adverse actions will be taken if, in an emergency recall, the deputy believes
him/her self to be incapacitated for duty, says so, or is told so by a supervisor,
before actually going on duty.
4. Deputies shall not carry weapons when off duty in a situation the deputy
deems socially inappropriate, particularly where the deputy consumes alcoholic
beverages.
L. Use of Drugs
Employees of this Office will not use any narcotic, stimulating or dangerous drug
while on-duty or off-duty unless prescribed by a physician. Employees using any
prescribed narcotic or any other medications that could impair their
performance or judgment, will notify their supervisor and the Executive
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 01.05
PER. 03.04, 04.01, 04.02, 09.01 - 09.04
Administrative Specialist immediately upon receiving such prescription and the

information will be added to the employee’s medical records file. The
prescription medication and other medication list will be kept in a separate
locked file away from the employee’s personnel file.
M. Use of Tobacco
Deputies will not use tobacco while engaged in traffic control, on an

investigation, or while otherwise in contact with the public. No tobacco
products will be used in any county government building.
N. Property, Equipment, and Uniform
1. Employees of this office will be responsible for the proper care and the use of
property and equipment assigned to or used by them and will promptly report
to their supervisors any loss, damage, destruction or defect therein.
2. Employees of this office will operate department vehicles and other

equipment in such a manner as to avoid injury to persons or damage to
property. Whenever a police vehicle is involved in an accident, the operator will
notify a supervisor immediately. Under no circumstances will a deputy
investigate his or her own accident. Preferably, a deputy of higher rank will
conduct the investigation.
3. At the beginning of a tour of duty, employees will examine any vehicle

assigned to them and report any operational deficiencies, damage or defects
to their supervisors. Failure to report damage or defects will create the
presumption that the employee inspected the vehicle and found no damage or
defects. The employee, in this case, will be held responsible for the damage.
4. Deputies shall keep their uniforms clean and pressed, their shoes and other
leather equipment polished and shined, and badges and name plates clean
and bright.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 01.05
PER. 03.04, 04.01, 04.02, 09.01 - 09.04
5. Employees wearing civilian clothing on duty will present a neat and clean
appearance. Employees will wear clothing which is appropriate to the type of
duties and citizen contact expected, e.g., coat and tie for men and equivalent
skirt, blouse or pants outfit for women are appropriate for business contacts;
more informal sports clothing might be appropriate for late hours of work.
Civilian dress should not be a source of negative comment from the community.
6. Employees of this Office will not temporarily or permanently convert any

department property to their own personal use or the use of any other person.
7. When an employee of this Office terminates employment, all issued

equipment will be returned on the day the termination is effective. Failure to
return all items of county property will result in withholding final pay or taking
legal action.
8. Employees of this Office will have as a part of their issued equipment an

electronic copy of the rules and regulations and general orders manual, and will
maintain and make appropriate changes or inserts as directed.
9. The Greensville Sheriff's Office furnishes the following uniform items to certified
law enforcement:
- Summer and winter shirts, Class A and BDU

- Pants, year-round material, Class A and BDU
- Summer hats
- Pair shoes and/or boots
- Gun belt
- Gun holster
- Handcuff case
- Magazine pouch
- Can of chemical deterrent
- Set of handcuffs
- Badges
- Name plates
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 01.05
PER. 03.04, 04.01, 04.02, 09.01 - 09.04
- Ties
- 40 cal. Or 9mm pistol
- Bulletproof vest (patrol deputies only)
- Tazer
10. All uniforms shall be worn with approved duty gear. BDU Uniforms may be
worn on daylight, but isn't permissible for any court appearance.
11. Class A uniform or a coat and tie will be worn for all court appearances (see
U.3).
12. All patrol deputies will be issued bulletproof vests and are expected to wear
them when on duty. If vests are not worn, they must be kept in the officers'
assigned vehicle.
13. When uniform items are damaged or worn out and needing replacement,
officers shall request replacement or repair to his department head, giving
reasons why items were damaged.
O. SEASONAL GUIDELINES
All sworn employees shall conform to the following seasoning guidelines:
April 1 = OPTIONAL SHORT SLEEVES

April 15 = MANDATORY SHORT SLEEVES
October 15 = OPTIONAL LONG SLEEVES
November 1 = MANDATORY LONG SLEEVES AND NECK TIE (if wearing Class A)
P. Part-time or Off-duty Employment
Before engaging in any outside employment or business activity, an employee

shall submit a request for permission for off-duty employment to the Sheriff.
Off-duty employment activities of employees are subject to the following

regulations:
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 01.05
PER. 03.04, 04.01, 04.02, 09.01 - 09.04
1. The employment shall not render the deputy unavailable during an

emergency, or physically or mentally exhaust the deputy to the point that his
performance on duty will be affected.
2. Employment shall not in any way conflict with the objectives of this Office,
impair its reputation, or compromise law enforcement.
3. The uniform shall not be worn nor equipment used unless so authorized by
the Sheriff.
4. Each employee while engaged in off-duty employment shall conduct

himself in accordance with standards, and is under the control of office
supervisors.
5. A member or employee, at the discretion of his commanding officer may be

called on-duty at any time irrespective of his off-duty employment.
The decision of the Sheriff to issue or deny permission to work outside the Sheriff's
Office is final. Further guidance is found in RR 1-11.
Q. Reporting Arrests, Court Action, Civil Cases
1. Employees of this Office will immediately report to the Sheriff any arrests or
court action, including civil and divorce proceedings instituted against him or
her.
2. Any employee of this Office who becomes involved in any accident, incident,
or altercation, or any problem which may come to the public attention will give
oral notification as soon as possible, and within twenty-four hours in writing, to his
supervisor. Supervisors will forward relevant information through the chain of
command as rapidly as possible.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 01.05
PER. 03.04, 04.01, 04.02, 09.01 - 09.04
3. Employees shall keep all complaints, arrests information, or other official

business confidential. Employees shall not indulge in gossip about departmental
business.
4. Employees shall avoid involvement in any civil disputes involving neighbors or

acquaintances. Further, officers shall not remove children from parental custody
or property from citizens without court order.
R. Memberships
No member of this Office shall be a member of any organization which

advocates the violent overthrow of the government of the United States, the
Commonwealth of Virginia or any unit of local government, or participate in any
organization which has a purpose, aim, objective or any practices which are
contrary to the obligations of a law enforcement officer under these rules
and regulations.
S. Money Expenditures
1. There will be no expenditures of money or financial obligations incurred in

the name of this Office by any employee without permission from the Sheriff or
his designee.
2. No employee shall imply or accept financial liability for loss or damage on

behalf of the county. Any inquiries concerning financial liability will be referred
to the county attorney.
T. Resignations
An employee must provide at least two weeks written notice of his or her intent
to resign.
U. Grooming
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 01.05
PER. 03.04, 04.01, 04.02, 09.01 - 09.04
Employees shall maintain a smart, conservative, well-groomed appearance. The

uniform shall be clean, pressed, or polished at all times. Non uniform members
shall wear appropriate business attire. When wearing the uniform members shall
maintain a military bearing, avoiding mannerisms such as slouching and
keeping hands in the pockets. Females may wear facial cosmetics in a
conservative manner. Hair color shall be limited to natural colors and any styles
such as ponytails or corn rows are not permitted.
1. Male Uniform Personnel
Men's hair must be clean, neatly combed, evenly trimmed and styled at all
times. Sideburns may extend to the base of the ear opening with no flare and
may not hide the ear from the front. Hair in the back of the head must not
extend below the top of the shirt collar or cover the edge of the ear. Hair on the
forehead shall not protrude under the headband of the issued headgear. Hair
shall be worn so as not to interfere with the wearing of the issued hat. Facial hair
is not permitted, except for neatly trimmed mustaches provided they do not
obscure the upper lip nor extends more than one-half inch below or beyond the
corner of the mouth. Goatees are admissible as long as they are closely
groomed. Handlebar mustaches and beards are not permitted.
2. Female Uniform Personnel
Females must wear their hair in a clean, neat and attractive appearance
consistent with the duty preformed. Women may not wear hair below the collar.
The bulk of length of the hair shall not interfere with the wearing of the issued
hat. If longer than a man's hair, women's hair must be arranged, pinned up
above the collar in such a way that hats can be worn easily.
V. Courtroom Appearances
All employees will treat courtroom appearances with the utmost importance.
Further, as a rule, employees must arrive at the court early enough to check the
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 01.05
PER. 03.04, 04.01, 04.02, 09.01 - 09.04
docket, if necessary, and confer with the prosecutor. Employees shall observe
the following rules:
1. If an employee receives subpoenas requiring appearance in different courts

at the same time, he or she should honor the first subpoena received. If,
however, one of the subpoenas was issued by a circuit or higher court, it shall
receive precedence over one issued by a district court.
2. If on duty, sworn employees will appear in court in their normal uniform,

investigative officers may wear appropriate business attire. If off duty,
employees shall wear either the uniform or appear suitably attired in civilian
clothes. Civilian attire means a tie for men, with a sport jacket or suit and the
equivalent clothing for women.
3. When testifying, employees will remain attentive, face the jury or judge when
giving testimony, and speak in a clear, audible tone. Employees will respond to
questions asked by the judge or attorneys and will not argue, interject, or offer
an emotionally charged response to any remark or question.
4. Each member shall be familiar with the laws of evidence and will testify
truthfully on any matter.
Sheriff
Administrative Administrative Detective A - Patrol B - Patrol School

Communications Civil Process Court Security
Executive Captain Division Division Division Resource
Captain Lieutenant Lieutenant Lieutenant First Sergeant Lieutenant
First Sergeant Sergeant Sergeant Corporal Corporal Corporal
Corporal Corporal
RR 1-4: INSPECTIONS
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
V. L. E. P. S. C. STANDARDS: ADM. 16.03, 19.01
creation of a higher standard of safety or care in an
evidentiary sense, with respect to third party claims. Violations of this directive, if
proven, can only form the basis of a complaint by this department, and then
only in a non-judicial administrative setting.
I. POLICY
The Sheriff is responsible for establishing and maintaining a system of inspections

to obtain the information needed to direct the operation of the department.
Although the ultimate responsibility of inspection and control rests with the
Sheriff, it must be carried out continuously at all levels of command and
supervision.
The goal of inspection is operational efficiency and effectiveness. Although

infractions discovered during the process of inspection should be handled
according to policy and the particular circumstances, inspection should not be
viewed as a disciplinary process: it should be a fair, impartial, and honest
appraisal of efforts. The inspector should have a positive, constructive attitude
and make every effort to instill respect for and understanding of the inspection
process.
II. PURPOSE
To establish policy and procedures for continuous inspection of the Sheriff's

Office personnel, resources, and operational effectiveness.
RR 1-4: INSPECTIONS
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
III. PROCEDURES
A. Inspection objectives.
The objectives of the inspections include:
1. To learn whether a task is being performed as outlined in policy and if

procedures are followed.
2. To learn whether the anticipated results of orders and standards are

achieved.
3. To discover whether Sheriff's Office resources are used to the best advantage.
4. To reveal the existence of needs.
5. All inspections shall be conducted by the supervisor in charge of the

particular employees being inspected.
6. The supervisor in charge of the inspection will conduct follow-up inspections to

assure that any deficiencies have been corrected within (30) days of the
deficiency being noted.
B. Inspection responsibilities
1. Inspection shall be an ongoing process conducted by those in direct

command, i.e., those who have the authority to act or require immediate action
of subordinates. Ongoing inspection is a duty of the Sheriff or his designee, and
any others whose duties require inspections.
2. Inspection responsibilities shall include personal inspection of employees, the

equipment they use how it is used and cared for, how employees perform their
duties, and the result of their efforts. Employees shall respond immediately to
correct deficiencies identified during inspections. Additionally, inspectors shall
recognize exemplary performance.
RR 1-4: INSPECTIONS
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
3. Formal inspections by the supervisor shall be made at intervals not to exceed

six months.
4. The inspector shall record the dates and results of each inspection. When
appropriate, as a result of an investigation, the supervisor or the Sheriff shall
prepare any record of counseling or commendation.
5. The supervisor shall daily visually inspect deputies and their equipment.
6. The following types of inspections are required and the frequency of these
inspections:
a. Written Inspections;
1. Property & Evidence - quarterly (full audit annually - non employee)

1. Vehicle inspections - quarterly
2. Personal Evaluations - bi-annually
3. Weapons Inspections - bi-annually
4. Evidence audit - quarterly
5. Internal Audits - annually
b. General Inspections (not Written):
1. Personnel Inspections - random

2. Work Area Inspections - random
3. Work Observation - random
4. Property & Evidence - unannounced bi-annually
At least annually, each Department Head shall be responsible for conducting a

staff inspection of their section and furnish the Sheriff, through the chain of
command, with a written report of that inspection. The inspection will ensure
that the Sheriff's Office goals are being pursued, identifying the need for
additional services and ensuring that control is maintained throughout the
agency. Staff inspections will include review and evaluation all policy,
procedures and goals, including those related to communications. Staff
RR 1-4: INSPECTIONS
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
inspections shall include a meeting with the Sheriff or his designee to discuss the
status of each section and efficiencies discovered.
RR 1-5: HIRING DEPARTMENT PERSONNEL
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

PER. 01.01 - 01.04
I. POLICY
It is the policy of The Greensville Sheriff's Office to obtain the best employees
possible. To that end, the Office shall practice a regimented, rigorous selection
procedure while simultaneously affording equal opportunity to everyone
regardless of race, creed, color, sex, national origin, or age. The Office does not
discriminate against people with disabilities and affords them the same access
to employment provided to all citizens. Where possible, the Office provides
reasonable accommodation to the known disabilities of qualified people.
II. PURPOSE
The purpose of this order is to outline minimum hiring requirements for employees
of this Department.
III. DEFINITIONS
A. Disability: a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one or more

of the major life activities.
B. Reasonable accommodation: the modification of existing facilities to render

them more accessible to and usable by people with disabilities. Also refers to
restructuring the job or modifying work schedules to assist assignment of a
disabled employee.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

PER. 01.01 - 01.04
C. Appointee/Employee: The usage of the word employee shall be interpreted

to mean appointee. All members of this office are appointees. The Sheriff is an
elected constitutional officer of the county. Therefore, all members of this office
work for and at the pleasure of the Sheriff. All members are appointed to their
positions and are assigned certain duties as deemed appropriate by the Sheriff.
(see section V. of this document)
IV. PROCEDURES
A. The minimum qualifications that all applicants for the position of deputy sheriff
must meet include:
1. Minimum age of 21.
2. High school graduate or the equivalent.
3. Must be a citizen of the United States.
4. Passing a background investigation which may include a check of school

records, credit history, inquiry as to character and reputation, and a fingerprint-
based criminal records check.*
5. Passing a written, office administered test.
6. Passing an oral interview, first with an interview panel.
7. Passing a physical examination, which may include a pre-employment drug

screening, conducted by or under the supervision of a licensed physician.* (this
will be provided at no
cost to the employee)
8. Any other standards set by law (15.2-1705, Code of Virginia) or by policy of

the Criminal Justice Services Board.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

PER. 01.01 - 01.04
9. Must possess a valid Virginia driver's license.
10. Printable list of criteria for perspective sworn officers.
11. A printable checklist is available for new employees.
B. The applicant must perform the following:
1. Complete a written application and submit it to the Sheriff.
2. Arrange with the Sheriff to appear for an interview.
C. The Background Investigator assigned to investigate the applicant shall:
1. Obtain the applicant's driving record from DMV.
2. Have applicant sign appropriate release forms and confirm that nepotism is
not applicable.
3. If applicant has recently lived outside Greensville County, request records

checks through agencies in applicant's previous communities.
4. Obtain references from applicant's current and past employers.
5. Obtain NCIC/VCIN records check.
6. Obtain the applicant's fingerprints on the appropriate fingerprint cards and

submit them to CCRE and the FBI. These results to be included in the report to
the Sheriff.
7. Conduct interviews of neighbors near applicant's residences over the past

three years.
8. Provide a complete background investigation file to the Sheriff.

NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

PER. 01.01 - 01.04
9. Present findings to the Sheriff.
D. The Sheriff shall:
1. Oversee the interview of all applicants and make the final selection after
considering the recommendations of the interview panel. This panel shall consist
of command staff, and other appropriate members of this office or other
agencies as deemed appropriate by the Sheriff. These individuals shall be
experienced or trained in the interview function of the selection process.
2. The Sheriff shall assure that the selection be completed, administrated,

evaluated, scored and interpreted in a fair and uniform manner.
3. The Sheriff's designee shall ensure that the applicant fully understands the
selection process and the conditions and procedures for re-application.
4. Make a conditional offer of employment. The candidate must then undergo a

physical examination (mandated by law) and a related inquiry, required by all
entering employees in sworn positions. The inquiry may consist of questions
about the ability of the applicant to perform job-related functions.
a. Further, no conditional offer will be considered final until after a satisfactory

medical evaluation and completion of the background investigation.
5. Ensure that the appointee understands job benefits, health plans,

administrative matters concerning overtime and off-duty employment plus
conditions of employment, pension, and disability.
6. The Sheriff shall notify all applicants of the disposition of their application at
the end of the hiring process.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

PER. 01.01 - 01.04
E. Re-application
Unsuccessful applicants may re-apply when a vacancy exists.
1. Unsolicited applications received when no vacancy exists will not be kept on

file.
2. All open vacancy applications will be held on file for (1) year before being
purged.
F. Lateral entry.
An already-commissioned law enforcement officer in another Virginia agency

must meet the criteria set forth above. If accepted for employment, the deputy
may not be assigned to attend a basic academy, subject to the status of the
deputy's certification and training.
V. EMPLOYMENT
A. All employees of the Sheriff's Office are appointed by and work for the Sheriff.
Because the Office of the Sheriff is a constitutional office, it is not bound by the
personnel rules of the county or state. Applications made to the Sheriff for
employment and offers of employment are not intended to be contracts of
employment, nor do they obligate the Sheriff's Office in any way since
employment is at the pleasure of the Sheriff.
B. Any person hired as a deputy sheriff must, prior to assuming his/her position
take the Oath of Office administered by an officer of the Circuit Court or the
Sheriff. The Oath shall state that the deputy shall support the Constitution of the
United States, the Constitution of the Commonwealth of Virginia and that the
deputy will discharge and perform all the duties incumbent upon them. (all
duties shall include enforcement of all local laws and ordinances)
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

PER. 01.01 - 01.04
C. All deputies shall abide by the Code of Ethics adopted by the National
Sheriff's Association.
VI. RECORDS
A. The department maintains, for each employee, a personnel record which

includes all forms completed during the hiring process, for a minimum of three
years, all evaluations, complaints, commendations, and assignments.
B. The Executive Administrative Specialist maintains and controls all personnel

records. All Training records are maintained by the training officer of the
department.
C. Employees may review their records at any reasonable time upon request.
The Sheriff may release a record from the file upon obtaining a signed receipt
from the authorized person with a need to review it.
D. All personnel records are considered sensitive information available for review
to supervisory or investigative personnel who have a need, as determined by
the Sheriff.
E. If the Sheriff deems necessary to include derogatory information in a

personnel file, he shall notify the employee of the fact.
F. Personnel records are permanent property of the department.
G. Applicant records shall be maintained for a minimum of (2) years from the
date of any testing, if used, or from an interview date, if interviewed. These
records shall be stored in a secure area and only available to the Sheriff or his
designee.
RR 1-6: PERFORMANCE EVALUATIONS

NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
V. L. E. P. S. C. STANDARDS: PER. 06.01 - 06.02
I. POLICY
The department bears an obligation to the public and its own personnel to hire
and maintain the best qualified law enforcement officers. To that end, the
department regularly and formally evaluates the performance of deputies and
other employees. The evaluation system discussed herein serves both the
interests of management and the department's employees. The purposes of the
evaluation system are to (1) allow fair and impartial personnel decisions; (2)
maintain and improve performance; (3) provide a basis and a medium for
personnel counseling; (4) assist decisions about the tenure of probationary
employees; and (5) identify training needs.
II. PURPOSE
The purpose of this order is to outline and describe the departmental evaluation
process.
III. PROCEDURES
A. General
1. All agency members shall be evaluated using the form approved and
adopted by the Sheriff .
2. Evaluations reflect observations and perceptions by rating personnel, and are,

therefore, inherently subjective. Nevertheless, personnel shall be rated

NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
according to unacceptable, acceptable or superior behavior. Specific

guidelines for rating behavior are found in this order.
3. At the discretion of the Sheriff, each employee shall be evaluated bi-annually.

Employees who fail to receive a satisfactory rating must meet immediately with
the Sheriff who will monitor evaluation and course of action to correct
shortcomings.
4. All new members of this office shall receive at least two written performance
evaluations within their first year. This shall assist in determining their suitability for
continued employment.
5. All evaluations shall be placed in employees' personnel files.
6. Members of this office shall be evaluated formally by their immediate

supervisor.
7. An employee who receives an unsatisfactory mark he or she perceives unjust

may protest same to the Sheriff. The Sheriff or his designee, in the Sheriff's absence,
may adjust the rating as he sees fit. In any case, final appeal extends to the
Sheriff.
B. Evaluation:
1. The objectives of the evaluation system are:
a. to foster fair and impartial personnel decisions,
b. to maintain and improve the overall performance of the Sheriff's Office and
it's members,
c. to allow a method for personnel counseling,


NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
d. to facilitate the proper decision making regarding new members of this

office,
e. to provide objective and fair means for the measurement and recognition of
individual performance in accordance with the prescribed guidelines of this
office, and
f. to assist in identifying training needs.
2. The philosophy of the evaluation form focuses on observations of

demonstrated proficiency in behavior relevant to the job. Proficiency is
demonstrated by:
a. Performing the behavior in the field.
b. Accuracy of information provided through various means, reports, court

testimony etc.
C. Evaluation of supervisory personnel, investigators, dispatchers and civilian

employees.
1. Dispatchers and other civilian members of this office shall be evaluated by

their supervisor and submitted to the Sheriff or his designee.
2. Investigators shall be evaluated using the same form as that for deputies.
3. Supervisors shall be evaluated using the same form as that for deputies. Their
supervisor shall address, at a minimum, the following points:
a. Ability to instill in deputies a high regard and respect for the rule of law, civil
rights, and concern for victims.
b. Ability to perceive performance weakness in his subordinates, conduct

remedial training, and document improved proficiency.

NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
c. Command of patrol techniques, methods, and investigative procedures.
d. Ability to reprimand, counsel, praise, or otherwise discipline deputies.
e. Ability to take responsibility for the performance of deputies.
D. Counseling at the End of Evaluation
1. The rater shall, at the end of the evaluation, advise the employee of the
specific and overall evaluation, noting strengths and weaknesses.
2. The rater shall then advise the employee of the expectations for the next
rating period, and what the goals for the employee are and what the rating
criteria will be.
3. The rater or Sheriff may also counsel the employee about career
advancement, promotional opportunities or the availability of specialized
training.
4. The items outlined above shall be done in writing and signed. They shall
become a part of the employee’s personnel file.
RR 1-7: EMPLOYEE DISCIPLINE
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
I. POLICY
It is the Sheriff's Office policy to impose disciplinary action fairly to employees.

Discipline is a process of imposing formal sanctions, which will help train or
develop an employee, preferably through constructive rather than punitive
measures. Discipline in the Sheriff's Office involves reward of employees, training,
counseling, and as a last resort, punishment.
II. PURPOSE
The purpose of this order is to establish procedures concerning informal and

formal disciplinary practices within the agency.
III. DEFINITIONS
A. Days: The term "days," as used herein, shall mean calendar days provided,
however, that if the last day of any time period mentioned herein is a Saturday,
Sunday, or holiday, the time period shall be extended to the next day.
B. Relief from duty: An administrative action by a superior whereby a

subordinate officer is temporarily relieved from performing his or her duties.
C. Discipline: A method of training or developing an employee by proper

supervision and instruction. Discipline may be positive (awards) or negative
(punishment).
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Positive discipline
Positive discipline is oriented towards seeking voluntary compliance with

established policies, procedures, and orders. Methods of positive discipline
include:
1. Recognition of excellent job performance through rewards or awards.
a. When positive feedback concerning an employee's performance is received

from people outside the department, the person who receives the information
shall make a record of the comments, which will be passed, to the employee
and the employee's supervisor. Normally, when the Sheriff receives positive
comments about an employee, he will write an acknowledgment thanking the
citizen. Copies of the citizen's statement and the Sheriff's response are sent to
the deputy involved, the supervisor and, if a significant action, a copy of all
correspondence is placed in the employee's personnel file.
b. Truly exceptional acts should be clearly and promptly identified to the Sheriff.
Such acts may be the basis for special awards or for special recognition by
citizen-community groups or media coverage.
2. Discussion and Counseling
3. Training
B. Consistency in discipline
1. The Sheriff's Office abides by the philosophy that discipline must be applied
consistently and uniformly. RR 1-9 describes complaint procedures against
agency employees, whereas this order provides discussion of employee
recognition and penalties for various infractions.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
2. The Sheriff's Office does not provide employees with lists of specifically
prohibited behavior. One list of examples of such behavior appears in RR 1-2,
but no list can be all-inclusive. Employees are expected to have a reasonable
perception of what constitutes proper behavior, based on academy training
and the observance of the behavior of officers generally.
C. Relief from duty shall be imposed whenever a supervisor, whether the Sheriff,
or other supervisory officer questions an employee's physical or psychological
fitness for duty. An internal affairs investigation may follow.
1. The sergeant or above (supervisory officer) has authority to relieve an

employee from duty, but must promptly report such action to the Sheriff through
the chain of command, accompanied by a written report setting forth details
and circumstances.
2. If the necessity to relieve from duty is not immediate, the behavior or actions
of the employee shall be deemed a matter of internal affairs. In an internal
affairs investigation, the Sheriff may relieve an employee from duty. Only the
Sheriff may suspend without pay an employee whose continued presence on
the job constitutes a substantial and immediate threat to the welfare of the
department, the public, or to him or herself.
3. An employee who refuses to obey a direct order in conformance with the

agency's rules, regulations, and orders may be relieved from duty by his or her
superior who may recommend suspension to the Sheriff. The Sheriff may then
suspend without pay.
D. Penalties
The following penalties are available:
1. Oral reprimand; counseling.
a. Oral Counseling Form

NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
2. Written reprimand
a. Written Counseling Form
3. Demotion or suspension without pay
4. Dismissal from Sheriff's Office
E. Oral reprimand; counseling and training:
Oral reprimands, while informal, require documentation with an employee's

acknowledgment of such record. The following steps shall be observed:
1. At the time of an oral reprimand, the employee receiving it shall be

counseled as to correct behavior, and further advised that a written record shall
be maintained concerning the reprimand/counseling, and that the employee
may read the record.
2. The employee shall be further advised that he or she has the right to file a
statement in his or her personnel file setting forth his or her position, in case of
disagreement and request reconsideration by the Sheriff or his designee.
3. The reprimanding superior shall record the reprimand/counseling in a

memorandum to the personnel record containing the following information:
a. Employee's name
b. Date of reprimand/counseling
c. Summary of reasons for reprimand/counseling
d. Summary of employee's response
e. Suggestions for improvement or specific actions suggested

NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
f. Name of counselor and signature
4. The oral reprimand/counseling may involve remedial training. Such training

may be deemed necessary to rectify the improper behavior. Remedial training
may include attendance of basic academy classes, in-service, or other training
specially created to accomplish the department's recommended employee
actions to correct or modify behavior. Remedial training is reasonably offered
until the employee can demonstrate proficiency in the corrected behavior. All
training shall be documented.
5. Supervisors are expected to counsel employees regularly without oral

reprimands. Most counseling is informal, positive, supportive, and perhaps
undocumented.
a. Supervisors are responsible to counsel employees concerning job-related

matters, within their capabilities. Many things can affect the job and an
employee's performance, so job-related counseling may involve family and
other individual, personal subjects. Counseling may include identification of
unacceptable behaviors or actions, specifically what was done wrong and the
desired or acceptable performance. Counseling can attempt to determine the
reason for the particular behavior, determine and recommend how to correct
or improve performance or to solve the problem.
b. A variety of counseling resources are available within the community

including psychological, family, marital, and financial counseling. Employees in
need of counseling, or desiring information about available resources, are
encouraged to talk with the Sheriff. The department recognizes that no stigma is
attached to seeking professional counseling to solve problems.
F. Written reprimand
A written reprimand, issued by a supervisor cautions an employee about poor

behavior, sets forth the corrected or modified behavior mandated by the
department. A written reprimand becomes a permanent part of the employee's
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
personnel file to be expunged only at the approval and direction of the Sheriff.
G. Demotion or suspension without pay:
If the situation warrants, the Sheriff may demote an employee or suspend

without pay, measures normally considered coequal.
1. Suspensions without pay will normally apply to a period of up to 30 days, as

determined by the Sheriff.
2. If an employee shall become a candidate for suspension a second time

within one year after the first suspension, the employee may be dismissed.
3. Suspensions resulting from criminal investigations may be prolonged beyond

30 days pending court action.
a. In no case shall an employee convicted of a felony or a misdemeanor

related to domestic violence as per Virginia Code, continue to work for the
department.
b. If an employee is acquitted of criminal charges, the employee may yet be

disciplined at the discretion of the Sheriff or reinstated with full or partial back
pay.
4. Any member suspended for a period five days or longer may be required to
return all department-owned property to the Sheriff. On any suspension, the
employee may be required to return to the Sheriff his or her badge,
identification card, and issued firearm.
5. During a suspension, the employee shall not undertake any official duties.
6. Written record of this action shall be made a permanent part of the member's
personnel file and shall be expunged only at the approval and direction of the
Sheriff.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
H. Dismissal
Dismissals are made in cases of extreme misfeasance, malfeasance, or

nonfeasance of duty. A complete record of the circumstances of the
misbehavior shall be made by all persons having knowledge of the misbehavior.
1. Whenever dismissal or suspension is decided, the Sheriff shall provide written

notice to the employee.
2. The employee shall receive a written statement of the dismissal and the
effective date of dismissal.
I. Reporting arrests or offenses
Any employee arrested for, charged with, or convicted of any crime, or

required to appear as a defendant in any criminal or civil proceedings, must so
inform the Sheriff in writing as soon as possible. Employees must report citations
or arrests for reckless driving, DUI, violations for speeding, or any other traffic
offenses with penalties over $25.00. Failure to notify the Sheriff's Office of the
foregoing shall be cause for punishment.
J. Sexual Harassment and Other Discrimination
1. Employees found to have engaged in discrimination on the basis of race,

color, religion, national origin, political affiliation, handicap, age, or sex
(including sexual harassment) may be disciplined depending upon the specific
facts and circumstances surrounding the incident.
2. Sexual harassment is defined in RR 1-8.

RR 1-8: DISCRIMINATION AND SEXUAL HARASSMENT
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

PER. 02.01 - 02.03
I. POLICY
The Sheriff's Office policy is to provide a professional, business like work

environment free from all forms of employee discrimination including incidents
of sexual harassment. No employee shall be subjected to unsolicited and
unwelcome sexual overtures or conduct either verbal or physical. Sexual
harassment will be treated as misconduct with appropriate disciplinary
sanctions.
II. PURPOSE
To establish agency policy concerning allegations of employment discrimination

and/or sexual harassment, describe reporting procedures, and define the term.
This office prohibits any and all forms of employment discrimination and/or
sexual harassment.
III. DEFINITIONS
A. Per Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, sexual harassment is defined as the
deliberate or repeated behavior of a sexual nature by one employee to
another that is unwelcome, unasked for or rebuked by the other employee. The
behavior can be verbal or physical. (NOTE: The Civil Rights Act also prohibits
discrimination or harassment based on race, gender, and/or religion.)
B. Discrimination and/or harassment may occur between co-workers or

between a superior employee and a subordinate one. Employment
discrimination and/or sexual harassment will not be tolerated by the Greensville
Sheriff's Office. Examples of discrimination and/or sexual harassment include, but
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

PER. 02.01 - 02.03
are not limited to, the following:
1. Sexual comments of a provocative or suggestive nature
2. Jokes or innuendos intended for and directed to another employee based on

gender, race, and/or religion
3. Leaving sexually explicit books, magazines, photographs where other

employees will find them
4. Unwelcome demeaning comments, ridicule, offensive language, propositions

or other similar actions.
5. Unwanted, unwarranted, unsolicited off-duty telephone calls and contact
6. Signed or anonymous unwelcome notes or drawings placed on or in desks, or

bulletin boards, in lockers, etc.
7. Deliberately singling out women in front of men co-workers (or vice versa) and
subjecting them to demeaning or derogatory remarks
8. Creating an intimidating, hostile, or offensive working environment
9. Making acceptance of unwelcome sexual conduct or advances or requests

for sexual favors of any nature a condition of continued employment
10. Transferring, demoting, or dismissing employees who refuse sexual advances.
11. Disciplining, transferring, demoting or dismissing an employee based on race,

gender, and/or religious belief.
12. The leaving of inappropriate magazines, books, brochures, and photographs

offensive to others where they are visible or can be found by others.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

PER. 02.01 - 02.03
13. Deliberately singling out individuals in front of co-workers and subjecting

them to demeaning or derogatory remarks about gender, race and/or religion.
IV. PROCEDURES
A. An employee who believes he or she has been sexually harassed and/or

discriminated against shall contact the Sheriff or his designee. The employee
shall submit a memorandum to the Sheriff or his designee, detailing the
circumstances.
B. Employees shall report all allegations of sexual harassment and/or

discrimination immediately. Such reports will initiate a confidential internal
investigation. This information shall remain confidential to the extent possible
without compromising the investigation.
1. The Sheriff or his designee shall immediately take action to limit the concerned
employees from any further work contact. He may put into place any other
corrective measures deemed necessary.
2. The Sheriff or his designee will conduct an immediate, diligent and thorough
investigation into all allegations of discrimination, regardless of whom the
complainant is and/or who the complaint is against. The Sheriff or his designee
will follow the provisions of RR 1-7 and RR 1-9 in investigating the matter.
3. If the complaint is against the Sheriff, it must be reported the Chief Circuit
Court Judge.
RR 1-9: COMPLAINTS AGAINST PERSONNEL
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
NOTE: This rule or regulation is for internal use only, and does not enlarge a
deputy's civil or criminal liability in any way. It should not be construed as the
the basis of a complaint by this office, and then only in a non-judicial
I. POLICY
The image of the Sheriff Office depends on the personal integrity and discipline
of all Sheriff's Office employees. To a large degree, the public image of this
Office is determined by the professional response of the Sheriff's Office to
allegations of misconduct against it, or its employees. The Sheriff's Office must
competently and professionally record, investigate and adjudicate all
allegations of misfeasance, malfeasance, nonfeasance by employees and
complaints bearing on the Sheriff's Office's response to community needs. All
appointees (employees) of this office are appointed and serve at the will and
pleasure of the Sheriff.
II. PURPOSE
The purpose of this policy is to provide the operational guidelines for the fair and
equitable administrative investigation and processing of complaints concerning
alleged misconduct by a member of this office. And to insure the integrity of the
Sheriff's Office. Further this policy will describe procedures for making complaints
against Sheriff's Office personnel, for investigating complaints, and the resolution
of complaints.
III. PROCEDURES – GENERAL
A. The Sheriff or his designee will be responsible for the processing of complaints
of improper actions or misconduct by employees. A citizen's complaint may be
handled in one of two ways.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
1. If the complaint can be resolved at the lowest supervisory level, it shall be

done. The supervisor will submit a report through the appropriate supervisor to
the Sheriff. The report shall contain the following information regarding the
complaint, the receipt, processing, investigation and disposition.
2. If the complaint must be forwarded to a higher level for disposition it shall be

submitted in writing on the Citizen's Complaint Form provided by this office. Any
investigation or conclusions shall be submitted in writing and attached to the
complaint form and forwarded to the Sheriff.
a. The complainant will complete the complaint form, if the complaint is filed in
person. The signature of the complainant on the complaint form is REQUIRED.
b. If in the event the complainant is for some reason unable to complete form, a
supervisor will assist the complainant.
B. Once forwarded to the Sheriff's Office the complaint shall be assigned to the
Sheriff's designee to be investigated.
1. Categories of complaints investigated by Sheriff's designee will always include

the following allegations of:
a. Brutality
b. Violations of Constitutional Rights
c. Criminal Activities
2. Categories of complaints which will normally be investigated by the member's

supervisor will include:
a. Violation of Rules and Regulations

b. Violations of Policy and Procedures
Prior to the disposition of complaints investigated by line supervisors, the Sheriff or

his designee will review the investigation for due process and consistency.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
Should the complaint be found to be without merit, the case file will be
completed with a statement of all findings and filed with the Sheriff.
3. All complaints investigated by the Sheriff's designee or a member's supervisor

shall have a status report submitted to the Sheriff every (7) seven days.
4. If disciplinary action is taken, a record of such action will be placed in the

member's personnel file.
C. All investigations of complaints against members of this office will be

conducted in the strictest confidentiality and privacy, keeping in mind the rights
of all of the parties involved. Any violation of this policy or the confidentiality of
an internal investigation shall be subject to disciplinary action.
D. A copy of "How To Make A Complaint" will be posted in the public area of the
Sheriff's Office, provided to media representatives, and may be given to any
citizen requesting information on how to make a complaint against the Sheriff's
Office or an employee of the Sheriff's Office.
1. Complaints, regardless of nature, may be lodged in person, by mail, or by

phone at any time. As part of the follow-up investigative activity, persons
making complaints by mail or phone shall be interviewed and a written, signed
complaint prepared. A copy of the complaint form is found in this order.
Anonymous complaints will be followed up to the extent possible.
2. Every effort shall be made to facilitate the convenient, courteous and prompt
receipt and processing of citizen complaints. An employee of the Sheriff's Office,
who interferes with, discourages or delays the making of such complaints shall
be subject to disciplinary action.
3. Any Sheriff's Office member receiving a citizen complaint through the U.S. mail
shall place the correspondence and envelope in a sealed envelope and
forward it to the Sheriff, who will determine investigative responsibility.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
4. Complaints received via telephone, by dispatchers or other employees, will

be courteously and promptly referred to the duty supervisor. The dispatcher or
employee shall record the name and telephone number of the complainant
and state that a supervisor shall call back as soon as practicable.
E. Function of an Internal Affairs Investigation
1. Complaints alleging improper law enforcement conduct, brutality, or

misconduct involving several personnel or supervisory personnel will be handled
as an internal affairs matter, and shall be investigated as directed by the Sheriff
or his designee.
2. Internal Affairs (IA) investigations will be the responsibility of a supervisor who

will perform internal investigations under the supervision of the Sheriff or his
designee. The Sheriff or his designee will coordinate and exercise supervision
over these investigations.
F. Disposition of complaints
The Sheriff shall:
1. Notify the complainant as soon as practicable, that the Sheriff's Office

acknowledges receipt of the complaint, that the complaint is under
investigation, that the investigation will be completed within a reasonable time.
Notify complainant of the completion of the
investigation.
2. Confidentially maintain, or cause to be maintained, complaint files separate

from Personnel files.
3. Take appropriate action following the investigation.
G. Serious complaints - (Internal Affairs Function)

In such cases, the Sheriff or his designee shall:
a. Record, register, control or cause to be recorded, registered, or controlled
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

the investigations of complaints against members of the agency
b. Supervise and control the investigation of alleged or suspected misconduct

within the agency, either as a criminal or administrative matter or both
c. Maintain confidentiality and security of the investigations and records of the

same in a secure area
d. Maintain close liaison with the Commonwealth's Attorney in investigating

alleged criminal conduct. Where liability is at issue, the Sheriff shall similarly
maintain contact with risk management.
IV. PROCEDURES – INVESTIGATIVE
Two types of investigations may take place: administrative or criminal. Different

rules govern interviews of employees in each case.
A. When an officer is under investigation or subjected to interrogation for

criminal investigations, which could result in demotion, dismissal, suspension, or
punitive, such investigation, or interrogation shall be conducted by the Virginia
State Police at the request of the Sheriff or his designee:
1. When a member is notified that he/she is under internal affairs investigation for
an alleged violation or as the result of a citizen's complaint, the investigating
officer will notify the member of the allegations. The member shall also be
notified in writing of their rights and responsibilities related to the investigation.
2. It shall be required that the member under investigation cooperate fully and
answer all questions propounded as they relate to the incident at hand, and
where it is deemed necessary, submit to a polygraph examination. A member
may be disciplined,
including discharge, for refusing to answer questions or refusing to submit to a
polygraph examination or a drug screening when he/she is the subject of an
internal investigation.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
3. Members may be required to submit financial disclosure statements when

such information is relevant to the internal affairs investigation.
B. A member who is the subject of an investigation for misconduct may be

suspended from duty as a temporary administrative action. Such suspension
may be due to their physical or psychological fitness for duty or an action
pending disposition of an internal affairs investigation.
C. Investigation by a supervisor will be completed within (15) fifteen days unless

an extension is granted by the Sheriff or his designee, or in such circumstances
as illness or court depositions. The assigned investigator will notify complainants
within (15) fifteen days as to the status of their complaint.
D. Nothing in this policy and procedure shall preclude the Sheriff or his designee
from initiating any investigation into any matter concerning the Greensville
County Sheriff's Office.
E. All complaints on the Sheriff shall be forwarded to the Chief Circuit Court
Judge.
V. FORMS
A. How To Make A Complaint

B. Notification Of Allegations
C. Internal Affairs and Inspections
D. Polygraph Examination Acknowledgement Of Rights
E. How To Commend An Employee
RR 1-11: OFF-DUTY EMPLOYMENT
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
I. POLICY
The Sheriff must ensure the continued efficiency and effectiveness of the
department while simultaneously reducing or eliminating conflicts of interest. To
this end, the Sheriff shall manage according to whatever reasonable controls he
deems necessary to restrict or regulate the conduct of employees. It is the
policy of the agency, therefore, to prohibit off-duty employment of employees
when it may impair efficiency or conflict with their duties and responsibilities. To
promote the welfare and good reputation of the department, however, this
order outlines procedures to ensure appropriate, accountable, and reasonable
off-duty work. Virginia Code 15.2-1712 applies.
II. PURPOSE
To define regulations governing off-duty employment and conduct while

employed in an off-duty capacity.
III. DEFINITIONS
A. Employment - Any work performed or services provided for compensation (a

fee or otherwise), including self-employment. Volunteer charity is excluded.
B. Law enforcement-related employment - Off-duty employment which may

entail the use of law enforcement powers granted by the Commonwealth of
Virginia or Greensville County.
[Note: Virginia Code § 15.2-1712 allows local units of government to adopt
regulations or ordinances governing off-duty employment. Until recently, § 9-
183.3 required law-enforcement officers to be licensed before performing
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
private security duties. In the 2001 session of the Virginia General Assembly, § 9-
183.2 was amended to exempt law-enforcement officers from licensing
requirements who receive compensation under the terms of a contract, express
or implied, as security officers.]
C. Secondary employment - Any non-law enforcement-related off-duty work for

pay. Secondary employment does not require sworn enforcement powers as a
condition of employment and the work does not provide implied law-
enforcement service.
IV. PROCEDURES
All employees shall have the approval of the Sheriff prior to engaging in any off-
duty/ extra-duty employment.
A. Non-law enforcement-related off-duty employment
Employment shall not constitute a conflict of interest. A conflict of interest, as

determined by the Sheriff, is any activity inconsistent, incompatible, or in conflict
with the duties, functions, or responsibilities of employment.
B. Law enforcement-related off-duty employment:
1. All efforts will be made to ensure that deputies will not work an excessive
amount of hours during a 24 hour period.
2. Law enforcement-related off-duty employment is restricted to the county

limits. Deputies may perform law enforcement duties beyond county boundaries
if working in conjunction with another jurisdiction's regular law enforcement
agency and only with the permission of the Sheriff.
3. The salary required for officers employed in a law enforcement-related off-

duty capacity shall be $25 per hour.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
4. Any off-duty assignment made through the Sheriff's Office will be assigned by
the supervisor appointed by the Sheriff to handle off-duty request.
5. Serving as an employment agent and receiving compensation for

procurement of law enforcement-related jobs for other Sheriff's Office
employees is prohibited.
6. No employee shall solicit any person or business for the purpose of gaining law
enforcement-related off duty employment, and, while on duty, shall not solicit
any person or business for the purpose of gaining non-police related off-duty
employment.
7. Employment where specifically authorized by the Sheriff, the following

regulations apply:
a. The Sheriff's Office uniform shall be worn while engaging in off-duty

employment.
b. The sheriff's office equipment, vehicles, or radios shall be used while engaged
in off-duty employment, unless otherwise specifically authorized by the Sheriff.
8. Deputies, while engaged in law enforcement-related employment, shall be

subject to the orders of the on-duty law enforcement supervisor.
C. Administration
1. Employees must submit a written request to the Sheriff for any off-duty
employment. Employees may not begin any off-duty work until approval has
been granted. This does not include assignments through the agency.
a. Printable Form for Off Duty Employment - The request shall be filed in the
employee's personnel file.
b. The approved request is subject to periodic review by the Sheriff. The Sheriff or
his designee shall be the point of coordination to oversee that the agency's
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
policies, procedures and processes as well as other matters of concern are

being obeyed. Deputies shall communicate any changes in information
contained on the form to the Sheriff as soon as possible.
c. The Sheriff may revoke permission to work off duty at any time. To be eligible
for permission to work off-duty, deputies must be in good standing with the
office. Continued permission to work off-duty is contingent upon remaining in
good standing.
2. The Sheriff's decision to approve or disapprove off-duty employment is final.

The Sheriff shall disprove any employment that demeans the status or dignity of
the law enforcement profession or otherwise represents a conflict of interest.
a. Deputies are prohibited from employment by any firm connected with the
towing or storage of vehicles, or employment as a bill collector, bodyguard,
private investigator or any firms that require the deputy to have access to law
enforcement files, records or information as a condition of that employment,
process server, any activity which supports case preparation for the defense in a
criminal or civil matter.
3. Arrests made while engaged in off-duty law enforcement-related

employment shall be limited to felonies or criminal misdemeanors committed in
the officer's presence or a breach of the peace jeopardizing public safety. See
GO 2-4 for further details concerning off-duty arrests.
D. Liability, Indemnification, Insurance
1. All employees who wish permission to engage in law enforcement-related off-

duty employment shall complete the application found at the end of this order.
Permission must be granted by the Sheriff before the employee may work off
duty. In addition to the application form, the employee must submit to the
Sheriff a copy of the contract with the off-duty employer, if there is one in place.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
The contract must specify:
a. precise nature of the work to be performed;
b. hours or schedule of the work performed;
c. what equipment the employee must maintain;
d. Insurance coverage of the business providing for medical treatment for job-
related injuries and indemnification for litigation arising from off-duty
employment.
2. The Sheriff's Office shall not be responsible for medical expenses incurred from
injuries sustained while working in any off-duty employment.
3. The Sheriff's Office recognizes that an officer in law enforcement-related off-

duty employment may undertake an action connected with the employment
that the courts may construe as a law enforcement duty, and therefore a
component of the law enforcement job. Deputies are reminded that their off-
duty performance must follow the same standards required for on-duty
performance. Off-duty law enforcement actions, whether for a private
employer or not, must meet the requirements of this manual.
RR 1-12: TRAINING and PROMOTION
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
V. L. E. P. S. C. STANDARDS: ADM. 24.06

PER. 05.01 - 05.04, 07.01 - 07.02
TRN. 01.01 - 01.02, 02.01 - 02.03, 03.01 - 03.02,
04.01
I. POLICY
The Greensville County Sheriff's Office encourages employees to seek

opportunities to develop their knowledge, skills, and abilities. Although all
deputies must attend a basic academy and periodic in-service training, the
Sheriff's Office nevertheless tries to arrange participation in specialized or
advanced training. Training serves three broad purposes:
A. Well-trained employees are generally better prepared to act decisively and

correctly in a broad spectrum of situations.
B. Training results in greater productivity and effectiveness.
C. Training fosters cooperation and unity of purpose. The agency recognizes the
importance of training and is committed to providing the best training available
to all personnel.
II. PURPOSE
To establish guidelines for career development of employees to include training

and promotions. This policy shall be reviewed annually and revised as necessary.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

PER. 05.01 - 05.04, 07.01 - 07.02
TRN. 01.01 - 01.02, 02.01 - 02.03, 03.01 - 03.02,
04.01
III. PROCEDURES
A. Responsibilities of the Sheriff
1. Annually, the Sheriff or his designee will meet with each employee for career
counseling. This counseling shall occur at the same time as the employee's
annual performance evaluation. The counseling shall include an examination of:
a. employee's current performance record and future expectations of Sheriff's

Office and employee.
b. a review of training programs applicable to the employee's duties.
2. The Sheriff shall ensure that at least one employee reviews and maintains
certification as a firearms instructor. The Sheriff shall also ensure that at least one
employee receives advanced instruction in defensive tactics techniques.
a. The Sheriff shall ensure availability of a trained armorer, either through training
an agency employee or contracting with an armorer in another jurisdiction. The
armorer will inspect all firearms and ammunition at least annually for safety,
reliability and ability. The armorer will also repair broken or malfunctioning
weapons.
b. The Sheriff shall ensure that any employee, upon receiving a promotion or a
new assignment, attend relevant training as soon as practicable. This shall
include training in management techniques.
B. Promotions
1. The Sheriff, working with the Administrative Staff and ranking supervisors, is
responsible for the formulation, direction, and coordination of a comprehensive
employment program for the Greensville County Sheriff's Office. This
employment program includes the functional area or promotion. Specific
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

PER. 05.01 - 05.04, 07.01 - 07.02
TRN. 01.01 - 01.02, 02.01 - 02.03, 03.01 - 03.02,
04.01
responsibilities include:
a. Approval of position descriptions including any prerequisites for eligibility for

consideration.
b. Announcements of vacancies, and processes to be used to fill these

vacancies;
c. Receipt of applications;
d. Disqualification of applicants;
e. Conducts oral interviews of candidates; selects candidates for promotion;
f. The Sheriff and Major will review the results of each element of the promotion
process.
2. The Sheriff is responsible for the implementation of the Sheriff's Office

promotional process. The Sheriff’s designee assists the Sheriff in the development
of measurement instruments for determining skills, knowledge and abilities of
employees seeking promotion.
3. Promotion Process
a. All promotions in the Greensville County Sheriff's Office shall be made
according to merit.
b. Evaluations are open to all applicants who meet the qualifications for the
position being reviewed for as noted in RR 1-3.
c. When a vacancy exists for a position, the Sheriff shall post an advertisement of
the position for two weeks. During that time, deputies may request in writing
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

PER. 05.01 - 05.04, 07.01 - 07.02
TRN. 01.01 - 01.02, 02.01 - 02.03, 03.01 - 03.02,
04.01
consideration for the position.
d. Oral interviews will be held as soon as possible.
4. Procedure for Filling Vacancies
a. Lateral Entry: In cases where special qualifications and/or attributes are

necessary, the Sheriff may find it necessary to fill a departmental position from
outside the Sheriff's Office. Promotions will be made from within when possible.
b. Promotion is normally announced in Department Staff meetings which will

state an effective date for the promotion. Promotion, in addition to a change of
job, of title, and of insignia, may involve a salary increase.
c. Miscellaneous
1. The Sheriff will determine on a case by case basis necessary years of service
or time in rank/grade requirements for promotion.
2. The promotional process will be reviewed annually by the Sheriff and revised
as required.
3. There is a one-year probationary period for newly promoted employees.

Annual evaluations will be incorporated into the employee's new promotion
period and will be evaluated accordingly.
C. Training
1. Recruit Training
a. The recruit training emphasis is placed on developing the reasoning ability

and judgment of each officer. To compliment the more formalized training
standards established by the Virginia Training and Standards Commission, the
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

PER. 05.01 - 05.04, 07.01 - 07.02
TRN. 01.01 - 01.02, 02.01 - 02.03, 03.01 - 03.02,
04.01
Greensville County Sheriff's Office provides for each recruit, field training with a
FTO. This training is in keeping with the Sheriff's Office's policy of upgrading its
standard and quality of performance.
b. As a prerequisite to a duty assignment, all newly sworn members of the

Greensville County Sheriff's Office are required to complete the State mandated
basic training program at a Department of Criminal Justice Service approved
Criminal Justice Training Academy within one year of hiring.
c. Members of the agency are expected to attend any assigned training

programs. Attendance will be documented either by the instructor or in cases
where the training is at location other than the agency, documentation will be
furnished by those responsible for the training. There are cases where
attendance at a training program may be excused, i.e., for court appearance
or sickness. Any absence must be properly excused by the administrators of the
program attended and must comply with directives under which the training
program is operated. The time lost must be made up before any certificate of
completion is issued. Certificates will be issued to those students who complete
any training program. Employees shall provide a copy of the certification to the
Training Officer for inclusion in the employee's personnel file.
2. Performance-based training
The Department of Criminal Justice Services requires performance-based basic

training. This training method uses evaluation techniques to measure the recruit's
competency in the required skills, knowledge and abilities. This method of
training, used for all training, requires the development of performance

objectives. This training curriculum is based on tasks consistent with the most
frequently assigned task of deputies that complete recruit training. All newly
appointed deputies must successfully complete training programs that include,
but may not be limited to:
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

PER. 05.01 - 05.04, 07.01 - 07.02
TRN. 01.01 - 01.02, 02.01 - 02.03, 03.01 - 03.02,
04.01
a. 40 hours firearms training
b. 4 hours of pepper spray – o/c
c. 40 hours of departmental indoctrination
d. 160 hours of field training at a minimum
e. Basic training approved by the D. C. J. S.
f. Post secondary field training
g. All applicable legal requirements relevant to the performance of their duty

assignment. (Records, record keeping, dispatch, equipment, certifications, etc.)
3. Field Training Program
a. The field-training program for the Greensville County Sheriff's Office consists of
a one hundred and sixty (160) hour minimum program in which trainees are
assigned to a Field Training Officer, who will directly supervise the trainee. The
trainee will work the same rotating shift as their FTO is assigned.
b. The position of Field Training Officer should be requested by employees who

wish to apply. They shall submit a resume listing their qualifications and reasons
for joining the program. The Sheriff shall review the resumes submitted and
officers will be selected to fill the positions available. The officers selected will
attend a Field Training Officer training session.
c. The field training program shall be supervised by the Sheriff or his designee
and shall maintain liaison with the Academy staff. Each Field Training officer shall
have a trainee assigned to him/her when the trainee completes the basic
academy. Each trainee shall remain with the assigned officer's for the entire one
hundred sixty (160) hours. A rotation of trainees shall not be permitted unless a
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

PER. 05.01 - 05.04, 07.01 - 07.02
TRN. 01.01 - 01.02, 02.01 - 02.03, 03.01 - 03.02,
04.01
situation arises in which there is no other solution, after approval of the Sheriff of
his designee. The reporting and documenting responsibilities and guidelines of
the Field Training Officer are listed in the Field Training Manual. All evaluation
forms and activity reports shall be turned in to the Sheriff or his designee once
they are reviewed by the trainee.
4. Specialized Training
a. All positions in the Sheriff's Office call for specialized training and the
development of skills. Law enforcement officers at all levels should build
specialty skill areas as part of their individual career development. The Sheriff's
Office provides specialized training in areas where a need has been identified.
Such schools have as their goal development of specialized skills and
knowledge within the framework of a police generalists. Deputies must volunteer
to attend instruction consistent with the skill areas they either have or wish to
develop. Supervisors will nominate deputies for training course attendance,
subject to the deputy's availability.
b. Where personnel are assigned to a specialized component (i.e., any unit such
as Investigations, Field Training Officer, and newly promoted supervisors, etc. for
which advanced skills are required in addition to the skills, knowledge, and
abilities gained in basic or other in-service training), training will be initiated as
soon as possible, prior to the assignment or training will be initiated at the first
opportunity. This training shall include supervised on-the-job training elements.
The training in these specialized areas shall include training in the applicable
management, supervision, personnel policies, and the support services for the
particular area of specialization.
c. Each division supervisor should attempt to create a number of skill specialists

in each division, who are not only available to perform in these specialized skill
areas, but who can teach these skills to other members of the division.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

PER. 05.01 - 05.04, 07.01 - 07.02
TRN. 01.01 - 01.02, 02.01 - 02.03, 03.01 - 03.02,
04.01
d. Individuals within these specialized units or with these specialized skills shall
attended regularly scheduled training and train to promote unit or specialty
readiness.
e. All personnel shall receive skills development training upon promotion or

functional reassignment. This training shall be consistent with that described in
paragraph a. above, and shall occur as soon after the promotion or
reassignment as possible. This training may include in-house on-the-job skill
development and/or formal training in a classroom setting.
5. Civilian Personnel
a. All newly appointed civilian personnel will receive the following training:
1. Orientation to the Sheriff's Office role, purpose, goal, policies, and procedures
2. Working conditions, rules and regulations
3. Responsibilities and rights of employees.
b. All dispatcher/communications officers must obtain the following training:
1. NCIC/VCIN certification – after initial certification is obtained a re-certification

class must be attended and successfully completed biannually.
2. Dispatcher certification – attendance and successfully completion from a

DCJS approved training class. (May be attended at the regional training
academy or at another approved agency)
D. Training records
1. The Sheriff shall maintain, for all agency personnel, in each personnel file, a
training record, which includes:
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

PER. 05.01 - 05.04, 07.01 - 07.02
TRN. 01.01 - 01.02, 02.01 - 02.03, 03.01 - 03.02,
04.01
a. the date and hours of training attended;
b. title of the training received;
c. identification of trainers or agencies presenting the course;
d. any certificate received;
e. all agency personnel in attendance;
f. score.
2. The Sheriff shall maintain files on all in-house training courses or presentations,
including:
a. course content (lesson plans);
b. personnel attending;
c. performance attained as measured by tests, if administered, or competence.
d. Printable Training Record
3. The Sheriff shall maintain an annual inventory of skills, knowledge, and abilities
for each employee. This may be a part of the employee's personnel file. This
inventory shall include the following elements:
a. educational background
b. any and all training courses completed
c. work experience (past and present)

NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

PER. 05.01 - 05.04, 07.01 - 07.02
TRN. 01.01 - 01.02, 02.01 - 02.03, 03.01 - 03.02,
04.01
d. special skills
e. foreign languages (if any)
f. recent performance evaluation
g. The Sheriff's Office Department Heads shall be responsible for the planning,
conducting or scheduling of and documentation of all agency training (pre-
service, basic or in-service) to include that of all sworn and civilian personnel.
This training may be scheduled at the request or direction of the appointee's

supervisor.
h. Printable SKA Card
E. Psychological Counseling
1. When the Sheriff learns of personnel who are in need of psychological

counseling, he shall refer them to mental health or other counseling sources.
2. If, in the judgment of the Sheriff, psychiatric treatment is required in the

interests of the employee and the department, the Sheriff may require it at
departmental expense or availability through the employees County Health
Insurance program. Treatment or counseling will be handled with the utmost
confidentiality.
F. In-Service Training
All sworn personnel of the Sheriff's Office shall, bi-annually attend an in-service
school in accordance with DCJS requirements, and as required by law. In-
service instruction may include:
a. classes required at the direction of the Sheriff or regional training academy,

NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

PER. 05.01 - 05.04, 07.01 - 07.02
TRN. 01.01 - 01.02, 02.01 - 02.03, 03.01 - 03.02,
04.01
such as:
1. supervisory and management training;
2. policy and procedure training.
3. any other training as deemed necessary.
b. Firearms training and qualifications at least bi-annually.
c. voluntary and required training.
G. Advanced education
Employees may seek additional higher education to complement career goals.
I. Master Deputy Program (Upon its approval and adoption)
The Master Deputy Program will be utilized for deputies who instill leadership and
creativity for advancement in the Sheriff's Office. The program was established
to be a privilege and an honor for the deputies. If the deputy does not maintain
the below standards or has significant disciplinary actions, the deputy shall be
removed from the program. The following guidelines will be the criteria for the
program:
a. Three years of continued law enforcement services with this department.
b. A minimum bi-annual score of (85) on the firing range.
c. Shall maintain an above average score on all department performance

evaluations.
d. Shall attend (40) hours of DCJS approved training yearly.

RR 1-13: RESPONSE TO INFORMATION REQUESTS
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
I. POLICY
The sheriff's office maintains that public access to information on the functioning
of the government is essential to maintaining civil liberties. The office supports
the philosophy of state in that with few exceptions its records shall be
considered public documents available for examination by anyone. The Virginia
Freedom of Information Act (VFOIA) states (Virginia Code § 2.2-3700):
The affairs of government are not intended to be conducted in an atmosphere

of secrecy since at all times the public is to be the beneficiary of any action
taken at any level of government. All public records and meetings shall be
presumed open, unless an exemption is properly invoked. [The law] shall be
liberally construed to promote an increased awareness by all persons of
governmental activities and afford every opportunity to citizens to witness the
operation of government.
Law Enforcement operations profoundly affect the public and, therefore, arouse
substantial public interest. The department shall make every reasonable effort to
inform the public about crime and enforcement police matters. This shall be
done with an attitude of openness and frankness whenever possible. The
department's community-oriented policing principles include a commitment to
providing access to public services, adherence to democratic principles, and
accountability to the community. These goals are achieved through the broad
dissemination of information in accordance with relevant laws. Citizens shall
have access to personnel who are best informed about the subject of an
inquiry. Further, in responding to the news media, employees shall release facts
or information that will not impinge on a person's right to a fair trial, impede a
criminal investigation, imperil a human life, or seriously endanger the security of
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
citizens. All employees shall make every reasonable effort consistent with this
order to provide citizens with full and accurate information. Any request for
information shall be deemed a request under VFOIA, whether or not the
requester specifically invokes the law. Employees must understand that Virginia
law does not prohibit the release of any information but does specify
information that may be withheld at the department's discretion (outlined within
this order). All departmental records, therefore, shall be presumed to be open
unless specifically exempted under this order. Records shall be open to public
inspection during regular business hours maintained by the records custodian.
II. PURPOSE
The purpose of this order is to provide guidelines about information, which may
be released to citizens, to specify some types of information which may be
restricted from release and information that shall not be released, to identify
who may release information, and to establish procedures for media
relationships with the department.
III. DEFINITIONS
A. Criminal history record information: Records and data collected by criminal

justice agencies on adult persons, consisting of identifiable descriptions and
notations of arrests, detentions, indictments, information, or other formal
charges, and any disposition arising there from. Excluded from this term is
juvenile record information, criminal justice intelligence information, investigative
information, or correctional status information.
B. Criminal incident information: A general description of criminal activity

reported, date and general location the alleged crime was committed, identity
of the investigating officer, general description of injuries suffered, property
damaged or stolen (§ 2.2-3700).
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
C. Information officer: The Sheriff shall be the primary information officer. In his
absence or at his direction his designee shall fulfill these duties. This shall include
FOIA information. Certain types of information may be directed to the
administrative secretary.
D. Public records: "All writings and recordings which consist of letters, words or
numbers, or their equivalent, set down by handwriting, typewriting, printing,
Photostatting, photographs, magnetic impulse, optical or magneto-optical
form, mechanical or electronic recording or other form of data compilation,
however stored, and regardless of physical form or characteristics, prepared or
owned by, or in the possession" of the department or its employees (§ 2.2-3701).
Examples: position or job descriptions, salary scales (including records of salaries

for employees earning more than $10,000 per year), per diem allowances,
reimbursement of expenses, books, papers, letters, notes, databases,
presentations, reports, forms, documents, meeting minutes, telephone logs,
email, contracts.
E. Records custodian: Any employee in possession or control of departmental

records. The administrative secretary shall be the first point of contact for
records and shall release with permission of the Sheriff or his designee. The
secondary contact shall be the Major.
IV. PROCEDURES
General Responsibilities and Authority
A. The department is committed to informing the community of events within the

public domain that are handled by or involve the department in accordance
with relevant laws. The department shall respond to any request for information,
whether oral or delivered in writing, by email or fax.
B. The Sheriff will function as the primary contact for information dissemination to
the community and media. The Sheriff’s designee shall be the secondary
contact in the absence of or at the direction of the Sheriff. The Sheriff may
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
delegate the responsibility to release certain types of information to records

custodians. At an incident scene when the Sheriff and/or his designee are not
available, the on-duty supervisor shall be the primary contact.
1. Records custodian(s) may generally release information consistent with this

order. Records custodians shall so advise the sheriff or his designee.
2. Records custodians may be under explicit orders to handle information

requests only as directed by the Sheriff or his designee. If so, then records
custodians shall not themselves release information to requestors.
C. The public information function includes:
1. Assisting news personnel in covering routine news stories, and at the scene of
incidents.
2. Responding to news media inquiries, in person, electronically or

telephonically.
3. Preparing and distributing news releases.
4. Arranging for and assisting at news conferences, as required or requested.
5. Coordinating and authorizing the release of information concerning victims,

witnesses, and suspects as allowed by law.
6. Coordinating and authorizing the release of information concerning on-going

agency investigations and operations.
7. Shall be available for on-call responses to the news media.

NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
D. The Sheriff’s designee shall handle FOIA requests as well. The following list is a
summary of the responsibilities of this duty;
1. Update department policy as necessary in accordance with changes made

by the Virginia General Assembly to the Virginia FOIA or changes by other
sources.
2. Maintain a complete record of the requests for information to the department

as well as responses to those requests.
3. Monitor the responses provided by department records custodians to insure

that those responses conform with the Virginia FOIA and to department policy.
4. Maintain a written record of the department's records custodians and

alternate custodians for FOIA purposes.
5. Compile an annual report to file summarizing requests for information and

department responses.
6. Provide copies of this order or the Virginia FOIA to departmental personnel

and provide annual training in information release policy and procedures.
7. Report to the Sheriff instances of non-timely responses to information requests,

unauthorized denial of access, any response by someone other than an
authorized custodian, or other violations of law or policy.
8. Printable FOIA Guidelines
E. Inquiries concerning departmental policies, procedures, practices, or

relationships with other criminal justice agencies shall be referred to the Sheriff or
his designee. Similarly, Sheriff or his designee shall coordinate all responses to
inquiries or release of information pertaining to department involvement with
other public service agencies (e.g., fire department, medical examiner,
commonwealth's attorney, etc.).
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
1. Policies and procedures are usually releasable, but their release shall be
controlled by the Sheriff. Employees do not have the authority to disclose written
administrative guidance to any citizen.
F. The Sheriff or his designee shall coordinate responses to inquiries and the
release of information concerning confidential departmental investigations and
operations.
G. Consistent with paragraph B above, any member of the department who

has information and facts concerning a particular crime or incident should
immediately inform the Sheriff or his designee, who will respond to media
requests. Where several deputies have information, one with the most relevant
knowledge shall serve as the media contact, as directed by the sheriff or his
designee, gathering information from the others.
H. In the case of follow-up investigation, the deputy or investigator conducting

the follow-up shall provide information to the Sheriff or his designee for release.
I. All employees of the department have individual responsibilities concerning

the release of information. Failure of any employee to respond to a request for
records shall be construed as a denial of records. An employee who fails to
provide appropriate records, who fails to respond to any reasonable request for
records, or who otherwise violates this order shall be subject to discipline. § 2.2-
3714 addresses violations of FOIA. Per this statute, employees who fail to observe
departmental procedures may, following an internal investigation, be issued a
criminal summons.
V. General Procedures for Release of Information
A. Generally, employees may release the following information:
1. The type or nature of an event or crime, to include a brief synopsis of known

facts concerning the incident and the identity of the investigating officer(s).
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
2. The location, date, time, damage, and a general description of how the
incident occurred.
3. The type and quantity of property taken, physical injuries, or death (after
notification of next of kin).
4. The approximate address of the complainant or crime victim (except sex

crimes victims and other cases where the victim may suffer intimidation or
reprisal).
5. Requests for help in locating evidence, a suspect, or a complainant and the

information concerning the existence of suspects.
6. Numbers of officers or people involved in an event or investigation, the type

of investigation, and how long the investigation has been in progress. The name
of the officer in charge of any case may be released, and his or her supervisor
(except the names of undercover personnel). Do not acknowledge the
existence of undercover personnel in order to protect any on-going
investigation. Addresses and telephone numbers of departmental personnel
shall not be released.
7. If an arrest warrant has been executed, the name, address, and description
of the arrestee may be released. If a warrant has been issued but not executed,
and the officer anticipates that the public may provide information to assist in
locating the person, then this information may be released.
8. General information about motor vehicle accidents such as the date, time,
and location of the accident, the names and addresses of the drivers, the
owners of the vehicles involved, the injured persons, witnesses, and one
investigating officer (per § 46.2-379). Note that the accident reports themselves
are confidential for the use of the department or any other appropriate agency
for accident prevention purposes.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
B. The department shall only respond to requests for information in existence. The
department shall not construct a record or produce an abstract or summary.
The department shall not produce a new document in response to a request for
a record.
C. When the department responds to an information request, the records

custodian or the executive administrative secretary shall notify the requestor
within five working days (not including the day of receipt) that:
1. The record has been identified, is being provided, or
2. The department withholds the record (which is described) according to

statutory authority (which is listed), or
3. The requested record cannot be produced within five working days. The
department shall specify in the letter that a response shall be forthcoming within
seven working days.
a. Within the original five days the custodian shall notify the requestor that
additional time is required to produce the records, the reason for the delay, and
that the records shall be produced within the subsequent seven days.
4. The custodian shall log all oral or written requests for information, listing the
requestor's name, citizenship status (state resident), date and nature of request.
D. If only a portion of the requested records are exempt from release, the
custodian shall state in writing the reason for the exemption, the statutory
authority for the exemption, the identity of the exempted record, and provide
any nonexempt information in the record.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
1. Information from a record may be modified to answer a request. If the

requested information can be abstracted, for example, from a computer
database or from written reports, then the information shall be provided to the
requesting citizen.
E. Guidelines for electronic records
1. If a citizen requests information from an electronic database that has a

protected field, the custodian shall delete the protected fields and provide the
remainder of the record. Deleting protected fields is not considered the creation
of a new document.
2. Note that email within the department's computer databases is releasable

unless it meets an exemption (below).
a. All business emails shall be printed and filed before their deletion. Deleted
emails may be retrieved for 30 days following deletion.
b. If a request is made for copies of deleted emails whether or not paper copies
exist, the custodian shall advise the citizen that the retrieval will require special
technical procedures which will take time and may incur substantial costs.
3. If the requested record exists in electronic form, it may be provided to the

citizen as an email attachment.
4. In some instances, posting information on the department's website may be a

legitimate response to an information request.
F. The Department may seek payment for the actual cost in terms of staff time
and photocopy charges at the rate of 25 cents per copy. Cost must reflect the
actual time cost of accessing, duplicating, supplying, or searching records. The
Department may request an advance if the cost exceeds the amount (Code
2.2-3704 applies). All payments must be made payable to Treasurer of
Greensville County, due to this Department does not handle cash accounts.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
VI. DISCLOSURE OF CRIMINAL INCIDENT INFORMATION
Criminal incident information may be disclosed as follows per § 2.2-3706:
A. Criminal incident information on felonies may be released providing that

doing so does not clearly jeopardize a citizen's safety or an ongoing
investigation.
B. Information concerning the identity of any arrested or charged person, the

status of the arrest or charge, the general description of the criminal activity
reported, the date and general location of the alleged offense, the identity of
the investigating officer, and a general description of any injuries suffered,
property damaged or stolen.
1. Information under B may be withheld if its release jeopardizes safety or the

integrity of an investigation, results in the destruction of evidence, or helps a
suspect evade detection. Information may be withheld until such time as the
damage described is not likely to occur (§ 2.2-3706).
NOTE: The sheriff's office finds it expedient to address other relevant matters
concerning the disclosure of criminal incident information. The following list
includes prohibitions, which are not required by law:
a. The identity of any person for whom a warrant or summons has not yet been
issued, or indictment returned.
b. The existence of any criminal record or any information concerning the

character or reputation of the accused or remarks, which tend to establish the
defendant as a career criminal.
c. The existence or contents of any confession, admission, or statement of the

accused.
d. The performance of any examination or test by the accused or the refusal or

failure to submit to an examination or test.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
e. The identity of actual or prospective witnesses to crimes, other than the victim
as mentioned above, or comments on the expected testimony or credibility of
any witness.
f. Any opinions as to the innocence or guilt of the accused, the merits of the
case, the possibility of any pleas or negotiations, or the utility or relevance of any
evidence.
g. Comments which suggest that a defendant has aided in the investigation.
h. Printable Freedom of Information Form
VII. RULES RESTRICTING THE RELEASE OF INFORMATION
A. The executive administrative secretary or designee shall respond to all

information requests within five working days. If the requested information
cannot be provided within five working days, the requestor shall be advised of
the fact in writing with an estimate of when the information shall be provided.
(See section V.C.) When the employee must relay information to the executive
administrative secretary, the information shall be annotated with the time and
date of receipt.
B. Employees shall not ask the citizen for a reason, justification, or explanation for
the request for information or records. If the request is unclear, employees shall
work with the citizen to elaborate the request with reasonable specificity.
Employees shall volunteer information, as appropriate, about the nature or type
of department records.
C. Employees shall regard any request for information as a VFOIA request.

Requests may be oral or in writing. Requests must reasonably specify the
information requested. If the request is particularly detailed or complex,
employees may ask the citizen to submit the request in writing.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
[Note: Consult § 2.2-3706 for exempt records. Not all exemptions are addressed
in this order. Note that in most cases the exemptions are not absolute
prohibitions against releasing records. The law offers agencies discretion in
releasing them. Also, VFOIA imposes requirements on agencies that receive
requests from Virginia citizens. VFOIA does not apply to requests originating in
other states. This sample order, however, promotes the view that all requests
should be handled in the same way.]
D. Employees shall not release tactical plans (§ 2.2-3706). If an order contains a

tactical plan as an attachment, the attachment may be removed and retained
while the order is released. Except for tactical plans, the written administrative
guidance of this department is releasable. Employees shall not disclose
information concerning the planning of raids or other specialized enforcement
efforts.
E. Employees shall not disclose the identity of victims of sex-related crimes or

information that might directly or indirectly identify them (see § 19.2-11.2). [Note:
The statute specifies that information shall be withheld upon request of the
victim.]
F. Employees shall not release the identity of any person providing information
about a crime under promise of anonymity (§ 2.2-3706).
G. Employees shall not disclose complaints, memoranda, correspondence, or

evidence pertaining to a criminal investigation or prosecution except for
releasable criminal incident information under section VI (§ 2.2-3706).
H. Employees shall not disclose reports from other criminal justice agencies that
were submitted to the department in confidence (refer to § 2.2-3706).
I. Employees shall not release records of Neighborhood Watch organizations

that include the names, addresses, and schedules of participants which were
provided to the department on promise of anonymity (§ 2.2-3706).
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
J. Employees shall not disclose identifying personal, medical, or financial

information from investigative or other non-criminal reports if the disclosure may
jeopardize the privacy or safety of any person (§ 2.2-3706).
a. Examples: medical information obtained during unattended death cases;

credit card numbers.
K. Employees shall not release records of background investigations of

applicants for employment or any other confidential administrative investigation
of any employee or applicant.
1. The department shall not disclose the contents of any employment test used,
administered, or prepared for the purposes of evaluating any employee's or
applicant's aptitude for employment, retention, or promotion (§ 2.2-3706).
2. The department shall not disclose the scoring key or any other document that
might jeopardize the security of an employment test.
3. A person who has taken an employment test shall be entitled to inspect all
documents concerning his or her performance on the test.
L. The department shall not provide information for any standing requests for
future information of a specific kind.
M. Employees shall disclose criminal history record information to other law

enforcement agencies only upon a bona fide request.
N. Employees may disclose departmental records to incarcerated persons

except information that may be used in criminal proceedings in which they are
involved.
O. Employees shall not disclose personnel records.
P. Employees shall not disclose any information concerning the control or

administration of the department's data processing system.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
Q. Employees shall not disclose any information on the design, function,

operation, or access to any departmental security system, electronic or
otherwise.
R. Employees shall not disclose any information or records acquired during a

review of any child death by the State Child Fatality Review Team.
S. Employees shall not disclose the names of deceased before the notification of
next of kin. The specific cause of death shall not be given until pronounced by
the medical examiner.
T. Employees shall not disclose certain information relating to motor vehicle

accident reports including any data concerning drivers' licenses, driver history,
and descriptive vehicle information (§§ 46.2-208, -373, -379).
VIII.PROCEDURES GOVERNING INFORMATION CONCERNING

JUVENILES
A. Employees shall observe laws peculiar to information about juveniles who

have been charged with criminal offenses.
1. The identities of juveniles may be released only for specific offenses or if the
juvenile has been sentenced as an adult. A judge may authorize release of
juvenile identity information when a juvenile over 14 has been charged with a
felony per § 16.1-269.1.
[Note: Refer to §§ 16.1-301 and -309.1 concerning the confidentiality of law-

enforcement records regarding juveniles and the legal guidelines on release of
records. § 16.1-309.1 lists exceptions to the confidentiality of records regarding
juveniles. § 16.1-299 addresses the confidentiality of arrest data (particularly
fingerprints and photographs) of juveniles. Consult the commonwealth's
attorney for advice on wording this portion of the order.]
2. As a general rule, the name, address, or other distinctly unique information

which would serve to identify a juvenile shall not be released. Age, sex, place of
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
residence (town, city, or county, but ordinarily not street address), and details of
the offense may be released. As noted above, under certain circumstances, a
judge may authorize release of identity information.
B. Guidance on releasing traffic-incident information
1. Information on minor traffic infractions is releasable including the names and

addresses of those involved.
2. Accidents: If traffic charges are pending as a result of an accident

investigation, juvenile identity information shall be withheld. If a juvenile is
involved in an accident, but is not charged with any violation, identity
information is releasable.
3. Juvenile identity information shall not be released for the following serious
violations:
a. Indictable offenses.
b. DUI or permitting another who is DUI to operate vehicle owned by accused.
c. Exceeding speed limit by 20 or more miles per hour.
d. Reckless driving.
e. Driving under suspension or revocation of driver's license.
f. Leaving the scene of an accident.
g. Driving without being licensed.
C. Official requests for juvenile data from other law-enforcement agencies for
current information may be released by a supervisor or the investigating officer.
This information is limited to the juvenile's name, address, physical description,
date of arrest, and the arrest charge.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
IX. PROCEDURES CONCERNING THE RELEASE OF ARREST

INFORMATION
A. Except for comparable information on juvenile offenders, the department

shall disclose the identities of arrested persons, the charges against them, and
the status of the charges or arrest. This information shall be released for felony,
traffic, and misdemeanor arrests (§ 2.2-3706).
B. Photographs of adult arrestees are releasable unless doing so may jeopardize

a felony investigation. Photographs of adult arrestees may be released when
doing so no longer jeopardizes a felony investigation (§ 2.2-3706).
Note: The following section identifies information commonly released following

the arrest of an adult. After an arrest of an adult, the following may be released
upon request:
1. Arrestee's name, age, residence, and other factual background information.
2. The nature of the charge upon which the arrest is made.
3. The identity of the investigative agency and any assisting agencies.
4. The circumstances surrounding the arrest (such as whether pursuit or

resistance was encountered, whether weapons were used), including the time
and place of arrest and the identity of the arresting officers.
5. Place and status of custody.
6. The dates of scheduled hearings and amount of bond.
7. Description of any contraband seized.
8. Photographs of the defendants without the police identification data may be

furnished, if readily available in current files.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
X. SPECIAL PROCEDURES: SEX OFFENDER AND CRIMES AGAINST

MINORS REGISTRY
[Note: § 19.2-390.1 requires the State Police to compile and maintain a Sex
Offender and Crimes Against Minors Registry. The Registry exists to help law-
enforcement agencies protect communities from repeat sex offenders and to
protect children from victimization by criminals who may be hired or who
volunteer to work with children. The law provides for dissemination of certain
criminal history information to law-enforcement or other criminal justice
agencies, public and private schools, and day-care centers. Distribution of
relevant criminal history information to audiences beyond those listed constitutes
a Class 1 misdemeanor. Under specified circumstances, Registry information
regarding a specific person may be given to any person who is seeking day-
care services. Consult the web site of the State Police for details
(www.vsp.state.va.us). Check with the commonwealth's attorney for the current
status of laws concerning the Registry and protocols for the dissemination of
information.]
XI. PROCEDURES FOR WORKING WITH THE NEWS MEDIA
A. Normally, media representatives either visit the department in person or call

seeking information about newsworthy items. Routinely, they shall be referred to
the Sheriff or his designee.
B. Normally, media representatives shall not read the original offense reports
since non-releasable information may be on the report (e.g., suspect or victim
information, per § 19.2-11.2). Offense reports and accident reports shall be
carefully checked concerning involvement of juveniles before releasing
information. Copies of offense reports with appropriate deletions may be
released.
C. At scenes of major fires, natural disasters, or other catastrophic events, or at

crime scenes, officers may establish perimeters and control access. As soon as
possible after evidence has been processed and removed, however, media
representatives shall be assisted in gaining access to the scene when it will not
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
interfere with immediate operations. Officers may only deny access for
legitimate investigative or safety reasons.
D. Employees cannot authorize the press to trespass on private property. The

media representative is responsible for obtaining any permission necessary once
the legitimate law-enforcement operation allows access to the scene on private
property. Photography, filming, or videotaping on private property requires the
owner's permission.
E. Suspects or accused persons in custody shall not be posed or arrangements

made for photographs, telecasts, or interviews, nor shall employees pose with
suspects or accused persons in custody.
RR 1-14: STAFF MEETINGS
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
V. L. E. P. S. C. STANDARDS: NONE
I. POLICY
A. It shall be the policy of the Sheriff's Office that each division meets, among
themselves, monthly to discuss department concerns and discussion on policy
manuals issues. The meetings will be coordinated by the division supervisor.
B. It is also the policy of this department that the Sheriff will hold scheduled
command meetings. The attendance, at the meetings, is mandatory unless pre-
approved by your department head or the Sheriff. These meetings will be
headed by the Sheriff and at his designated time and location.
1. The following is the schedule of meetings for this agency.
a. Supervisor/Command meetings will be bi-weekly on Tuesdays.
b. School Resource Officers will meet weekly on Tuesdays.
c. Detective Division will meet weekly on Mondays.
d. The entire staff will meet, at least, every other month.

RR 1-15: LIABILITY PROTECTION
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
APPROVED BY: W.T.JARRATT,JR, SHERIFF
V. L. E. P. S. C. STANDARDS: PER. 03.03
I. POLICY
The department has a liability protection program which will protect employees
for actions or omissions directly related to their law enforcement function. Within
stated policy limits, this program protects employees from acts or omissions
leading to personal injury or death and/or property destruction which, in turn,
could lead to civil action against the employee.
II. PURPOSE
To set forth procedures relating to the police liability protection program.
III. PROCEDURES
A. General
The county maintains a liability program to protect Sheriff's Office employees for
acts or omissions directly related to their law enforcement function. Liability
protection is provided in a variety of ways, typically including officers' liability
coverage, vehicle liability coverage, and self-insurance. Since the exact
components of the liability protection program are subject to periodic change
through contract expiration and renegotiation, any employee desiring to know
the specific components then in effect may contact the Sheriff.
B. Employees covered
All deputies, K-9 and full and part-time civilian employees of the Sheriff's Office
are covered by the liability protection program.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
C. Notification of suit or claims:
Any employee who receives notice in any form of actual or impending legal suit
or claim, shall, as rapidly as possible, explain the circumstances through
command channels to the Sheriff. The Sheriff, shall, in turn, provide appropriate
notification to the county attorney, county administrator and Risk Management.
D. Financial liability
No employee shall imply or accept financial liability for loss or damage or behalf
of the county. Any inquiries concerning financial liability will be referred to the
county attorney.
E. Acts not covered
1. An act committed by an employee, or an omission of duty, which constitutes

gross and willful negligence may not be covered by the department.
2. Deputies are expected to display discretion and good judgment in their work.
Some duties are mandated by law, others by custom or tradition. Liability may
arise in either case. The department cannot avoid lawsuits; the department can
control its liability by demanding strict adherence to the provisions of this
manual.
3. Deputies are reminded that much litigation against them or the department
will focus on the degree to which deputies followed a policy or custom (defined
as "a persistent, widespread practice") which, in itself, was either
unconstitutional, illegal, or the cause of an unjustifiable injury. If such a custom or
policy is found by the court, the department may be held liable.
4. Deputies may be held liable for misconduct in any of five ways:
a. Violation of Virginia criminal law;
b. Violation of departmental orders;

NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
c. Tort against a citizen;
d. Violation of federal criminal civil rights statutes, 18 U.S.C. Sections 241 and 242.
e. Violation of federal civil rights law, 42 U.S.C. Section 1983.
5. Civil rights
a. Because of the prevalence of civil rights litigation against police officers in

federal courts, employees are here instructed in the content of 42 U.S.C. Section
1983. An officer is a person acting under color of law. An officer may be held
personally liable for violating citizens; constitutional rights.
b. 42 U.S.C. Section 1983 reads:
"Every person who, under color of any statute, ordinance, regulation, custom, or
usage, of any State or Territory, subjects, or causes to be subjected, any citizen
of the United States or other persons within the jurisdiction thereof to the
deprivation of any rights, privileges or immunities secured by the Constitution
and laws, shall be liable to the party injured on an action at law, suit in equity, or
other proper proceeding for redress."
c. Officers are further reminded that the respondent superior concept does not
apply to police departments. This principle provides that "the master is
responsible for the acts of the servant." Generally, officers, and not their
supervisors, are liable for their own misconduct. Again, questions about precisely
what actions or behavior are indemnified by the county must be directed to the
Sheriff.
F. Immunity
In court, deputies do not automatically receive immunity from lawsuits simply

because they act in good faith. A recent Supreme Court case allows officers to
claim qualified immunity when their actions do "not violate clearly established
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
statutory or constitutional rights of which a reasonable person would have

known" (Harlow v. Fitzgerald). To afford themselves the defense of qualified
immunity, deputies should learn as much as they can about established
constitutional principles. In short, deputies must have an objectively reasonable
belief in the constitutionality of their actions.
RR 1-16: RELATIONSHIPS WITH OTHER AGENCIES
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
V. L. E. P. S. C. STANDARDS: ADM. 14.01 – 14.02
I. POLICY
Establishing and maintaining effective liaison and open channels of

communication between the department, neighboring law enforcement
departments, and criminal justice and referral agencies are essential first steps in
improving cooperation. Good liaison can break down barriers that may
exist and can result in savings and improved and more efficient and effective
law enforcement operations.
II. PURPOSE
To establish procedures and responsibilities for liaison and maintaining

communication between the Sheriff's Office, neighboring law enforcement
agencies, and other criminal justice or social service agencies, both public and
private, and local fire and rescue agencies.
III. PROCEDURES
A. Relationships with other criminal justice agencies:
1. It is the responsibility of all department personnel to maintain harmonious

working relations and communication with the commonwealth's attorney;
public defender; District, Juvenile and Domestic Relations, and Circuit Courts;
respective clerk's offices; the local probation and parole officers (adult and
juvenile); jail; juvenile detention home; and any other criminal justice agencies.
The department shall normally provide all possible information, assistance, and
support to these agencies allowed by law.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
a. Any serious policy or procedural problems or differences with another agency

or its personnel shall be brought to the attention of the Sheriff who will meet with
appropriate personnel of these agencies in order to resolve the problems.
b. During any investigation, deputies should consult the Sheriff or his designee
about procedure. Legal questions will be addressed to the Commonwealth's
Attorney.
c. Any criminal cases referred to the Commonwealth's Attorney which result

either in a decision not to prosecute or to dismiss, due to department
mishandling, shall be carefully reviewed and appropriate corrective action
taken. The Commonwealth's Attorney has been asked to bring such cases to the
attention of the Sheriff.
2. All employees of the department shall assist and cooperate with all federal,
state, and local law enforcement agencies in every way possible allowed by
law.
B. Referrals:
Deputies of the department often encounter citizens, either adult or juvenile,

who need specialized help that the department cannot give, i.e., marriage
counseling, mental health counseling, welfare assistance, assistance in handling
civil matters. When, in the best judgment of a deputy, this situation arises, he or
she shall refer the citizen to the most qualified agency to deal with the problem,
or consult his supervisor.
C. Fire and Rescue
1. Deputies shall at all times strive to assist fire and rescue personnel in the
carrying out of their duties. It is the responsibility of all department personnel to
maintain harmonious working relations and communication with the Fire and
Rescue Services. The department shall normally provide all possible information,
assistance, and support to these agencies allowed by law.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
2. Assistance includes:
a. Directing traffic
b. Monitoring fire and rescue radio frequencies
c. Rendering first aid
d. Providing security for rescue workers at the scene and in the ambulance if
necessary.
RR 1-17: JURISDICTION, MUTUAL AID
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
V. L. E. P. S. C. STANDARDS: ADM. 02.01 - 02.05, 13.01

OPR. 05.01 - 05.03, 08.01 - 08.04
the basis of a complaint by this office, and then only in a non-judicial
I. POLICY
On occasion the need arises to request assistance from or give assistance to a

neighboring law enforcement agency. This need usually results from an
emergency such as a civil disorder, fire, flood, or other disaster. Before the need
arises, agencies must clarify and plan emergency procedures. Available state
support systems shall be appropriately used in support of our law enforcement
operations.
II. PURPOSE
To establish procedures, duties and responsibilities for providing assistance to, or

requesting assistance from another law enforcement agency and to provide for
use of statewide law enforcement support systems.
III. PROCEDURE
A. Jurisdiction
1. Generally, the legal jurisdiction of the Sheriff's Office stops at the County
boundaries, as defined by Virginia code. However, Virginia Code Section 19.2-
249, in criminal cases involving offenses against the commonwealth, extends
jurisdiction 300 yards beyond the County boundaries. This authority may be used
for such circumstances as:
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 05.01 - 05.03, 08.01 - 08.04
a. Assisting neighboring law enforcement agencies or the Virginia State Police in

handling emergency calls at times when they are unable to respond
immediately.
b. When a felony or serious misdemeanor crime-in- progress is observed by an

officer occurring within the 300 yard limit.
2. Whenever a person in the custody of an officer shall escape or whenever a

person shall flee from an officer attempting to arrest him, such officer, with or
without warrant, may pursue such person anywhere in the state and, when
actually in close pursuit, may arrest him whenever he is found (Code Section
19.2-77). No officer of the department shall leave the County in a pursuit or
chase without informing the dispatcher. Mutual aid shall be requested from
other law enforcement agencies as appropriate. On-duty supervisors shall
closely monitor all pursuits and will terminate them when necessary.
B. Mutual Aid
1. Mutual aid is provided for in law by Virginia Code Sections 15.2-1724 and 15.2-
1727. For the purpose of this general order, mutual aid is defined as the short-
term assistance given or asked for between the department and neighboring
law enforcement agencies during emergencies such as civil disorders, fires,
floods, or other public disasters. Typical law enforcement services required or
provided may include mass processing of arrestees, transporting prisoners, and
operating temporary detention facilities.
2. Mutual aid may be requested from or provided to another law enforcement

agency by the department at the discretion of the on-duty supervisor; officers
must remember, however, that they are responsible for providing law
enforcement service to our jurisdiction. Normally, outside agency personnel will
be used to assist in a show of force, traffic control, mass processing of prisoners,
prisoner transportation, and operating temporary detention facilities. There are
generally three levels of mutual aid assistance as follows:
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 05.01 - 05.03, 08.01 - 08.04
a. Short duration, approximately 30 minutes or less, where an additional show of

force or traffic control or assistance with prisoner transportation is required.
b. Medium duration, one to four hours, where the supervisor on duty may
request assistance from the neighboring law enforcement agencies and the
State Police; however, their role should normally be in a showing of force,
transporting prisoners or traffic control.
c. Long duration, more than four hours, full-scale assistance required. The on-
duty supervisor shall immediately notify his superiors and the Sheriff who will assist
in coordinating additional aid as required.
3. Any long-term support between the Sheriff's Office and neighboring law
enforcement agencies shall be coordinated in advance by department heads.
Coordination shall be accomplished by written agreement incorporating the
following:
a. Indemnification of the provider agency and its personnel, i.e., life, health, and
liability insurance. Both agencies must understand that one agency's liability
insurance will not release an officer's department from liability if the officer's
action is negligent. Both agencies may be liable.
b. List of resources to be shared.
c. Estimate of amount of aid available.
d. Payment for certain expenses, e.g., meals, lodging, gas, overtime pay.
4. Occasionally it is necessary to request assistance from a federal law

enforcement agency, such as the FBI, when a bank robbery or a major crime
has been committed (e.g., murder and kidnapping) and it is believed that the
perpetrator of the crime has left the state. The Sheriff will decide whether or not
to notify the FBI.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 05.01 - 05.03, 08.01 - 08.04
5. If the department with the help of neighboring law enforcement agencies

and the State Police is unable to cope with an emergency such as a riot or civil
disturbance, the Sheriff may call upon the National Guard for assistance. In this
event, the procedures as written in the memorandum, "Subject: Revised
Procedures To Be Followed In The Event State Assistance Is Required In
Connection With Civil Disturbances," Office of the Governor, dated June 7, 1982,
will be followed.
C. Statewide law enforcement support:
1. The Sheriff's Office is a member of and participates in the use of the Statewide
Interdepartmental Radio System (SIRS) and complies with the procedures for its
use. A copy of these procedures can be found posted in the department office.
2. The Sheriff's Office participates in the use of the Central Criminal Records
Exchange (CCRE) and complies with the procedures for the use of this
exchange. In addition, the department participates in the Incident Based Crime
Reporting system of the Commonwealth of Virginia and the Federal Bureau of
Investigation.
3. Certain state-owned law enforcement resources may be made available to

the department for special use. These resources, and the state agency to
contact, include:
a. Canine teams - Virginia State Police or Dept. of Corrections. Canine teams, if

requested, shall only be used to locate explosive devices or narcotics and to
track, and great caution shall be used in deploying teams in heavily populated
or congested areas. Handlers are responsible for compliance with their own
agency policies, procedures, and restrictions. Canine teams will not routinely be
used for building searches.
b. Helicopter or fixed-wing aircraft - Virginia State Police. Normally requested in

advance by the Sheriff from the superintendent. May be available on
emergency basis through the Virginia State Police or EOC.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 05.01 - 05.03, 08.01 - 08.04
c. Polygraph - Virginia State Police,
d. Riot truck and equipment - Virginia State Police.
e. Bomb Disposal - Virginia State Police.
f. Special Operations (tactical teams and equipment) - Virginia State Police.

RR 1-18: FIREARMS
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
I. POLICY
In the interest of public safety and professionalism, the Sheriff's Office sets high
standards of performance for all personnel using weapons. The Sheriff's office
policy is that all members are to be properly trained in the use and
maintenance of firearms. In addition, the Sheriff requires that off-duty firearms
must meet standards enforced by supervisors and the department armorer.
Firearms training is an extremely important phase in the development of law

enforcement officers, particularly with weapons that are the most accessible to
the officer, i.e., handgun and shotgun. All deputies must qualify with his or her
issued handgun, rifle or shotgun and off-duty weapon(s) at a minimum of TWICE
a year. Qualification must be fired on an approved firing range under the
supervision of a certified firearms instructor. Each deputy shall successfully
complete a course of fire approved by the Virginia Department of Criminal
Justices Services (DCJS). Further, firearms are a qualification combination of skill
and discretion: when to shoot is perhaps a more important question than how to
shoot. Each deputy shall receive instruction in and demonstrate knowledge of
and proficiency in safe handling procedures of all weapons that they are
authorized to carry. Each deputy shall receive instruction in and demonstrate
his/her knowledge of the laws concerning the use of the weapons carried.
Deputies shall carefully review GO 2-6 frequently.
Deputies will be allowed to shoot (1) practice course prior to qualifying. The
deputy will then be required to qualify with department issued firearm and meet
the passing scoring standards. If the deputy fails to meet the minimal standard,
they will be allowed to repeat the same qualifying process again. If the deputy
fails to qualify on the second attempt, the firearms instructor shall immediately
RR 1-18: FIREARMS
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
notify the Sheriff or his designee of the scoring. The Sheriff or his designee will
then verbally acknowledge to the deputy that they will be given a third attempt
to qualify and also acknowledge that if they do not successfully qualify on the
third attempt, they may be terminated from employment.
II. PURPOSE
To establish policy and procedure governing the care and maintenance of

issued weapons, the selection and use of holsters, off-duty/second weapons,
firearms training, and qualification.
III. PROCEDURES
A. Issuance of weapons
1. The armorer or firearms instructor, if appropriate, shall issue departmental

weapons to authorized personnel. Each deputy shall successfully complete the
Sheriff's Office qualification; see Section I. of this policy, before being issued a
departmental weapon.
2. Departmental firearms that become unserviceable or are no longer needed

shall bereturned to the armorer or firearms instructor.
3. Service weapons are to be the standard .40 caliber semi-automatic. Deputies

working undercover, plainclothes assignment, or carrying a second firearm, may
carry handguns of at least .22 caliber, not to exceed .45 caliber, if
they have qualified to use them.
B. Security of weapons
Deputies are responsible for the care, cleaning, and security of departmental
weapons issued to them. Deputies shall report any weapon malfunction to the
Sheriff.
RR 1-18: FIREARMS
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
C. Departmental firearms instructor
The duties of the firearms instructor are:
1. To provide for the care and maintenance of issued departmental weapons

and associated equipment.
2. To inspect all weapons being returned to assure they are clean and
serviceable.
3. To repair all returned malfunctioning weapons.
4. To maintain records of issuance, care, and maintenance of departmental

weapons and associated items.
5. To issue departmental ammunition.
6. To inspect and certify as serviceable personally owned firearms that are

authorized for on-duty or off-duty use.
7. To inspect and authorize the use of holsters for off-duty use and for on-duty
use if the deputy prefers to use a holster other than one issued by the
department.
8. The department firearms instructor shall inspect all weapons used by officers
both on and off duty at each qualification shoot.
9. The firearms instructor or armorer shall maintain a record of all firearms that
have been certified as safe and with which officers have qualified. This record
shall include the following:
a. Deputies' names and identification numbers.
b. Make and model of weapon.

RR 1-18: FIREARMS
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
c. Serial number of weapon.
D. Modification of weapons
1. Departmental weapons shall not be modified nor altered without written

approval of the Sheriff.
E. Firearms inspections
1. The firearms instructor or the armorer shall thoroughly inspect each weapon
during qualification on the range.
a. Firearms inspections shall include side arms and shotguns/rifles.
b. Ammunition shall be inspected to ensure that it is of departmental issue, of

correct quantity, and in serviceable condition.
F. Off-Duty weapons
1. Off-duty weapons, either revolvers or semi-automatic pistols, with a barrel

length not to exceed 6", are purchased at the officer's expense. The armorer or
firearms instructor must inspect and certify the off-duty weapon before it may
be carried. Revolvers and semi-automatics must not be a caliber less than .22 or
exceed .45 caliber.
a. Deputies must be able to qualify through the described agency's bi-annual

qualification process with the off-duty weapon.
b. The armorer or firearms instructor will inspect and maintain a record of all
weapons used by each deputy.
c. All off-duty weapon ammunition will be supplied by the deputy in

accordance with Sheriff's Office specification.
RR 1-18: FIREARMS
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
2. Deputies may carry, while off duty, either an issued weapon or one
purchased at the deputy's expense. To ensure proficiency with the weapon, at
a regularly scheduled shoot each officer shall qualify with an off-duty weapon
according to established procedure outlined by DCJS and the firearms
instructor.
G. Requirements and/or Prohibitions for the Carrying of a Weapon and

Ammunition (on and/or off duty):
1. All weapons carried either on duty or off duty must be approved, inspected
and certified by the Sheriff's Office firearms instructor and must meet all
standards set by this agency.
2. Deputies are allowed to carry only those firearms with which they have
successfully met the Sheriff's Office's qualification standards.
3. All ammunition carried both on and off duty shall be approved by the Sheriff's
Office and shall be in accordance with the standards set by the firearms
instructor.
4. Deputies shall not carry weapons when consuming any alcoholic beverages.
5. Off-duty weapons shall be carried safely and when possible or appropriate,

concealed from public view. If the weapon is not concealed the deputy's
badge must be visible.
6. When carrying a weapon off-duty, the deputy shall carry his/her badge and
agency identification.
7. When operating a Sheriff's Office vehicle, either on or off duty, deputies must
have in their possession or available to them in the vehicle an approved firearm.
This being one with which the deputy has met the agency qualification
standards and has been approved for use by the agency.
RR 1-19: EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
APPROVED BY: W.T. JARRATT, JR., SHERIFF
I. POLICY
The Sheriff's Office expects employees to fully educate themselves of the

benefits of employment offered by The Greensville County Sheriff's Office. Illness
or injuries require special comment in view of the costs to both the employee
and the department. Whenever an employee becomes injured while on duty,
the officer injured or his supervisor shall report the circumstances of the incident,
in writing, to his supervisor who will forward the information to the Sheriff. All
employees shall serve a (12) month probationary period. All employees must
attend their basic training academy, failure to complete, shall be grounds for
dismissal. Part time employees do not accrue any time or receive any benefits.
II. PURPOSE
To acquaint employees with the benefits of employment, and specifically to

describe insurance coverage for an injured employee, and to establish
procedures for dealing with on-duty injuries.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

A. Salaries
1. Entry level salary is normally the minimum (entry level) rate in the established
pay grade range for the position. This figure is normally set by the State
Compensation Board, with consideration given by the county.
2. Salary differential within and between grades (ranks) and salary levels for
those with special skills is determined by the Sheriff. Normally, but not always,
when an employee is promoted from one grade (rank) to another, a pay
increase is included. Cost of living increases and adjustments, as well as
effective dates, are set by the Sheriff within confines of approved county
budgets and pay plan.
B. Vacation (Annual Leave)
1. Vacation may be taken anytime the absence does not adversely affect
operations and is approved by the supervisor. Vacation for patrol deputies
shall be approved by the supervisor and the dispatchers approved by the
Lieutenant of Communications. All supervisors and administrative staff will
forward all approved vacation to the Sheriff. A copy of each vacation
request will be forwarded to the Sheriff for record keeping purposes.
2. Every January, you will be given the amount of time you will have earned
based on your years of service this calendar year. You accrue your time
based on your years of service as listed below. Any accumulated vacation
time in excess of the amount allowed will be forfeited.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
Years of Service Annual Leave Allowed

1 – 12 Months 5 Days – After 6 months of service
1 – 4 Years 10 Days
25+ Years 35 Days
3. Vacation will be selected according to seniority in your department.
4. The selection of holiday weeks will be given to seniority first and then will
rotate down the staff listing so everyone will have an opportunity to take the
holiday off. The holiday weeks that this system will be used are Thanksgiving
and Christmas weeks.
4. (2) Employees in the same department cannot have off the same week of
vacation. (Exceptions may be approved by the Sheriff)
5. Earned annual leave may be taken as follows:
a. Vacation request shall be completed prior to department work schedule

being issued. Priority of requested leave will be managed by the date and time
of the received request.
b. No employee shall be allowed more than (14) calendar days off in

succession.
c. If an emergency exists, written permission shall be obtained from the

Sheriff to receive more than (14) days off in succession.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
7. In the case of any permanent separation from the department, all

accumulated annual leave will be paid in one lump sum up to the maximum of
14 days. In the event of death, the person's estate will be entitled to payment.
C. Holidays and Birthday
The Sheriff's Office will acknowledge the following legal holidays:
a. New Year's Day, January

b. Lee/Jackson Day, January
c. Martin L. King's Birthday, January
d. George Washington Day, February
e. Memorial Day, May
f. Juneteenth, June
g. Independence Day, July
h. Labor Day, September
i. Columbus Day, October
j. Election Day, November
k. Veterans Day, November
l. Thanksgiving Day (2 days), November
m. Christmas Day (2 days), December
1. Any holiday that falls on Saturday or Sunday, the day preceding or

following shall be utilized or any day so appointed by the Governor or the
President, also any day approved by the County such as snow days.
2. An employee will be given their birthday off as paid leave. However, this
day must be taken within the month of the birth date.
D. Administrative Leave
When administrative leave is given, it is taken with or without pay, at the

discretion and direction of the Sheriff, and will not be deducted from the
employees previously accrued leave time.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
E. Sick Leave
1. Sick leave is accrued at the rate of (1) day for each completed month of
service. (1) Day will be equal to (10) hours.
2. Temporary and Part-Time employees do not accrue sick leave.
3. Each employee shall accrue and can carryover from one year to the next an
unlimited number of unused days of sick leave.
4. Paid sick leave is allowed only for the following reasons:
A. Personal illness or physical incapacity resulting from causes beyond

the employee’s control.
B. Illnesses or incapacity of immediate family members not to exceed

forty-eight (48) hours of leave per fiscal year, or as approved by the
Sheriff or designated agent. Immediate family is to be defined as
spouse, parents, children, guardian, brother, sister, in-laws,
grandparents, and grandchildren (this definition shall include
stepchildren, and stepparents), or as approved by the Sheriff.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
3. If absent for sick leave for (2) or more consecutive days, the employee shall
file a physician’s certificate stating therein the reasons for his/her absence.
The employee retains the responsibility of obtaining whatever certification or
documentation may be required to verify an illness or injury in order to receive
paid sick leave.
4. The Sheriff expects the employees to work at their potential. An employee

who cannot perform all of his or her regular job functions due to injuries may
be given temporary hours, an alternative/modified position, or some other
form of reasonable accommodation required under federal or state law, if
such accommodation will assist the employee in performing the essential
functions of his or her position. The Sheriff will work directly with the treating
physician in order to return an employee to any qualifying position as soon as
possible. Assignments that meet physician –directed restrictions could exist
within any Sheriff’s Office division; consequently, an employee will be required
to work wherever such qualifying assignment exists. The employee may be
reevaluated for return to his or her full duty position at each scheduled
physician visit.
5. It is the responsibility of the employee to keep the Sheriff/supervisor advised of

the date of return to work.
6. Sick leave is charged against the employees in half (1) hour increments.
7. Abuse of this policy may result in disciplinary action and obvious or flagrant
misuse of sick leave may constitute grounds for dismissal.
8. Sick leave transfer will not be utilized unless granted by the Sheriff for special
circumstances.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

9. Upon dismissal or all terminations, retirement, death or permanent
disability, full-time employees with five (5) or more years of continuous service
will be paid 25% of the employee’s accrued, unused sick leave, but not more
than $5000.00. The remaining 75% of the employee’s accrued sick leave shall
lapse. Employees with less than five years of continuous service will receive no
payment.
10. All sick leave is to be reported to the Sheriff in written form by the
supervisors for record keeping purposes.
11. If a scheduled medical appointment falls on a scheduled day of work,

you must give your supervisor at least a (14) day notice for scheduling changes.
You are to notify your supervisor of the number of hours you plan on using for the
appointment. You are to make every effort to complete your shift and only take
the time needed for the appointment.
F. Special Leave
1. Special leave may be granted for unusual circumstances or in the event

of death in the immediate family, sick leave may be used. Immediate family is
to be defined as spouse, parents, children, guardian, brother, sister, in-laws,
grandparents, and grandchildren (this definition shall include stepchildren, and
stepparents), or as approved by the Sheriff or the designee. Death leave is
limited to three (3) days and will not be subtracted from accrued leave.
2. Employees are also eligible for up to 12 weeks of unpaid family medical

leave (FMLA). FMLA, unpaid, must be set up through the human resources
department of the government center after requesting the leave in writing from
the Sheriff. At that time, HR will explain the details of FMLA concerning health
insurance retirement, leave and other deductions. In order for an employee to
receive pay and benefits during FMLA, they must request, in writing to the Sheriff,
their intensions of using FMLA and must use their accrued sick time/vacation
time/comp time during their leave. FMLA requests must be in writing and given
to the Sheriff prior to taking the leave so that scheduling conflicts can be
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

handled, except in the event of an emergency. In the event of an emergency,
FMLA requests must be turned in as soon after the medical event as possible.
G. Absence Without Leave
An unauthorized absence from duty shall be treated as an absence without pay

and will be grounds for disciplinary action.
H. Compensatory Time
1. From time to time it is necessary that the personnel of the Sheriff's Office
work overtime; it is necessary to set forth procedures that allow all personnel to
know what controls will be placed on the amount of the compensatory time
they are allowed to accumulate. The Sheriff or the designee will monitor each
employee's total overtime on a monthly basis.
2. Holiday repay (day for day) shall be granted for each employee that
works any approved Holidays, if the employee is off the holiday, they will not
accrue a comp day.
3. The Sheriff has determined that employees may accrue no more than 240
hours of compensatory time.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

I. Overtime
Compensatory time may be granted in lieu of overtime pay in accordance with

Sheriff's Office policy. Overtime may be paid at the discretion and direction of
the Sheriff. Overtime/Comp Time leave will be given at straight time for each
hour worked over 171 hours in a 28 day cycle for rotating shifts, 40 hours for
administrative staff. Vacation, Holiday, Sick or comp time does not count
toward the 171 hour maximum or 40 hour maximum. All employees shall
complete the 28 day cycle sheet within (72) hours of the completion of the
cycle.
J. Hours of Work
Division Shift
Administration 8a-4p / 9a-5p
Patrol AM 6a-6p PM 6p-6a
Patrol Supervisory 3p-3a
Communications Day 6a-4p Evening 2p-12a Night
10p8a or special designated
Most patrol deputies work a twelve hour shift rotating schedule. The twelve hour
workdays rotate through two time shifts:
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

Patrol Division employees work day shift for three weeks and rotate to night shift
for three weeks. Communications Division work ten hour shift rotations.
Communications will work 28 days of four days on and four days off, then
alternate to five days on three days off rotation. In an effort to stay in line with
the Fair Labor Standards Act, the department will utilize the 28 day pay cycle
system for rotating shift employees with a maximum of 171 hour worked in a
cycle. Administrative employees will utilize the 40 per week and maximum of 160
hours worked in a cycle.
K. Flex Plan
1. The flex plan program, if utilized, will be for administrative positions that
work a (40) hour week. The participants will be required to work (8) hours and
(45) minutes per day for (9) days and will flex off on their (10th) day of work.
2. All participating employees will be required to maintain a fixed schedule

of flexing and any variances shall be pre-approved by your dept. head. Two
employees in the same dept. cannot flex the same day. If the designated flex
day falls on a holiday, the employee shall utilize the day prior to or after the
holiday, but not to conflict with another employee’s flex day.
L. Maternity Leave
In accordance with the federal law, female employees who are disabled as a
result of pregnancy or the complication of pregnancy will be treated the same
as employees who are disabled from other causes. A pregnant employee will
be permitted to work so long as she is physically able to do so and her physician
so certifies. After giving birth, an employee will be expected to return to work as
soon as her physician certifies that she is able to do so. Unless the employee has
informed the Sheriff that she does not intend to return to work, the job will be
held open to the same extent that jobs are held open for employees on sick or
medical leave. The Sheriff recognizes that in some instances the employee may
wish to take off time before of after she is actually disabled as a result of
pregnancy or its complications. Requests for such time off will be considered on
the same basis as request for (FMLA) or for leave of absences without pay. The
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

employee may elect to take accrued annual, sick, comp or authorized leave
without pay in combination during pregnancy.
M. Separation from Department
1. Should it be necessary for you to end your employment with the Sheriff's
Office, a written notice, at least (2) weeks in advance is requested.
2. Accumulated annual leave shall be paid to you in one lump sum up to

the allowed maximum of fourteen (14) days. Sick leave credits will be eligible
upon separation to employees with (5) or more consecutive years of service to
the Department shall be paid a sum equal to (25%) of his accrued sick leave,
not to exceed $5,000. The remaining (75%) shall lapse.
Employees with less than (5) years of continuous service shall not be entitled to
compensation for accrued sick leave.
N. Military Leave
1. The Greensville County Sheriff's Office grants military leave to employees to

allow them to fulfill their military obligations. Pursuant to Article 10, § 44-93 of the
Code of Virginia, employees of a political subdivision of the Commonwealth

who are members of the organized Reserve Force of any of the armed services
of the United States, National Guard, or Naval Militia shall be entitled to leaves
of absence from their respective duties, without loss of seniority, accrued leave,
or efficiency rating, on all days during which they are engaged in federally
funded military training duty, or when called forth by the Governor, pursuant to
the provisions of 44-75.1 or 44-78.1.
2. There shall be no loss of pay during such leaves of absence, except that
paid leaves of absence for federally funded military training duty shall not
exceed fifteen workdays per fiscal year. When relieved from such duty, they
shall be restored to positions held by them when ordered to duty.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

3. Upon call to active duty, the federal government will fund employees;
local funds will be restored upon return to the active workforce.
4. The employees to the Sheriff's Office should submit orders for an extension
of military service as soon as possible.
5. The status of benefits for employees on Leave Without Pay for Active
Military Service are as follows:
a. The employee will accrue credit toward continuous service for the duration of
leave without pay and past county service will be retained.
b. The employee will accrue no annual leave while on leave without pay.
c. Unpaid and used annual leave balances retained when placed on leave
without pay will be reinstated upon return to county service.
d. Compensatory leave balances will be paid off when placed on leave without
pay or may be used to cover the period of absence.
e. Sick leave will not accrue while on military leave without pay.
i. Health insurance coverage will continue to the end of the month in which
leave without pay begins, and be discontinued during the absence.
j. Contributions to retirement will be discontinued. When reinstated, the

employee will be given credit toward retirement for the period of military leave.
k. Upon satisfactory completion of military service, an employee is entitled to

reinstatement to his/her position or to a position of like seniority, status and pay
provided:
1) The request for reinstatement is made within 90 calendar days after release
from active duty, or from hospitalization associated with the active duty,
which continues after discharge for a period not more than one year.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
2) Within 31 calendar days after release from initial active duty for training, or
hospitalization associated with the active duty, which continues after
discharge for a period of not more than one year.
3) The employee presents a certificate attesting to the satisfactory completion

of military service.
4) The employee is still qualified to perform the duties of the former position.
a) If the employee no longer meets the minimum qualifications of the former

position because of a change in job duties, he/she will be offered a position for
which he/she is qualified and is like seniority, status and pay.
b) The circumstances have not changed making it impossible or

unreasonable to reinstate the member;
5) If the position formerly held has been abolished, the member shall be placed
in a position of comparable pay and status.
6. Military Training Leave Policy
a. The purpose of this policy is to provide county employees time requested

to fulfill military training obligations for the Armed Forces of the United States,
National Guard or Naval Militia.
b. Any merit employees who are also members of the organized reserve
forces of any of the armed services to a leave of absence for m his/her duties
without loss of accumulated leave or regular salary on all days when he is
training or when called to duty by the Governor of Virginia, in accordance with
the Code of Virginia, Article 10, § 44-93 and Title 38 of the United States Code.
c. This office will grant up to fifteen (15) days, or time as required by federal
law, of Military Training Leave per calendar year to those employees who are
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

called for training with their military units. The leave will not count against
accumulated annual leave.
d. The Sheriff or his designee must approve the Military Leave Training, on
any employee utilizing Military Training Leave; a copy of the employee's orders
must be presented prior to the effective day of leave. This policy does not apply
to periodic weekend drill or attendance at military schools.
IV. PROCEDURES – INJURIES
A. General
1. All full-time employees are covered by Workman's Compensation,

medical insurance, and accrued sick leave, paid for by the county.
2. Employees who are injured while on duty shall at the first opportunity
make a written report submitted through the chain of command to the Sheriff
and the county finance department.
3. All initial reports should be completed before the end of the tour of duty,
or not later than twenty-four hours after the incident.
4. In the event that the injured employee is not able to make the report, the
supervisor shall be responsible for submitting all required reports with all available
information.
5. The injured employee shall send or deliver, at the earliest time, any
additional medical statements or information concerning when the employee
may or will be available for reassignment or regular duty.
6. The injured employee, or his supervisor if he/she is unable to speak for

himself/herself, shall notify the hospital, doctor, and pharmacy that all expenses
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

related to the on-the-job-injury are to be billed to the county insurance carrier
for payment under Workman's Compensation.
B. On-the-job injury:
Employees are covered by Workman's Compensation for any injury sustained

while properly performing assigned duties, for as long as medically necessary.
The county has the right to request at any time a medical re-evaluation of an
employee. Injuries include those occurring while attending the police academy,
Forensic Academy, or any other department authorized school.
C. Off-the-job injury/illness:
1. Whenever a member of the department sustains an injury or illness, not job

related, that would affect performing normal assignments, the time that person
may take off from work will be deducted from his accrued sick leave.
2. Any time that a member is absent by using sick leave, the Sheriff or
supervisor may request a medical statement of proof of the degree of the injury
or illness, and how long the injury or illness may require that person to be away
from his/her normal assignment.
3. As soon as possible before his or her next tour of duty, the injured/ill
employee shall inform his or her immediate supervisor of the extent of the injury
or illness and deliver or send any medical statements certifying when he/she
may be expected to return to duty.
4. If an employee is without enough sick leave to cover an absence,

compensatory time will be deducted, then vacation time, and finally leave
without pay will be charged.
D. OSHA Requirements:
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

Should a full-time officer or employee be killed while on duty, OSHA in Richmond
shall be notified immediately.
E. Liability Protection Program
The Greensville County Sheriff's Office has a liability protection program, which
will protect employees for actions or omissions directly related to their law
enforcement function. This program protects employer's omissions leading to
personal injury or death and/or property destruction, which, in turn, could lead
to civil action against the employee within stated policy limits.
F. Physical Fitness
A satisfactory level of general health and physical fitness on the part of the
Greensville County Sheriff's Office sworn personnel employees should be
maintained so that work can be performed efficiently and without personnel
shortages caused by excessive use of sick leave. The functions performed by
deputy sheriffs require a level of physical fitness not demanded by many other
occupations. Criteria for fitness will be directly related to the work performed.
V. MISCELLANEOUS BENEFITS
A. All Other Benefits
All other benefits, such as health insurance, retirement, deferred compensation,

disability and death benefits are available from the county administrative and
financial offices.
B. The County of Greensville has no employee educational assistance program,

at this time.
C. Clothing and Equipment

NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

Sworn law enforcement employees shall be provided with the following clothing
and equipment;
1. uniform shirts (summer and winter class A)

2. uniform pants (year round material)
3. uniform shoes (class A and others)
4. uniform hats (summer)
5. uniform tie (to be worn with winter class A)
6. uniform leather gear (belt, holster, magazine pouch, handcuff case, glove
case, belt keepers, and radio carrier)
7. utility uniform fatigue shirt and pants (winter and summer)
8. duty weapon (once certified to carry and use)
9. flashlight (road deputies only)
10. rain coat
11. traffic safety vest reflective (road deputies only)
12. duty ammunition
13. can of chemical deterrent (if certified to use)
14. set of handcuffs
15. badges – 5 point star
16. name plate
17. bullet proof vest and carrier, road deputies and courtroom security only 18.
uniform jacket or coat
19. Taser (once certified to carry and use) 20. other equipment
as deemed necessary.
D. Hazardous Duty Supplement Qualification

RR 1-20: COMMUNICATIONS
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
VLEPSC STANDARDS: ADM.07.01, 07.03, .24.01-.10, 25.01, 25.11

OPR. 12.02
This rule or regulation is for internal use only, and does not enlarge an officer’s civil or criminal liability in
any way. It should not be constructed as the creation of a higher standard of safety or care in an
evidentiary sense, with respect to third party claims. Violations of the directive, if proven can only form
the basis of a complaint by this department, and then only in non-judicial administrative setting.
POLICY
The Sheriff’s Office shall maintain a Communications Center that remains in operation twenty-four
hours a day to monitor traffic from county law enforcement, receive citizen’s request(s) for service by
telephone and dispatch county law enforcement to emergencies, incidents and scenes as needed.
The Greensville County Sheriff’s Office shall provide 24 hour a day telephone access to the citizens
of the county by maintaining an enhanced 911 emergency phone system and a direct telephone
number. The supervision of the Communications Center will follow the Organization Chart posted in
the Department.
1) PURPOSE
The purpose of this Rule and Regulation is to establish guidelines for the operation and security of
the Communications Center.
2) PROCEDURES
A. The Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Regulations shall be complied with at all times
while operating the radio system. Station Identification shall be given over the air, by the
dispatcher(s) or by digital generation, at a minimum of every hour. The Statewide
Interdepartmental Radio System (SIRS) rules and regulations shall be complied with and SIRS
may be used to communicate with other law enforcement agencies having SIRS capability. Plain
language shall be used for all radio transmissions when communicating other agencies on
SIRS and other assigned radio frequencies. This office shall maintain a valid license to operate
for all frequencies.
B. The Sheriff’s office Channel, within the communications center, shall have priority over all other
duties that may be assigned to the dispatcher(s). If the dispatcher is involved in another duty or
function, the radio traffic shall take priority, unless a 911 Emergency call is received.
C. The Communications Officer’s function to monitor radio traffic shall be fulfilled at all times. It is
the dispatcher’s responsibility to see that the position is covered if he/she must leave the room or
change their focus of attention for even a short period of time.
D. Base Operations- (the same procedures apply to use of all dispatch radio units to include mutual
aid channels if applicable)
1. All deputies shall be addressed by their assigned unit number during radio transmissions.
2. The Communications Officers and all department personnel shall be completely familiar with
the Virginia Interoperability and NIMS requirements.
3. The dispatcher’s primary responsibility is to transmit impersonal radio traffic to the deputies
and receive their transmissions. Discussions, disagreements and or opinions will not be
transmitted on the radio. Deputies will utilize the radio only to respond to calls, to conduct
traffic stops, to further investigations, to safeguard fellow officers and the public or to solicit
information necessary to carry out their duties. The radio repeaters have a slight delay of (2)
seconds, dispatchers and deputies shall pause for the delay before transmitting to make sure
that their radio traffic is not clipped.
4. All radio traffic should be plain language for the exception of 10-4. In addition, the
International Phonetic Alphabet shall be used whenever possible during radio transmissions.
5. Answering Telephone Lines:
a) Business Telephone Lines (Non-Emergency) will be answered by stating:
“Greensville County Sheriff’s Office, Dispatcher _________, how may I help

you?
b) Emergency 911 Telephone Lines will be answered by stating:
“Greensville County 911, what is the address of the emergency?”
6. The Communications Officers shall be familiar and capable of operating the Virginia Criminal
Information Network and National Crime Information Center (VCIN/NCIC) computerized
systems. This network provides the Sheriff’s Office with an automated data communications
system. This network is capable of providing information and access to query the system
regarding wanted and missing persons, stolen property, vehicles, criminal history record
checks and information, vehicle registration, firearms, driver’s information and immediate
access to broadcasts concerning recent criminal activities from other law enforcement
agencies nationwide. This office shall provide 24-hourt access to this system for criminal
justice purposes, through certified operators.
7. The Communications Officers shall monitor all video cameras housed in the communications
Center to assure the safety of all employees, citizens and prisoners.
8. The Communications Officers shall monitor all electronically controlled doors and or intercom
controlled entrances. This shall include verifying the identity of all individuals entering the
office through these entrances.
9. At all times, the Communications Officers shall have access to the following:
a) The Officer-in-charge
b) Duty roster of all office personnel
c) Daily Schedule and on-call assignments for all Sheriff’s Office personnel
d) Contact numbers (residential and pager numbers) for all personnel

e) Visual Map of Greensville County
f) Written procedures and telephone numbers for procuring emergency assistance,

contacting other agencies and businesses in an emergency for external services
g) Virginia Criminal Information Network (VCIN) and National Crime Information Center
(NCIC) system manuals
h) Tactical dispatching plans (Ex: Fire Department Assignments and Mutual-Aid concerns,
Rescue Assignments, Bank Alarm Plans, County Emergency Operations Plan)
i) A means of passing along information between shifts and shall be used and reviewed
by each shift.
j) Twenty-four hour access to on-file warrants
10. The Sheriff’s Office maintains an emergency power back-up system; a generator and UPS
system to ensure that the Communications Center can function at all times. This system is
maintained and tested weekly. The generator is equipped with an auto start feature, which
remotely starts the generator on Tuesday morning of each week. A maintenance contract is
in place with a private vendor to ensure both the systems are operational, maintained and
serviced regularly.
11. The Communications Center shall be accessible directly only the Sheriff’s Office authorized
personnel. Contact with the general public shall be made through a security door and access
window. Access is limited to insure security for the protection of personnel and equipment as
well as to safeguard information obtained in the course of call-taking, dispatching, the back-
up resources such as remote radio unit, disks and logs and information found on intelligence
sources such as VCIN/NCIC and the CAD system.
12. Assigning deputies and supervisors to calls shall be done in accordance with the following:
a. All calls shall be dispatch by radio to the highest ranking by either (rank or
seniority) shall be given all calls for service that come into the dispatch center via
the Sheriff’s Office Radio.
b. Units responding to a scene, emergency or incident are responsible for

requesting the response of a supervisor as needed, or as required by office
policy. (See GO 2-12)
c. All responding units to a scene shall mark en-route via radio with dispatch giving
their location they are responding from and if they are responding Code 1 or
Code 2 as outlined in GO 2-9
13. The dispatcher shall be responsible for completing a dispatch record for each call for service.
Normally, radio dispatch records will be prepared in the following cases:
a) Citizen Complaints
b) Citizen Reports Crime
c) Follow-up investigations
d) All situations where an officer is dispatched

e) All situations where an officer is dispatched or assigned to take actions at a later time
f) Criminal and non-criminal calls initiated by officers.
Information for completing these records will be obtained from the complaint. Any
information that is needed, but not known by the dispatcher, may be obtained from the
officer assigned after the call is complete.
14. The dispatcher shall record the following on each request for service received:
a) The complainant’s name, address and phone number
b) Type of incident
c) The identification of the deputy(ies) assigned to the incident. To include primary and
backup unit assignments
d) Benchmarks to include: (Time of dispatch, Time of officer’s arrival and time officer
returns to service.
e) Assign a unique control number to each incident with the year the call was received and
sequential numbering
f) Location of the reported incident
g) Disposition or status of the reported incident
15. The Communications Center maintains the capability to play back recorded telephone calls
and radio conversations. The system allows for the continuous recording of radio
transmission and emergency telephone conversations. The data from the request for service
calls, response to calls, and traffic stops will be retained as described, depending upon the
type of method used for the capture of data. Retention shall be in accordance with the
standards and rules set by the Library of Virginia.
1) The computer system shall be backed up on tape and the back-up tapes retained for at
least (60) days.
2) The audio tapes shall be retained for a period of greater than sixty (60) days.
a) The audio recordings and computer take backups shall be retained and secured
on the server in the secured access data closet.
b) Access to the audio recordings and the computer backup tapes shall be by
request made through the chain of command to the Sheriff or his designee.
16. The Greensville County Sheriff’s Office shall provide a 24-hour telephone access for the
purpose of receiving emergency calls. This is accomplished through the use of an enhanced
911 telephone system. This number allows all county residents to call in an emergency and
activates the ANI & ALI screen providing the dispatcher with the telephone number and
address of the location from which the call is received. The Sheriff’s Office also provides a
non-emergency number for citizens as well. This line can be access by dialing 1 (434) 348-
4200.
17. The dispatcher shall immediately notify the Sheriff or his designee of any:
a. Immediately by phone any time of day:
i.Pursuits & tracking of fugitives
ii.Robberies
iii.Unnatural deaths
iv. Accidents / incidents involving department vehicles
v.Use of lethal use of force
vi.Injuries to employees of this department on duty
vii.Tracking of missing / endangered persons
b. By email:
i. All natural deaths. Emailed by the primary case officer upon completion of the call.
18. When the dispatcher is receiving or disseminating any information via Radio or Telephone
the television in the dispatch center SHALL REMAIN ON MUTE!!
RR 1-21: SCHOOL RESOURCE DIVISION
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
I. POLICY
A. It shall be the policy of the Sheriff's Office that the primary function of a school
resource officer, while school is in session (including after school activities), is to
provide security for the students, staff, visitors and building and grounds.
B. It is also the policy of the Sheriff’s Office that while school is not in session, the
school resource officers shall report back to the division shifts or any other
special assignment given to them and deemed necessary by the Sheriff or his
designee. This shall include any time given by the school system to include
school holidays, teacher workdays, inclement weather etc.
1. When the school resource officer reports back to a division shift, their duties
could include, but are not limited to:
a. Answering calls for service
b. Working Highway Safety Enforcement
c. Serving Civil Process
d. Working Court Security
e. Any other directive given by the Sheriff or his designee
C. See GO 2-44 for full directives of the School Resource Division operation
GO 2-1: LIMITS OF AUTHORITY AND CONSTITUTIONAL
SAFEGUARDS
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
NOTE: This rule or regulation is for internal use only, and does not enlarge an officer's civil or
criminal liability in any way. It should not be construed as the creation of a higher standard of
safety or care in an evidentiary sense, with respect to third party claims. Violations of this
directive, if proven, can only form the basis of a complaint by this department, and then only in a
non-judicial administrative setting.
I. POLICY
The U.S. Constitution and the Bill of Rights guarantee every citizen certain safeguards from
government intrusion into their lives. These safeguards have become the cornerstone for the
application of criminal justice in America. Consequently, these safeguards have placed
limitations on the authority of police to enforce the laws of the nation, state, and the County of
Greensville. The department expects its officers to act with due regard for citizens' civil liberties.
II. PURPOSE
The purpose of this general order is to define the legally mandated authority for the enforcement
of laws, to establish procedures for ensuring compliance with constitutional requirements during
criminal investigations, to set forth guidelines concerning the use of discretion by officers, and
to define the authority, guidelines and circumstances when officers should exercise alternatives
to arrests and pre-trial confinement.
III. PROCEDURES - GENERAL

A. Law Enforcement Authority To Enforce Laws Section 49-1 of the Code of Virginia requires
that all officers, upon entering their office, take an oath whereby they swear to support the
Constitution of the United States and the Commonwealth of Virginia.
B. Limitations On Law Enforcement Authority: Limitations on law enforcement authority are

derived from statutes, federal, state, and local judicial interpretation of laws, opinions of the
attorney general and commonwealth's attorney, departmental policies/rules and regulations, and
town administrative decisions.
1. Statutory limitations:
These limitations include, but are not limited to:

SAFEGUARDS
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
a. Enforcement of laws outside of the county limits. Section 19.2-250 of the Code of Virginia
grants authority to enforce state laws one mile beyond the boundaries of the county.
b. The Code of Virginia grants authority to enforce laws on any county-owned property
located outside of its boundaries. Examples include: sewage treatment plants and the
county's water source.
c. Section 15.2-1704 prohibits police officers from enforcing the civil laws of the
Commonwealth.
2. Judicial limitations:
Courts constantly interpret laws that place limitations on the authority of law enforcement
officers. The more common include: Miranda rights/warnings, rulings on search and seizure,
eyewitness identification, lineups.
IV. INTERVIEWS AND INTERROGATIONS
A. Definitions
1. An interview, as opposed to an interrogation, may be construed as any conversation with a

suspect, witness, victim, or the citizen.
2. An interrogation, according to the Supreme Court, includes the following, per Rhode Island v.
Innis, ". . . express questioning or its functional equivalent any words or conduct on the part of
police (other than those normally attendant to arrest and custody) that the police should know are
reasonably likely to elicit an incriminating response from the suspect."
3. Deputies are reminded that an interrogation does not rely solely or exclusively on words:
conduct can be the "functional equivalent" of asking questions.
B. Rights Admonition
1. In order to achieve uniformity in administering Miranda warnings, deputies will be issued

cards with the Miranda warnings and waiver on them. Deputies will advise suspects, verbatim:
SAFEGUARDS
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
a. "You have the right to remain silent."
b. "Anything you say can and will be used against you in a court of law."
c. "You have the right to talk to a lawyer and have him present with you while you are being
questioned."
d. "If you cannot afford a lawyer, one will be appointed to represent you before any
questioning, if you wish."
e. "You can decide at any time to exercise these rights and not answer any questions or
make any statements."
2. After the warning, in order to secure a waiver, the officer shall ask and receive affirmative
replies to the following questions:
a. "Do you understand each of these rights I

have explained to you?"
b. "Having these rights in mind, do you wish to

talk to us now?"
3. Should a suspect to whom Miranda must be given not understand English or be hearing
impaired, deputies shall attempt to secure a translator before proceeding with questioning.
4. After the rights have been read, understood, and the person wishes to waive them, the deputy
may ask the suspect to sign the waiver of rights form. Deputies must cease questioning whenever
the suspect invokes the right to silence or requests the presence of counsel.
a. After the suspect has been charged, officers shall not try to elicit incriminating evidence
unless the suspect waives the right to counsel.
b. If a suspect, once in custody, requests counsel after being advised of Miranda rights,
he or she cannot be interrogated again unless (l) the counsel is present during the interrogation
or (2) the suspect himself initiates the interrogation. Officers therefore cannot obtain a
waiver under these circumstances unless the suspect initiates interrogation.
SAFEGUARDS
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
5. Deputies will take care when advising juveniles of their rights to ensure that the rights are
understood before obtaining a waiver. Officers should honor a child's request to speak to a parent
or guardian before waiving his or her rights. Whenever possible, the child's parents should be
present while the child's rights are explained and the waiver obtained.
6. A Spanish version of the Miranda can be found by clicking here. This form may be printed
out for use.
C. The Fifth Amendment right against self-incrimination:
1. When Miranda applies:
The voluminous case law covering Miranda (Miranda v. Arizona) warnings has established
several guidelines for officers to help decide when warnings must be administered. Miranda
applies only to custodial interrogation. Interrogation is defined below. As to what constitutes
custody, if a reasonable person in the suspect's position believes that he or she is not free to
leave, then Miranda applies. Note that the officer's view of what constitutes custody
and that of the suspect may differ. Officers must remember that the reasonable belief of the
suspect is what counts.
2. Circumstances for administering Miranda:
In determining whether a suspect is free to leave the police officer's presence, a court will look at
the circumstances of the interrogation: if police questioning is conducted in a police car or at a
police station, the environment may be construed a coercive one, and the interview custodial.
Practically speaking, an arrest or physical restraint of a suspect places him or her in custody, and
Miranda warnings must be administered before the officer asks questions about the offense. In
short, then, Miranda warnings must be given when:
a. The suspect reasonably believes that he/she is in custody, and
b. The suspect is interrogated.

SAFEGUARDS
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
3. Voluntariness of confessions:
The courts have provided officers with much latitude in interrogating suspects. If a suspect
claims that he or she was coerced into confessing, the courts will examine the interrogation
according to the totality of the circumstances. If interrogation methods appear to overcome the
suspect's will, then the courts will find any resulting confession to be involuntary. If officers use
trickery, threats, or offer promises to obtain confessions, they must:
a. carefully assess the suspect's background, age, education, mental impairment, and physical
condition to determine vulnerability to coercion; and
b. coupled with the background characteristics, choose an appropriate mix of interrogation tactics
and environmental factors to convince the suspect to confess without overbearing the suspect's
will. Note that Miranda warnings would have been given before the interrogation takes place,
in most instances.
D. Exemptions / Special Cases
1. Miranda warnings do not apply to the following situations:
a. brief on-scene questioning;
b. identification procedures such as fingerprinting, conducting a line-up, sobriety tests;
c. volunteered, spontaneous statements (Once the officer has heard the suspect express
spontaneous incriminating statements, the officer shall then advise the suspect of Miranda
rights and obtain a waiver before undertaking additional questions.);
d. brief investigative detention;
e. roadside questioning during routine traffic stops;
f. routine booking questions attendant to arrest;
g. questioning by private persons.

SAFEGUARDS
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
2. Public safety exception:
When an officer urgently needs information from a suspect because lives are in imminent
danger, officers may delay giving Miranda warnings until the officers have received
information sufficient to dispel the emergency. Officers are advised that a genuine, life-
threatening emergency must exist.
3. No firm guidelines exist governing when fresh warnings must be given. In considering
whether previously administered Miranda rights have become legally stale, investigators must
consider:
a. the length of time between first warnings and later interrogation;
b. whether warnings and later interrogation were given in the same place;
c. whether warnings and later interrogation were by the same or different officers;
d. the extent to which the later statement differed from a previous one;
e. the apparent intellectual and emotional state of the suspect.
V. SEARCH AND SEIZURE
A. Definition: Police action is termed a search where (1) there is a "prying into hidden places by
the police officer" which (2) the person whose premises or person is being searched has a
reasonable expectation of privacy.
B. The Fourth Amendment guarantees the right for people to be free from unreasonable searches
and seizures of their homes, persons and things. The Supreme Court is continuously interpreting
the Fourth Amendment as it applies to police conduct. Illegally seized items of evidence will not
be admitted in court and may be cause for a lost criminal case. Additionally, an illegally
conducted search invites civil suits under the Civil Rights Act. In order to ensure that Fourth
SAFEGUARDS
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
Amendment rights are protected; officers will obtain search warrants upon probable cause in all
appropriate criminal cases except for the following circumstances. Search warrants are discussed
under GO 2-2.
1. Consent searches
2. Emergency searches
3. Plain view
4. Abandoned property and open fields
5. Inventory searches of vehicles
6. When executing arrest warrants
7. Incident to arrest (see GO 2-4)
8. Pat-downs of suspicious persons (see GO 2-3)
As a general rule, no arrest warrant or search warrant is required for an arrest in a public place,
as long as probable cause exists.
C. Consent
1. A search warrant is not necessary where a person who has authority or control over the thing
or place searched consents to the search. Note that the officer doesn't have to have reasonable
suspicion nor probable cause to make a consent search: he or she may merely ask for permission
from someone with control over the premises. If that person grants permission, the search may
take place. The sole justification for a consent search is the existence of voluntary consent.
Consent searches must observe the following rules:
a. Generally, the person granting consent must use, access, or control the property.
b. If two people have joint ownership of property, either may give consent.
c. A landlord, including a hotel or motel manager, cannot consent to a search of a

tenant's premises, unless the tenant has been evicted or has abandoned the property.
d. A husband or wife, or one member of a cohabiting unmarried couple, may consent to a

search of areas in common ownership or use.
SAFEGUARDS
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
e. A parent may consent to a search of premises occupied by a dependent child.
f. An employee cannot give valid consent to a search of his employer's premises unless he
has been left in custody of the premises.
g. An employer may generally consent to a search of premises used by employees, except

premises used solely by an employee (e.g., a locker).
2. Consent must be given voluntarily. If an officer requests consent from a citizen under
circumstances which a reasonable person would consider coercive, then officers must seek a
warrant. The officer may have the burden of demonstrating voluntariness (Schneckloth v.
Bustamonte).
3. A person who initially gives consent may withdraw it at any time. Officers shall then secure
the premises and seek a warrant.
4. Printable Consent to Search Affidavit
D. Emergency Searches
1. A search warrant is not necessary in an emergency. An emergency is sometimes termed

"exigent circumstances."
2. The Virginia Supreme Court, in Verez v. Commonwealth, 337 S.E. 2d 749, 1985, gave ten
considerations in evaluating whether an emergency exists:
a. The degree of urgency involved and the time required to get a warrant.
b. Deputy's reasonable belief that contraband is about to be removed or destroyed. [Note that
not all crimes are serious enough to create exigent circumstances. See "e" below.]
c. The possibility of danger to others including officers left to guard the site.
d. Information that the possessors of contraband are aware that police are on their trail.
e. Whether the offense is serious, or involves violence.

SAFEGUARDS
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
f. Whether deputies reasonably believe the suspects are armed.
g. Whether the deputies have probable cause.
h. Whether the deputies have strong reason to believe the suspects are present on the
premises.
i. The likelihood that the suspects will escape.
j. The suspects' entry onto premises after hot pursuit.
3. If officers enter premises with probable cause to believe that critical evidence may be
destroyed or removed unless immediate action is taken, they may enter without a warrant, secure
premises, and obtain a search warrant before proceeding further unless they have obtained
consent to search, or some new circumstances arise necessitating another warrantless search.
E. Plain View
1. A plain view seizure is, technically, not a search. To make a plain view seizure of property
(contraband, fruits or instrumentalities of the crime), two requirements must be met:
a. The seizure must take place where the officer has legally observed the property; and
b. It must be immediately apparent to the officer that the items he or she observes may be
evidence of a crime, contraband, or otherwise subject to seizure.
c. The officer may not move items, look inside or underneath or behind them for serial numbers
or other identifying marks. If such movement is necessary, officers shall obtain a warrant.
F. Abandoned Property and Open Fields
1. A search warrant is not required for property that has been abandoned.
2. To constitute abandoned property, two conditions must apply:
a. Property was voluntarily abandoned.

SAFEGUARDS
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
b. Property was discarded outside the area in which someone has a reasonable expectation
of privacy.
3. Open fields are not protected by the Fourth Amendment, but officers must distinguish them
from curtilage, which essentially is a yard where private residences are concerned. Curtilage has
no absolute definition that officers can apply under all circumstances. The extent of curtilage of a
private residence, for instance, is determined by whether the area is enclosed; the nature and use
of the area; the proximity of the area to the home; and any measures taken by the owner to
protect the area from observation.
G. Inventory Searches of Vehicles
The department requires deputies to inventory any lawfully impounded vehicle, or a vehicle
removed from the street and placed in police custody. Any evidence or contraband found during
the inventory may be used to formulate probable cause for a subsequent search or arrest.
Vehicles shall be inventoried per departmental procedure which requires an inventory of the
entire contents, including closed containers (provided they can be opened without breakage). The
purpose of an inventory is to ensure safekeeping of private property and to protect the
Department from liability. To repeat, in order to justify an inventory of a vehicle:
1. deputies must have lawful custody of it.
2. The inventory shall be conducted pursuant to departmental policy.
3. The scope of the inventory shall be limited to those parts of a vehicle likely to conceal
important or valuable items. Closed containers may be examined if they are likely to contain
valuable property.
4. The vehicle and its closed containers shall not be damaged.
H. Executing Warrants
1. General Guidance
A deputy with an arrest warrant may search for the defendant in his or her own home provided
that the warrant was valid; the deputy searches the defendant's home (and not someone else's);
SAFEGUARDS
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
and probable cause exists that the defendant is home at the time of the search. The search for
the defendant must be limited to places where he or she might be found.
2. Protective sweep
The U.S. Supreme Court recently ruled (Maryland v. Buie) that officers may undertake a
"protective sweep" of premises, without a warrant, following the arrest upon a warrant.
Certain limitations must be observed, however:
a. The purpose of the protective sweep is to discover persons on the premises who might
present a danger to deputies.
b. Incident to arrest, deputies may, without probable cause or reasonable suspicion, look
into closets or other spaces immediately adjoining the place of arrest where threatening
persons might be located.
c. In order to extend the protective sweep beyond closets and adjoining spaces, deputies
must have reasonable suspicion for fearing that persons may be on the premises who pose a
threat. In such cases, the sweep is limited to examining places where a person might hide.
1) Deputies shall carefully document their reasonable suspicion.
d. During a protective sweep, evidence discovered in plain view may be seized.
e. The sweep must cease when officers have dispelled a reasonable suspicion of danger.
(Note: With a search warrant, a protective sweep is always justified.)
VI. PROBABLE CAUSE AND REASONABLE SUSPICION
A. Probable Cause
Searches (with the few important exceptions outlined in this order) and all arrests are based on
the police officer's perception of probable cause. According to the Supreme Court, "Probable
cause exists where the facts and circumstances within their [the arresting officer's] knowledge
and of which they had reasonable trustworthy information are sufficient in themselves to warrant
a man of reasonable caution in the belief that an offense has been or is being committed."
SAFEGUARDS
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
1. A deputy must have probable cause to undertake a search or make an arrest.
2. When a deputy has probable cause, he or she may undertake a complete body search, record
the suspect's fingerprints, take the suspect's photograph, and jail him. The aim of probable cause
is to make a formal charge.
B. Reasonable Suspicion
Reasonable suspicion involves a standard less than probable cause, generally defined by the
courts as a circumstance or collection of circumstances that would lead a trained, experienced
deputy to believe that criminal activity may be afoot.
1. An deputy must have reasonable suspicion to temporarily detain a citizen.
2. When an deputy has reasonable suspicion, he or she may undertake a pat-down of a suspect's
outer clothing for weapons and record the circumstances of the encounter. The aim of reasonable
suspicion is to resolve an ambiguous situation.
C. Elements
1. Probable cause may be established through investigation and observation, witnesses,

confidential informants, or through anonymous sources provided that the information is backed
by investigation.
2. Unnamed informants may be used in an affidavit for a search warrant if information is

included about why the informant is credible (reliability) and he has information of specific use
in the investigation (knowledge). See GO 2-11 for further information on informants.
VII. EYEWITNESSES
A. Eyewitness identifications generally do not provide reliable evidence during criminal

investigations. Consequently, the Supreme Court has addressed this issue in numerous cases and
set forth guidelines to be followed when eyewitness identifications are solicited by officers.
Eyewitness identifications may take the following form.
SAFEGUARDS
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
1. On-scene Investigation
One-on-one identifications have been held constitutional so long as the period of time between
the offense and the identification is brief. One to three hours would be a reasonable amount of
time.
2. Line-ups
Line-ups should be conducted using a minimum of six persons having similar physical
characteristics as the suspect. The accused has the right to have an attorney present during the
line-up and the line-up may not take place until the attorney is present. The attorney may not
offer any suggestions concerning the conduct of the line-up, but may merely observe. Deputies
shall document the date, time, place, name of participants and witnesses, and the location of
suspect/participants in the line-up.
3. Photo line-ups
In conducting photo line-ups, the photos must depict persons displaying similar physical
characteristics as the suspect. Simply showing an eyewitness a single photo of the suspect has
been ruled unconstitutional. As a general rule, a photo line-up containing 6-8 photos would be
reasonable. Photographs shown to witnesses will not contain any identifying information.
Photo line-ups will be documented as under (2) above.
B. Hearsay
1. Deputies must understand the rules by which hearsay can be considered evidence and
therefore of use in an investigation.
2. According to the Virginia Supreme Court, hearsay is "evidence not proceeding from the
personal knowledge of the witness, but from the mere repetition of what he has heard others
say."
a. Hearsay is generally inadmissible in court.
b. Some hearsay is useful as evidence. Exceptions to the Hearsay Rule, and therefore
admissible, include:
SAFEGUARDS
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
1) A dying declaration or a statement, oral or written, made by a mortally wounded

person who knows that he is about to die and has abandoned hope of recovery.
2) Spontaneous declarations, or exclamations of a participant or bystander

concerning an incident, made without time for reflection.
3) Public records, or reports prepared by public officials under a duty imposed by law
or regulation.
VIII. VEHICLES
In recent years, the U.S. Supreme Court has modified and expanded the conditions under which
officers may search vehicles. Preferably, officers shall search vehicles under the authority of a
warrant whenever sufficient time exists to obtain one. Nevertheless, warrantless searches of
vehicles may take place under many conditions and circumstances. It is imperative that officers
understand the different types of vehicle searches and their limitations.
A. Definitions
1. For the purposes of this section, a motor vehicle is any vehicle operating or capable of being
operated on public streets or highways, from trucks to automobiles to mobile homes. A vehicle
that has been immobilized in one location for use as a storage facility or home is not a motor
vehicle for 4th Amendment purposes.
2. For the purposes of this section, a search is an examination of a motor vehicle with an
investigative motive, that is, to discover evidence or to examine the vehicle identification
number (VIN) to ascertain ownership.
B. When Warrantless Vehicle Searches May Be Performed:
As noted earlier, warrants shall be obtained to search vehicles, if feasible, unless an emergency
exists. Any vehicle that has been disabled with little chance of its being driven away shall be
searched with a warrant. In all other cases, vehicles may be searched without a warrant:
1. when probable cause exists;

SAFEGUARDS
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
2. with the driver's consent;
3. incident to the arrest of the occupants;
4. to frisk for weapons;
5. when necessary to examine the VIN or to otherwise ascertain ownership; or
6. under emergencies or exigent circumstances.
C. Searches may be conducted within the following limitations:
1. With a warrant, a search may extend anywhere within the vehicle, unless limited by the
warrant itself.
2. When probable cause exists, a search may extend anywhere within the vehicle, unless the
probable cause is limited to a specific part of the vehicle.
3. When consent has been obtained from the driver, deputies may search the vehicle subject to
any limitations specified by the consenting person. Consent shall be obtained in writing, if
feasible.
4. Searches incident to the arrest of an occupant shall be limited to any area within reach of the
arrestee. The area within reach is deemed to be the passenger compartment. The trunk, engine
compartment, and any locked compartments shall not be searched. (See GO 2-4 for a fuller
treatment of searches incident to arrests.)
5. Frisks for weapons shall be confined to the passenger area. Any place not immediately
accessible to the occupants, such as a locked glove compartment, shall not be frisked. If the
contents of a container are immediately accessible to the subject, a closed container may be
searched for weapons.
a. Note that a deputy can order the suspect from the vehicle and frisk both the suspect and
the vehicle.
SAFEGUARDS
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
6. An entry into the vehicle to examine the VIN or otherwise determine ownership must be
limited to these purposes.
7. An emergency search of the vehicle may be conducted but the extent of the search must not
exceed whatever is necessary to respond to the emergency.
Note: If the initial search under the above conditions gives rise to probable cause that
evidence, contraband, fruits or instrumentalities of the crime might be found elsewhere in the
vehicle, officers may search those areas that might reasonably contain such items.
D. Containers within the Vehicle
As a rule, no container within a vehicle shall be searched unless it might contain the item(s)
sought.
1. Procedures for unlocked containers:
a. In a probable cause search, containers may be opened wherever found in the vehicle.
b. When the passenger area is searched incident to an arrest, containers within the
passenger area may be opened.
c. During a consent search, containers may be opened provided that the terms of the consent
either so permit or reasonably imply permission.
d. Containers found in or discarded from a vehicle under circumstances not amounting to

probable cause or in connection with a search incident to an arrest shall not be searched but
shall be secured until a warrant is obtained.
2. Procedures for locked containers:
a. Locked containers shall be opened only under a warrant or
b. Under consent.
E. Conduct of The Vehicle Search

SAFEGUARDS
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
1. When possible, searches of vehicles shall be conducted contemporaneous with the stopping or
discovery of the vehicle. As a general rule, vehicle searches shall be conducted as soon as
reasonably possible.
2. When possible, deputies shall avoid damaging a vehicle or its contents, and shall minimize the
intrusiveness of the search and any inconvenience suffered by the passengers or owner.
3. As vehicles may contain sharp or pointed objects, and perhaps even syringes or other materials
with body fluids on them, officers shall take precautions to minimize exposure to communicable
diseases. See GO 2-34.
IX. LIMITATIONS ON AUTHORITY
A. Limitations on Law Enforcement Authority by Local Courts Occasionally, the local courts
may limit law enforcement authority to enforce state statutes and local ordinances. The
department manual shall contain relevant orders offering appropriate guidance to officers. These
limitations include, but are not limited to:
1. The enforcement of certain parking ordinances.
2. The handling of juvenile offenders.
3. The issuance of summonses as opposed to arrests/incarceration.
4. Restrictions relating to the animal control ordinance.
B. Limitations On Police Authority by Commonwealth's Attorney Occasionally, the

commonwealth's attorney may issue opinions to the department imposing limitations on
officers. These areas include, but are not limited to:
1. Prosecution of certain cases.
2. Extradition.
3. Enforcement of certain statutes pending opinions from the Attorney General's Office.
SAFEGUARDS
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
C. Limitations on Police Authority by The County Administrator or Sheriff
Limitations on police enforcement actions by county administrator, board of supervisors or

Sheriff
include, but are not limited to:
1. County tag violations.
2. Parking violations.
D. Changes in Laws / Interpretational Limits Periodically, changes take place which may impose
new limitations on police authority or remove or alter existing limitations. Normally, annual
updates on such changes are provided to all personnel by the commonwealth's attorney. In case
immediate changes in departmental operations are required, the commonwealth's attorney's
office may provide information orally and confirm it in writing.
X. CONSTITUTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: GENERAL
A. Compliance with Constitutional Requirements during Criminal Investigations
1. All officers when conducting criminal investigations shall take all precautions necessary
to ensure that all persons involved are afforded their constitutional safeguards. Officers will
ensure that:
a. All statements or confessions are voluntary and non-coercive.
b. All persons are advised of their rights in accordance with this general order.
c. All arrested persons are taken promptly before a magistrate for formal charging.
d. All persons accused or suspected of a criminal violation for which they are being
interrogated are afforded an opportunity to consult with an attorney.
e. Prejudicial pre-trial publicity of the accused is avoided so as not to interfere with a defendant’s
right to a fair and impartial trial. See RR 1-13.
SAFEGUARDS
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
B. The Use of Discretion by Deputies
1. Officers, by the nature of their job, are required to exercise discretion in the performance of
their duties. The department provides officers with written policies, rules, departmental orders,
directed patrol assignments, and training in order to aid them in making decisions which govern
discretion in performing their duties.
2. With the exception of departmental rules and regulations, departmental policy generally gives
deputies guidelines to consider in exercising their discretion. It is up to the individual officer to
consider the relevant facts, the situation, and then, using knowledge, training, and good
judgment, make appropriate decisions. Supervisors must closely observe the use of discretion by
their subordinates and point out factual errors or alternatives that may be more appropriate.
C. Alternatives to Arrests / Pre-arraignment Confinement
1. Under certain circumstances, officers are faced with situations where an arrest and pre-
arraignment confinement will not be possible. In this case, deputies may elect to exercise certain
alternatives such as the issuance of summonses, referral to a social service agency, or simply a
warning. Examples may include:
a. Mentally or emotionally disturbed persons.
b. Domestic situations where counseling may be appropriate. (Except where probable cause
requires an arrest, as detailed in GO 2-32.)
c. Juvenile offenders. See General Order 2-29, Juvenile Procedures.
d. Transient persons who need shelter and food.
e. Certain misdemeanor cases.
2. Authority to issue summonses in lieu of arrest/confinement:
a. Section 19.2-74 of the Code of Virginia authorizes police officers to issue a summons in
lieu of arrest for persons charged with a misdemeanor criminal offense except D.U.I. and
SAFEGUARDS
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
drunk in public. Additionally, Section 19.2-74 authorizes the use of summonses when enforcing
city ordinances.
b. The use of summonses by officers:
In determining whether a summons should be used, the deputy should:
1) Decide whether the offense committed is serious.
2) Make a judgment as to whether the accused poses a danger to the public or

himself.
3) Decide, based on circumstances, whether the person may disregard a summons.
3. Informal handling of criminal matters:
Deputies often deal with situations where the public interest would be better served by social
service agencies or crisis and professional organizations. When in the judgment of the deputy a
better solution to the problem will be achieved by use of alternatives to enforcement, he or she
should refer the citizen to a social services agency.
4. Use of warnings as an alternative to arrest:
The use of warnings may sometimes provide a satisfactory solution to a problem and may
enhance the public perception of the department. Normally, the use of a warning occurs in traffic
offenses, but occasionally may be applied to criminal offenses. In determining if a warning
should be issued, the officer should consider:
a. The seriousness of the offense.
b. The likelihood that the violator will heed the warning.
c. The reputation of the violator, i.e., known repeat offender, has received previous
warnings, etc.
5. Limitations on intelligence activity:

SAFEGUARDS
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
a. Departmental intelligence gathering activities shall be limited to that information concerning

criminal conduct that presents a threat to the community.
b. Departmental personnel and equipment will only be used in conjunction with intelligence
gathering activities, as defined above, in full compliance with all law, and only with the
advance approval of the sheriff.
c. Intelligence information will be collected, used

and processed in full compliance with all laws.
d. Informants, see GO 2-11.

GO 2-2: SEARCH WARRANTS
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 03.05 - 03.06
I. POLICY
The Fourth Amendment to the U.S. Constitution guarantees every citizen the right to be secure in
their persons, houses, papers, and effects against unreasonable searches and seizures. Supreme
Court decisions regarding search and seizure place the responsibility on the police to ensure that
citizens Fourth Amendment rights are protected. Deputies shall scrupulously observe
constitutional guidelines when conducting searches and always remain mindful of their lawful
purpose.
II. PURPOSE
The purpose of this general order is to establish guidelines and procedures which deputy sheriffs
must follow when conducting searches and seizures.
A. Legal authorities
1. Section 19.2-52 of the Code of Virginia states that a judge or magistrate may issue a
search warrant if:
a. There is a reasonable and probable cause to do so.
b. There is a complaint on oath supported by an affidavit.
2. Section 19.2-53 of the Code of Virginia states that search warrants may be issued for
the search of or for specified places, things or persons, and seizure there from of the
following things as specified in the warrant:
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 03.05 - 03.06
a. Weapons or other objects used in the commission of a crime.
b. Articles or things to sale or possession of which is unlawful.
c. Stolen property or the fruits of any crime.
d. Any object, thing or person including documents, books, records, paper or body
fluids constituting evidence of a crime.
3. Supreme Court decisions:
The Supreme Court hands down decisions which must be used as guidelines in
conducting searches. The court is going to consider:
a. Was the search reasonable?
b. Was there probable cause to issue the search warrant?
c. Was the scope of the search appropriate?
IV. PROCEDURES - OBTAINING A SEARCH WARRANT
A. How to obtain a search warrant
1. Where to obtain a search warrant
a. A search warrant may be obtained from any of the following three sources,
according to 19.2-52:
1) any judge;
2) any magistrate; or
3) any other person having the authority to issue criminal warrants.
B. Affidavits: Section 19.2-54 of the Code of Virginia requires that before the issuance of a
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 03.05 - 03.06
search warrant, an affidavit must be filed and sworn to before a judge or magistrate. State
Form DC-338 1/81 will be used for this purpose. A sample affidavit is found in the appendix to
this instruction.
NOTE: THE SEARCH WARRANT MUST BE OBTAINED IN THE JURISDICTION

WHERE THE PLACE OR PERSON TO BE SEARCHED IS LOCATED.
1. The affidavit must include the following elements:
a. a description of the place, thing, or person to be searched;
b. a description of the things or persons to be searched for;
c. a substantial allegation of the offense in relation to which the search is to be made;
d. an allegation that the object, thing or person to be searched constitutes evidence of

the commission of the offense; and
e. material facts which would show that there is probable cause for issuing the search
warrant.
2. Discussion: Description of place
a. In describing the premises to be searched, a deputy should describe the

appearance of the building, give its address, state that the search is to include the
curtilage and outbuildings thereon, and give the city, town or county in which it is
located.
For example: "A two-story, red brick building with a green roof and green shutters,
located at 123 Main Street, Emporia, Virginia, the property of John Doe. The
search to include the dwelling, the curtilage, and any out-buildings thereon."
1) Curtilage is defined as the piece of ground within a fenced yard.
b. The affidavit must describe the place, thing or person to be searched with enough
detail that when the description is transferred to the search warrant, the officer
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 03.05 - 03.06
executing the search warrant can find and identify what is to be searched without an
unreasonable amount of effort.
3. Discussion: Description of person
a. A person who is to be searched must be described in the affidavit so that he may be

identified with reasonable certainty. His name must be given if it is known. If his name
is not known, he may be called "John Doe," but the deputy must describe what the
person looks like and the place where he can be found. For example: "John Doe, a
white male with black wavy hair and a stocky build observed using the telephone in
Building 1 Apartment 4-C, 1325 Skippers Rd, Emporia, Virginia."
b. A police officer is permitted to search for and seize four kinds of property under
§19.2-53. They are the following:
1) Weapons or other objects used in committing a crime. These are known as

"instrumentalities" of a crime.
2) Things that are illegal to sell or possess. These are known as "contraband."
3) Things that have been stolen. These are known as the "fruits" of a crime.
4) Anything that is evidence of the commission of a crime, for example documents,

bloody clothing, or body fluids.
4. Discussion: Description of the offense
a. The affidavit must describe the offense in relation to which the search is to be made.
The description may be in brief, general terms. It is not necessary to use legalistic
language or to refer to any specific section of the Code.
5. The affidavit must be supported by probable cause. See GO 2-1 for a definition. The
deputy must allege in the affidavit enough particular facts so that the magistrate may
decide if the search will likely result in successful seizure. Two kinds of facts must be
considered:
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 03.05 - 03.06
a. the facts from which the deputy concluded that the person or thing is probably
located at the place to be searched; and
b. the facts which address the reliability of the source of the deputy's information.
c. The court can consider only those facts presented in the warrant and affidavit.
d. Conclusions and suspicions are not facts.
e. Facts must be recent.
1) Before a search warrant can be issued, the magistrate must be satisfied that
probable cause to search exists at the time the warrant is issued. His conclusion
that probable cause does exist must be based upon facts reasonably related in
time to the date of the issuance of the warrant.
f. Example of sufficient facts justifying probable cause:
1) "On June 6, 1972, a reliable informer advised the affiant that during the past 24
hours the informer had observed a quantity of heroin and a large supply of
hypodermic syringes in the premises to be searched." The affidavit was held to be
sufficient since facts were alleged to show how the informant concluded that
marijuana was on the premises. Warren v. Commonwealth, 214 Va. 600, 601, 202
S.E. 2d 885, 886 (1974).
g. Example of insufficient facts:
1) "Information received from CIA Agent Herb Hicks (indicated) that marijuana was
kept in apartment." The affidavit was held to be insufficient. The officer stipulated
where the information came from, but he did not allege any facts showing how the
informant knew that the marijuana was in defendant's apartment. Stallworth v.
Commonwealth, 213 Va. 313, 191 S.E.2d 738 (1972).
6. Reliability of facts
a. Personal observation by police is considered reliable.

NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 03.05 - 03.06
b. Eyewitnesses:
Where the search warrant affidavit discloses that the information came from the
victim of a crime or from an eyewitness, and the information appears reasonable,
the magistrate may infer that it is reliable because it was based on first-hand
knowledge.
c. Informants
1) If there is no reason to hide the name of an informant, a deputy should give the
informant's name in the affidavit or let the informant fill in an affidavit himself. There
is no reason not to disclose the informant's name, for example, if he is willing to
testify in court.
2) Concerning unnamed informants, see GO 2-11. When referring to unnamed

informants, deputies must rely on a magistrate to make a practical common- sense
decision whether, given all the circumstances set forth in the affidavit before him
including the "veracity" and "basis of knowledge" of persons supplying hearsay
information, there is a fair probability that contraband or evidence of a crime will
be found in a particular place, (Illinois v. Gates, 462 U.S. 213 (1983). If an officer
relies on information for proving probable cause given by an unnamed informant,
in his affidavit he shall allege the following:
a) the facts from which the informant concluded that the thing to be searched
for is probably on the person or premises to be searched (these are the same
kind of factors that must be alleged if they came from police observation or
from a named informant) and,
b) based on the totality of the circumstances, facts from which the deputy
concluded that
i) the informant is credible; or

ii) the information furnished by the informant is reliable.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 03.05 - 03.06
3) Informant reliability may be established by:
a) The informant has given reliable information in the past.
b) The informant is a private citizen whom the officer knows or who has a
reputation for truthfulness.
c) The informant states that he himself has participated to some extent in the
illegal activity.
d) The information that one informant gives is corroborated by another

informant.
e) The information given by the informant is corroborated by police

surveillance.
V. PROCEDURES - EXECUTING A SEARCH WARRANT
A. When a search warrant must be executed
1. An officer is required by § 19.2-56 to execute a warrant within 15 days of the date it was
issued. If it has not been executed during that time, the deputy must return the warrant to
the magistrate who issued it. (State Form DC-339 1/81 shall be used for the warrant).
2. A copy of the affidavit must be attached to the warrant and served with it. Section 19.2-
56.
3. A police officer may execute a search warrant either during the day or at night.
B. Gaining entrance to premises
1. Normal procedure
When a deputy sheriff executes a search warrant, he must follow the proper
procedures when he enters the premises to be searched. If he fails to do so, then the
subsequent search will be invalid, even if the deputy enters without force, for example,
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 03.05 - 03.06
by using a passkey or by opening a closed but unlocked door.
2. In most cases the deputy must do all of the following before entering the premises to be
searched:
a. He must announce his presence as a police officer; and
b. He must announce that his purpose is to execute a search warrant; and
c. He must wait a reasonable time either to be admitted or refused admission to the

premises.
3. When entrance is refused
If the deputy is refused entrance after a reasonable time, he may force his way into the
premises. A refusal may be expressed or implied. A refusal can be implied in two
circumstances:
a. No one has admitted the deputy within a time in which it would be reasonable to
expect someone to let the deputy in if he is going to be admitted at all.
b. The deputy waiting to be admitted sees or hears suspicious circumstances, such as

flushing toilets or footsteps running away from the door, which indicate that someone
might be concealing or destroying evidence or trying to escape.
4. No-knock entry
In some circumstances a police officer may enter the premises to be searched without
announcing his presence and his purpose. A deputy may make a no-knock entry if he
possesses facts which make him reasonably believe that an announcement would
result in:
a. the escape of the person to be searched or arrested; or
b. the destruction of evidence; or

NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 03.05 - 03.06
c. bodily harm either to the deputy or to someone within the premises to be searched.
5. In executing any warrants, deputies may use whatever force is reasonably necessary
under the circumstances to effect a lawful purpose.
C. Conduct of the search
1. Once evidence being searched for is located, the search must cease.
2. Deputies may not use a search warrant to conduct a fishing expedition, i.e., if the search
warrant is for a television, or large item, small places such as jewelry boxes may not be
searched.
3. A deputy may seize only the property listed in the warrant. There are two exceptions to
this rule. A police officer may seize other property if:
a. It is other evidence reasonably related to the offense for which the search warrant
was issued.
b. It is property which the deputy knows or has probable cause to believe is evidence of
another crime.
c. A deputy, however, cannot seize evidence under these two exceptions if:
1) his discovery of it is not inadvertent, that is, he knows before the search begins
that the evidence is probably on the property, and he intends to seize it; or
2) his discovery of it is made after he has found all the property listed on the
warrant to be seized, unless it is in plain view.
D. Searches of persons found on premises
1. The Supreme Court has ruled that a person's presence on the premises to be searched
with a warrant does not, without more, give rise to probable cause to search that person. If
the deputy has reasonable belief that the person is armed and dangerous, then the
deputy may pat down or frisk the person for weapons. Absent that belief, the deputy must
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 03.05 - 03.06
have probable cause to support the search of a person on the premises without a warrant.
2. Detention of persons on the premises but a warrant to search the premises for
contraband does carry with it the authority to detain the occupants of the premises while a
search is being conducted. If the search of the premises gives rise to probable cause to
arrest the detainee, he may be arrested and his person searched incident to arrest.
3. Furtive movements
A deputy is permitted to search a person found on the premises if:
a. The person makes a "furtive movement" which the deputy would reasonably interpret
to be an indication of being armed and dangerous.
b. The deputy has probable cause to believe that items are concealed on the person.
But mere presence on premises does not constitute probable cause.
A furtive movement is defined as an action performed by stealth. Deputies shall not

document a person's behavior as "furtive movements" but shall specifically describe
the person's actions.
4. Personal possessions
A search of a person's personal possessions is not considered a search of the person

if they are outside his physical possession. Such possessions, then, would fall within
the definition of things or places specifically to be searched, as set forth in the warrant.
5. Frisks
A deputy sheriff may frisk the exterior clothing of a person found on the premises for
weapons, if he believes that his safety is in danger; however, it is unlawful to routinely
frisk for weapons all persons present.
VI. PROCEDURES - RETURN OF THE SEARCH WARRANT
A. After a deputy has finished a search he is required by § 19.2-57 to observe the following
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 03.05 - 03.06
procedures:
1. he or she must note the date and time of execution on the search warrant; and
2. under oath, he must make an inventory of all the property he has seized; and
3. within three days of the date of the search (excluding Saturdays, Sundays, or legal
holidays) he must file in the circuit court clerk's office (of the jurisdiction wherein the search
was made):
a. the search warrant; and
b. either the inventory of articles seized (which must be notarized) or a notation that
nothing was seized during the search; and
c. the affidavit (unless affidavit was made by voice or videotape recording).
NOTE: The deputy who obtained the Search Warrant should ensure that the
magistrate or issuing officer returns the affidavit to the Clerk of the Circuit within
seven days of the issuance of the warrant. Va. Code 19.2-54
B. Responsibility for property seized
1. All property seized must follow a rigorous chain-of-custody procedure. Documentation

must appear in all narrative reports pertaining to the chain of custody of any items seized.
The department evidence tag shall be used to mark all seizures.
2. In court, the judge wishes to ascertain how the item was moved from person to person
from the time of seizure to the time of trial. The standard the court applies is one of
reasonable certainty that no alterations or substitutions have occurred.
3. Deputies shall place evidence in the locker reserved for the purpose at the Sheriff's
Office.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 03.05 - 03.06
VII. PROCEDURES - SEARCHES OF PERSONS
A. When a search warrant should be obtained:
A police officer shall get a warrant for the search of a person whenever there is enough
time to get one.
B. A warrantless search of a person may take place under the conditions specified in GO
2-1, 2-4, 2-5.
C. Scope of search
If a search warrant authorizes the search of a person only, an officer may only search
the following places:
1. the entirety of the person named in the warrant;
2. the area in immediate control of the person being searched from which he could
reach for a weapon or for evidence so as to:
a. protect the deputy;

b. prevent escape; and
c. prevent the destruction of evidence.
VIII. FORMS
A. Affidavit For Search Warrant
B. Search Warrant
GO 2-3: FIELD INTERVIEWS - STOP / FRISK
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
I. POLICY
The Sheriff expects and encourages deputies to conduct field interviews. A field interview is a
lawful stop of a citizen for investigative purposes. Deputies shall document stops for the
Purposes of identifying a suspect, witness, or victim, or for crime prevention, intelligence
gathering, or community relations. The department further expects deputies to gather information
with proper observance of constitutional safeguards. Strict constitutional guidelines exist that
protect both the civil rights of citizens and the rights of officers to obtain information crucial to
the reduction and prevention of crime. Further, field interviews frequently contribute to the
building of a reasonable suspicion or even probable cause to arrest or conduct a search. The only
restricted search that normally accompanies field interviews, the frisk or pat down, may be
performed when the officer suspects the presence of a weapon.
II. PURPOSE
To establish policy and procedures for conducting field interviews and an accompanying frisk
for weapons.
III. DEFINITIONS
A. Making the field contact; conducting the interview
1. Deputies may make field contacts when they reasonably believe that some investigative
inquiry is warranted. The Supreme Court stated, in Terry v. Ohio, that an officer "may in
appropriate circumstances and in an appropriate manner approach a person for the
purposes of investigating possible criminal behavior even though there is not probable
cause to make an arrest."
2. A field interview, therefore, requires voluntary cooperation from the citizen. In the
absence of probable cause to arrest the citizen may discontinue the interview at any time
and leave. The citizen may also refuse to produce identification or otherwise identify
himself. A distinction is drawn herein between a field interview or contact (which is made to
resolve an ambiguous situation) and a stop (or a brief detention of a person because of
suspected criminal behavior).
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
3. Deputies must be able to articulate the circumstances that warranted the stop of the
citizen. The circumstances constitute the officers' reasonable suspicion. In court--should a
field interview result in an arrest--an officer must justify his intrusion by describing "specific
and articulable facts which, taken together with rational inferences from those facts,
reasonably warrant that intrusion." Articulable circumstances derive from:
a. firsthand observations;
b. hearsay, as from informants;
c. "collective knowledge" or information shared by several officers (example: An officer

may make an arrest or conduct a search at the request of another agency without
knowing all of the facts which prompted the request.);
4. totality of facts and circumstances. The department encourages officers to question

persons whose behavior, conduct, or mere presence at a particular place and time does
not match the officer's notion of what is appropriate for the place and time.
B. Field interviews and field interview cards serve as:

1. a source of information.
The field inquiry is based on the principle that the opportunity to apprehend criminals and
to prevent crime increases with the number and frequency of persons interviewed. One
way an officer can increase his skill as an observer is to obtain information from persons
living or working within his patrol area.
2. a means of identifying the suspect.

An on-view arrest is not always based upon the immediate recognition of a wanted
criminal. Frequently, it is the outgrowth of the action taken by a police officer that stops to
question a person who has aroused his suspicions. Information obtained during a field
contact may also be used at a later date to identify a criminal.
3. a means of obtaining suspects or witnesses.

The value of reported field inquiries becomes very pronounced when a crime is committed
and there are but a few investigative leads. The investigator must then rely on the field
interview reports to sift out useful information. A review of these reports will show if anyone
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

had been questioned in the vicinity at the approximate time of the crime.
C. Place of the interview

1. The difference between a field interview and a lawful detainment is a thin one. As noted
earlier, reasonable suspicion provides the key basis for the officers' actions.
The U. S. Supreme Court, Terry v. Ohio,(392 US 1, 1968) gives officers the authority to stop,
question, and frisk persons provided that:
a. it is a public place;
b. the officer reasonably suspects that the person has committed or is about to commit
a felony; and
c. the officer reasonably suspects that the person is carrying a concealed weapon an
intends to do him bodily harm.
2. As a general rule, field interviews may be conducted anywhere the deputy has right to
be, including
a. county-owned or controlled property normally open to members of the public;
b. areas intended for public use or normally exposed to public view;
c. places to which a deputy has been admitted with the consent of the person
empowered to give such consent;
d. places where circumstances require an immediate law enforcement presence to

protect life, well being or property;
e. areas where a deputy may be admitted pursuant to a lawful arrest or search warrant;
f. any other area in which a deputy may effect a warrantless arrest.
3. Field contacts shall not be done to coerce a person to leave an area or place where he
or she has a legitimate right to be and no violation of law has occurred.
D. Conduct of interviews
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

1. As noted above, a person interviewed by the deputy may discontinue the interview at
any time. Further restraints on the person's response may be justified. Further details of
frisk requirements are found under Section IV of this instruction. To repeat, during a routine
field interview, persons shall not be detained in any manner against their will, nor shall they
be required to answer questions or respond in any manner if they choose not to do so. The
fine line drawn between a field contact and a stop and frisk must be strictly observed to
avoid accusations of harassment. Since the distinction between a "contact" and a "stop"
depends to a great extent on whether, under the circumstances, the citizen perceives that
he is free to leave, officers shall comply with the following guidelines:

a, All requests during the contact should be phrased with neutral or optional words,
such as "may," "would you mind," etc.
b. Abrupt, short responses which could be misunderstood and requests which could be
misinterpreted as commands must be avoided.
c. The duration of a contact should be as brief as possible.
2. The success or failure in obtaining information beneficial to crime analysis and criminal
investigation will depend upon an officer's ability to put citizens at ease and establish
rapport. However, during a field contact, if the person should ask whether he must respond,
or indicate that he feels compelled to respond, the officer shall immediately inform him (or
her) of the right to refuse, as well as the right to leave. Where citizens refuse or cease to
cooperate during a contact, the refusal itself cannot be used as the basis for escalating the
encounter into a stop and frisk.
IV. STOP AND FRISK OR INVESTIGATIVE DETENTION

A. The legal authority to stop and frisk is defined in paragraph III.C.1. A temporary detention of
a person to investigate suspected criminal activity is controlled by the Fourth Amendment.
B. Investigative detention involves two distinct acts: (1) the stop and (2) the frisk.
C. Stop - The detention of a subject for a brief period of time. In order to make the stop, the
officer must have reasonable suspicion to believe that criminal activity is afoot and that the
person to be stopped is involved. The courts have ruled that the following factors may be
considered in building a reasonable suspicion.
1. Officer has knowledge that person has a felony record.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
2. A person fits the description of a wanted notice.
3. A person has exhibited furtive conduct, such as fleeing from the presence of an officer or
attempting to conceal an object from the officer's view.
4. Clothing worn by a person is similar to description given in a lookout for a known

offense.
5. The officer observes a vehicle that is similar to that of a broadcast description for a
known offense.
6. A person exhibits unusual behavior, such as staggering or appearing to be in need of

medical attention.
7. The area and time of day, such as a person observed in a public area with a history of
recurring crime during the same time as that of the stop.
8. Hearsay information is acceptable. In order for the information to be credible, the officer
must have some means to gauge the reliability of the informant's knowledge.
D. Frisk- Should the deputy reasonably believe that the person stopped intends to do him
bodily harm or is carrying a concealed weapon, the officer may conduct a limited search of the
person's outer clothing for weapons. The courts have held that, in the case where the subject
was wearing a heavy overcoat, the officer was proper in having the subject remove the coat so
that he may be patted down.
E. Protective search.
Under some conditions, the protective search, the search for weapons, may be extended
beyond the person detained. Such a search occurs most often involving vehicles. A lawful
protective search for weapons, which extends to an area beyond the person in the absence of
probable cause to arrest, must have all of the following elements present:
1. A lawful investigative stop as defined herein or lawful vehicle stops (see GO 2-2,2-4).
2. A reasonable belief that the suspect poses a danger.

NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
3. The search must be limited to those areas in which a weapon may be placed or hidden.
4. The search must be limited to an area, which would ensure that there are no weapons
within the subject's immediate grasp.
F. Period of detention.
Investigative detention--as with non-criminal field interviews--must be conducted as briefly as
possible. Once the detaining officer determines that his basis for reasonable suspicion no
longer exists, the person detained shall be immediately released. Should the suspicion be
reinforced with additional information or the officer develops probable cause, the period of
detention could be lengthened. The courts generally permit up to 20 minutes to constitute a
reasonable period of time for the interview.
G. Recording the stop.

1. The field interview notes may be taken for each person an officer stops for an interview.
2. The field interview notes may be taken on a subject who is stopped for a traffic violation
if the situation warrants, according to the officer's judgment.
3. The field interview notes may also be used as a field observation notes. In these
instances, the officer shall fill out the notes as completely as possible, using prior
knowledge and current observations of the person or vehicle. This will eliminate the
necessity of asking the dispatcher to log people or vehicles at specific locations.
Examples of instances when the field observation card shall be used include, but are not
limited to, the following:
a. A deputy stops a person for the purpose of conducting a field interview who refuses
to give the officer any information and the officer has no reasonable case to pursue the
matter further.
b. A deputy wishes to make note of a person in a specific place at a certain time, and
the deputy has completed a field interview card on the same person on another
occasion.
4. The field interview notes may be entered into the computer at the Sheriff's Office. The
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

interview notes remain available for the use of all deputies.
V: Form
Printable Field Interview Form
GO 2-4: ARRESTS
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 08.04
I. POLICY
Short of the application of force, an arrest is the most serious action a deputy can undertake.
Deputies shall accordingly exercise critical judgment in making arrests. Such judgment includes
consideration for bystanders, the time, place, and location of offenses, and the use of force in
making the arrests. Deputies shall further consider alternatives to arrest consistent with carrying
out their law enforcement mission.
II. PURPOSE
To define the authority of deputies to arrest, and the mechanism for making arrests with and
without a warrant.
III. PROCEDURE - GENERAL

A. Definition of arrest: An arrest constitutes a seizure of the person for Fourth Amendment
purposes. Further, the Fourth Amendment requires probable cause to arrest. The test, in
interviews or stops of persons, for whether an arrest has occurred--or a seizure of the person--
is whether a reasonable person under the circumstances would have felt free to leave.
1. Section 19.2-249 of the Virginia Code further provides that if an offense occurs at the
county boundary, or within 300 yards of the boundary, officers in either jurisdiction may take
enforcement action.
IV. ARRESTS WITH A WARRANT

A. Who may issue: An arrest may be issued by any judge or clerk of any circuit court, general
district court, juvenile and domestic relations court or magistrate (Section 19.2-71).
B. When it may issue; what to recite: Section 19.2-72 provides that the person having authority
to issue an arrest warrant shall first examine on oath any complainant or other witnesses and, if
probable cause exists, issue the warrant.
C. What the warrant contains: A warrant commands the accused to appear before a magistrate
GO 2-4: ARRESTS
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 08.04
at a stated time and place. The warrant or summons will give the name of the accused, or a
description if his name is not known, describe the offense and name the violation, and be
signed by the magistrate. The warrant contains the complaint, and the "complaint shall consist
of sworn statements of a person or persons of fact relating the commission of an alleged

offense." The warrant must not be too general or leave too much discretion to the officer to
decide which suspect to arrest.
D. Issuance of a summons instead of warrant: Code Section 19.2-73 provides for issuance of
a summons instead of a warrant "where there is reason to believe that the person charged will
appear in the court having jurisdiction over the trial of the offense charged." Summonses
impose the same requirements to appear at an appointed place and time as with a warrant.
E. Notice of issuance of warrants or summonses: Code Section 19.2-73.1 provides that,

normally, the county shall notify citizens of pending warrants or summonses, and direct their
appearance in court for execution of such units.
F. Issuance and service of summons in place of warrants in misdemeanor cases. Code

Section 19-2.74 provides:
1. Whenever any person is detained by or is in the custody of an arresting officer for any
violation committed in an officer's presence which violates any county, city, or town
ordinance of any provision of this code punishable as a Class I or Class 2 misdemeanor or
any other misdemeanor for which he may receive a jail sentence, except as otherwise
provided in Title 46.2 or 18.2-266 of the Code of Virginia, or an arrest on a warrant
charging an offense for which a summons may be issued, and when specifically authorized
by the judicial officer issuing the warrant, the arresting officer should take the name and
address of such person and issue a summons or otherwise notify him in writing to appear
at a time and place to be specified in such summons or notice. Upon the giving by such
person of his written promise to appear at such time and place, the officer shall forthwith
release him from custody.
2. Whenever any person is detained by or is in the custody of an arresting officer for a

violation of any county, city or town ordinance or of any provision of this code, punishable
as a Class 3 or Class 4 misdemeanor or any other misdemeanor in which he cannot
receive a jail sentence, except as otherwise provided in Title 46.2, or to the offense of
public drunkenness as defined in 18.2-388 of the Code of Virginia, the arresting officer
should take the name and address of such person and issue a summons or otherwise
GO 2-4: ARRESTS
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 08.04
notify him in writing to appear at a time and place to be specified in such summons or
notice. Upon the giving such person of his written promise to appear at such time and
place, the officer shall forthwith release him from custody. However, if any such person shall
refuse to discontinue the unlawful act, the officer may proceed according to the provisions
of 19.2-82.
3. Any person so summoned shall be held in custody after the issuance of such summons
for the purpose of complying with the requirements of Chapter 23 (19.2-387 et, seq.) of this
title. Reports to the Central Criminal Records Exchange concerning such persons shall be
made after a disposition of guilt is entered as provided for in 19.2-390.
4. It is the policy of the Greensville Sheriff's Office to release all persons on a summons
whenever possible.
5. Any person refusing to give such written promise to appear under the provisions of this
section shall be taken immediately by the arresting or other law enforcement officer before
a magistrate or other issuing authority having jurisdiction, who shall proceed according to
provisions of 19.2-82.
6. Any person who willfully violates his written promise to appear given in accordance with
this section, shall be treated in accordance with the provisions of 19.2-128, regardless of
the disposition of, and in addition to, the charge upon which he was originally arrested.
7. Any person charged with committing any violation of 18.2-407 of the Code of Virginia
may be arrested and immediately brought before a magistrate who shall proceed as
provided in 19.2-82.
G. Copy of process to be left with accused:

Code Section 19.2-75 - Any process issued against a person charged with a criminal
offense shall be in duplicate and the officer serving such process shall leave a copy with
the person charged.
H. Execution of arrest warrants:

Code Section 19.2-76 provides that a warrant shall be executed by the arrest of the
accused, and that an officer may execute within his jurisdiction a warrant or summons
issued anywhere in the state.
GO 2-4: ARRESTS
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 08.04
Code Section 19.2-76 discusses the obligations of officers as follows:
1. An officer may execute within his jurisdiction a warrant or summons issued anywhere in
the state. A warrant shall be executed by arrest of the accused, and a summons shall be
executed by delivering a copy to the accused personally, or if the accused is a corporation,
in the same manner as in a civil case. The officer executing a warrant shall endorse the
date of execution and time thereon, noting the authority for which it was served, signing as
the serving officer, noting their badge number, jurisdiction and agency, and make return
thereof to a judicial official having authority to grant bail. In the case of a releasable warrant
the above procedure shall be followed with exception, the officer shall have the arrestee
sign the summons section of the warrant after explaining that their appearance is required,
the date, time and location of the required appearance. The officer executing a summons
shall endorse the date and time of execution thereon, their name and badge number,
jurisdiction and agency, and make return thereof to the court to which the summons is
returnable.
2. Whenever a person is arrested upon a warrant in a county or city contiguous to the

county or city in which the charge is to be tried, the officer making the arrest may deliver the
accused to the custody of an officer of a law enforcement agency having jurisdiction in the
county or city in which the charge is to be tried, or he may bring the accused before a
judicial officer to be dealt with as is provided hereinafter.
3. Whenever a person is arrested upon a warrant in a county or city other than that in which
the charge is to be tried, or in a county or city contiguous thereto the officer making the
arrest shall bring the accused before a judicial officer authorized to grant bail in the county
or city in which the accused is arrested. Such official shall either commit the accused to the
custody of an officer for transfer forthwith to the county or city where the charge is to be
tried, or admit the accused to bail or commit him to jail for transfer as soon as possible;
and such official shall endorse on the warrant the action taken thereon. (Also see Virginia
Code 19.2-74, unless otherwise stated by the issuing officer).
I. Escape, flight, and pursuit; Arrest anywhere in the state:

1. Code Section 19.2-77 - Whenever a person in the custody of an officer shall escape or
whenever a person shall flee from an officer attempting to arrest him, such officer, with or
without a warrant, may pursue such person anywhere in the state and, when actually in
close pursuit, may arrest him wherever he is found. If the arrest is made in a county or
corporation adjoining that from which the accused fled, the officer may forthwith return the
GO 2-4: ARRESTS
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 08.04
accused before the proper official of the county or corporation from which he fled.
2. If the arrest is made beyond the foregoing limits, the officer shall proceed according to
the provisions of 19.2-76, and if such arrest is made without a warrant, the officer shall
procure a warrant from the magistrate of the county or corporation wherein the arrest was
made, charging the accused with the offense committed in the county or corporation from
which he fled.
J. Exemption of such witnesses from arrest or service of process:

1. Code Section 19.2-280 - If a person comes into this state in obedience to a summons
directing him to attend and testify in this state he shall not while in this state pursuant to
such summons be subject to arrest or the service of process, civil or criminal, in connection
with matters which arose before his entrance into this state under the summons.
2. If a person passes through this state while going to another state in obedience to a
summons to attend and testify in that state or while returning therefrom, he shall not while
so passing through this state be subject to arrest or the service of process, civil or criminal,
in connection with matters which arose before his entrance into this state under the
summons.
K. Return of warrant.
Upon executing the warrant, the arresting officer shall note the date of execution on it, then
return it to the court, less copies given to the arrested person.
V. ARREST WITHOUT A WARRANT

A. Authority.
As noted earlier, the search and seizure provision of the Fourth Amendment protects
citizens from the arbitrary and oppressive interference by law enforcement officials with
privacy. Further, officers must have probable cause that a crime has been committed, and
that the person to be arrested has committed the crime. See GO 2-1, 2-2 for a fuller
treatment of probable cause.
1. The Code permits a warrant less arrest of a person, but the sworn person so arrested
"shall be brought forthwith before a magistrate or other issuing authority having jurisdiction
who shall proceed to examine the officer making the arrest under oath."
GO 2-4: ARRESTS
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 08.04
B. When warrant less arrests may be made:

An officer may make a warrant less arrest:
1. When a person commits a crime in the officer's presence (Code 19.2-81);
2. The officer has "reasonable grounds or probable cause to suspect any person of having
committed a felony not in his presence" (Code 19.2-81);
3. At the scene of any motor vehicle or watercraft accident or when, based upon personal
investigation, the officer has "reasonable grounds to believe . . . that a crime has been
committed by any person and there present" (19.2-1);
4. At any hospital or medical facility to which any person involved in a motor vehicle or
watercraft accident has been transported, provided the officer has "reasonable grounds to
believe, based upon personal investigation, including information obtained from eye-
witnesses, that a crime has been committed by that person" (19.2-81);
5. In the apprehension of any person charged with the theft of any motor vehicle on any
public roadway when the officer "has reasonable grounds to believe . . . that a crime has
been committed by any person then and there present" (19.2-81).
6. When any person is charged with a crime in another jurisdiction and the officer has
received:
a. a photocopy of a warrant;
b. a telegram;
c. a computer printout;
d. a facsimile printout; or
e. a radio, telephone or teletype message which gives:
1) the name of the wanted person or an accurate description;
2) the crime alleged
3) an allegation that the person is likely to flee the jurisdiction of the Commonwealth
(Code Sections 19.2-76, 19.2-81).
GO 2-4: ARRESTS
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 08.04
7. When the officer receives a radio message from the Sheriff Office that a warrant for an
alleged misdemeanor is on file (Code Section 19.2-81);
8. When an alleged misdemeanor not committed in the officer's presence involves

shoplifting and a "reasonable complaint of the person who observed the alleged offense"
gives probable cause (Section 19.2-81);
9. For assault and battery when the officer has probable cause to arrest based upon the
reasonable complaint of the person who observed the offense (Section 19.2-81);
10. For assault and battery of a family or household member when the officer has probable
cause to arrest based on the determination of a primary aggressor status, in violation of
Virginia Code 18.2-57.2.
11. For violation of Virginia Code 16.1-253.2, when there is probable cause to believe that
a violation of a protective order has occurred.
12. For carrying a weapon on school grounds when the officer has probable cause to
arrest based upon the reasonable complaint of the person who observed the offense
(Section 19.2-81);
13. For brandishing a firearm when the officer has probable cause to arrest based upon
the reasonable complaint of the person who observed the offense Section 19.2-81);
14. For destruction of property when such property is located on premises used for
business or commercial purposes when the officer has probable cause to arrest based
upon the reasonable complaint of the person who observed the offense Section 19.2-81);
15. When the officer has observed the registration of the speed of a motor vehicle by radar
(or other electrical device), or when such officer has received a radio message from
another officer who has observed the registration of speed by radar; provided, however,
that:
a) the arresting officer is in uniform and displays his badge of authority and;
b) if the arrest is based on a radio message from another officer, then

1) the radio message must have been dispatched immediately after the speed of
the motor vehicle was registered;
GO 2-4: ARRESTS
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 08.04
2) the radio message must have furnished the license number or other positive
identification of the vehicle.
C. Actions upon arrest.

1. Upon arrest on a photocopy of the warrant, telegram, computer printout, facsimile
printout or teletype message, the arresting officer shall serve a copy of the document on
the accused.
2. The arresting officer should bring the accused before the magistrate for bail hearing
(See 19.2-76 and 19.2-123).
3. If the person is arrested upon a charge in a county or city contiguous to Greensville

County in which the charge is to be tried, the arresting officer may deliver the accused to
the custody of a law enforcement officer having jurisdiction in which the charge is to be
tried, or he may bring the accused before the magistrate pursuant to 19.2-123 of the Code
of Virginia.
4. If the person is arrested based on a fugitive warrant from another state, see Extradition,
Code Section 19.2-100.
5. The magistrate should conduct a bail hearing and set bail or secure bond if appropriate
just as if the accused had been arrested on the warrant from another jurisdiction. The
police officer should not request the issuance of any arrest process such as duplicate
warrants or fugitive warrants based on the charge in the other jurisdiction within Virginia.
6. The arresting officer will contact the law enforcement officials where the charge was
made and inform them that the accused has been arrested on the teletype message (or
other arrest document), and if not bonded, ascertain when a representative will arrive to
transfer the accused back to the locality having trial jurisdiction.
D. Juveniles.
Refer to GO 2-29 concerning handling of juveniles, and Code Section 16.1-246.
GO 2-4: ARRESTS
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 08.04
E. Summonses.
An arresting officer shall issue a summons to appear at a time and place specified in such
summons whenever any person is detained by or in the custody of an arresting officer for:
1. "any violation committed in such officer's presence which offense is a violation of" any
county, city or town ordinance, or any provision of the Code, or any other misdemeanor,
punishable as a Class 1 or Class 2 Misdemeanor or for which the accused may receive a
jail sentence. Section 19.2-74 (A) (1);
2. "an arrest on a warrant charging an offense for which a summons may be issued . . .
when specifically authorized by the judicial officer issuing the warrant"; or
3. a violation of any county, city or town ordinance, or any provision of the Code, [except as
otherwise provided in Title 46.2 of the Code (Motor Vehicles) or in §18.2-266 (Driving
Motor Vehicle, Etc., While Intoxicated)] or any other misdemeanor, punishable as a Class
3 or Class 4 misdemeanor or for which the accused cannot receive a jail sentence.
4. Anything in this subsection to the contrary not withstanding, if any person is believed by
the arresting officer to be likely to disregard a summons issued under the provisions of this
subsection, or if any person is reasonably believed by the arresting officer to be likely to
cause harm to himself or to any other person, then such person should be brought forthwith
before a magistrate, and the procedure for warrantless arrest, pursuant to §19.2-82 should
be followed, 19.2-74 (A) (1).
5. For Class 4 Misdemeanors, "the arresting officer shall take the name and address of
such person and issue a summons" after which "the officer shall forthwith release him from
custody," Code §19.2-74 (A) (2). The accused is required, however, to give his written
promise to appear before being released from custody. The statute specifically allows the
officer to take the accused before a magistrate immediately if the officer reasonably
believes that the accused is likely to disregard the summons or to do injury to himself or
others.
6. In addition to excepting ("as otherwise provided") Title 46.2 (Motor Vehicles), Code
§19.74 (A) (2) specifically excepts Code §18.2-388 which makes it a Class 4
Misdemeanor for a person to curse or swear profanely, or be drunk in public, Section 18.2-
388. In an arrest for a violation, there is no need for a warrant, unless the arrested person
GO 2-4: ARRESTS
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 08.04
requests that the charges be written in the form of a warrant, Section 16.1-129.1.
F. Summaries: Public drunkenness.

Section 19.2-74 controls the procedure for arrest for public drunkenness or profanity;
therefore, the arresting officer may issue a summons to the accused rather than taking him
into custody. The arresting officer should bring the accused before a magistrate when the
officer believes the person is likely to disregard the summons or to harm himself or others,
then a person charged with public profanity or drunkenness may be arrested and
incarcerated for that offense if necessary.
G. Release on promise to appear.

1. In all the above situations, when the arresting officer issues a summons and releases the
accused from custody, the person arrested must first as a condition of his release make a
"written promise to appear at [the specified] time and place. . . ." Sections 19.2-74 (A) (1)
and 19.274 (A) (2) If such person refuses to give this written promise to appear, he "shall
be taken immediately by the arresting officer or other police officer before a magistrate or
other issuing authority having jurisdiction, who shall proceed according to the provisions of
§19.2-74 (A) (3) (paragraph 2). Alternatively, if such person gives his written promise, but
later willfully violates this promise, he shall be subject to the penalties of §19.2-128 [Class
1] Misdemeanor in addition to original charge and possible forfeiture of pledged security,"]

Section 19.2-74 (A) (3).
2. When "any person [is] charged with committing any violation of §18.2-407 . . .[which
prescribes riot or unlawful assembly, he] may be arrested and immediately brought before
a magistrate who shall proceed as provided in §19.2-82 [procedure upon arrest without a
warrant],"Section 19.2-74 (A) (3).
3. When release on a summons is appropriate, the arrested person will not be

photographed or fingerprinted before release. This processing will be done after
appearance in court and only in cases where there is a conviction, Section 19.2-74.
VI. BOOKING PROCEDURES

A. Constitutional considerations.
Refer to GO 2-2, 2-5 for a discussion of search guidelines, and below for searches incident
to arrest. Refer to GO 2-1, 2-14 for a discussion of advising arrested persons of their rights.
GO 2-4: ARRESTS
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 08.04
B. Releases on summonses and mandatory arrest.
1. The person should be released on a Virginia Uniform Summons at the location of arrest
on all misdemeanors with the following exceptions:
a. Charges of driving under the influence;
b. Charges of public drunkenness;
c. The officer believes that the persons may disregard the summons;
d. If the officer believes the arrested person will cause harm either to himself or another
person.
2. If the arrested person is not released on a summons or is charged with a felony, the
following procedures will be observed:
a. The person will be transported to the magistrate's office to be formally charged, if
the warrant was not obtained;
b. The person must be read the charge on each warrant;
c. An NCIC/VCIN check shall be made on the person before being released from
custody.
d. The arresting deputy should submit an entire IBR report if he/she investigated the
incident.
C. Injury before or during arrest:

If a person receives an injury before or during an arrest and either requests medical
attention or, in the deputy's judgment, such attention is needed, it shall be offered or
obtained before beginning the booking procedure placing the person in jail.
D. Processing of paperwork:
All paperwork must be filled out, forwarded to the supervisor and routed.
1. IBR reports go through chain of command Shift Supervisor and then to the Sheriff or his
designee once entered, they are filed.
2. Accident reports go to the Shift Supervisor for approval and then to secretary to be
GO 2-4: ARRESTS
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 08.04
mailed to DMV and filed.
3. Summonses get placed into the office mail box in the respective court clerk's box.
4. Executed civil papers and officer's discretion criminal warrant's shall go into the warrant
mail box in the office for the Captain to send to the courts or be mailed back to the
originating jurisdiction.
5. On a felony arrest, the following forms shall be completed and sent to:
When inked impressions are taken:
a. Sheriff's records;
1) C.C.R.E. fingerprint card.
2) Local fingerprint card.
3) Photographs (1 front and 1 profile with pertinent information) will be taken in
street clothes.
4) IBR report
5 ) Copy of warrant
b. General District Court:

1) Original copy of served warrant.
2) C.C.R.E. form (yellow copy).
3) Bond papers.
4) Jail committal.
5) Summons copies if applicable
4. On a Class I or II misdemeanor arrest:

If the arrestee is not released on a summons or released following court conviction, the
forms listed below will be completed and routed as follows:
a. Sheriff's records:
1) C.C.R.E. fingerprint card.
2) Local fingerprint card.
3) Photographs(1 front and 2 profile with pertinent information) will be taken in
street clothes.
4) IBR report
5) Copy of warrant
GO 2-4: ARRESTS
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 08.04
2) C.C.R.E. form (yellow copy).
3) Bond papers (if subject bonded).
5. On Class III or IV misdemeanors:

a. Police records (see paragraph E,1).
2) Bond papers (if issued).
3) Jail committal (if detained).
6. On all juveniles taken in to custody for either misdemeanor or felony charges:

a. Records section - all photos and fingerprints taken as specified in GO 2-29, juvenile
procedures.
b. Juvenile and domestic relations court:
1) petitions.
2) detention orders.
7. When LiveScan system is used to obtain prints:

a. On all adult arrests, the following forms shall be completed and sent to:
1) The LiveScan system shall be used. Click on the icon in the middle of the
screen that says, VA IDS. You will need to put your username in (the same as
Shieldware) then password which is 123. When the program comes up click on
NEW and then click OK for Adult Criminal Booking. You must fill in all the fields that
have a RED dot beside them. The new system uses letters now instead of
numbers. For example, jurisdiction of arrest you would type in Greensville instead of
putting 012 like on the old system.
2) Push the SEND icon and it will automatically transmit the booking to the state
and it will print both the CCRE form that the arrestee will sign and it will print the
VADisp (Yellow) card.
GO 2-4: ARRESTS
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 08.04
3) The Virginia Disposition document shall accompany warrant to appropriate
court.
b. On all juvenile arrests where fingerprinting is required, see GO 2-29 Juvenile

Procedures, the following process shall be followed.
1) NO juvenile will be brought into the jail for fingerprints. It must be done by ink in
the lobby or in the contact visit room (6B).
E. Further processing:
1. The arrestee is then returned to the magistrate who will consider a bond (except in those
instances where a Virginia Uniform Summons is acceptable).
2. If bond is allowed, the magistrate completes a bond certificate which is attached to the
warrant(s), and the person is allowed to leave.
3. If bond is not allowed or cannot be made, the person is then committed to jail by the
magistrate, and a committal form is completed by the magistrate and attached to the
warrant and the arrested person is placed in jail.
4. Items seized as evidence will be properly tagged and returned to the Sheriff's Office and
placed in an evidence locker.
VII. RELEASE FROM ARREST

A. Legal background
1. In some instances, officers may encounter a circumstance where probable cause
develops to arrest a person for an offense only to find out shortly thereafter that the person
under arrest did not commit a crime, or that further investigation reveals the event does not
constitute a crime. It is imperative, then, that the officer end the arrest process immediately
to avoid becoming liable for false imprisonment. False imprisonment, as defined in
Montgomery Ward v. Freeman, 199 F 2D 720 (1953), "is the restraint of one's liberty
without any sufficient legal excuse."
2. The Attorney General of Virginia has issued an opinion, Report of the Attorney (1971),
Page 102, which states the following:
"It is my opinion, therefore, that an arresting officer, who may have had probable cause
GO 2-4: ARRESTS
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 08.04
to initially make the arrest without a warrant, may thereafter conclude that further
prosecution of the arrestee would be improper or fruitless and may, subsequently,
discharge him from custody without the necessity of taking him before a magistrate."
As stated by the Attorney General, an officer is required to formally charge only those
persons who have been placed under arrest, if the officer concludes that further
prosecution would be proper and fruitful.
B. Procedure.
1. The arresting deputy shall not formally charge those under arrest when it is proven to his
satisfaction that either the person under arrest did not commit a crime or that an event
investigated is found not to constitute a crime.
2. When a deputy releases a subject from arrest, he should allow the person to make a
phone call to arrange transportation. For example, a deputy arrests a subject, then
transports him to the magistrate when the officer learns that the probable cause he used to
make the arrest is not sufficient. Instead of releasing the subject along the roadside, the
deputy should allow the person to call a friend or relative for a ride. If a vehicle has been
towed, the vehicle shall be returned to the operator/registered owner.
3. Upon releasing a person in this manner, the deputy shall immediately contact his
supervisor and advise him of the incident.
4. To protect himself and the department, the deputy shall document in an incident report:
a. Date and time of arrest.
b. Person arrested (name, address, date of birth, race).
c. Location of arrest.
d. Location and time of release from arrest and whether the person was transported.
e. Reasons or discovery of information which led the officer to release from arrest.
f. Witnesses to the alleged crime, or to the fact the person arrested was allegedly
involved.
GO 2-4: ARRESTS
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 08.04
5. If the officer makes an arrest based on probable cause, the arrest is lawful. Probable
cause must continue to exist through the appearance of the officer and arrested person
before the magistrate. If not, the officer must release the person as soon as practicable.
See Code Sections 19.2-82, 83.
C. SUMMARY OF LAWS OF ARREST

Criminal Offenses - All offenses except traffic as found in Title 46.2
1. Law enforcement officers shall issue a Uniform Summons on all misdemeanor offenses
committed. The officer shall proceed to the magistrate with accused when any of the
following exceptions are present:
a. Class 1 or 2 Misdemeanors (and all other jailable offenses).
1) When there is a reason to believe accused will not appear.
2) When there is a reason to believe accused will be of danger to himself or to

others.
3) When accused fails to give written promise to appear.
b. Class 3 or 4 Misdemeanors (and all other non-jailable offenses).

1) When accused fails to give a written promise to appear, or refuses to
discontinue the unlawful act.
2) Violations of sections: 18.2-388 (drunk in public); 18.2-407 (unlawful assembly).
3) When the accused is a non-resident of the commonwealth.
4) When the accused is unable to reasonably establish his name and address.
For offenses indicated by TI (Traffic Infractions) the accused should be released on
summons upon giving his written promise to appear for the scheduled court hearing. All
others offenses are considered to be misdemeanor unless so indicated.
2. Law enforcement officers shall issue a Uniform Summons on all traffic offenses
committed in their presence except:
GO 2-4: ARRESTS
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 08.04
a. Traffic misdemeanors:
1) When there is reason to believe accused will not appear.
b. traffic infractions:
c. Violations of law:
Law enforcement officers shall proceed to magistrate with accused when any of
the following exceptions are present.
1) Committed by motorists from reciprocal states which require revocation of

license, if convicted.
2) When the accused holds a license from a non-reciprocal state.
3) When the accused is unable to reasonably establish his name and address.
GO 2-5: SEARCH INCIDENT TO ARREST
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
V. L. E. P. S. C. STANDARDS: ADM. 02.01 - 02.04, 05.01,

OPR. 03.05, 07.01, 08.03, 10.01
I. POLICY
Deputies who develop reasonable suspicion that a crime has been committed may make
investigative stops of citizens, and under probable cause may make arrests or conduct searches.
The Sheriff's Office encourages investigations and expects officers competently and
knowledgeably to search whenever the occasion arises. Consistent with the policies of General
Orders 2-1 through 2-4, officers shall not conduct general exploratory searches but shall adhere
strictly to constitutional guidelines.
II. PURPOSE
To establish guidelines for the search of person(s) who are placed under arrest and taken into
custody.
III. PROCEDURE
A. General
The Fourth Amendment to the U.S. constitution states in part, "The right of the people to be
secure in their persons, houses, papers and effects against unreasonable searches and
seizures shall not be violated."
The general rule is that a reasonable search may follow a valid arrest. The officer has the
authority to make a search which may extend to articles carried by the suspect, and the
suspect's immediate surroundings.
B. Time and place of search incident to an arrest:

A search incident to an arrest must occur in such a way that it and the arrest are part of a
continuous, uninterrupted transaction. Two things are necessary for this to occur:
1. The search must be made as soon as practical after the arrest.
2. The search must be made at or near the place of the arrest.

NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 03.05, 07.01, 08.03, 10.01
These two things have been fulfilled if the Deputy Sheriff takes the arrested person to
the Sheriff's Office or to another detention center to be searched.
C. When a search before an arrest is valid:

A search incident to an arrest is normally required to follow the arrest. A Deputy Sheriff
cannot make a search of a person without probable cause and then arrest the person if
something incriminating turns up.
A search before an arrest is valid only if:

1. Probable cause for the arrest existed before the search began; and
2. The search and arrest occur almost at the same time.
D. Use of force
A Deputy Sheriff conducting a search incident to an arrest is permitted to use whatever
degree of force is reasonable and necessary. If he or she used an unreasonable amount of
force, the search is unlawful.
1. Officers are reminded that the use of deadly force to prevent the escape of a fleeing
felon may constitute an unreasonable seizure under the Fourth Amendment (Tennessee v.
Garner). The courts have extended the logic of the Garner decision to the use of any
excessive force during an arrest.
E. Scope of search:
A Deputy Sheriff making a search incident to an arrest may search only the following
places:
1. The entirety of the person being arrested; and
2. The area in the immediate control of the person being arrested into which he could
reach for a weapon or for evidence. The purpose of this search must be to:
a. protect the officer;
b. prevent escape; or
c. prevent the destruction of evidence.

NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 03.05, 07.01, 08.03, 10.01
3. Accessories carried by the suspect may be searched incident to a full custodial
arrest, for they are within the area in which the defendant might reach to grab a
weapon or an item of evidence. See
GO 2-1.11, VIII.
F. Strip searches:
Strip searches are governed by Code Section 19.2-59.1 They:
1. May not be conducted of persons arrested for traffic violations, Class 3 or 4
misdemeanors, or violations of city, county or town ordinances which are punishable by
less than 30 days in jail, unless there is reasonable cause to believe on the part of the
officer that the person is concealing a weapon.
2. Must be performed by persons of the same sex as the person arrested and on premises
where the search cannot be observed by persons not physically conducting the search.
3. A search of any body cavity must be performed under sanitary conditions and a search
of any body cavity other than the mouth shall be conducted either by or under the
supervision of medically trained personnel. See §19.2-59.1 for definition and exceptions.
G. What may be seized:

1. During a search incident to an arrest, a police officer may seize the following things:
a. Anything in the permissible area (See Section D above) that is evidence of the
offense for which the officer has probable cause to make the arrest.
b. Anything in the permissible area that is evidence of any other offense.
c. Anything else which is outside the permissible area that is evidence of the offense
for which the officer makes the arrest or of any other offense if:
1) The evidence is in plain view of the spot where that officer makes the arrest;
and
2) The officer's discovery of the evidence is inadvertent, that is, the officer neither
knows the location of the evidence nor intends to seize it before he goes to make
arrest.
H. Searches incident to an arrest are not illegal. The Attorney General has decided that
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 03.05, 07.01, 08.03, 10.01
searches incident to lawful arrest are not prohibited by Code Section 19.2-59 which provides
that no law enforcement officer shall conduct a search unless he has a search warrant issued
by the proper officer. The opinion was provided to the Department of State Police in 1976.
IV. SEARCHES OF PRISONERS - PROCEDURES

The department advocates the following method of searching arrested persons:
A. Wall search: Place the suspect with hands high on a wall or other vertical surfaces and
extended approximately three feet apart. Do not allow him to place his palms flat on the wall:
have him extend his fingers. The feet should be positioned one of two ways. The first method is
to separate the feet wide apart; the other is to make the suspect cross his legs. His legs should
be far enough away from the wall so that the suspect would not have significant balance to push
away from the wall with any force. The suspect's back should be in a straight line with the legs
and not be arched. When searching the suspect's left side, the officer's left leg should be
placed aligned with the middle of the suspect's back. With proper hand and foot location, the
officer maintains complete control. With this approach, the officer searches with one hand.
Care should be taken by the deputy when searching the suspect not to use motions of his
hands that might result in injury if the suspect has needles or other sharp objects concealed in
his clothing. A patting or grasping of the suspect's arms and legs, rather than sliding the hands
down the arms and legs will help the deputy avoid a puncture by a concealed syringe needle.
Search the following:

· Hair
· Open mouth (have suspect open mouth; officer checks visually)
· Collar
· Back of neck
· Both arms
· Armpits
· Chest
· Back
· Waistline (feel inside the pants)
· Inside belt
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 03.05, 07.01, 08.03, 10.01
· Crotch
· Down both legs
· Cuffs
· Socks
· Inside shoes
B. Body cavity search: Will be conducted by the Jail nurse or be transported to a medical
facility except in instances of extreme emergency. If such an emergency exists:
1. The officer will inform the prisoner of his intention to conduct a body cavity search thus
giving the prisoner the opportunity to voluntarily surrender the suspected contraband.
2. The prisoner shall remove every article of clothing including wigs and dentures and shall
give them to the officer for inspection.
3. Should the prisoner resist the cavity search and become violent, additional officers of
the same sex as the prisoner shall restrain the prisoner and assist in stripping. Only
sufficient force will be applied to complete the search in accordance with the procedure set
forth.
4. Should a prisoner resist a cavity search and insufficient number of the same sex are
available to restrain the prisoner, the following procedures will be followed:
a) Officers of the opposite sex may be called upon to subdue the prisoner, before he or
she is stripped.
b) Officers shall subdue the prisoner and apply the necessary restraints (handcuffs,
shackles, etc.), then leave the room.
5. In all cases, body cavity searches will be conducted only when considered absolutely
essential and probable cause exists, and will be conducted so as to afford a minimum of
embarrassment and maximum privacy for the prisoner.
GO 2-6: USE OF FORCE
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
I. POLICY
Deputies are confronted daily with situations requiring the use of force to affect an arrest or
ensure public safety. The degree of force used depends on what the deputy perceives as
reasonable and necessary under the circumstances at the time he/she decides to use force. All
sworn personnel shall be issued copies of this order and receive training in this area prior to
begin authorized to carry a firearm. Except for deadly force, the application of any degree of
force is only justified when the deputy reasonably believes that it is necessary.
A. To prevent the escape from custody, make an arrest or an investigate detention of a

person the deputy believes has committed a crime; or
B. To defend him/her self or another from what a deputy believes is the use of force
while trying to arrest another, prevent his/her escape, or otherwise lawfully take the
person into custody.
Facts or circumstances unknown to the deputy shall not be considered in later

determining whether the force was justified. The department expects deputies to observe
the following two guidelines in all applications of force.
A. Employ the minimum force reasonably necessary to accomplish a legal purpose.
B. Deputies may resort to more severe methods of force to overcome either increasing
resistance or increasingly dangerous threat to public safety
The escalation in the use of force typically follows a pattern: verbal control, compliance
techniques (control holds), chemical weapons/taser, batons and finally deadly force.
Deputies must understand how to recognize increasing or decreasing levels of threat and
respond appropriately.
When applying deadly force, the deputy’s objective must be to stop or incapacitate the
suspect, not to kill, unless no other choice presents itself. The objective of the use of any
force is to overcome the suspect’s resistance to a deputy’s lawful purpose: deputies shall
avoid unnecessary or excessive applications of force.
Deputy Sheriffs shall not unreasonably or unnecessarily endanger themselves or the public
when applying this policy.
II. PURPOSE
To establish guidelines governing the use of force and its limitations, and to
clearly describe prohibited activities.
III. DEFINITIONS
A. Aerosol/Chemical Agents: Include the use of oleoresin capsicum (oc) or other chemical
agents to control resistance or end flight.
B. Canine: Canine handlers will utilize their assigned service dogs in a manner consistent
with Sheriff’s Office training and guidelines. If the sheriff canine is deployed and bites a
suspect, this will be considered a less lethal use of force. The mere release of a canine
does not constitute a use of force.
C. DEADLY FORCE INCLUDES:

1. The firing of a firearm, and,
2. Any force applied that could reasonably be expected to cause death or great bodily
harm.
a) “Great Bodily Harm” means bodily injury which creates a substantial risk or
death or which is likely to cause serious permanent disfigurement or loss, or
extended impairment of function of any body member or organ.
b) Deputies shall not at any time engage in a chokehold or any form of airway
constriction unless deadly force is allowed by law.
D. Electronic Impulse Device (TASER): A device which employs electric current into a
subject’s body to affect the central nervous system.
E. EXCESSIVE FORCE:
Force is excessive when its application is inappropriate to the circumstances resulting in
serious physical injury or death to a suspect. The U.S. Supreme Court, in Graham vs.
Connor, recently set forth guidelines for determining whether force has been excessively
applied; the primary concern is reasonableness standard, the following considerations
contribute to a determination of excessive force:
1. The severity of the crime
2. The nature and extent of the threat posed by the suspect.
3. The degree to which the suspect resists arrest or detention and
4. Any attempts by the suspect to evade arrest by fight.
In evaluating the reasonable application of force, deputies must consider their own age, size,
strength, and skill level with department weapons, state of health and the number of officers
opposing the number of suspects.
F. Firearms:
Any weapon from which a projectile is forcibly ejected by an explosion.
G. Intermediate weapons: Impact weapons utilized in a manner consistent with current

sheriff’s office training in order to reduce the probability of serious bodily injury. These
weapons include, the ASP baton, TASER, and specialized impact munitions.
H. Non-deadly force:
Force employed which is not likely or intended to cause death or serious physical injury.
I. Physical Control: The use of bodily contact, to include; touching, assisting,

grabbing, joint manipulations, kicking or striking. Physical control includes “soft”
and “hard” hand options. “Soft” hand techniques are those with a low probability
of injury, such as joint locks and pressure points. “Hard” hand techniques are
those with a higher risk of injury to include, punches, kicks or stuns. NOTE:
Stunning techniques to the neck (brachial plexus origin) are appropriate in cases of an
aggressive assault and/or high level of resistance of such a manner the
assault/resistance approaches a situation in which deadly force would be appropriate.
J. Presence: A form of psychological force established through the deputy’s appearance

and demeanor at a scene.
K. Reasonable belief: The set of facts or circumstances that would cause a reasonable
person in the deputy's position to believe it was actually or apparently necessary to
use the force which was actually used.
L. Serious physical injury: A physical injury which creates a substantial risk or death or
which causes death or serious and protracted disfigurement or impairment or the function
of any bodily organ or limb.
M. Verbal Direction/Control: The verbiage utilized by a deputy to control or de-escalate a

situation.
IV. PROCEDURES FOR APPLICATION OF NON-DEADLY FORCE

The department trains deputies in the use-of-force continuum, emphasizing the recognition of
and respond to increasing levels of threat. Most instances in which force is applied are non-
deadly. Deputies shall assess the incident to determine which force technique will best defuse
the situation and bring it under control. The following discussion reinforces key principles from
training.
A. Verbal control:
Verbal Control refers to the manner in which the deputy speaks to a person, which of itself
can effectively manage a situation. Verbal control includes advice, persuasion, admonitions
or orders. The volume and tone of the deputy’s speech may also contribute to control
without having to resort to another method of force. The department urges the use of verbal
commands without the use of profanity, disrespectful or argumentative behavior.
B. Compliance techniques:
At times, uncooperative people who refuse to be taken into custody may only respond to a
combination of strength, leverage, take-downs, control holds, or come-alongs with sufficient
force to make the lawful arrest without aggravating tension or a suspect's combativeness. The
object of this level of force is to gain control and enforce the suspect's compliance while
minimizing the risk of injury to officers, bystanders, or the person being placed in custody.
Where lesser levels of force appear ineffective, officers may employ hands, fists, feet, knees,
and so on in striking an adversary, according to methods sanctioned through training.
C. Chemical agents:
The use of chemical agents is restricted to situations where higher levels of force are
unnecessary and lesser levels are inappropriate or ineffective. The only chemical weapon
authorized for patrol personnel is the oleoresin capsicum (OC)/(CS) or "pepper spray."
Chemical agents shall be used only to the extent necessary to overcome the resistance of the
suspect, and within training standards. Specialized chemical agents, such as concussion
grenades or tear gas, shall be used only by personnel trained in their application, and then
only under direct orders of the on-scene supervisor upon consultation with the Sheriff.
1. Chemical sprays shall not be used to threaten to elicit information, nor will
they be used on people who are handcuffed, secured, and complying with
orders/directions and who no longer pose a threat to themselves, others or
property.
2. Keep the application to the absolute minimum required to effectively control
the subject.
3. Once OC/CS is used on an individual, the deputy must then see that the proper
decontamination procedures are followed. (Once the situation is under
control)
C. TASER
1. Authorization
a) Only Deputies who have completed the prescribed course of instruction on the
use of the Taser are authorized to carry or utilize the Taser.
b) Deputies shall carry only departmental authorized Tasers.

c) Due to the operational stress encountered in the field, deputies are required to
conduct a periodic spark test of the X26 Taser on the 1st day of their rotation
on the schedule. The following will be adhered to:
(1) Ensure that the safety switch is in the down position.
(2) Remove the air cartridge
(3) Point the Taser in a safe direction and place the safety switch in the
up (fire) position.
(4) Check the remaining battery life percentage on the CID (Central
Info. Display). If the readout is less than 20% contact the
departments certified Taser Instructor(s) to have unit checked.
(5) Pull the trigger and perform a complete spark test. Check for a
visible or rapid spark between the electrodes.
(6) Once completed, place the safety switch in the down (safe) position.
(7) Replace the air cartridge.
(8) If the test is not satisfactory, contact the trainers to see that the unit is
checked for any malfunctions prior to use.
2. Usage Criteria
a) Taser is a force option listed at the same level as OC (pepper spray) on the use
of force continuum. See testing procedures above before deployment.
b) The Taser may be used when verbal commands have failed to bring about the
subject's compliance and the subject is actively resisting the officer's efforts to
make the arrest.
c) The Taser is programmed to give a 5-second "electrical current." The operator

can shorten or extend this time. The probes should not be touched during this
time period, as the officer would also receive the same "electrical current."
c) The preferred target area when deploying a Taser should be center mass of the
body. The face, neck and groin areas are to be avoided if possible.
d) The device shall not be used in any of the following places and situations:
(1) Near flammable Gasses or Liquids
(2) As a defense against a deadly weapon
(3) In cases of passive resistance by a person unless a lesser means of
force:
a) Has been attempted and failed
b) Is not an option due to exigent circumstances; or
c) If attempted, will result in a significant possibility of injury
to suspect or officer.
(4) To threaten a person in attempt to gain information from the person.
(5) Against a subject already in custody unless physical resistance has to
be overcome.
(6) To wake up a suspected intoxicated individual
(7) As a form if punishment to any person.
(8) If oc spray has been deployed during the encounter
f) No officer shall playfully, maliciously, or intentionally misuse the unit in an

improper display of power except to gain control of a situation.
3. Officer Response:
a) A suspect shall be handcuffed as soon as possible after being exposed to
the Taser. Officers shall also be prepared to employ other means to
control the suspect including, if necessary, other levels of force
consistent with department policy, if the suspect does not respond
sufficiently to the Taser and cannot otherwise be subdued.
b) Immediately after utilizing the Taser on a suspect and getting the suspect
in custody, the officer who deployed the Taser shall immediately
examine the suspect for any indications that the individual needs
medical care. Upon observing complications or other medical problems,
or if the suspect requests medical assistance, the officer shall
immediately summon emergency medical aid.
c) Suspects on which the Taser has been deployed shall be monitored

continuously for indications of medical problems and shall not be left
alone while in police custody.
d) An officer can remove a probe if the barb shaft is not imbedded so deep
as to prevent the probe from hanging loosely. The officer shall request
EMS to examine person if the probes cannot be removed because of (1)
the depth of penetration of the probes, or (2) a hit to the head, neck,
groin or to a women's breast (if male officer). Officers shall wear rubber
gloves when removing probes from skin. Officers shall use the two-
finger method for removing probes.
e) If a person subjected to an electrical shock from a Taser is exhibiting

signs of medical distress, the officer shall immediately summon
emergency medical personnel who will decide whether the person needs
to be transported by ambulance. Officers shall obtain medical clearance
from the emergency room physician before transporting a Tased subject
to a detention facility. This clearance can be obtained from the
physician, if the subject has been treated in the emergency room.
f) Officers must be aware that one easily overlooked aspect of injury in
shooting a subject with a Taser is that of falling from a standing
position. An examination with particular emphasis on secondary injuries
should be performed by the EMS if on-scene.
g) Since the probes will probably have blood on them (biohazard) officers
shall wear protective latex gloves when handling. The wires shall be
wound around the cartridge. The probes shall be inverted into the portals
they originally were deployed from. The cartridge shall be placed inside
your latex glove and transported to the Sheriff's Office to be placed in a
biohazard container.
4. Reporting Procedures:
a) Use of the Taser against an individual in an enforcement capacity shall
be reported to the Sergeant or the immediate supervisor as soon as
possible. All recordings that need to be reviewed will be reviewed by
the shift supervisor, Sheriff, or his designee.
b) A Use of Force Report shall be completed following all discharges of

the Taser except during testing and training. Deputies shall identify the
Afis number on the cartridge and place that number on the Use of Force
Report.
c) Officers shall notify the jail staff when turning over an arrestee on whom
the Taser has been used.
d) Any accidental discharge of a Taser or malfunction of a Taser shall be
reported, any officer in such circumstances shall forward a copy of such
report to the appropriate supervisor.
D. Baton:
Once the above tactics have been used, the next step in the force continuum is the use of
a baton. The word "baton" refers to the items such as the A.S.P. These items should be
used only to the extent necessary to overcome resistance of the subject, and within the
required training standards. The use of a baton is prohibited unless the officer is certified
in its use.
V. Deadly Force:
A. FIREARMS-GENERAL:
1. Firearms may be used:
a) In defense of the deputy or others from what is reasonably
believed to be an imminent threat or danger of death or serious
bodily harm; or
b) To prevent the escape of a fleeing felon whom the deputy has
probable cause to believe will pose a significant threat to human
life should escape occur.
(1) In evaluating a "significant threat," the deputy must
reasonably believe that the person has either used
deadly force in the commission of a crime or may
inflict death or serious harm to the officer or others
if apprehension is delayed.
(2) Where feasible, deputies shall identify themselves

and give a warning before shooting.
c) To kill seriously injured or dangerous animals when no other

disposition is reasonably practical.
d) In routine firearm training or practice at an approved range.
B. SHOTGUN/RIFLE
1. Due to its wide shot dispersion, the shotgun will only be used when a
possibility exists that the deputy will be dealing with an armed suspect,
e.g., armed robbery in progress, searching for armed suspects, answering
calls when complainant has indicated a person is armed. The rifle (upon
implementation) may be used in similar situations and shall be issued only
to those who have met certain qualifications to include but not be limited
to annual training and qualification with said weapon.
2. The Sheriff may approve the use of shotguns on raids and stakeouts when
he believes that a threat to human life exists.
3. Shotguns/rifles will be carried in the appropriate mount in all patrol units

or carried in the trunk of the patrol units if vehicle is not equipped with the
appropriate interior mount.
4. Shotguns/rifles will be removed from vehicles before leaving them at any

garage or service department for an extended period of time.
5. Before beginning a tour of duty or immediately thereafter deputies will

assure that the shotgun/rifle is in the patrol car.
6. During regular firearms qualification, each deputy will be required to

demonstrate proficiency with all weapons.
7. The range officer will inspect shotguns/rifles at the range during

qualification. Sworn personnel will keep issued shotguns/rifles clean.
8. The general rules for the use of firearms above apply to shotguns/rifles.
VI. Medical care

Whenever a deputy uses force on an individual in custody, the deputy will ensure the
individual receives appropriate medical treatment. If an individual is affected by a use of
force, and is not in-custody, deputies will make reasonable efforts to ensure any associated
medical issues are addressed.
VII. Limitations on force

The following acts associated with the use of force are prohibited:
A. Firing into crowds
B. Firing a warning shot
C. Firing at or from a vehicle, except where the deputy reasonably believes that:
1. An occupant of the other vehicle is using, or threatening to use, deadly force
or
2. a vehicle is operated in a manner deliberately intended to strike a deputy or a
citizen, and all other reasonable means of defense have been exhausted (or are
not present), which includes moving out of the path of the vehicle, and the
safety of innocent persons would not be unduly jeopardized by the deputy's
action.
D. Firing into a building or through doors when the person fired at is not clearly visible
unless deputies are being fired upon from such building or through such door.
E. Firing at a suspect when lesser force could be used and the deputy believes that the
suspect can be apprehended reasonably soon thereafter without the use of deadly force.
(When in doubt, don't shoot.)
F. Application of chokehold or carotid control holds, except when the deputy reasonably
believes such holds are the only means of protecting him/herself or another person from
an imminent threat of serious physical injury or death.
G. Use of Streamlites or Kel-lites or other flashlights as batons. A deputy may use a

flashlight or other object designed for a use other than as a weapon ONLY to defend
himself or another from imminent serious physical injury or death (and then ONLY if
departmentally sanctioned methods are not available or are impractical. The use of a
flashlight under such circumstances shall be deemed an application of deadly force).
H. Use of deadly force against unarmed, non-dangerous fleeing felons, fleeing

misdemeanants, or traffic offenders.
I. Any use of force not reasonably necessary in the light of the circumstances confronting
the deputy.
VII. Weapons
A. Duty weapon: While on duty, a deputy shall carry the issued or approved
weapon. The department shall issue ammunition for the weapon.
1. Any deputy who wishes to carry a personally owned weapon on duty
must request permission, in writing, from the Sheriff. Weapons must
be inspected and approved by the agency firearm instructor. In
addition, the weapon must fire department-issued ammunition and the
deputy must qualify with the weapon as well as with department-
issued weapons. Deputies must use department supplied ammunition
for their personally owned off-duty weapons.
2. The Sheriff or his designee shall maintain a record of all weapons used
by deputies either on or off duty. The record lists weapon descriptions,
ammunition type issued, date of issue, and information pertaining to
qualifications. Deputies shall annually review the records to ensure
that they are up to date.
B. Off-duty weapons: Deputies are encouraged, but not required, to carry a

handgun when off duty. A deputy who elects not to carry a handgun while off
duty shall not be subject to disciplinary action if an occasion should arise in
which he could have taken police action if he/she were armed.
1. (Exception) Off-duty deputies while operating a department vehicle
shall have an approved weapon available in the vehicle. They must have
met the agency qualification standards with this weapon.
2. Deputies who carry off-duty weapons must understand that in some

social situations (e.g. sports) the carrying of a firearm would be
inappropriate.
3. Deputies who have consumed alcoholic beverages shall not carry an off-
duty weapon under any circumstances.
4. All deputies shall submit off-duty weapons to the agency firearms

instructor for inspection before carrying them.
C. Qualification:
Firearms qualification procedures are discussed under RR 1-18. No deputy
shall carry or use any firearm, chemical agent, or baton unless he or she has
received refresher training in the use of the weapon and demonstrated
proficiency in its use at least biannually for non lethal weapons.
1. Deputies who fail to pass the qualification shall be relieved of their

police powers. If unable to pass qualification, the deputy's status shall
be determined by the Sheriff.
2. Deputies who have suffered an illness or injury that could affect the
use of firearms shall re-qualify before returning to enforcement duties.
VIII. Reporting use of force

A. Deputies shall document any application of force, except for those arising in training
or departmental demonstrations.
B. If deputies have employed chemical weapons or any higher degree of force, they
shall:
1. Immediately notify the supervisor on-duty and/or on-call if reported injuries are
caused during physical force.
2. Submit a Use of Force form to the Captain of Patrol or their designee within 24
hours describing the incident, substantiating the force used, and any medical
services rendered.
3. Upon completion of the Use of Force report, the reporting deputy shall attach a
copy of the Virginia Uniform Traffic Summons if one was issued, a copy of the
arrest warrant if issued, or a copy of the subject's DMV license information.
IX. Age
A. Assignment
Pending administrative review, any deputy who has been involved in an incident where
injury has or is alleged to have occurred and/or where a death occurred may be removed
from line-duty assignment. This action protects both the deputy's and the community's
interest until the situation is resolved. If the deputy's weapon is held a replacement weapon
may be issued to the deputy involved.
B. Review
1. All reported uses of force will be reviewed by the Sheriff to determine whether:
a) departmental orders were violated;
b) relevant departmental policy was clearly understandable and effective to

cover the situation; and
c) departmental training was adequate.
C. Internal Investigations
Internal investigations of serious applications of force (usually of compliance techniques
and more severe methods) shall be of two types conducted simultaneously; first, an
administrative investigation to determine whether department standards were followed;
second, a criminal one to detect lawbreaking. A criminal investigation shall be
discontinued whenever the department is satisfied that no misconduct occurred. RR 1-9
details the two types of investigations.
1. Dual internal investigations shall be conducted on all shootings.
D. Psychological Services
The Sheriff will normally direct psychological follow-up of post-shooting trauma whenever
deemed appropriate. During an internal investigation, the department will do all within its
power to avoid placement of a stigma on the deputy who shoots in performance of duty.
Following a shooting resulting in a death, the Sheriff shall decide whether or not the deputy
is able to return to duty after a psychological evaluation has been conducted, and the
deputy has received counseling.
X. Duty to Intervene
A. All deputies have a duty to intervene when they observe an act that would be
considered excessive force. Deputies shall not be reprimanded or disciplined for
stopping actions that are inappropriate or excessive under any circumstances.
GO 2-7: HANDCUFFS / RESTRAINTS
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
V. L. E. P. S. C. STANDARDS: OPR. 08.01, 09.01
I. POLICY
The responsibility of a deputy for the safe custody of his prisoner permits some discretion in the
use of handcuffs and restraining devices. See also GO 2-8, Transporting Prisoners. The
department requires deputies to exercise safety awareness by carefully restraining most prisoners
(except children) who must be transported to a jail or other location.
II. PURPOSE
To establish guidelines for the use of handcuffs and other restraining devices.
III. PROCEDURES
A. Handcuffs
1. All arrested subjects shall be handcuffed, except when the supervisor gives the deputy
permission to leave the arrestee uncuffed.
2. Handcuffs shall be used when transporting all prisoners charged with a felony.
3. Deputies shall handcuff a subject with the hands in back, but may choose to handcuff hands in
front owing to the suspect's handicap or disability or if a waist chain or belt to secure the
handcuffs is available.
4. When a suspect is handcuffed, deputies shall double lock the handcuffs.
B. Waist Chain/Belt
The waist chain/belt allows the deputy to handcuff the prisoner in front yet restricts the
movement of the prisoner's arms and hands. Normally, this device will be used when
transporting prisoners considerable distances.
C. Leg Irons
Deputies are encouraged to use leg irons when transporting all prisoners, unless otherwise
approved by a supervisor.
GO 2-7: HANDCUFFS / RESTRAINTS
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
D. Plastic handcuffs
Plastic handcuffs shall be used when deputies take into custody several prisoners, or when a
prisoner requires multiple restraints. Once applied, plastic handcuffs can only be removed with a
pair of shears.
E. Hobble Restraints
Hobble Restraints shall be used when subjects in custody are uncooperative and violent in
transport.
F. Spit Hood
Spit hoods shall be used when subjects in custody are uncooperative and violent in transport.
GO 2-8: PRISONER TRANSPORTATION
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
V. L. E. P. S. C. STANDARDS: OPR. 08.01 - 08.04, 09.01,10.05
I. POLICY
Transportation of persons in custody is a frequent activity. In all instances of transfer of persons
in custody of the department, deputies shall take care not to endanger themselves, and to ensure
both the prisoner's safety and to limit opportunities for escape.
II. PURPOSE
The purpose of this policy is to establish procedures to ensure that prisoners are transported
safely.
III. PROCEDURES
A. General
1. With only limited exceptions, all prisoners will be secured with handcuffs, with handcuffs
and waist chains/belts, or with handcuffs and leg irons before being transported in a
department vehicle that is equipped with a cage. A vehicle without a cage should only be
used if none with a cage are available or an emergency situation exists.
2. In no case shall a juvenile known or believed to be under the age of 18 years be

transported with adults suspected of or charged with criminal acts, per 16.1-254 1950
Code of Virginia as amended.
B. Searching the prisoner:

The transporting deputy shall always search a prisoner before placing him into the vehicle.
Deputies must never assume that a prisoner does not possess a weapon or contraband or
that someone else has already searched the prisoner. The transporting deputy shall
conduct a search of the prisoner each time the prisoner enters custody of the deputy. See
paragraph G, use of prisoner restraining devices.
C. Searching the transporting vehicles:

The transporting deputy will search the vehicle before each prisoner transport to ensure
that no weapons or contraband are available to the prisoner. Further, after delivering the
prisoner to his destination, deputies shall again search their vehicles to ensure that the
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

prisoner did not hide contraband or other evidence.
D. Positioning of prisoners in the transport vehicle:

1. When one deputy is transporting one prisoner,
a. In a caged vehicle – the prisoner shall be placed in the rear seat behind the front
passenger seat.
b. In a non-caged vehicle - the prisoner will be positioned on the passenger seat

opposite the deputy driving.
2. Deputies shall not normally transport more than one prisoner, unless using a vehicle with
a cage. When one deputy is transporting more than one prisoner, one prisoner will be
placed in the front seat opposite the driver, the other directly behind the first. When
transporting more than one prisoner, deputies shall secure both prisoners with handcuffs,
waist chains/belts, leg irons and seat belts.
3. If more than one deputy is involved in the same non-caged vehicle transporting
prisoners:
a. One deputy should position himself in the rear of the transporting vehicle with the
one prisoner on the rear passenger side.
b. In a situation where more than one prisoner is transported by two deputies in the
same vehicle, the prisoners should be positioned one in the rear seat and one in the
front with the assisting deputy in the rear seated behind the driver.
E. Control of prisoners while transporting:

1. Observation
a. While transporting a prisoner, the deputy will observe him at all times, even when it
becomes necessary to allow the prisoner the use of a toilet.
b. In a situation where observation is not possible (woman prisoner needing toilet

facilities and male transporting officer or vice versa), the deputy should ensure that he
has as much control of the situation as possible. The prisoner should not be allowed in
the facility with another person and the deputy should ensure that there are not escape
routes within the facility and that there are no weapons available to the prisoner.
2. Meals
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

If necessary for the transporting officer to stop enroute for a meal while a prisoner is
with him, he should choose an unfamiliar place. This minimizes any chance of
prearranged plan for someone to attempt a release of the prisoner.
3. Stopping to provide law enforcement services while transporting:

When transporting a prisoner, the transporting deputy will provide law enforcement
services only in the following situations:
a. When there is a need for the transporting deputy to act immediately in order that
a potential victim is not harmed.
b. When a victim has been injured and assistance is required right away.
c. When a crime is in progress and there is an immediate need because of safety

reasons that the suspect be apprehended.
d. In all of the above situations, the transporting deputy should ensure at all times
that his prisoner is secure and protected.
e. Under no circumstances shall a deputy transporting a prisoner engage in a

pursuit.
4. Escape
In the event a prisoner escapes while being transported, the transporting deputy will
use the following procedures:
a. Request assistance immediately from the jurisdiction the deputy is in at the time of
the escape.
b. Assure the immediate notification of this office to include the Sheriff and the
command staff. Request the assistance of this office at the direction of the Sheriff or
his designee in cooperative effort with the jurisdiction in which the escape occurred.
c. Attempt to recapture the escapee as soon as possible. See also RR 1-17

Jurisdiction, and Virginia Code Section 19.2-77.
d. The transporting deputy will submit a written report to the Sheriff as soon as he
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

returns to the agency explaining the circumstances of the escape.
5. Prisoner communication:
The transporting deputy will not allow prisoners to communicate with other people while
in transit unless the situation requires it. The deputy shall use his judgment when
deciding whether to allow a conversation to take place between the transported
prisoner and another party.
6. Arrival at destination:
When transporting prisoners from one facility to another, the transporting deputy upon
arriving at his destination with the prisoner shall follow these procedures:
a. Firearms shall be secured in the designated place at the facility being entered.
b. Restraining devices shall be removed only when directed to do so by the receiving

facility or when the deputy is sure that the prisoner is properly controlled and secure.
c. The proper paperwork (jail committal, property form, etc.) shall be submitted to the
proper person at the receiving facility and, in situations that require it, the deputy shall
ensure that proper signatures are obtained on paperwork to be returned to the
department.
7. Medical facilities:
When a prisoner is transported to a medical facility and is admitted by the attending
physician, the deputy shall immediately notify the supervisor on-call. The supervisor
shall in turn observe the following procedures to ensure control of the prisoner. Claims
of injury or sickness must be addressed promptly.
a. Have the prisoner released from custody, if appropriate, by contacting and seeking
advice from the commonwealth's attorney and the magistrate.
b. If the prisoner has to remain in custody, the medical facility shall be requested to put
the prisoner in a secure or private room if possible.
c. The prisoner shall be kept under observation at all times and, normally, restraining
devices shall be used. Deputies shall consult with medical personnel concerning use of
restraining devices.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
d. The supervisor shall be notified of the situation as soon as practicable and will
schedule deputies for guard duty.
e. The supervisor shall brief every deputy on restrictions and duties of guard duty and
shall ensure that guards have radios.
f. The supervisor shall ensure that guards are checked periodically and relieved as
necessary.
8. Transport of dangerous/security risk prisoners to court:

When a transported prisoner is considered dangerous or a security hazard, the judge shall
be notified before the transport takes place in order that prisoner-handling can be planned
to minimize any chance of escape, injury to the prisoner or anyone else.
F. Special transport problems:

1. Transport of prisoner by officer of different sex or juvenile prisoner:
a. When transporting a prisoner of one sex by a deputy of another sex, or when
transporting a juvenile, an additional deputy may be requested to accompany the
transport whenever possible.
b. When it is impractical to use a second deputy, the transporting officer will at a

minimum:
1) Contact the dispatcher by radio or telephone and request that the time and
odometer mileage be logged in radio dispatch records system. Advise the
dispatcher of the facts, i.e. transporting female or juvenile and location in route to.
2) Proceed directly to the destination by using the shortest practical route.
3) Upon arrival at destination, contact the dispatcher by radio or telephone and

request that the time and the odometer reading be logged in the radio dispatch
records system.
2. Handicapped prisoner:
a. When transporting a handicapped prisoner, the transporting deputy shall request
assistance when needed in order that the transport may be completed conveniently,
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

comfortably, and safely for both the prisoner and the deputy. A rescue squad may be
contracted for assistance. The transporting deputy shall take whatever special
equipment or medicine is necessary for the prisoner.
b. The transporting deputy, with a handicapped person in custody, must use common
sense. When the handicap is such that no danger of escape or injury to the prisoner or
deputy exists, then the restraining devices may be inappropriate.
3. Injured/sick prisoners:
a. At any time before, during, or after the arrest that the prisoner is injured or becomes
sick, the deputy shall seek medical attention immediately. Medical attention shall be
obtained before transporting the prisoner to the jail if the injury/sickness happens
before arrival there. Medical care shall be documented and copies shall become part
of the prisoner's transportation record, to be turned over to the jail.
b. The transporting deputy must use the same discretion as previously explained in
using restraining devices on sick or injured prisoners, and a caged vehicle shall be
used, unless and emergency situation exists. Obviously, if a prisoner is injured or sick
enough to be incapacitated, restraining devices may not be appropriate.
c. The transportation of an individual known to have a communicable disease shall be

completed with care and concern for the safety of the transporting officer as well as for
the care and confidentiality of the prisoner. The deputy shall wear protective gloves
when handling the prisoner and if necessary a face shield in extreme cases. All care
shall be taken to avoid contact with any body fluids. In contacts or contamination shall
be handled in accordance with GO 2-34.
d. The supervisor shall be notified immediately of any claims concerning injury or

illness, the transportation of an individual suspected of being a carrier of a
communicable disease, and/or any other unusual incident of a similar nature. Claims of
injury or sickness must be addressed promptly. This can include the offer of EMS
services, transportation to a medical facility or notification to the medical staff at the
jail, in the appropriate circumstances depending upon severity. Documentation shall
include a full report of the incident and the circumstances surrounding the incident,
copies of the reports from any medical treatment received and statements of anyone
involved, i.e. witnesses, victim etc.
G. Restraining devices:
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

1. See GO 2-7 for guidance.
2. When prisoners must be restrained during transport, the following procedures normally
shall be followed:
a. A single prisoner shall be handcuffed with both hands behind his back. See GO 2-7.
b. In transporting more than one prisoner, each prisoner shall be handcuffed in back
and shackled with leg irons or handcuffed in front with waist chains/belts.
c. Under no circumstances shall a prisoner be handcuffed to a part of the transport

vehicle itself, such as the floor post, protective screen barrier, etc. or any stationary
object.
d. Deputies shall use ankle shackles or plastic handcuffs when transporting any
prisoner that might be an escape risk.
e. SEATBELTS SHALL BE PLACED ON ALL SUBJECTS IN CUSTODY.
3. Mentally disabled prisoners:

If the use of a straitjacket becomes necessary to transport a mentally disturbed
prisoner, the deputy shall request the assistance of Mental Health personnel. At no
time will a straitjacket be used to restrain prisoners who do not require it.
H. Transport equipment
1. When possible, deputies transporting more than one prisoner shall use a caged vehicle.
I. Documentation:
1. Prisoner identification:
When picking up a prisoner for transport at a detention facility, the transporting deputy
shall ensure that he has the correct person. This can be accomplished by:
a. Deputy's personal knowledge of the prisoner.

NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
b. Requesting verification by the jail custodian of the prisoner's identity.
2. Necessary Documentation:
a. The deputy shall present the facility with transportation order (including on the order
the SSN of the prisoner), identifying the prisoner to be transported and the location to
be transported to.
b. If a transportation order is not immediately available arrangements shall be made

with the facility's approval for the faxing of the order in a timely fashion. The order may
be delivered to the facility upon return of the prisoner, if applicable.
c. Upon the return of a prisoner, a disposition notice shall be transferred to the facility.
This shall serve as their notice as to the status of the prisoner from the particular court.
The signature of the receiving officer at the facility shall be obtained on the
transportation receipt.
d. All persons that are transported in a Greensville County Sheriffs Office vehicle, mileages must
be logged with the communications center by radio by the deputy sheriff handing the transport
unless radio communications are outside the reachable area and then the deputy sheriff must
contact the communications center via phone.
The following shall be given to the communication center:
a. Beginning Transport: The deputy sheriff shall advise the communications center the
number of prisoners being transported, sex or the prisoner(s) beginning mileage (last
three digits of the odometer excluding the tenths) and destination.
b. Ending Transport: The deputy sheriff shall advise the communications center when
he/she arrives at the destination and the ending mileage (last three digits of the odometer
excluding the tenths)
GO 2-09 Operation Of Police Vehicles

REVIEWED/REVISED DATE:
APPROVED BY: W. T. JARRATT JR., SHERIFF
V. L. E. P. S. C. STANDARDS: OPR. 01.01 - 01.04, 01.09
I. POLICY
All personnel operating department vehicles shall exercise due regard for the safety of all
persons. No task, call, or incident justifies disregard of public safety. Further, the public
expects its police officers to demonstrate exemplary driving behavior. All department personnel
who operate police vehicles will comply with safe driving procedures outlined herein with
particular attention to responding to calls for service or engaging in pursuits. Emergency
warning devices shall be minimally used consistent with both legal requirements and the safety
of the public and police personnel.
II. PURPOSE
To establish procedures governing the operation of law enforcement vehicles, with special
attention to emergencies and pursuits.
III. DEFINITIONS
A. Normal or routine driving:
That driving which dictates vehicle speed consistent with the normal flow of traffic,
obedience to vehicle laws and posted signs, adherence to commonly understood
"rules of the road," and courtesy.
B. Pursuit driving:
That driving concerned with the pursuit and apprehension of a violator or violators in a
motor vehicle, consistent with the provisions of Virginia Code Section 46.2-920.
Pursuits are conducted using emergency equipment.
C. Emergency driving:
That driving in response to a life threatening or other serious incident (based on
available information), which requires emergency equipment in operation. Code
Sections 46.2-829 and 46.2-920 govern emergency responses.
D. Emergency equipment:
Flickering, blinking, or alternating emergency lights and a siren, whistle or air horn
designed to give intermittent signals automatically.
IV. PROCEDURES FOR ALL RESPONSES

A. General:
1
1. All departmental vehicles shall be driven safely and properly in full compliance with
all traffic laws and regulations. Police vehicles are conspicuous symbols of authority
on the streets and the actions of deputies are observed by many and deputies must
set an example of good driving behavior and habits.
2. Under certain emergencies as defined below, the Code of Virginia authorizes

disregard of traffic regulations; however, both the operator and the department are
not released from civil liability for failure to use reasonable care in such operation.
Improper driving can cost each police driver, personally, civil damages while inflicting
harm or injury to the driver, other law enforcement personnel, other citizens or
causing property damage, and damaging the image of the department and law
enforcement generally.
B. Routine operation:
In case of accident or damage to any police vehicle, the driver shall immediately
notify the on-call supervisor, who will then notify the Sheriff, the incident shall be
reported immediately on a state accident investigation form. The Sheriff shall review
all such reports and take appropriate action, to include coordination with the county
attorney.
1. Vehicles used in routine or general patrol service shall be conspicuously marked.

This shall include emergency lights, decals as approved by the Sheriff, a siren and a
radio that provides for constant radio communications. Conspicuous marking
increases safety, serves as a warning to potential violators, and provides citizens with
a feeling of security.
2. Unmarked cars shall not routinely be used in pursuits, but may be used for patrol.
They may be used to stop vehicles provided they are equipped with a radio providing
constant communications, a siren and dash, windshield or grille-mounted emergency
lights and may have headlight flashers.
3. Standard lighting equipment on marked vehicles includes hazardous warning

lights, spotlights and alley (side) lights on the rooftop light bar. Hazardous warning
lights may be used at any time the police vehicle is parked where other moving
vehicles may be endangered. Alley lights and spotlights may be used when the
vehicle is stationary or moving at speeds not to exceed 15 miles per hour and shall
not be used in a manner which will blind or interfere with the vision of operators of
other approaching vehicles (Code of Virginia, Section 46.2-1029).
4. Seat belts and shoulder straps shall be worn by all personnel during the vehicle's
operation. Prisoners shall be strapped in with seat belts. The only exception is:
a. At approach to any scene of an incident or service call where the deputy

believes a rapid departure from the vehicle may be required, the deputy may
release the seat belt. Seat belts shall, however, be worn any time the vehicle is
being operated under emergency conditions.
C. Inspection:
1. Deputies are responsible to routinely check the cleanliness, fluid levels (oil, brake
fluid, gas), and general operations of the equipment of their assigned vehicles, to
include checking all emergency equipment, lights, siren and radio operation.
2
2. Deputies shall examine their vehicles at the beginning and end of their shifts for
damage. Deputies shall report any damage immediately to their sergeant or other
supervisor.
3. Deputies shall examine their vehicles at the beginning and end of their shifts to
search for evidence, contraband, or property discarded by prisoners or others.
4. Deputies who discover a police vehicle in need of extensive repairs shall

immediately inform their Sergeant or immediate supervisor.
5. If, in the opinion of the Sheriff, vehicle damage resulted from abuse or neglect
caused by a deputy, disciplinary action may result.
D. Driving rules:
1. Circumstances permitting, the driver must check the safety features of his vehicle
before commencing operation. The check shall include (but not be limited to) all
lights, brakes, siren, horn, and steering.
2. No driver shall modify, remove, de-activate, or otherwise tamper with the vehicle
safety belts, emission control device, or any part of the vehicle, which affects its
operation.
3. During periods of inclement weather when police vehicles cannot be washed

regularly, the driver must assure that headlight and taillight lenses are kept clean,
insofar as circumstances permit.
4. No deputy or employee shall operate any police vehicle, which he or she believes
to be unsafe.
5. The driver shall carefully observe the surrounding conditions before turning or
backing any vehicle.
6. A police vehicle should not be left unattended with its engine in operation.
7. The driver must recognize the variable factors of weather, road surface conditions,
road contour, and traffic congestion, all of which directly affect the safe operation of
any motor vehicle, and shall govern the operation of the vehicle accordingly.
8. The nature of certain crimes-in-progress may call for the use of the siren to be
discontinued upon close approach to the location of the occurrence, and although
such action is permitted by authority of this order, police vehicle operations under
these conditions require extreme caution and traffic laws must be complied with prior
to the discontinuance of the use of the siren.
9. Emergency driving to the scene of a motor vehicle accident is permissible ONLY

when an emergency exists, or when specific information indicates that conditions at
the scene require the immediate presence of a deputy.
10. Upon approaching a controlled intersection or other location where there is great
possibility of collision, the driver who is responding under emergency conditions shall
reduce the speed of his vehicle and control it to avoid collision with another vehicle or
pedestrian, stopping completely, if necessary, before entering and traversing the
3
intersection. When faced with a red traffic signal, the deputy shall stop his vehicle
and assure by careful observation that the way is clear before proceeding
through the intersection.
11. Regardless of the seriousness of the situation to which he is responding, and

excepting circumstances that are clearly beyond his control, the operator of a police
vehicle shall be held accountable for the manner in which he operates his vehicle.
12. At the scene of a crime, a motor vehicle crash, or other police incident, a police
vehicle shall be parked in such a manner so as not to create an obstacle or hazard to
other traffic. The emergency lights and four-way flashing lights may be used to warn
other drivers approaching the location.
13. The driver should lower one front door window far enough to hear other sirens
and traffic warning signals.
14. Operators of police vehicles must bear in mind that traffic regulations requiring
other vehicles to yield the right of way to any emergency vehicle do not relieve the
emergency vehicle operator from the duty to drive with due regard for the safety of all
persons using the highways, nor shall they protect the driver from the consequences
of an arbitrary exercise of such right of way (State Code 46.2-290).
V. PROCEDURES FOR EMERGENCY DRIVING

A. General:
1. No fixed rule can apply to every circumstance that may arise governing emergency
driving. Although a deputy may receive information that leads him to respond to a call
with emergency lights and siren activated, in the majority of such cases a deputy
discovers, upon arrival, that an emergency response was not justified. The Sheriff's
Office does require that the deputies be ever mindful of their responsibilities to the
general public with respect to their driving. This shall be inclusive of the normal and
emergency driving functions of law enforcement. Every deputy shall operate the
Sheriff's Office vehicles with due regard for the health, safety and welfare of the
public and with the utmost concern for the safety of all. This concern is paramount in
the overall operation of emergency vehicles.
2. The final sentence in Code Section 46.2-920 reminds the officer that "Nothing in
this section shall be construed to release the operator of any such vehicle from civil
liability for failure to use reasonable care in such operation." Recognizing that
protection of human life is paramount, the responding deputy must remember that his
objective is to get to the location of the occurrence as soon as possible--safely--
without danger to himself or to others.
B. Response codes:
1. Calls for service are classified as Code 1 or 2 depending on circumstances.
(response codes may be assigned, upgraded or downgraded by a supervisor) The
Codes are defined as follows:
a. Code 1: Units responding to Code 1 calls as the primary and back-up units
shall respond rapidly to the location of the emergency by most direct means,
using all emergency warning devices with a paramount consideration for the
safety of the public and the assigned deputies
4
b. Code 2: Units responding to Code 2 calls shall respond to the location
without delay by the most direct route, complying with all traffic regulations and
shall not use emergency warning devices.
2. Deputies responding to calls shall notify dispatch when responding to calls via
radio where they are responding from and if they are responding code 1 or code 2.
Example: ____________ is responding from 58 & Chapmans Ford Rd Code 2.
(Unit Number)
2. Dispatcher assignments:
The dispatcher shall immediately dispatch information regarding those calls for
law enforcement services, which indicate a felony in progress or where the
violator is armed, and all other requests alleging an implied or immediate threat
to the safety of a person. Based upon the facts and information provided, the
deputy shall assess the situation and shall have the ability and authority to
determine and use the proper response code.
Examples of Code 1 calls (not all inclusive) are:
a. law enforcement officer (or station) needs urgent help;
b. burglary in progress;
c. robbery in progress;
d. person with deadly weapon;
e. serious injury accident;
f. riot or large disturbance with fighting or injuries or damages occurring.
3. Upon receipt of a request for law enforcement service, which necessitates the
dispatch of a deputy, the dispatcher receiving the request shall determine and provide
sufficient facts to allow the deputy to set the proper priority of the response.
a. The dispatcher shall obtain information about:
1) whether the perpetrator is still on the scene, or armed;
2) condition of the victim;
3) a hostage situation;
4) direction and method of travel of any fleeing suspects;
5) description of any fleeing vehicles.
b. When sufficient information concerning a request for service has been

obtained, the dispatcher shall assign the complaint to a deputy. Any doubt as to
the character of the request shall be resolved in the presumption that an
emergency exists and the responding deputy may at their discretion respond
Code 1 to the assigned call.
5
c. Deputy's response to call.
1) Upon arrival at the scene of a call, the responding deputy shall rapidly
evaluate the situation and determine whether additional units are still
needed or whether other units responding Code 2 can be slowed or
canceled.
2) All units responding to robbery- and burglary-in-progress calls, before

coming within hearing distance, shall discontinue the use of the siren and at
that time fully comply with all traffic laws. Before coming within sight of the
location, deputies shall discontinue the use of the emergency warning
lights.
3) In situations requiring silent response, e.g., alarm response and prowler

calls, deputies shall respond as rapidly as possible, obeying all traffic laws
and signs.
4. Officer-initiated response.
When, in the opinion of the deputy, an emergency is imminent or exists, or that
activation of emergency warning devices is necessary to protect life or render
the necessary law enforcement services, the Sheriff's Office authorizes an
emergency response.
Examples include:
a. At the scene of any incident where the use of emergency lights constitutes a
necessary warning for the safety of life (such as scenes of fires, accidents or
disasters).
b. As a visual signal to attract the attention of motorists stopped for traffic

violations, or to warn motorists of imminent dangers.
c. Responding to a call, where the deputy has previous or receives additional

information, which, would cause the deputy to feel that there exists a degree of
imminent danger and these facts necessitate a Code 1 response.
d. Where because of location, distance to be traveled, or traffic conditions, the

deputy determines that emergency operating conditions are essential in order to
provide an appropriate police response.
e. In response to an officer's emergency request for assistance.
VI. PROCEDURES FOR PURSUITS

A. Deputy Responsibilities:
The deputy who undertakes a pursuit does so at his or her discretion taking into
consideration the factors listed below. The deputy's primary responsibility in a pursuit
is the safe operation of the vehicle. The deputy shall notify the dispatcher of the
pursuit, direction of travel, description of the pursued vehicle, and location.
B. Supervisor's responsibilities:
1. The patrol supervisor or another supervisor in his/her absence shall monitor the
pursuit by ensuring compliance with the agency policy, directing officers to join or
6
abandon the pursuit, re-designating primary and support pursuing vehicles, if
necessary, approving or directing pursuit tactics and terminating the pursuit.
2. The supervisor shall monitor the pursuit and may respond to the location of the
stopped suspect. The supervisor may end the pursuit at any time that he/she feels the
circumstances warrant.
3. No more than two agency vehicles may actively pursue a fleeing suspect without
the specific authorization of the supervisor. In authorizing additional vehicles to
pursue the supervisor shall consider the following;
a. The nature of the offense.
b. The number of suspects.
c. The number of officers currently participating as primary or support vehicles.
d. Any injuries or property damage already sustained as a result of the pursuit.
e. Any other clear, articulated facts that would justify the assignment of
additional agency vehicles.
4. After the incident, the supervisor shall critique the pursuit with all of the officers
involved and the direct participants shall submit a pursuit report and IBR.
5. The supervisor at the time of the pursuit was initiated will retain authority over the
agency's pursuing officers for the duration of the pursuit.
6. The supervisor may direct the use of tire-deflation devices, as appropriate.
C. Back-up responsibilities:
1. The first back-up unit to respond shall assist the primary deputy in making the
arrest. He or she shall also assume the responsibility of updating the dispatcher
with the location and direction of travel of all vehicles involved, thereby allowing
the primary deputy to focus attention on the pursuit driving.
2. All other responding units will respond and stage in the vicinity of the
pursuit to be available for assistance if directed.
D. Telecommunicator responsibilities:
For pursuits originating in Greensville County, the Communications Center shall receive a radio
transmission from a deputy indicating that they are attempting to stop a vehicle or are in pursuit
of a vehicle. The radio transmission shall include:
A. Location
B. Direction of travel
C. Vehicle description including license plate information if available
D. Speed
If the above information is not received from the deputy, the Telecommunicator shall request it.
1. Once the pursuit is declared, the Telecommunicator shall announce on the Sheriff’s
Office radio channel the pursuit using the following script:
7
“ is in pursuit of a traveling
(insert unit number) (color, make, model, plate) (direction of travel and road)
at . He is requesting . All units with non

(speed) (spike strips, etc)
priority traffic clear the channel for pursuit traffic.”
2. The Telecommunicator shall request from the deputy the reason for the traffic stop and
ask if they are requesting spike strips.
3. The Telecommunicator shall create a call for service using the pursuit call type and
immediately assign the primary responding deputy involved to the pursuit.
4. All other deputies responding to the pursuit will mark themselves en route to the pursuit
via their mobile data terminal.
5. Radio traffic shall be limited to vital information pertaining to the pursuit only.
6. As soon as practical, the Communications Center shall query the vehicle through
VCIN/NCIC and record the information in the pursuit call for service.
7. The Communications Center shall notify the appropriate Virginia State Police dispatch
center and surrounding jurisdictions as appropriate based on the known route of travel of
the pursuit. Ideally, this communication should be via SIRS. If the jurisdiction does not
respond to SIRS, the jurisdiction should be called via phone and asked to monitor SIRS
for additional updates after initial notification is made.
8. The Communications Center shall document all radio transmissions from field officers in
regard to the pursuit in the pursuit call for service.
9. The Communications Center shall notify the on call supervisor for Patrol as soon as
practical.
10. It is the responsibility of the Communications Center to monitor the status monitor and
be aware of what deputies are responding. At the end of the pursuit, the highest ranking
deputy on scene will provide to the Communications Center an account of all deputies
on scene.
11. The Communications Center will initiate a roll call of all units not accounted for by the
highest ranking deputy on scene.
12. All pursuits shall be reviewed by the Communications Center leadership and with the
deputies and telecommunicators involved.
8
For pursuits originating in other jurisdictions coming into Greensville County, the
Communications Center shall obtain the following information from the jurisdiction notifying us of
the pursuit and tell the jurisdiction that all further communication regarding the pursuit will occur
via SIRS:
A. Location
B. Direction of travel
C. Speed
D. Reason for the traffic stop
E. Are you requesting spike strips?
F. Vehicle description including license plate information if available
1. Once the pursuit is declared, the Telecommunicator shall announce on the Sheriff’s
Office radio channel the pursuit using the following script:
“ is requesting for a pursuit.

(insert name of requesting county)
They are currently at and are

(location provided by requester) (speed)
requesting . All units with non priority traffic, clear the

(spike strips, etc)
channel for pursuit traffic.”
2. The Telecommunicator shall create a call for service using the pursuit call type and
immediately assign the primary responding deputy involved to the pursuit.
3. All other deputies responding to the pursuit will mark themselves en route to the pursuit
via their mobile data terminal.
4. As soon as practical, the Communications Center shall query the vehicle through
VCIN/NCIC and record the information in the pursuit call for service.
5. The Communications Center shall document all radio transmissions from field officers in
regard to the pursuit in the pursuit call for service.
6. It is the responsibility of the Communications Center to monitor the status monitor and
be aware of what deputies are responding. At the end of the pursuit, the highest ranking
deputy on scene will provide to the Communications Center an account of all deputies
on scene.
7. The Communications Center will initiate a roll call of all units not accounted for by the
highest ranking deputy on scene.
9
8. All pursuits shall be reviewed by the Communications Center leadership and with the
deputies and telecommunicators involved.
9. If possible, the Telecommunicator will stay on the line with the requesting jurisdiction for
timely updates.
10. If the Telecommunicator is not able to stay on the phone with the requesting jurisdiction,
updates obtained will be relayed to deputies as soon as received.
E. Justification for pursuit:
The decision to initiate a pursuit is based on the sound professional judgement of

the officer. Before reaching the decision to pursue, many factors must be
considered and carefully weighed.
Considerations in engaging in pursuit
1. Deputies shall not operate a vehicle at a rate of speed that may cause loss of
control. The department expects a deputy to end the pursuit whenever the risks to
his or her own safety, or the safety of others, outweighs the danger to the community
if the suspect is not apprehended.
2. The decision to begin, responsibility for continuing, and the choice of method of
pursuit rests primarily, if not solely, with the individual deputy(s) involved. In deciding,
he or she is faced with a dilemma because, although the law does not prevent the
deputy from using emergency speeds while engaged in pursuit, it does hold him or
her criminally and civilly responsible. Therefore, deputies must exercise sound
judgment and carefully consider the seriousness of the offense, the possible
consequences, and the safety of citizens. Such considerations include:
a. Does the seriousness of the crime warrant a chase at unsafe speed?
b. What is the possibility of apprehension?
c. Will the pursuit take place on residential streets, a business district or

freeway?
d. When a deputy begins pursuit of a fleeing vehicle, he or she must remember

that citizens using public highways do not expect their travel to be interrupted by
a high-speed chase or to become involved in an accident as a consequence.
Children playing on the side of the street are likely to be drawn towards a police
car with the siren and emergency light operating, rather than cautioned away
from it.
e. Street and traffic conditions.
f. The weather conditions.
g. Road conditions and lighting (visibility).
10
h. Balancing the pursuit's danger to the public against allowing suspect to
escape.
3. Intersections are a particular source of danger. Deputies, when approaching an

intersection where signal lights or stop signs control the flow of traffic, shall:
a. decelerate and be prepared to apply the brakes.
b. enter the intersection only when safe, when all other vehicles are aware of the
deputy's presence, and at a reduced speed.
c. Resume pursuit speed only when safe. When using emergency lights, siren,
and head lamps, the deputy is requesting the right of way and DOES NOT
ABSOLUTELY HAVE the right to run a red traffic light or stop sign.
F. Rules of pursuits:
1. Deputies shall not ram, bump, or collide with a fleeing vehicle nor shall deputies
pull alongside such vehicles in an attempt to force them off the road or into an
obstacle without supervisory authority.
2. Pursuits shall normally be limited to two police vehicles, a primary and a

secondary. The lead vehicle should be a marked vehicle. An unmarked or oversize
vehicle (SUV type unless equipped with pursuit package), should yield the lead to the
marked patrol vehicle as soon as possible. Unmarked and oversize vehicles should
break from the pursuit as soon as a marked vehicle is available and in position to take
it's place and the disengaging of the unit from the pursuit does not jeopardize the
safety of the other deputies or the public. Other police vehicles shall not leave their
assignments to join the pursuit. Additional units may participate but only under order
by the senior deputy on duty or a supervisor.
3. After notification, a supervisor can assess the situation and make a determination if
the Stinger Spike System should be deployed in conjunction with proper planning
strategies and communication.
4. Deputies shall not fire their weapons from a moving police vehicle. Deputies may
only fire weapons under conditions described in GO 2-6, Paragraphs V.A. and VI.C.
5. Whenever the pursuit extends off roadway, as when the fleeing vehicle leaves the
roadway and proceeds cross-country, the pursuing deputy(s) must carefully consider
whether or not the seriousness of the offense outweighs the risk to his safety and the
potential damage to the police vehicle or private property. When the risks of pursuit
exceed the need to capture the offender, THE DEPUTY MUST DISCONTINUE
PURSUIT.
6. Should the person(s) attempting to avoid apprehension stop the fleeing vehicle and
proceed on foot, the deputy shall stop, give his or her location, and continue efforts to
apprehend on foot. The back-up car, or second police vehicle, shall be dispatched in
close proximity to offer assistance.
7. A supervisor may direct that the pursuit be ended. If the pursuing deputy receives
such an order to stop the pursuit, he or she shall do so immediately and acknowledge
11
the order. Also, the pursuing deputy(s) must end the pursuit if at any time during the
course of the pursuit he loses extended sight of the fleeing vehicle.
8. Only in the case of suspected fleeing felons whose escape poses a danger to life
may deputies set up a roadblock. The decision to erect a roadblock shall only be
made by the Sheriff or his designee in his absence. A decision to erect a roadblock is
a decision to use deadly force (the provisions of GO 2-6 apply.) The decision to erect
a roadblock must consider:
a. the safety of officers;
b. the risk of physical injury to the occupants of the pursued vehicle;
c. the protection of citizens and their property.
A roadblock must be clearly visible at a distance sufficient to enable approaching

vehicles to stop safely. The officer in charge of the roadblock shall notify the
dispatcher of its precise location. The Sheriff's Office stresses that roadblocks
constitute a last resort in stopping a fleeing violent felon.
9. Pursuits that are misdemeanor offense shall be at the discretion of the deputy and
supervisor when proceeding beyond the Virginia State line. A pursuit of suspected
felons may extend beyond the state line, but the pursuit shall be relinquished as soon
as possible to police personnel of the entered state.
10. Deputies, when accompanied by civilian passengers, shall not participate in

prolonged pursuits. If a civilian is in the police vehicle at the beginning of a pursuit,
that deputy shall turn the pursuit over to another deputy as soon as possible, and/or
deposit the civilian at an appropriate, safe location.
11. When two vehicles are involved in pursuit, each unit shall maintain a safe
distance especially when passing through intersections. Each unit involved in the
pursuit should use a different siren-sound selection.
12. In case of pursuit, should the violator enter a one-way street against the flow of
traffic, or enter a major highway or interstate freeway by proceeding along an exit
ramp, the pursuing deputy shall not follow the violator but instead transmit via radio
detailed observations about the suspect vehicle's location, speed, and direction of
travel.
G. Out-of-jurisdiction pursuits:
1. Pursuits beyond the local jurisdiction require the direct approval of the supervisor
and, if approved, shall be conducted in accordance with this order. The dispatcher
shall notify the appropriate jurisdiction of the pursuit and request assistance.
a. Officers shall review Virginia Code section 19.2-76, concerning arrests outside the
jurisdiction where the offense is charged and section 19.2-77, concerning pursuits
and arrests anywhere within Virginia. Deputies are authorized to pursue a suspect
and apprehend the suspect wherever he/she is found within Virginia.
2. Once the pursuit has entered another jurisdiction and (2) officers from that
jurisdiction enter the pursuit, department officers shall cease their emergency driving
(unless circumstances require their continued pursuit), turn off emergency equipment,
and follow the pursuit while observing all posted speed limits and traffic control
devices.
12
3. If officers from another jurisdiction pursue a suspect into ours, one (1) deputy may
actively enter the pursuit only if the other agency specifically requests assistance and
this agency's supervisor approves our participation. If necessary a supervisor may
approve additional active units. All other responding deputies shall perform back-up
duties. Any non-pursuit assistance, including apprehension of a stopped suspect,
may be provided as circumstances dictate.
4. When the fleeing suspect is apprehended in another jurisdiction, the pursuing

deputy may take custody of the arrested person and return to the jurisdiction in which
the original violation occurred. The deputy shall then appear with the suspect, before
the judicial officer serving that jurisdiction in an effort to obtain a warrant. (Virginia
Code 19.2-76 and 77)
5. When the fleeing suspect is apprehended within the county, the deputy shall take
the arrested person before the magistrate serving Greensville County. The
supervisor shall confer with the other jurisdiction to determine which jurisdiction shall
maintain custody of the suspect based upon the seriousness of the charges and the
likelihood of release by respective magistrate.
VII. ABANDONING PURSUIT

This general order has noted the necessity for a pursuing deputy to continuously evaluate
the risks and goal of a pursuit. Under some conditions, abandoning a pursuit may prove
the most intelligent decision the deputy can make.
Deputies may discontinue pursuit under the following circumstances:
A. If, in the opinion of the pursuing deputy or supervisor, the pursuit creates a clear and
unreasonable danger to the officers and other motorists or pedestrians that outweighs the
need for immediate apprehension.
B. The suspects have been identified and can be apprehended later.
C. The prevailing traffic, roadway, and environmental conditions render pursuit futile.
D. The pursued vehicle outdistanced the deputy, or its location is not known.
E. The pursuing deputy knows, or is reasonably certain that the fleeing vehicle is operated
by a juvenile and the offense constitutes a misdemeanor or non-violent felony (the pursuit
may stimulate the juvenile to recklessly disregard public safety).
Discontinuing a pursuit does not mean that the deputy cannot follow the vehicle at a safe
speed, or remain in the area ready to resume the pursuit if the opportunity presents and
circumstances warrant. NO DEPUTY CAN BE DISCIPLINED FOR DISCONTINUING A
PURSUIT.
1. Deputies shall review Code sections 46.2-829 and 46.2-920 regularly concerning
civil liability of officers who pursue recklessly.
Once the pursuit has ended, the initiating deputy, as well as any other deputy
involved, shall file a written report, submitted to the Patrol Captain for his/her review.
This report shall be written at the end of shift or as soon as possible thereafter. The
13
Patrol Division Commander shall review the reports and pass any recommendations
on to the Sheriff.
VIII. OPERATORS OF COUNTY OWNED VEHICLES

A. Any employee operating a county owned vehicle shall possess and maintain a valid
Virginia operator’s license.
B. County owned vehicles are to be used for official business only. Any other use shall be
authorized by a supervisor.
C. Deputies shall have residency within 25 air miles of the county line and park assigned
vehicles at their residences.
D. Employees violating provisions of this section may lose their privilege to take vehicles
home.
E. All procedures and policies that govern vehicle use shall apply to off-duty personnel as if
they were on duty.
F. The operation of off-duty vehicles shall be limited to Greensville County

deputies/employees.
1. Off duty use of a vehicle shall be limited to:
a. Transportation to and from the Sheriff's Office.
b. Court
c. Vehicle maintenance and cleaning
d. Uniform care and haircuts
e. to and from approved health club or gym
f. Transportation to training classes
g. Transportation to a Sheriff's Office approved event.
h. To conduct business out of the county with supervisor's approval.
G. Unattended vehicles shall be locked at all times. If the vehicle is left in a public place
while riding with another deputy, it should be left at a bank or public building to provide
exposure.
H. The operator shall not transport anyone in a patrol vehicle other than:
1. Sheriff's Office employees or pre-approved ride-alongs.
2. Law enforcement officers assigned to Greensville County.
3. Persons arrested or under investigation.
4. Persons engaged in pre-approved functions requiring the attendance of an

employee.
5. Persons requiring transportation as the result of an emergency.
6. Other instances as approved by the Sheriff or supervisor.
I. Employees with take home vehicles shall always maintain vehicles according to the
owner's manual supplied with the vehicle.
14
J. No equipment or accessories except that which is issued may be installed in vehicles
without the prior approval of the Sheriff or his designee.
K. Employees involved in an accident shall immediately notify the supervisor and Sheriff.
1. The filing of all legal documentation and reports shall be the responsibility of the
operator.
2. If the accident is the result of employee negligence, the employee may at the
discretion of the Sheriff be required to pay the deductible portion of the insurance or a
portion thereof. The Sheriff may base his/her decision on a number of factors to
possibly include the deputy's time in service without an avoidable accident, the overall
amount of damage to the vehicle and the circumstances of the incident.
3. If a department vehicle is involved in an accident out of the state, the operator shall
call that state's, State Police to investigate.
L. Deputies using county vehicles off-duty, must have an agency approved firearm on their
person or available in the vehicle during the course of the vehicle usage. The deputy must
monitor the radio and be available to respond to emergency calls if needed.
IX. PROHIBITED PRACTICES

A. Sheriff's vehicles shall not be used at any time for the purchase or transportation of
alcoholic beverages or after the operator has consumed alcoholic beverages.
B. Operators shall use good judgment at all times. Violations of statute or ordinances or
operating in a manner to bring discredit to the Office are prohibited.
15
GO 2-11: INFORMANTS

NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
V. L. E. P. S. C. STANDARDS: OPR. 02.06
I. POLICY
The Sheriff's Office encourages development and use of informants. The proper legal use of an
informant greatly assists the efforts of deputies in obtaining vital information.
II. PURPOSE
The purpose of this order is to set forth procedures to help members of the Sheriff's Office
develop and effectively use informants and the information obtained.
III. PROCEDURES
A. Definition
1. By definition, an informant is a person who provides information. A citizen giving a
deputy information about neighborhood activities is a concerned citizen and an informant.
An arrested person who provides information about other participants in a crime is an
informant. A person who provides information about who committed a particular crime and
who receives money from an officer as payment is an informant. There are four categories
of informants:
a. Informant
b. Confidential Reliable Informant
c. Concerned Citizen
d. Anonymous Source
2. Deputies shall develop a variety of information sources or informants. In many cases,

information will flow as a result of friendly, courteous conversations and questioning, by
building rapport, by providing efficient law enforcement response, and by just listening and
talking.
3. For purposes of this order, an informant is defined as someone who provides useful
information concerning criminal activity including vice, organized crime or intelligence and
who expects some kind of return. Return is defined as payment in money or assistance
GO 2-11: INFORMANTS

NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

from the commonwealth's attorney or the courts or the satisfaction of a personal need to
contribute to the improvement of the neighborhood.
4. In developing informants, deputies shall ensure the confidentiality of informant identities

and transactions, but observe lawful accountability.
B. Identity of informants:
1. Each deputy who wishes to develop and use an informant, as defined above, will
prepare a confidential file on the informant as follows:
a. On the front of an envelope, place the following information: deputy's name and the
informant's number, which is the deputy's badge number followed by an alphabetic
letter, A for first informant, B for the next, C for the next, etc. If the informant is a juvenile,
write the word "Juvenile" on the envelope.
b. Prepare or collect the following and place inside envelope:

1) Biographical and background information: name, aliases, address, telephone
number, description, SSN, Date of Birth, scars, marks, tattoos, known
acquaintances, habits, etc.
2) Criminal history information, i.e. FBI or SID number, if any.
3) Information the informant has or can be expected to provide.
4) Record of any payments made. Include separate receipt(s).
5) Degree of involvement of informants in any operation.
6) Have the informer complete a Cooperation Agreement.
7) If a juvenile is the informant a Cooperation Agreement must be signed by the

juvenile and a parent.
8) Photographs (2) of the informant, full face.
c. Seal the envelope and give it personally to the Sheriff or Major. The envelope will
then be placed in the Sheriff's locked file cabinet.
d. A master file shall be maintained and all informants shall be included. This shall
GO 2-11: INFORMANTS

NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

include the name and number of each informer and shall be maintained under lock and
key by the Sheriff.
2. The information files will not be opened unless an emergency arises which makes it
essential to identify people. In this case, the Sheriff will authorize disclosure of information.
Files will be released only to the deputy preparing the file or in response to a legal
subpoena.
3. Once an informant file has been prepared, all future references to the informant in any
reports will be by informant number only. Informant names will not be used.
4. Two or more deputies may develop the same person as an informant. Each deputy will
develop a separate informant file and assign an informant number. The Sheriff or Major
shall inform the two deputies that the informer is providing information to at least two
deputies. The deputies will be debriefed separately to assure that the informant's intentions
are not fraudulent or dangerous.
5. Once the informant file has been prepared, the deputy is responsible for keeping the file
up-to-date. Contacts with the informant should be recorded in the file. The deputy simply
requests the numbered file from the Sheriff, places the additional information within, and
returns it.
6. Informant files can be retained indefinitely, but deputies are encouraged to keep only
active informants on file.
7. Deputies may retain their own duplicate informant files, but will be responsible for file
security.
C. Use of informants:
1. Deputy Sheriffs shall not make any deals with people concerning charging, pleading, or
sentencing. Deputies may, however, consult with the Commonwealth's Attorney regarding
these matters.
2. Informant information may become the basis for a variety of legal and law enforcement
processes. The deputy shall carefully consider the possibilities of being required to identify
an informant in the courtroom, possibly placing the informant in jeopardy. The identity of an
GO 2-11: INFORMANTS

NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

informant may be called into question during the prosecution of a case and the deputy may
be asked to identify the informant. The deputy shall refuse to do so and shall do so only by
order of the court.
3. The informants confidentiality shall be maintained. Deputies shall not discuss any cases
involving an informant with anyone not directly participating in the case.
4. Informants as participants in offenses must be willing to testify in court.
5. Deputies shall deal with informants very carefully and with circumspection, particularly
with those of a different sex or whose sexual preferences may make an investigation
susceptible to compromise. Two people should deal with people in this category. If two are
not available contact should be made with the highest ranking supervisor on duty.
6. Use of juvenile informants is particularly sensitive so deputies must obtain parental

permission in writing and consult with the commonwealth's attorney or juvenile court
personnel prior to the use of a juvenile.
7. Deputies working through informants must clear all expenditures through the Sheriff or
Major.
8. The Sheriff or Major will provide information on the availability of funds to pay informants.
9. The decision regarding the payment of informants shall be made by the Sheriff or Major
on a case by case basis. This will depend in part, on the following criteria;
a. The direct involvement of the informant.
b. The seriousness or extent of the offense revealed by the informant.
c. The risk taken by the informant.
d. The time saving afforded the Sheriff's Office through the use of the informant or the
GO 2-11: INFORMANTS

NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

informant's information.
e. Any other factors deemed appropriate.
10. Specific guidelines exist through case law regarding the legal use of informants. The
following points are offered to help deputies judge the usefulness of their informants.
a. If possible, corroborate informant tips through independent investigation.
b. If informant tips form probable cause to arrest or search, the officer involved must be
prepared to justify to the court why the informant is credible and his information
reliable.
11. Any deputy encountering an informer who breaks his or her agreements, conducts
themselves in any manner that would bring reproach upon the Sheriff's Office, participates
in criminal activities, lies, skims drug money, etc. must report this to the Sheriff or Major.
The informant will be terminated from working with any member of this office. The deputy
shall file a report with the Sheriff or Major immediately. The informant's status will be
changed to indicate "not approved" in the master file.
12. SEE GO 2-1 and 2-2 and 2-14 for more details on the legal use of informants.
GO 2-12: PATROL
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 01.07, 07.01 - 07.02, 07.05, 07.12, 08.04, 09.01
I. POLICY
Patrol is the primary activity of law enforcement that includes much more than driving through
neighborhoods looking for evidence of lawbreaking. On patrol, deputies engage in a wide variety
of activities including enforcement of traffic and criminal laws, answering complaints,
conducting investigations, community relations activities, transporting prisoners, and preventing
crime. The Sheriff's Office expects deputies to conduct patrol vigorously to prevent crime,
improve community relations, and detect and apprehend offenders.
II. PURPOSE
To define and outline procedures for handling commonly encountered patrol problems.
III. DEFINITIONS
Patrol can be defined in terms of its component activities:
A. Crime prevention activities;
B. Response to requested services;
C. Investigation of crime, offenses, incidents and conditions, including arresting offenders;
D. Traffic direction and control;
E. Regulation of certain business or activities as required by law;
F. Maintenance of public order;
G. Provisions of emergency services;
H. Development of relationships between citizens and the agency;

GO 2-12: PATROL
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 01.07, 07.01 - 07.02, 07.05, 07.12, 08.04, 09.01
I. Reporting of information to appropriate entities.
IV. PROCEDURES - General

A. Patrol coverage:
1. The Sheriff's Office operates 24 hours a day, seven days per week to provide citizens
with law enforcement services. The Sheriff's Office will provide, generally, the same
services at all hours of the day or night in relation to answering calls for service,
emergencies, preventive patrol, or traffic enforcement.
2. The Greensville County Sheriff's Office patrol section operates a 12 hour shift schedule
covering the 24 hour period. The day shift runs from 0600 hours to 1800 hours; evening
shift from 1800 hours through 0600 hours. (changes may be made adjusting hours, but 24
hour coverage shall be maintained) Deputies are assigned rotating shifts so that they cycle
through a rotation of days and evenings. This system allows each deputy a routine
schedule normally making the deputy aware weeks ahead of time of their routine days and
hours to work and scheduled days off. Patrol shifts may change due to staffing
requirements, special events or requests and manpower needs.
B. Patrol activities:
1. Response to some calls may require several deputies to deal effectively and safely with
the problem. Situations requiring the response of at least two deputies include:
a. potential or actual assault on an officer;
b. possibility of or actual on-scene arrest for a felony or violent misdemeanor;
c. potential or actual resistance to arrest;
d. possibility of or actual use of force;
e. crime in progress;
f. fleeing suspect.
2. Dispatchers shall ensure the dispatch of two deputies to calls listed above. A deputy
GO 2-12: PATROL
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 01.07, 07.01 - 07.02, 07.05, 07.12, 08.04, 09.01
finding the circumstances listed above shall request back-up assistance. Two deputies
assigned to such a call shall coordinate their simultaneous arrival, where possible.
C. Incidents requiring presence of a supervisor:

The sergeant or shift supervisor shall be notified and shall assume command of the
situation until relieved by a higher authority. The sergeant or shift supervisor shall ensure
the notification of the Major and the Sheriff. In the absence of the sergeant or shift
supervisor, the Major shall be notified and shall assume command of the following
incidents:
1. Serious injury to a deputy.
2. Accident involving a Sheriff's Office vehicle.
3. Major crimes to include murder, bank robbery, jail break, or a heinous crime or assault
where death may occur.
4. Barricade/hostage situations.
5. Disasters, catastrophes, or severe weather producing emergency conditions.
6. Serious complaint or incident involving a deputy.
7. Serious accident, injury or incident involving county personnel or property.
D. Hazards:
A wide variety of hazardous situations such as bad road/weather conditions, unsafe
structures, and potentially dangerous calls for service will normally be identified by patrol
deputies or announced by local media. Information about any of these hazardous or
potentially hazardous situations shall be reported, shared among deputies and other
agencies that ought to know, and passed on to subsequent shifts.
E. Special notifications:
1. Emergency/next-of-kin messages.
GO 2-12: PATROL
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 01.07, 07.01 - 07.02, 07.05, 07.12, 08.04, 09.01
a. Subject to the availability of personnel, emergency messages of any legitimate type,
as defined by the person receiving the message, may be delivered. Deputies shall
deliver any message pertaining to a death, serious injury, or serious illness.
b. Notifying next-of-kin where there is a death, serious injury or serious illness can
place the deputy in a delicate and uncomfortable situation. The following procedures
shall be used whenever possible and practical:
1) Notification shall be made as promptly as possible.
2) The presence of a minister or relative/close friend (if known) shall be obtained

whenever possible before notification.
3) If notification has to be made alone, the deputy shall offer assistance to the next-
of-kin in contacting a relative, close friend or minister.
4) Deputies delivering emergency notifications shall tell citizens the source of

information.
c. When requested by another agency to make notification of next-of-kin, the

dispatcher or deputy shall obtain whatever pertinent information about the situation is
available in order to assist the relative receiving the message.
F. Highway maintenance/public utilities:

At any time when one of the below hazards exists, the deputy shall request the dispatcher
to notify the proper agency.
Hazards may be grouped into two categories.

1. Hazards requiring immediate notification of the proper agency:
a. Essential traffic light in need of repair.
b. Stop signs down at intersections.
c. Large holes in road.
d. Electrical power lines down.
e. Large debris, etc.

GO 2-12: PATROL
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 01.07, 07.01 - 07.02, 07.05, 07.12, 08.04, 09.01
f. Breaks in water, gas, or other utility mains.
g. Snow/ice on road.
h. Fire hazards needing immediate attention.
2. Hazards requiring notification at beginning of next business day:

a. Non-essential traffic lights in need of repair.
b. Small (non-hazardous) holes in road.
c. Street lights in need of repair.
d. Telephone/video cables down but not creating hazard.
e. Dead animals in road.
f. Potential fire hazards not requiring immediate attention.
g. Excessive growth of weeds, grass, etc.
3. Some hazardous situations may demand immediate notification of local radio stations in
order to request public service announcements. Normally, the Sheriff shall contact local
media for this purpose.
4. Deputies may make suggestions regarding highway hazards or improvements to the

Sheriff's Office representative to the Highway Transportation Safety Committee. The
Sheriff's Office representative shall present the information to the committee for their
consideration.
V. PROCEDURES - Conduct while on patrol

A. Deputies shall acquaint themselves with traffic hazards, geography of their territory, and
particularly the location of highways. Deputies shall also ascertain the names and addresses of
habitual criminals and law violators, fire departments and rescue squads, hospitals,
magistrates, general district and circuit court Judges and clerks, commonwealth's attorneys,
GO 2-12: PATROL
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 01.07, 07.01 - 07.02, 07.05, 07.12, 08.04, 09.01
medical examiners, forensic laboratory, public and private social service agencies, and any
other public or private officials that prove helpful in the administration of their duties.
B. Deputies shall employ the utmost care to protect themselves when stopping violators for
infractions of laws. Consideration must also be given the stopping of vehicles from a safety
standpoint, during inclement weather, on hills and curves, in dense traffic, or in any instance
where life and property may be endangered.
C. When a deputy observes a violation of the law, he or she shall either (1) warn, (2) arrest, or
(3) issue a summons to the violator to appear before the court having jurisdiction.
1. Any controversy incident to the warning, arrest, or summons shall be avoided; the deputy
shall merely inform the offender:
a. the nature of the offense;
b. why the offense was detrimental to the safety of the public, if this is appropriate;
c. the specific charge if a charge is made;
d. the procedure the violator must follow in order to bring the matter to a conclusion.
D. Without exception, male deputies transporting females shall notify the dispatcher that they
are transporting a female prisoner. The report shall include the point of origin, beginning vehicle
odometer reading, and the destination. Upon arriving, the deputy shall so notify the dispatcher
and give the ending odometer reading. The communications operator shall log the information
and record the time of each notification. The same procedure applies to a female deputy and a
male prisoner and the transportation of any juveniles.
E. Deputies shall provide general and emergency assistance to motorists in accordance with
their training and qualifications. This includes providing information and directions, assisting
stranded or disabled motorists, and obtaining medical and other emergency assistance.
Deputies shall ensure that the requested service is provided in a timely fashion. If, after
arranging for assistance, the deputy is unable to remain with the motorists until help arrives,
he/she shall take the necessary steps to provide safety to the motorists or arrange for
transportation. However, this does not preclude transporting the motorists to a place of safety
when a need arises. Deputies shall not provide escort of civilian vehicles in medical
emergencies.
GO 2-12: PATROL
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 01.07, 07.01 - 07.02, 07.05, 07.12, 08.04, 09.01
VI. PROCEDURES - Specific Patrol Problems

A. Hospital response
Deputies may respond to calls for assistance from hospitals, or they may take prisoners to
medical facilities for treatment, or they may interview hospitalized subjects. Deputies must
understand that they are not required to give up their firearms upon request by hospital
personnel.
1. Mental patients.
a. In the absence of a court order for mental commission, or criminal charges of any
nature, deputies responding to any medical facility requesting their assistance in
detaining a mental patient must not initiate such action. The responsibility for detaining
such a patient rests with the hospital staff and security personnel. However, the deputy
responding to the hospital shall provide assistance should the situation escalate to a
confrontation where the safety of the staff or preservation of peace becomes a law
enforcement problem.
b. When a court order for mental commission is present, the deputies must take
whatever action is necessary to enforce the court order.
2. Handcuffed prisoners.
Unless necessary to remove handcuffs in order for a prisoner to receive medical
treatment, the handcuffs or restraints shall remain in place.
3. Interviews of patients/employees.
a. Deputies entering a hospital for the purpose of interviewing a patient in the
emergency room shall notify hospital personnel on duty of their presence and the
identity of the party to be interviewed.
b. Deputies entering a hospital for the purpose of interviewing a patient in the patient's
GO 2-12: PATROL
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 01.07, 07.01 - 07.02, 07.05, 07.12, 08.04, 09.01
room or ward shall notify hospital personnel on duty at the nurses' station responsible
for the care of that patient of their presence and the identity of the party to be
interviewed.
c. Deputies who must interview an employee of a hospital shall make every effort to
conduct the interview away from the hospital unless the purpose of the interview is in
conjunction with the person's employment.
B. Preliminary death investigations:

1. After arriving at the scene and until convinced to the contrary, all deputies shall consider
every D.O.A. call as a possible homicide, and shall be aware that a homicide may be
"staged" to appear as a death by natural causes.
2. Responsibilities of first upon scene.

If the death appears to be from other than natural causes, the deputy shall direct
attention to the following functions in the order that his or her discretion dictates after
an evaluation of the situation.
a. Assuring the safety of persons to prevent further injury or death.
b. A preliminary determination that the subject is actually deceased.
c. Preservation of the scene and possible evidence.
d. Radio call for law enforcement or rescue assistance.
e. Gathering of witnesses.
f. Requesting the presence of a supervisor.
3. All deaths must be pronounced by a physician or medical personnel or law enforcement,

which may happen at the scene, at a hospital, or any other place designated by the
medical examiner in medical examiner cases. The deputy shall include in his or her report
GO 2-12: PATROL
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 01.07, 07.01 - 07.02, 07.05, 07.12, 08.04, 09.01
the time of pronouncement, the name of the physician or medical personnel, and where the
body is to be taken.
4. Medical examiner's case.

If the circumstances of death fall into any of the following categories, or if there is any
doubt as to its inclusion in on one of these classifications, it shall automatically be
considered a medical examiner's case:
a. By violence; that is, accident, suicide, or homicide.
b. Suddenly, when in apparent good health.
c. When unattended by a physician (M.D. or D.O.).
d. When in jail or in police custody.
e. By unusual, suspicious, or unnatural means.
f. When the body is to be cremated.
g. Fatal deaths.
5. Non-medical examiner's case.

For the purposes of this procedure, a non-medical examiner's case shall be defined
as:
a. A death resulting directly from a disease or illness which has been diagnosed and is
actively being treated or attended to by a private physician, and;
b. The death is not within the classification of a medical examiner's case, as defined
above.
6. When medical examiner is not immediately available.

a. If authority for removal of the body cannot be ascertained from the medical examiner
within a reasonable period of time, a Sheriff's Office supervisor, acting as an agent for
the medical examiner, may contact the nearest funeral home, and have the body
transported to the nearest hospital for pronouncement and custody. Family preference
as to funeral director may be considered if transportation can be expeditiously
GO 2-12: PATROL
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 01.07, 07.01 - 07.02, 07.05, 07.12, 08.04, 09.01
handled.
If neither the attending physician nor the medical examiner can be contacted within a
reasonable period of time, the body may be removed.
b. The assistance of the fire department may be requested in emergency situations

requiring the immediate removal of a body.
C. Residential/Business/Churches -security checks: (property checks)

The Sheriff's Office shall honor requests from citizens to conduct security checks of their
homes when the owners are on vacation or in other situations as deemed appropriate. To
that end, any deputy shall ask the citizen to contact the communications center to have the
"Request for Property Check" form completed, by the communications officer. The deputy
may obtain the information and request the communications officer complete the request
form on behalf of the homeowner in some cases. Deputies shall advise citizens that
occasional security checks cannot guarantee that their property will be safe from vandalism
or burglary.
The Sheriff's Office deputies shall perform at least (10) security checks per shift on the
established locations. The deputy shall notify dispatch by utilizing the assigned
grid/location numbers. Deputies shall physically check each location and leave a check
notification notice on the establishment. The deputy shall inform dispatch when on scene,
status and clear from scene.
D. Shoplifting arrests:
1. Virginia Code Sections 18.2-105.1, 19.2-81, and 19.2-74 concern detention of
shoplifters, arrests without warrants, and issuance of summonses in lieu of warrants.
Deputies shall consult these statutes for guidance.
E. Arrests by special police:

1. Special police officers who work as store security may issue misdemeanor summonses
for offenses in which apprehension is made within the scope of their employment. The
special police must also complete an incident report (including the retail cost of the item
stolen). They must present it and any property, if necessary, to deputies. In the event of a
felony arrest, juvenile detention, or arrest for a misdemeanor, a deputy shall take charge
and complete the paperwork.
GO 2-12: PATROL
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 01.07, 07.01 - 07.02, 07.05, 07.12, 08.04, 09.01
a. Special police officers and their powers are discussed under Code Section 15.2-
1737.b. When a sworn special police officer has decided not to release a
misdemeanor on a summons, his decision shall not be overruled by the deputy without
adequate justification.
2. Procedure for processing adult shoplifters arrested by store security personnel who are
not special police officers:
a. The assigned unit shall respond to the scene, being constantly aware that a
detained shoplifter may be a physical threat to all concerned.
b. The deputy shall discuss the offense with the merchant, agent, or security guard to
determine if an offense has actually occurred and if the merchant has established
probable cause for the apprehension. Before these determinations, the deputy does
not have the right to conduct a body search or a search for evidence of the offense but
he may upon reasonable fear for his safety, conduct a patdown search of the subject's
outer clothing for weapons. Any object thought to be a weapon and later found to be
other evidence is admissible as to the offense.
c. The knowledge of the merchant, agent, or security guard concerning the offense
must be first-hand.
1) Felony: If the offense is a felony, handle as a physical arrest according to the
provisions of GO 2-4.
2) Misdemeanor: If the offense is a misdemeanor, the deputy may issue a

summons unless the shoplifter:
a) Refuses to give written promise to appear.
b) Appears likely to disregard the summons.
c) Is reasonably believed likely to cause harm to himself or another person.
3. Handling juveniles.
The deputy shall verify the age of the offender. If the offender contends that he is a
juvenile, and verification cannot be made immediately, he must be treated as such until
a determination to the contrary is made. Ascertaining an offender's age and
identification shall be through whatever means are available to the deputy at the time,
GO 2-12: PATROL
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 01.07, 07.01 - 07.02, 07.05, 07.12, 08.04, 09.01
but caution shall be taken to assure that a juvenile is not processed as an adult
offender.
a. Felony: If the offense is a felony:

1) Obtain all available information on the offender
2) Transport the juvenile to the Sheriff's Office. Contact the on call Juvenile Intake
Officer and explain the situation to the officer. Depending upon the Intake Officers
response the deputy may transport the juvenile to the detention facility or
3) Contact a parent to pick up the child. Advise the parent that a petition is being
sought.
b. Misdemeanor:
1) Every effort shall be made from the store to contact a parent. Request the
parent to respond to the store for release of the juvenile.
2) If a parent responds, or if the deputy is assured or proper identification, the

deputy may release the juvenile at the scene after advising the parent or juvenile
that a juvenile petition shall be sought. Factors to be considered in this action are
the same as those for the release of an adult on a misdemeanor summons. The
juvenile may be issued a summons, which must be converted to a petition at a
later date, prior to court.
4. Evidence - Special Considerations.

Section 19.2-270.1 Code of Virginia, allows for the introduction of a photograph of
shoplifted property as competent evidence. The process of authentication of these
photographs is rather involved, and the decision to use a photograph shall be made
only after careful deliberation, and not merely at the request of the merchant. Deputy
shall consider:
a. Is the item perishable?
b. Would impounding the item represent an undue hardship to the merchant?
c. Does the size or nature of the item make impounding impractical?

GO 2-12: PATROL
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 01.07, 07.01 - 07.02, 07.05, 07.12, 08.04, 09.01
F. Funeral escorts:
1. Criteria: All funeral procession escorts must be approved by the Captain or his
designee. All such requests must be made at least 24 hours before the escort.
a. Funeral homes are responsible for coordinating with other agencies if the
procession passes into another jurisdiction.
b. Funeral homes must inform all procession participants of any requirements and
provide all equipment necessary.
2. Deputies' responsibility
a. Deputies shall have the authority to refuse to start any escort, which presents a
hazard to the safety of either the deputy or the public. If a deputy refuses to start a
funeral escort for any reason, he must contact supervisor.
b. Deputies shall choose the route to be taken based upon resources available,
weather, time of day, traffic flow, road hazards, and any permits issued.
c. In the event the procession is larger than anticipated, the deputy in charge of the
procession shall consider the following:
1) completing the escort as requested;
2) waiting until additional assistance can arrive;
3) escorting a manageable number of vehicles to include the family vehicle and

funeral coach.
d. The requesting party may choose to proceed without benefit of an escort.
e. All processions, which proceed on an interstate highway, shall be advised that

interstate traffic will normally not be stopped for the procession.
3. Vehicle requirements.
a. Sheriff's Office.
1) a Sheriff's Office vehicle escorting a funeral procession shall have emergency
lights in operation at all times. Marked Sheriff's Office vehicles are to be used. (An
exception can be made if only unmarked vehicles are available, at the time due to
GO 2-12: PATROL
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 01.07, 07.01 - 07.02, 07.05, 07.12, 08.04, 09.01
other circumstances.)
2) The siren shall be used as appropriate to warn other drivers that the procession
is preceding through the area.
b. Other.
All vehicles participating in a funeral procession shall have their headlights
illuminated.
G. Residential and vehicle lock-outs:

The Sheriff's department shall assist citizens who are locked out of their residence or
vehicles only in an emergency.
1. Persons requesting assistance in gaining access to a vehicle or residence from which

they are locked out shall routinely be referred to private businesses, unless one of the
following circumstances exists. (or at the deputy's discretion with an explanation to the
property custodian that the Sheriff's Office is not liable for an damage or injury caused by
their request for entry):
a. medical emergency; or
b. child or disabled citizen locked in the home; or
c. child, disabled citizen or animal locked in the vehicle; or
d. for a Sheriff's Office related matter as authorized by a supervisor; or
e. when the welfare of a person could otherwise be in jeopardy.
2. If no emergency (as described above) exists, deputies may advise citizens:

a. that the Sheriff's Office has neither the expertise nor the special equipment
necessary to enter the locked vehicle or residence; and
b. to call a locksmith or service station for assistance.
c. or in special circumstances, at the deputy's discretion with the notice to the owner or
custodian that the Greensville Sheriff's Office accepts no liability for any damage done
GO 2-12: PATROL
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 01.07, 07.01 - 07.02, 07.05, 07.12, 08.04, 09.01
and that this is being done at their request and that they assume the risks. Have the
locked car waiver form signed.
3. The above rules apply regardless of whether the request comes from a citizen, fire
department, or animal control personnel.
4. When called to a lock-out, the officer shall:

a. determine if an emergency exists; and
b. obtain proper identification from the requesting party and make a reasonable inquiry
to determine that the requesting party has a right to gain entry (except in life-
threatening situations or emergencies where immediate action is necessary); and
c. advise the requesting party that the county is not responsible for any damage
incurred by the assisting deputy; and
d. call for assistance, when necessary, from the fire department or other appropriate
agency; and
e. avoid forcible entry whenever possible and appropriate to the emergency i.e., if
situation allows wait for locksmith or other means of entry.
VII. PROCEDURES FOR PATROL ZONE ASSIGNMENTS

A. Determination of Zone Assignments:
1. The county is divided into four patrol zones utilizing the security check system. The zones
are delineated on the map posted in the communications center and copies have been
provided to each deputy along with their county map books. In some cases there may not
be three deputies on duty at that point the county shall be divided into two zones north and
south, using Hwy. 58 as the divide.
2. The zone assignments may vary as deemed appropriate, by the sergeant or another
supervisor. The reasons may include:
a. Deputies activities, i.e. ongoing investigations or case follow-up
b. any situation requiring the presence of additional manpower in another zone
c. any shift where only two deputies are working.
GO 2-12: PATROL
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 01.07, 07.01 - 07.02, 07.05, 07.12, 08.04, 09.01
B. Activities in assigned zones:
1. Deputies are not restricted to their assigned zone only, but shall have responsibilities in
that zone for the following;
a. general patrol duties
b. answering calls for service/complaints
c. warrant service
d. performing property checks and business checks
e. conducted directed patrols
C. Procedure for assignment of Complaints in zones:

1. Complaints shall be assigned to the supervising deputy and he will assign according to
their zone assignments.
2. In the event back up is needed the sergeant, senior deputy or supervisor shall make that
assignment based on their knowledge of the nearest unit or the needs of the deputy.
3. The sergeant, senior deputy or supervisor can adjust the assignment of calls or
complaints based on prior knowledge of the deputy's location, history with the complainant
or special needs. He/she shall notify the dispatcher of the changes made.
4. If the zone deputy is busy and a complaint is pending the sergeant or senior deputy on
duty shall be notified and he/she will then assume responsibility for deciding how the
complaint or call is to be handled. They may reassign the call to another deputy, advise that
the call can be held until the zone deputy clears, or they may advise that the call be
reassigned to another agency.
GO 2-13: ALARM RESPONSES
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
I. POLICY
Alarms are a means of notifying the local law enforcement agency that a robbery or burglary is
in progress when the use of a telephone is impractical or impossible. Deputies shall exercise
sound judgment and proceed with extreme caution when answering any type of alarm call.
Despite the large number of false alarms, no deputy can afford an alarm that turns out to be real
when he or she thought it was false.
II. PURPOSE
To establish a plan of action to be taken in response to activated alarms.
III. PROCEDURES
A. Activated alarms - Dispatching/response/notification:
1. When a silent alarm signal is received, a deputy shall be dispatched immediately to the
alarm location. Other available units will proceed to the area for back up.
2. The communications center shall attempt contact with the bank, by telephone. The
procedure to be used in this contact shall mimic a business call to the bank, but shall
include a code that indicates the status of the bank. This code has been developed with
the bank security personnel and has been shared with all bank employees. This plan shall
be reviewed annually and refined as deemed appropriate by the Sheriff and the bank staff.
The information provided shall indicate the following;
a. if an incident is occurring;
b. the number of suspects seen;
c. if the suspects are still in the bank, and
d. if possible any other information available.
3. If units are dispatched to a bank alarm, the siren should be turned off within hearing
distance of the alarm.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
B. Bank alarms:
1. Before arrival, responding units shall, by dispatcher assignment or prearranged
agreement, know which unit will observe the front and which will observe the rear.
2. Units shall attempt to arrive simultaneously and position themselves at opposite corners
at strategic locations as pre-determined, but not in front of entrances or windows, if
possible. Suspects leaving the building should not be able to see police vehicles.
3. Deputies shall not approach the building until and unless confirmation has been received
that the suspects have left the building or that the alarm is a false activation.
4. Deputies shall then approach entrances with caution using available cover to their best
advantage, but shall not enter the building.
5. A bank officer should appear outside with proper identification. Deputies shall not
approach the bank officer: the bank officer shall approach the deputies.
6. If no bank officer approaches in a reasonable time and the dispatcher has telephone
contact with the bank, then deputies shall consider the alarm to be a robbery in progress. In
this event, maintain a safe position, advise the dispatcher, and ALWAYS KEEP RADIO
CONTACT.
7. If the deputy determines that the alarm is false:

a. Only one deputy shall enter the bank and the backup deputy will stand by maintaining
radio contact with dispatch.
b. The deputy entering the bank must be satisfied that no robbery is taking place.
Deputies shall not rely solely on the teller or bank official saying that the alarm was
false.
C. Business alarms:
1. All possible exit areas should be covered.
2. If the business is closed, the owner or other person on the call list shall be notified
immediately.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
3. A business, showing no physical signs of break-in, shall be entered only after the owner
arrives. Deputies shall conduct a complete, thorough search of the premises.
4. Deputies at the scene knowing that a break-in has taken place and the perpetrator is still
inside the building shall take the appropriate action to apprehend the suspect(s).
D. Residential alarms:
1. Deputies shall try to contact the owner or person left in charge of the residence before
entering.
Deputies will not forcibly enter any residence, and shall inspect the outside premises. If
there is no sign of a break-in, deputies may clear.
2. Deputies shall check for suspicious persons or vehicles.
E. Robbery/Burglary:
1. If a robbery or burglary has taken place and dispatch has the victim or reporting citizen
on the telephone, they shall obtain any available information about suspect's description,
mode and direction of travel, and shall advise the business or home to keep everyone out
except law enforcement personnel.
2. Deputies shall proceed with caution in the event the suspects are nearby.
3. Secure crime scene and all physical evidence and summon appropriate personnel; see
GO 2-14, Investigations.
F. False alarms:
1. If responding deputies determine the situation to be a false alarm, they shall so advise
dispatcher by telephone or radio.
2. The Sheriff shall confer with businesses showing repeated false alarms in order to curb
the problem.
GO 2-14: INVESTIGATIONS
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.01 - 02.06, 03.01 - 03.05, 04.04
I. POLICY
The primary purpose of an investigation is to collect facts leading to the identification, arrest,
and conviction of an offender and to organize and present the facts for a successful prosecution.
The single most important criterion which determines a successful investigation is correctly
obtaining and handling information supplied by a complainant, victim or witness after the crime.
The department expects officers to treat investigations as a skill developed through training and
experience, a skill that demands intelligence, logic, and discipline.
II. PURPOSE
To establish guidelines for the general conduct of preliminary and follow-up investigations
III. PROCEDURES - PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATIONS:

A. General:
The preliminary investigation begins when the first unit arrives at the scene of a crime (or a
citizen requests assistance in a telephone call) and continues until postponement pending
the intervention of specialized investigators, assuming that postponement will not
jeopardize the investigation.
B. A preliminary investigation consists of, but is not limited to, the following activities:
1. Providing aid to the injured.
2. Maintaining and protecting the crime scene to ensure that evidence is not lost, moved
nor contaminated.
3. Determining if an offense has actually been committed and, if so, the exact nature of the
offense.
4. Determining the identity of the suspect or suspects and effect an arrest if it can be
accomplished either at the scene or through immediate pursuit.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.01 - 02.06, 03.01 - 03.05, 04.04
5. Furnishing other field units with descriptions, method, and direction of flight of suspects,
and other relevant information concerning wanted suspect or suspects or vehicles.
6. Locating and obtaining complete identification of all victims and witnesses.
7. Determining and documenting in detail the exact circumstances of the offense, to

include all pertinent conditions, events and remarks.
8. Arranging for the collection of evidence.
9. Legally obtaining interviews and written statements when possible, from the victim,
complainant, all witnesses, and from the suspect(s).
10. Deciding the necessity of some degree of follow-up surveillance of the crime scene.
11. Accurately and completely recording all pertinent information on the prescribed report
forms.
C. Follow-up:
The initial stages of all preliminary investigations, including crime scene processing, shall
be conducted by patrol deputies. Assistance with scene processing may be requested. An
Investigator may be assigned to assist.
In certain serious crimes, as defined in Section IV, Investigator shall be called, shall
respond, and shall assume responsibility for completion of investigation.
D. Supervisory responsibilities:
The sergeant or the senior officer on duty shall ensure that an adequate and complete
preliminary investigation has been made to review, screen, and approve the deputy's
report. Screening shall include a review of facts to ensure that all essential information
indicating a criminal act is included, along with legibility, clarity, and completeness.
Supervisors shall review, approve, and sign crime reports.
E. Crime scene control:

Deputies shall limit access to crime scenes to those persons immediately and directly
connected with the investigation. Investigating officers shall apply this rule to other officers
of the department, other agencies, or the community regardless of rank or position.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.01 - 02.06, 03.01 - 03.05, 04.04
F. Suspension of cases:
A patrol deputy making an initial report of a crime shall indicate in the report whether or not
the case should be suspended. The officer shall notify the reporting party of his or her
decision to suspend the case. The reviewing supervisor shall endorse or deny this
recommendation. Such a recommendation shall be based on the following:
(ex. gas drive off with no information)
1. availability of witnesses;
2. naming of a suspect;
3. information about suspect's location;
4. information about suspect's description;
5. information about suspect's identification;
6. information about suspect vehicle;
7. information about traceable property;
8. information about significant modus operandi;
9. information about significant physical evidence;
10. presence of evidence technician who indicates that usable physical evidence is
present;
11. a judgment by the patrol officer that there is sufficient information available to conclude
that no one other than the suspect could have committed the crime.
IV. PROCEDURES: FOLLOW-UP INVESTIGATIONS

NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.01 - 02.06, 03.01 - 03.05, 04.04
A. Homicide, rape, robbery, major disaster, arson, serious wounding, sexual assault,large
fraud, business B&E, multiple B&E's, internet crime, suicide, hostage situation, bomb threat,
and kidnapping shall be offenses where the investigators shall be summoned for call out.
Officers conducting preliminary investigations of such offenses shall contact the investigator as
soon as practicable. The investigator shall notify the Major as soon as it is practicable if he is
called out off duty. Other cases may be assigned to the investigator by the Sheriff or Major,
depending upon the circumstances.
B. Occasionally, additional investigation will be required at the end of the tour of duty of the
assigned officer. In such cases, the assigned officer's immediate supervisor shall determine
whether the investigation should be discontinued until the assigned officer's next tour of duty or
continued by the investigating officer, or an officer on the relieving shift.
C. Except in cases where the investigation would be jeopardized by its temporary

discontinuance, it shall remain the responsibility of the assigned officer.
D. A supplemental report must be prepared by each officer who works on the case, but not
necessarily for each occasion he works on it. The Captain Investigator shall ascertain that
supplemental reports are submitted as required.
E. On major offenses, supervisors shall ensure that each officer who responds submits a
supplement detailing what that officer saw and heard as it pertains to the offense.
F. A follow-up investigation consists of, but is not limited to, the following activities:
FOR A NON-CRIMINAL CASE:

1. Interviewing complainants and witnesses.
2. Locating missing persons.
3. Determining if information or suspicious activity relates to criminal activity.
4. Distributing information to the proper persons or agencies.
5. Locating lost property and returning same to the owner.
6. Investigating deaths, overdoses, suicides and injuries to determine if a crime was

NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.01 - 02.06, 03.01 - 03.05, 04.04
committed.
7. Making necessary notifications, conducting necessary inspections, etc.
8. Recording information obtained.
FOR A CRIMINAL CASE:

9. Reviewing and analyzing reports of preliminary investigations.
10. Recording information obtained during a follow-up investigation.
11. Reviewing departmental records for investigative leads.
12. Seeking additional information (from other officers, informants, contacts in community,
other investigators/agencies, etc.).
13. Additional interviews with the victims and/or witnesses.
14. Interrogating suspect(s).
15. Arranging for the dissemination of information as appropriate.
16. Preparing, organizing, and maintaining case file.
17. Collecting and preserving physical evidence.
18. Recovering stolen property.
19. Arranging for the analysis and evaluation of evidence.
20. Reviewing results from laboratory examinations.
21. Identifying and apprehending the offender(s).
22. Checking for suspect's criminal history.

NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.01 - 02.06, 03.01 - 03.05, 04.04
23. Determining if other crimes may have been committed by the suspect.
24. Consulting with the commonwealth's attorney office in preparing cases for court
presentation and assisting in the persecution thereof.
25. Notifying victims and witnesses when their presence is required in court.
26. Attendance to testify in court.
27. Plan, organize, obtain warrants for, and conduct searches.
28. Arrange for polygraph examinations, if necessary.
29. Compiling a photographic line-up.
V. SOURCES OF INFORMATION
A. General:
Officers, through their routine performance, must cultivate sources of information from
which to draw in an investigation.
B. Informants:
Information is available from many sources, e.g., concerned citizens who wish to remain
anonymous, criminals who have firsthand knowledge of illegal activity, and relatives or
friends of those involved in criminal activities. These sources shall be kept in mind when
conducting investigations and related interviews. Officers are cautioned to determine the
motivation of people who provide information in order to evaluate it.
1. Informants, when used in any investigation, must be documented. Consideration of

information from informants, and an examination of their reliability shall be done with the
Sheriff or Major in consultation with the commonwealth's attorney.
2. Requests for money to pay informants shall be handled case by case.
3. Informant confidentiality shall be maintained. Officers shall not discuss cases involving
informants with anyone not participating on the case.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.01 - 02.06, 03.01 - 03.05, 04.04
C. Interviews and interrogation:
1. Field interviews:
Field interviews are a productive tool and source of information for the Sheriff's Office.
They shall be used only in the pursuit of legitimate goals for the department and not to
harass citizens. When used properly they can discourage criminal activity, identifying
suspects, and add intelligence information to the files of known criminals. Legal
guidelines are discussed under GO 2-3.
2. Victim-witness interviews:
a. The trauma/stress to which the victim or witness has been subjected shall be
considered and the interview conducted in such a manner as to reduce stress and
minimize further problems.
b. The age, physical limitations, and credibility of witnesses shall also be considered.
c. Interviewing techniques specific to victims are discussed under GO 2-28.
3. Interrogation of suspects:
Interrogations to obtain investigative leads can be very useful, but all constitutional
precautions must be taken and recorded if the interrogation is to be used in court later.
Detailed notes or a recorded tape shall be made of the interrogation for court use
giving time, date, location, officers present, waiver of rights, time interrogation ended.
Statements obtained during an interrogation must not be based on coercion,
promises, delays in arraignment, or deprivation of counsel. In order to use a statement
in court, a suspect shall be advised of his Miranda rights, and the officer must be able
to demonstrate that the suspect understood those rights. See GO 2-1 for further legal
requirements. Juvenile victims, witnesses, and suspects must be given the same
constitutional protection as adults. The following additional safeguards shall be
followed:
a. Parents or guardians shall be notified whenever a juvenile is interrogated, taken into

custody, or charged.
b. The number of officers engaged in the interrogation shall be kept to a minimum. The
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.01 - 02.06, 03.01 - 03.05, 04.04
interrogation shall be short.
c. A brief explanation of the juvenile justice system and departmental procedures shall
be provided.
D. Collection, preservation, and use of physical evidence:

Officers must realize that physical evidence is of major importance in all cases, particularly
those without witnesses. The successful prosecution of a case often hinges on the quality of the
physical evidence collected and preserved.
1. All deputies are responsible for the preservation of evidence, and for maintaining and
documenting the chain of custody of all evidence that is in their charge. See GO 2-15, 2-16
for further requirements.
E. Use of Photographic Line-ups (suspect)

Officers may develop a suspect in criminal cases and with this information a photographic
line-up may be compiled. In compiling this line-up the officer shall:
1. Include only one photograph of the suspect in each identification procedure.
2. Select non-suspect photographs of individuals who generally fit the witness' description
of the perpetrator.
3. When there is a limited or inadequate description of the perpetrator provided by the

witness, or when the description of the perpetrator differs significantly from the appearance
of the suspect, non-suspect photographs should resemble the suspect in significant
features.
4. Select a photo that resembles the suspect's description or appearance at the time of the
incident if multiple photos of the suspect are reasonably available.
5. Include a minimum of five non-suspect photos per identification procedure.
6. Consider placing the suspect in different positions in each line-up when conducting
more than one line-up for a case due to multiple witnesses.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.01 - 02.06, 03.01 - 03.05, 04.04
7. Avoid using the same non-suspect photos in line-ups shown to the same witness when
showing a new suspect.
8. Ensure that no writing or information concerning previous arrest(s) will be visible to the
witness.
9. Personally review the line-up once completed to ensure that the suspect does not unduly
stand out.
10. Preserve the presentation order of the photo line-up and the photos themselves should
be preserved in their original condition.
F. Conducting the Identification Procedure:

The identification procedure should be conducted in a manner that promotes the accuracy,
reliability, fairness and objectivity of the witness' identification. These steps are designed
to ensure the accuracy of identification or nonidentification decisions. When conducting a
photo line-up a sequential line-up should be conducted when at all possible.

1. Sequential Photo Line-ups: When presenting a sequential photo lineup, the officer
should:
a. Instruct the witness prior to the line-up viewing that the perpetrator may not be
among those in the photo array and therefore, they should not feel compelled to make
an identification.
b. Provide the following additional instructions to the witness:

1) Individual photos will be viewed one at a time.
2) The photos are in random order.
3) Take as much time as needed in making a decision about each photo before
moving to the next one.
4) All photos will be shown, no decision should be made before viewing all of the
photos.
5) If an identification is made, point out the individual identified after viewing all of
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.01 - 02.06, 03.01 - 03.05, 04.04
the photos presented.
c. Confirm that the witness understands the nature of the sequential procedure.
d. Present each photo to the witness separately, in a previously determined order,

removing those previously shown.
e. Avoid saying anything to the witness that may influence the witness' selection.
f. If an identification is made, do not advise the witness that their decision is correct or
not until after their statement as been obtained and documented. The statement should
include when and where they witnessed the suspect and the actions of the suspect at
that time and their degree of certainty regarding the line-up identification.
g. Record any identification results and witness statement of certainty as follows;

1) Record both identification and nonidentification results in writing, to include the
witness' own words regarding their degree of certainty.
2) Ensure that the results are signed and dated by the witness.
h. Ensure that no materials indicating previous identification results are visible to the
witness.
i. Ensure that the witness does not write or mark any materials that will be used in other
identification procedures.
j. When possible conduct the photo line-up at the Sheriff's Office.
k. Ensure that the providing of instructions, the entire presentation and the
documentation of each photo line-up presentation is recorded both audio and video.
2. The Simultaneous Photo Line-up: When presenting a simultaneous photo line-up the
deputy should;
a. advise the witness prior to the line-up viewing that the perpetrator may not be among
those in the photo array and therefore, they should not feel compelled to make an
identification.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.01 - 02.06, 03.01 - 03.05, 04.04
b. Advise the witness to view the entire array before making any decisions and to not
voice an identification until the entire array has been viewed.
c. Confirm that the witness understands the nature of the line-up procedure.
d. Avoid saying anything to the witness that may influence the witness' selection.
e. If an identification is made, do not advise the witness that their identification is

correct or not before obtaining the witness' statement.
1) this statement should include when and where they witnessed the suspect and
the actions of the suspect at that time and their degree of certainty regarding the
line-up identification.
f. Record any identification results and statement of certainty as follows;

1) Record both identification and nonidentification results in writing, to include the
witness' own words regarding their degree of certainty.
2) Ensure that the results are signed and dated by the witness.
3. Ensure that no materials indicating previous identification results are visible to

the witness.
4. Ensure that the witness does not write on or mark any of the materials that will
be used in other identification procedures.
5. When possible conduct the photo line-up at the Sheriff's Office.
6. Ensure that th Rece providing of instructions, the entire presentation and the
documentation of each photo line-up presentation is recorded both audio and
video.
VI. RELATIONSHIP WITH COMMONWEALTH'S ATTORNEY:

A. All personnel are required to make appointments in advance, be on time, have subject for
discussion ready, and keep conversations brief.
B. In every contested case, misdemeanor or felony, the officer involved shall make an
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.01 - 02.06, 03.01 - 03.05, 04.04
appointment with the commonwealth's attorney or her assistant to discuss the case before trial.
Normally, if the return date of a case is put off, this is an indication that the case will be
contested.
C. During any investigation (or during planning for arrest or pretrial stages), any questions of
law or criminal procedure shall be addressed to the commonwealth's attorney or assistant.
Questions on Sheriff's Department procedures shall be addressed to the Sheriff.
D. Any criminal cases referred to the commonwealth's attorney which result either in a decision
of declined to prosecute or dismissed due to department mishandling must be carefully
reviewed by the commonwealth's attorney. The commonwealth's attorney has been asked to
call such cases to the attention of the Sheriff.
VII. ORGANIZED/VICE CRIMES AND POLICE INTELLIGENCE

INFORMATION AND COMPLAINTS:
A. Officers may receive information on or complaints regarding organized crime, vice, or
matters of law enforcement intelligence demanding investigation. Organized crime and vice
activities and areas of law enforcement intelligence interest may include any of the following:
1. Corruption, extortion, bribery;
2. Illegal sale and distribution of liquor, tobacco, firearms, on controlled substances;
3. Prostitution, pornography;
4. Gambling;
5. Theft/fencing rings;
6. Loan sharking or labor racketeering;
7. Terrorism, subversive activities, civil disorders;
B. Officers receiving such information shall prepare an incident/information report which shall
include the following information:
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.01 - 02.06, 03.01 - 03.05, 04.04
1. Type of illegal/suspected activity, location, names and addresses of suspects involved
and information concerning the activities.
2. If complainant, name, address, and telephone number.
C. Initially, the reporting officer shall conduct no preliminary or follow-up investigation, but
shall
personally contact the Major and the Sheriff concerning the reported information.
1. The Sheriff shall confer on the case with appropriate state, federal, or local law
enforcement agencies.
D. Once the report has been reviewed; the Major shall be the coordinator for all undercover
operations, when they have been deemed necessary. Each officer working undercover cases
shall maintain their own case file but must keep them in a secure location. The Sheriff shall
maintain the original copy of the report in a locked file drawer in his office located away from
the central records system.
E. In the event illegally gained assets are seized as a result of a drug investigation, the Major
shall:
1. Assume responsibility for the management and storage of the property or cash
2. File paperwork necessary to begin and complete asset forfeiture proceedings and to
monitor proceeds
3. Assure compliance with all state and federal guidelines.
It shall be the responsibility of the Sheriff or his designee to determine the number and type
of personal, equipment, funds and other resources, i.e. adjoining jurisdictional members or
state police, which may be necessary to enforce and suppress organized crime and vice
activities. The Sheriff of his designee will be in charge, and coordinate all surveillance
procedures, undercover and decoy operations, including any form of vice, drug, and sting
or raid operations. The department differentiates between routine search warrant service
and raids, in which the danger level to officers (with regard to effecting a raid) is
considered to be higher, necessitating a more assertive approach. For the purpose of this
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.01 - 02.06, 03.01 - 03.05, 04.04
order, a raid will be defined as the sudden legal invasion of a place for the purpose
effecting an arrest or seizing contraband or evidence pursuant to a search warrant.
Before any crime surveillance, undercover, decoy or raid operation, a briefing shall be held
to inform all personnel involved of the procedures to be followed:
Identifying and analyzing probable offenders, their habits, associates, vehicles they use,
method of operation or any other pertinent information. This is done to familiarize the
officers with the neighborhood or target area. At this time, a single person will be
designated as supervisor or coordinator for the operation.
Inform all personnel participating in the operation of the procedures of observation, arrest,
and surveillance. If a high-risk entry becomes necessary, all units involved will be notified in
person or by radio with acknowledgements from all personnel.
If an undercover operation is to be put into action, it shall be the responsibility of the Sheriff
or his designee to supply officers with false identities, all necessary credentials, as well as
any disguises that may be necessary. They will be responsible for maintaining
confidentiality and cover of the officer's false identity.
All officers will be informed as to who will provide relief, be backup security and
responsible for the perimeter protection for the entire operation.
When it is time to do a search for evidence or contraband, the officers assigned to

collection of evidence will be allowed to complete their portion of the operation.
During each operation, all officers shall maintain, by walkie-talkie, constant radio
communications with the Sheriff or his designee for updates, further instructions or
possible complications. They should also keep communications in case of any type of
emergency or medical assistance.
VIII. DISPOSITION OF CASES

A. The investigating deputy shall maintain files of all cases assigned to him. All case files shall
be appropriately labeled with the date of incident, name of victim, name of suspect or arrested
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.01 - 02.06, 03.01 - 03.05, 04.04
person.
1. The file shall contain the original incident report, any supplementary reports, statements,
reports of disposition of any property stolen, confiscated, recovered, or otherwise pertinent
to the case, plus arrest reports, and anything else the investigator deems pertinent.
2. All case files should be accessible to the investigator or his designee. These files are
not open to casual inspection even by sworn personnel, but immediate access may be had
for investigative purposes. These files are permanently maintained.
B. When the investigation is complete, the investigator shall close the case under (and include
in the file a statement giving) one of the following labels:
1. Cleared - an arrest has been made in this case.
2. Exceptional Clearance - the identity and address or exact location of the culprit is known
and sufficient evidence to obtain a warrant exists. However, due to some reason outside
the control of the Sheriff's Office, no arrest will be made. Examples: Complainant will not
prosecute; commonwealth's attorney will not prosecute; perpetrator is dead; subject
arrested by another jurisdiction and no charges will be placed by the department.
3. False Report - the reporting party lied in order to mislead the Sheriff's Office concerning
the incident. Do not confuse unfounded and false report. It is a violation of the law to
deliberately make a false report. An unfounded report is usually made in the belief that the
offense actually occurred, but, in fact, it did not.
4. Suspended - all leads have been exhausted. No further investigation is possible or

practical until new leads develop. No case shall be suspended in the first 30 days after the
incident unless it meets one of the other reporting criteria's. A supplemental report shall be
included in the file prior to being suspended.
5. Unfounded - the offense did not really occur in the first place, although at the time of the
original report, it was believed to have occurred. If the investigation has exhausted all
leads, yet the possibility remains that new facts may come to light given future inquiry, the
case shall remain open.
All case files shall be maintained in compliance with the Code of Virginia, regarding record
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.01 - 02.06, 03.01 - 03.05, 04.04
retention and disposition.
IX. SURVEILLANCE EQUIPMENT

The Sheriff's Office has access to surveillance equipment which are available from ROCIC to
the members of this agency. This equipment is expensive and often times sophisticated and
therefore certain restrictions apply to it's use. The following restrictions and limitations apply:
A. The Sheriff or his designee shall authorize, distribute or approve the use of any surveillance
or undercover equipment owned or issued to this agency. The requesting deputy will explain
the need and purpose for it's use and shall receive instruction in the proper and safe use of the
equipment.
B. The equipment shall be inspected before being accepted and any defects shall be reported
and corrected when possible.
C. The workability of the equipment shall be inspected upon return from field use
GO 2-15: COLLECTION AND PRESERVATION OF EVIDENCE
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.01, 02.03
I. POLICY
Proper documentation, collection, preservation, and submission of physical evidence to forensic
laboratories may provide the key ingredients of any investigation. The crime scene is usually the
starting point of a criminal investigation. Through evidence located at the scene, suspects are
developed or eliminated, investigative leads are established, and theories concerning the crime
are substantiated or disproved. The officer or investigator must always be aware that any
physical evidence collected might someday have to be presented in court. Therefore, it is
imperative that each officer carefully process a crime scene not to overlook or contaminate or
destroy evidence. Physical evidence appears in many shapes, sizes and forms, thereby
necessitating various recovery, preservation, and submission techniques. The officer or
investigator shall be prepared to collect, identify, and package the evidence, in accordance with
the guidelines provided by the Department of Forensic Science, so that it will not be changed in
form and value when it reaches the laboratory. The officer collecting the evidence shall maintain
a chain of custody of that evidence in order to ensure that it is presented to the court
professionally and in compliance with the law.
II. PURPOSE
The purpose of this general order is to establish responsibilities for officers/investigator
processing crime scenes and to establish guidelines for the proper documentation, collection,
packaging, and submission of physical evidence to the forensic laboratory, and to consider the
legal dimension of the use of physical evidence.
III. PROCEDURES
A. Responsibilities of the first officer at a crime scene:
1. Responding to the scene promptly and safely.
2. Protecting the scene to prevent the destruction or contamination of evidence.
3. Preparing the original offense report.

NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.01, 02.03
4. Locating items of evidence.
5. Locating witnesses.
6. Photographing and sketching the scene when appropriate.
7. Collection of physical evidence.
8. Preservation and packaging of physical evidence.
9. Submission of evidence to the forensic lab for analysis.
B. Scene processing by an investigator: Certain serious offenses, of the type listed in GO 2-14,
require that an investigator process the crime scene.
C. Crime scene processing equipment:

a. Officer/investigator responding to a crime scene shall make a determination of
equipment needed for processing. The department shall maintain a complete evidence
collection kit to include a camera, film, sketching equipment, fingerprint recovery tools,
blood recovery materials, tweezers, scissors, boxes, bags, envelopes, tape, marking tools,
evidence tags, and materials for lifting impressions (footprints, tire tracks).
D. Arrival at the crime scene:

The following procedures shall be followed by the first officer on
the scene:
1. Deputies shall not rush into the crime scene: an armed suspect may still be present.
Rushing into the scene may also result in the accidental destruction or contamination of
evidence.
2. Deputies must first render aid to a victim at the scene, unless the officer must
immediately protect himself from a suspect still at the scene. If the officer has probable
cause to believe that the suspect committed a felony, he shall place him under arrest,
search him, and note any spontaneous statements the suspect may make, and advise him
of his rights if he is to be questioned further. After rendering aid to an injured person and
arresting a suspect, if necessary, an officer shall take care to process the crime scene in a
manner least destructive to the evidence.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.01, 02.03
3. The deputy must request the dispatcher to notify the supervisor and determine
equipment needs if the officer is competent to process the scene.
E. Protecting the scene:

1. The first officer on the scene shall establish a perimeter around the scene and direct
assisting officers to help secure it.
2. Crime scenes may be secured by the following methods:

a. deputy sheriff(s);
b. barricades or rope or banner guard used to define area to be protected;
c. signs used to control access.
F. Notes and reports - valuable records:

1. The officer's original notes are his personal and most readily available record of the
crime scene. He must refer to those notes to complete any or all other finished reports
required of actions taken at the scene of the crime.
2. Types of information the officer/investigator shall record at the scene include:

a. case number;
b. date & time of arrival at scene;
c. location of scene;
d. name of victim;
e. name of suspect, if known;
f. actions taken at scene;
g. name of collecting officer.

NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.01, 02.03
G. Preliminary scene survey:
Officer/investigator actions at the crime scene shall include the following:
1. observe and record (look but don't touch);
2. determine nature and extent of crime scene;
3. determine location of evidence;
4. determine order of collection;
5. duplicate movement of perpetrator, and plan search accordingly;
6. note all existing conditions (lighting, environment);
7. note items out of place or damaged;
8. note relationship between items;
9. make an initial rough sketch.
H. Crime scene sketch:

Detailed crime scene sketches normally are prepared only in major crimes. Minimum detail to be
contained in the sketch include:
1. time and date of preparation;
2. location of offense;
3. location of items of evidence in the scene;
4. location and names of victims, witnesses, and suspects;
5. relationship of the crime scene to other rooms, buildings, or roads;
6. name of person preparing the sketch;
7. direction of north;
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.01, 02.03
8. what lights were on/off;
9. what windows were open;
10. radio/television, on or off.
I. Photographing the scene:

At the end of the preliminary scene survey, overall photographs of
the scene shall be taken.
1. Overall photos shall be taken from several different locations.
2. If an interior scene, a wide-angle lens shall be used.
3. Photograph the surrounding area thoroughly.
J. Information to be recorded on photographs:

The deputy processing the scene may maintain a record of each photo taken at the crime/incident
scene. Information that may be recorded when taking the photos may include:
1. type of camera used;
2. kind of lighting used (existing light or flash);
3. date and time of exposure;
4. person taking photos;
5. brief description of subject in photos;
6. kind of film used;
7. case number.
K. Midrange photography: Midrange photography is used to orient the viewer as to the exact
location of items of evidence in the scene.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.01, 02.03
1. If possible, the officer shall attempt to include two items of evidence within the field of
view. If this is not possible, then a common item (desk, bed, table, etc.) should be included
in all the midrange photos.
2. Midrange photos shall always be taken with a normal lens to prevent distortion.
L. Close-up photography: Before any item of evidence is moved, a close-up photograph shall
be taken as follows:
1. Fill field of vision with item.
2. Take one close-up shot of item with a scale and one without the scale. A ruler in the
evidence collection kit can be used for this purpose.
3. The deputy can place a strip of masking tape across the face of the ruler, making sure
not to cover the measuring increments. Information to be written on the tape include:
a. item number;
b. case number;
c. date;
d. officer's initials.
M. Location of evidence-measurements:
Before collecting any item of evidence, take measurements using triangulation or the coordinate
method.
N. Collection of evidence:
1. When collecting items of evidence, the officer shall consider the use of tongs or
tweezers where possible. The officer shall avoid touching the item of evidence with his
hands or anything that might contaminate the item.
2. Proper order of collection:

a. The officer shall collect perishable evidence first.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.01, 02.03
b. If destruction of evidence is not a concern, then the officer shall work his way through
the scene, collecting in a logical sequence, trying to avoid disruption of other items of
evidence.
3. Collection of known samples:

The forensic laboratory can only compare known items with
those showing similar characteristics. Sufficient specimens or controls must be submitted for
comparisons of such items of hairs, fibers, paint, glass, soil, and tool marks.
4. Documentation of each item collected:

All items of evidence collected by the officer
processing the crime scene shall be listed on the physical evidence recovery log. For each
item listed, the following information shall be noted:
a. a complete description of the item (including make, model, and serial numbers, if any);
b. the source (from whom or location from which the item was obtained);
c. the name of the person collecting the item.
O. Marking evidence:
1. In many instances, marking and labeling evidence may represent a single process. In
instances where the evidence is large, complete identifying data may be recorded directly
on the evidence. This may include the officer's name, date, time, location of recovery, item
number, and case number.
2. In other instances, the small size or nature of the item collected will not permit complete
information noted directly on the item. In these instances, the container or attached tag
shall be marked.
3. The crime scene officer shall establish the habit of marking similar items in the same
location: for example, on the trouser band, or under the right front pocket of the trousers, or
on the right hand side of the handgun. This will save time and embarrassment in looking for
the identifying marks when asked to identify the evidence on the witness stand.
4. Instruments which may be used for marking physical evidence include permanent
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.01, 02.03
markers (felt tip pens), scribes (diamond tip or awl), or where labels are used, ballpoint
pens.
5. The officer collecting the item of evidence shall be the person responsible for marking or
labeling the item when it first comes into custody.
6. Each officer or investigator shall develop his own identifying mark. Normally it shall be
his initials, but may be some other mark.
P. Packaging of items of evidence:

1. The collecting officer shall choose a container suitable to the type of evidence he intends
to package. Considerations in choosing the proper container include:
a. the size and weight of the item;
b. whether the item is moist (which could rot or deteriorate if packaged in plastic or an
airtight container);
c. wet (soaked) items must be packaged in plastic and transported immediately, either
to the laboratory, or to a secure location to be dried.
2. The officer shall avoid any contamination of evidence by packaging all items separately.
3. Fluids or stains must not be allowed to touch and shall be carefully rolled in paper.
4. Pack the item to minimize interior movement within the package.
5. Seal the package with tape.
6. The collecting officer shall initial across the seal.
7. The officer shall label the exterior of the package.
8. Whenever possible, the package shall be labeled before placing the evidence in it so as
not to damage contents while writing on it.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.01, 02.03
9. Items submitted as evidence shall be documented on an Evidence Submittal Form.
Q. Latent fingerprinting:
When processing the crime scene for latent fingerprints, the officer/detective shall take the
following into consideration.
1. The size of the items to be dusted.
2. The type of surface.
3. Potential for destruction if moved. If movement or transporting the object will destroy
latent prints, the object shall be processed at the scene.
R. Overall measurements:
Obtaining wall, room, and building measurements is one of the last
operations to be performed in processing the crime scene. The overall measurements are vital
in the production of the final crime scene sketch but must be obtained last so as not to damage
or destroy items of evidence.
S. Final organized search:

A final, thorough search shall be conducted at the crime scene in case evidence may have been
overlooked. Wherever possible the use of a fresh officer on a final search is preferred; he or she
may find what you overlooked.
T. Preservation and submission of evidence to the forensic laboratory:

1. Responsibility for requesting lab examinations:
a. Under normal circumstances, the responsibility for the submission and request for
lab examination shall lie with the officer or investigator who actually processed the
scene and took custody of the evidence.
2. Preservation of perishable or deteriorating items:

a. When a rapidly deteriorating item of evidence has been collected (for example, a
liquid sample of semen, a blood soaked shirt, etc.), it shall be transported to the
forensic laboratory the same day, if at all possible.
b. Any time an officer transports a perishable item to the laboratory for immediate
analysis, the laboratory may be called first so they will be ready to receive it.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.01, 02.03
c. In those cases where immediate transport to the forensic lab is not possible:
1) Refrigerate (no more than one week) and transport to lab.
2) Air dry (no more than one week) and transport to lab.
3) For non-perishable items of evidence, avoid contamination and package

properly.
4) Many items submitted to the lab must be accompanied by a known specimen

so a comparison can be made. The investigating officer on the case shall be
responsible for obtaining any required known specimens, following legal
procedures, and submitting them, along with the items of evidence, to the forensic
lab for analysis and comparison.
5) The request for Laboratory Examination Form:

a) Any evidence submitted to the Department of Forensic Science, shall be
accompanied by a completed Request for Laboratory Examination Form
(RFLE). The Department of Forensic Science automatically will supply written
results on all requested examinations.
b) The investigating officer is responsible for completing the (RFLE) and

including it with the submitted evidence.
c) The bottom part of the request form is reserved for documentation of chain
of custody and must be completed by relinquishing officer as well as receiving
person at the lab.
d) For requirements as to maintaining chain of custody, see GO 2-16,

Property/Evidence Control.
U. Special consideration:
1. The officer/investigator processing a crime/incident scene shall prepare a report giving

NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.01, 02.03
an accurate account of events. This information shall be placed in the offense/incident
report and shall include:
a. date and time he arrived at scene;
b. the location of the crime;
c. the name of the victim, if any;
d. the name of the suspects, if any;
e. the officer's actions at the scene;
f. the case number.
2. Failure to recover physical evidence or photograph scenes of serious offenses:

Whenever photographs are not taken or where physical evidence is not recovered from the
scene of a serious crime against persons or property, the officer/investigator assigned
shall prepare a report giving the reasons why these things were not done. This may be
included in the offense report or subsequent follow-ups.
3. The evidence tag: Refer to GO 2-16, Property/Evidence Control.
4. Processing stolen vehicles: Stolen vehicles shall be treated with the same care in
processing for physical evidence as any other crime scene. As with any other recovered
property, the owner shall be notified as well as the agency to which it was reported stolen.
V. Legal requirements:
Officers must understand important legal principles regarding the legal use of physical
evidence. As noted above, officers must exercise the chain of custody for all evidence.
1. Definition: The chain of custody is the series of documented links between the time the
evidence was obtained until presented in court. The links are officers who handled the
evidence, and where and when they did so.
2. The most crucial principle for the collection and handling of evidence is the exclusionary
rule.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.01, 02.03
a. Definition: The exclusionary rule requires that evidence seized or discovered in violation
of the suspect's Fourth, Fifth, and Sixth Amendment rights cannot be admitted in court.
Officers shall rigorously maintain a chain of custody and shall always remain mindful of
constitutional safeguards.
GO 2-16 Property / Evidence Control
APPROVED BY: W. T. JARRATT, JR., Sheriff
I. POLICY
It is the policy of the department that all evidence and property recovered or turned into this
agency be properly packaged, handled, recorded, stored, and accounted for. All personnel
shall maintain strict accountability for all property held as property and evidence. In no way
shall these policies and procedures be interpreted to supersede any federal or state statute.
These policies and procedures are intended to comply with existing laws.
II. PURPOSE
The purpose of this order is to establish a lawful system for the safe and efficient storage and
retrieval of evidence or other valuable items that enter the custody of this department.
III. PROCEDURES
A. Officer/Investigator responsibilities:
1. The recovering officer shall be responsible to properly package and label all items
collected or recovered as property or evidence, prior to its storage, to prevent any
tampering, contaminating, or destruction of same. (See GO 2-15 for guidelines)
2. Upon return to the Sheriff's Office, the recovering officer shall immediately list and
describe all items recovered in the property section of the offense/incident report. This
shall include in the report how the items came into the possession of this office.
3. All property and evidence and all related property and evidence forms (except
those articles which are immediately taken to the lab) must be completed and placed
under the control of the property and evidence function of this office before the officer
ends his/her tour of duty. This can be accomplished by immediately delivering the
items to the temporary property lockers. Once the evidence is secured in the lockers,
the investigating officer should make notation of the time and the acknowledgment
that he has released his custody to the evidence custodian. The evidence custodian
check the temporary lockers each business day and secure all items in the evidence
room.
4. Notifications to the evidence custodians shall be done via email. Notification and
all forms that are required for submission should be emailed to
evidence.gcso@greensvillecountyva.gov . This will ensure that all evidence
custodians appointed by the Sheriff, are notified immediately. The email shall include
the following:
1) The Subject line should have the report number assigned in MFR
2) The body of the email shall include:
a. The number of items stored
b. Which temporary locker the item(s) were stored
c. Destruction Order & Request for Laboratory Analysis (RFLE) if
applicable.
i. The Destruction Order & RFLE should be the actual PDF not a
scanned copy.
5. All evidence submitted that does not have the appropriate documents submitted,
will be rejected in Mobile Field Reporting (MFR) with a reason denoted.
6. Reporting officers shall check all property against VCIN/NCIC before submitting
them into evidence.
7. For property that may be lawfully released to the owner, the recovering officer
immediately shall attempt to identify and notify the property owner or custodian (by
telephone or letter) that the department is holding their property and make
arrangements to return the property to the rightful owner.
8. The evidence custodian(s) should check the files monthly for property and
evidence that is unclaimed or of no further evidentiary value, and to obtain from the
recovering officer a signed release for disposal. Officers shall then make
arrangements for returning the property to the owner.
9. Shall ensure that final disposition of found, recovered, and evidentiary property is
accomplished within six months after legal requirements have been satisfied and in
accordance with Virginia Code sections 55-210.01-30. The evidence custodian(s)
shall report any exceptions to this to the Sheriff.
10. All property must be property packaged and each item shall be completed in
detail to include, the report number, date, victim, offender (if known), date and time of
recovery, the recovering officer and a description of the content(s) inside the evidence
bag or box. Any items that are not property packaged and documented appropriately,
will be rejected in MFR with the reason(s) noted to be corrected by the submitting
deputy.
B. Use of property and evidence module:

1. The departmental property and evidence module shall be used for all property
coming into custody of the department.
2. When handling lost/found property, a report shall be completed by the primary

officer in detail with the victim (if known) and the reporting party (the person who is
reporting the property lost/found).
3. Each item of property or evidence form shall receive a case number, which shall be
recorded on respective offense/incident reports or in the narrative of addenda. This
report information shall include a narrative detailing the circumstances by which the
property came into the possession of this office. The deputy shall include in the
offense/incident report a detailed description of each item of property obtained.
4. The deputy, who finds the property, completes the necessary paperwork, and
deposits the property in the temporary evidence lockers is responsible for final
disposition or otherwise needs to be dealt with. The original recovering officer is
further responsible for the property and all relevant paperwork until the property
leaves departmental custody permanently.
C. Temporary release of property and evidence:
1. Officers are responsible for requesting in advance evidentiary materials for

investigative cases, laboratory analysis, or testimony purposes via email
evidence.gcso@greensvillecountyva.gov.
2. When receiving evidentiary materials from the evidence room, officers must sign
for the property on the designated form. The officer's signature acknowledges receipt
and full accountability for the property, agreeing that the property shall be returned
the same day as soon as s/he leaves court. To minimize delay in picking up property,
officers shall advise the evidence custodian two business days in advance of items
they wish to obtain and the report number.
3. When returning property or evidence, officers shall sign in the items as appropriate.
The officer shall obtain the prosecutor's authorizing signature on the property form for
release of evidence on a case pending appeal. Further, the officer shall ascertain
from the prosecutor when contraband may be destroyed and, upon approval, arrange
for destruction or other disposal as soon as possible.
4. Extended release of property for use in official police business shall be permitted
only upon written authorization of the Sheriff. This authorization shall specify the
person and the property and shall fix a date on or before which the property must be
returned.
D. The property and evidence form shall be amended every time property or evidence is
disposed of or returned to the owner.
E. Evidence custodian (EC) responsibilities:

1. Shall be accountable for control of all property and evidence stored in the property
and evidence storage room, and shall ensure that all stored property is properly
documented. Shall check the temporary evidence lockers daily and secure all items
in the evidence room, assign a bar code, assign a bin, submit to lab if needed and
track chain of custody at all times until released from department liability.
2. Shall maintain an evidence room that is clean, orderly, secure and shall take
necessary steps to insure that property and evidence in custody is being protected
from damage or deterioration or theft. Lockers shall be provided for the storage of in-
custody and evidentiary property during the periods when the evidence/property is
closed.
3. Access to the property room or lockers shall be restricted only to the evidence
custodian or technician. Access by all other persons is normally prohibited.
4. All in-custody property and evidence shall be stored in a designated, secure area.
5. A separate protected area shall be maintained for the storage of money, jewelry
and precious metals.
6. Shall maintain a facility for the storage of items of perishable nature needing
refrigeration.
7. Shall be responsible for the maintenance of records on all property held by this
office indicating the status or continuity of property and evidence from entry into the
system to its final disposition and the security and access of it.
8. Shall release property and evidence only to authorized persons and may demand
proof of authorization or identification of the owner or investigating officer to whom
they are releasing property.
9. Shall require documented, escorted entry into property and evidence storage
areas by those not routinely associated with the property and evidence function.
F. Weapons:
1. Officers and employees of this department shall not under any circumstances keep
any weapon that is found, turned in or confiscated.
2. All weapons coming into the custody of this department shall be immediately
inspected to insure their safe storage. It is imperative that all firearms be unloaded
and property packaged before placing them in the locker. Firearms should have
“Made Safe” documented on the box before submitting them into evidence.
3. All firearms coming into custody of the department shall be checked by the
recovering officer against NCIC/VCIN stolen files.
G. Drugs and narcotics:

1. In the case of drug property or evidence, the recovering officer shall obtain a gross
weight (content and package) for quantitative and quality control.
a. Scales for weighing are provided at the Greensville County Sheriff's Office.
Before using the scales, officers shall check to insure the scale is at zero
balance and correctly set.
b. The gross weight shall be witnessed by another officer.
c. If the drug is a tablet or capsule, a count may be substituted for gross weight.
This exception is permissible when the drug is sealed in tamper-proof protective
packages.
2. All drug evidence shall be submitted to the lab for examination within (15) days of
receipt.
3. Each time narcotics property is removed, the package or container shall be

inspected for tampering and weighed.
4. Seizures in excess of 10 pounds of controlled substances or marijuana are
addressed in Virginia Code Section 18.2-253.1. This section sets forth disposal
procedures for large amounts of controlled substances.
H. Alcohol:
1. All property and evidence consisting of alcoholic beverages and their containers
must be sealed so that there is no chance of leakage while in police custody.
2. It is the commonwealth attorney's opinion and advice that alcoholic beverages

seized shall not all be considered contraband.
a. Contraband alcoholic beverages are those seized from underage persons
whose possession of alcoholic beverages is in itself illegal (refer to Code Article
4, Sections 53, 55, 62).
b. Alcoholic beverages seized or recovered which are not contraband or used for
evidence shall be returned to owner.
I. Blood samples (D.U.I. arrests):

If, during processing, a DUI suspect does not wish to have the private blood sample
(blue box) mailed, it is imperative that the arresting officer fill in the suspect's name
and also the time and date in the space provided on the side panel of the box. The
box shall then be secured in the evidence refrigerator.
J. Photographs:
1. Forms shall be provided for offices to mail film to the Department of Forensic
Science for processing.
2. Upon completion of court proceedings, the photos shall be returned to the

appropriate case files. (Photos may be identified on reverse side or an attached form,
including name of person taking picture, date, time, and location.)
K. Inspections, Audits and Reports:

1. Inspections and reports shall be completed, regarding the evidence and property
system, according to the following schedule or circumstances;
2. The evidence custodian shall conduct an inspection and prepare a report at least
quarterly.
3. In the event the primary property manager is assigned or transferred from the
property and evidence control function. This inspection shall include a complete
inventory of the property. This is completed jointly by the newly assigned manager
and a designee of the Sheriff, to ensure that the records or correct and properly
annotated.
4. An annual audit of the property shall be held by this office in January of each
calendar year and shall be conducted by a person not routinely or directly connected
with property control.
5. Unannounced inspections of the property areas shall be conducted quarterly by the

Sheriff.
L. Communications Officer Responsibilities:

1. When a citizen brings property into the Sheriff’s Office, s/he shall complete a
“Found Property” Call for Service (CFS) and dispatch a deputy retrieve the property
from the citizen.
2. The Communications Officer shall obtain the citizen’s driver’s license information,
current address and a valid contact number which will be documented in the names
section of the CFS.
3. No property for any reason will be received by the Communications Division or

stored there for safe keeping.
GO 2-17: DISPOSITION OF LOST OR UNCLAIMED
PROPERTY
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
I. POLICY
All lost, found, and unclaimed property of non-evidentiary value shall be disposed of according
to federal and state statutes. Personal property coming into departmental possession as evidence
may be disposed of only after approval by the commonwealth's attorney. Under no
circumstances shall property turned in or seized become property of a department employee.
II. PURPOSE
To establish guidelines for the disposal of lost, found, and unclaimed property of non-evidentiary
value.
III. PROCEDURES
A. Responsibilities:
Each deputy is responsible for the safe storage of evidence, found property, and
contraband. Deputies are equally responsible for proper record keeping of all property.
Officers shall maintain the same procedures for handling this property as if it was
evidence, plus documents concerning auctions or destruction of contraband. The Sheriff
shall ensure correct accountability of all property.
B. Release of non-evidentiary and lost/found property:

1. Non-evidentiary and lost/found property shall be released to the true owner or his agent
when claimed.
2. Satisfactory proof of ownership (e.g., serial number, receipts, sales slip, invoice) must
be presented. In lieu of proof listed above, when an owner can describe a property item in
great detail as to color, style, brand, scratches, marks, and condition (characteristics which
only the owner would know), property may be released.
3. Any other person seeking release of property, particularly when a dispute exists about
ownership, shall be advised that the property can only be released to them as a result of:
a. a valid court order; or
PROPERTY
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
b. written consent from the county attorney or commonwealth's attorney.
C. Disposal of lost, found, and non-evidentiary property:

1. The evidence custodian shall prepare a quarterly list of non-evidentiary items that have
remained unclaimed in the property locker for a period of time as specified by law,
following which disposal is required.
2. The evidence custodian shall present the quarterly property list to the Sheriff.
3. The Sheriff shall ensure disposal of these items in accordance with procedures
specified by law (e.g., advertisement, public sale, deposit of proceeds), and will provide a
certificate of disposal, properly witnessed by disinterested persons, for files. Final
disposition of found, recovered and non-evidentiary property shall be accomplished within
six months of the legal requirements having been satisfied and shall be in accordance with
Virginia Code 55-210.01-30. The Sheriff may delegate this responsibility.
D. Unclaimed money or other values:

1. Unclaimed money or other valuables held by the department that fall into or are closely
related to the following categories must be reported to the Department of the Treasury,
Division of Unclaimed Property, in accordance with Title 55, Virginia Code:
a. currency;
b. coins;
c. stamps;
d. precious metals;
e. precious stones and gems;
f. securities;
g. art objects;
h. antiques (including weapons).

PROPERTY
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
2. The Sheriff shall report annually a list of unclaimed money and valuables to the
Department of the Treasury on provided forms. Subsequent disposal of these items shall
be governed by their response.
E. Weapons:
1. Following all criminal proceedings, legally possessed weapons not ordered confiscated
by the court shall be returned to the owner or the owner's agent.
2. Proof of ownership (e.g., serial number, receipts, sales slips or detailed descriptions)
shall be required before release.
3. Disposal of contraband weapons and those ordered confiscated by the court shall be
according to court orders and Sections 18.2-308, 310, and 4-53 of the Code of Virginia.
F. Drugs/narcotics:
1. Large seizures in excess of l0 pounds of controlled substances or marijuana shall be
disposed of according to Virginia Code 18.2-253.1.
2. Controlled substances and marijuana of no evidentiary value shall be disposed of

according to Code 18.2-253.
3. Property seized in connection with the illegal manufacture, sale, or distribution of

controlled substances shall be handled according to Code 18.2-249.
G. Alcohol:
1. Alcoholic beverages, which are not contraband and have no evidentiary value shall not
be seized and shall be retained by the owner.
2. Contraband alcoholic beverages (those possessed by underage drinkers) and alcoholic

beverages confiscated by the court shall be disposed of according to Code Sections 4.53,
55, and 62.
H. Gambling:
1. Property and evidence seized incident to an arrest for violation of Code Section 18.2-
336 shall be forfeited to the Commonwealth by order of the court having last jurisdiction.
2. Money seized shall be disposed of according to court order.

GO 2-18: CRIME PREVENTION SERVICES
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
NOTE: This rule or regulation is for internal use only, and does not enlarge a deputy's civil or
directive, if proven, can only form the basis of a complaint by this Office and then only in a non-
judicial administrative setting.
I. POLICY
Crime prevention is the anticipation, recognition, and appraisal of crime risks and the initiation
of action to remove or reduce such risks. The policy of the department is to promote crime
prevention using all department employees to develop and implement procedures and programs,
which reduce the opportunity for or lessen the loss arising from crime.
II. PURPOSE
The purpose of this order is to set forth procedures for the delivery of crime prevention services.
III. PROCEDURES
A. Deputy Sheriff, generally:
1. All officers upon request and when appropriate shall provide knowledgeable, instructive
advice to the public concerning steps, which can be taken to reduce the opportunity for or
lessen the loss from crime.
2. All Deputies upon request and when appropriate shall conduct brief surveys of homes or
small businesses and orally advise the owner or occupant of security strengths and
weaknesses.
3. All officers shall be aware of and where appropriate offer their assistance to crime
prevention activities taking place within their assigned patrol area such as: neighborhood
watch and business watch.
4. All Deputies shall make referrals to the appropriate resource either within or outside the
department in response to crime prevention requests, which exceed their knowledge or
capability to accommodate.
5. No Deputy or other employee of this department shall advise any person that the use of
any crime prevention suggestion or program will prevent that person or any other person
from becoming the victim of a crime, but will only lessen the probability of victimization.
6. Crime prevention activities undertaken by Deputies shall be reported to the Sheriff.

NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
B. Crime prevention officer/ Lt. of Patrol:

1. The department's crime prevention officer is responsible for developing, implementing
and coordinating the department's crime prevention program. This assignment of
responsibility does not relieve other officers of being aware of and involved in crime
prevention procedures and activities.
2. The crime prevention officer shall request and study trends of crimes that are generally
considered preventable and develop procedures and programs to reduce the opportunity
or lessen the loss from crimes.
3. The crime prevention unit shall use the information obtained through the study of or
analysis of local crime data to target crime prevention activities or programs by crime type
and by geographic area.
4. The crime prevention officer shall consult with the other officers, supervisory and
investigative personnel to gather information concerning trends in crime, public and police
response to them. This information shall be used to target crime prevention activities or
programs in a manner as to address the public safety needs of the community.
5. Crime prevention personnel shall develop an expertise in all phases of crime prevention
including, but not limited to, the following areas:
a. security hardware;
b. alarm/warning systems;
c. lighting;
d. basic residential and business construction practices;
e. media relations;
f. public speaking;
6. The crime prevention officer shall establish a working relationship with print and
broadcast news media to promote and advertise crime prevention procedures and
programs.
7. The crime prevention officer shall establish a working relationship with professional,
civic and community groups to develop, promote, and implement crime prevention
programs.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
8. The crime prevention officer shall establish a working relationship with other local, state,
and national government and non-government crime prevention programs to exchange
information on past, current, and planned crime prevention activities.
C. Formal programs:
Officers are encouraged to develop, stimulate the growth of, or otherwise participate in the
following programs:
1. Neighborhood Watch is the formal organization of residents to enable them to deter

crime in their neighborhood by relying on their awareness of and concern for their fellow
neighbors to detect or discourage suspicious or criminal activity.
a. Requests to establish a Neighborhood Watch shall be forwarded to the Major for action.
b. The sheriff or his designee shall make an introductory presentation to the interested
Neighborhood Watch group, maintain contact with the group once established, and contact
it at least every three months.
c. The sheriff or his designee shall maintain a list of all Neighborhood Watch programs with
names, addresses, and phone numbers of leaders and block captains.
d. The sheriff or his designee may when requested by the watch groups or deemed
necessary by the Sheriff, provide crime reports to the Neighborhood Watch groups
detailing the crimes, which have been reported in their specific neighborhoods.
D. Other programs:
There are many other crime prevention programs aimed at specific types of crimes. Many
of these programs can be incorporated into public educational programs or Neighborhood
Watch activities as needed. Some of these programs are:
1. auto theft prevention;
2. child safety;
4. check fraud;
5. victim services;
6. home security;
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
Again, if necessary, the Sheriff can contact Department of Criminal Justice Services for
assistance in delivering such programs.
IV. REPORTING
A. Record keeping:
The Sheriff or his designee shall maintain up-to-date information on the following crime
prevention activities for reporting purposes and to evaluate the effectiveness of the various
programs.
1. Neighborhood Watch
a. Number of Neighborhood Watch programs.
b. Number of block captains.
c. Names, addresses, and telephone numbers of Neighborhood Watch program

leaders and block captains.
2. Educational programs
a. Number and types of programs.
b. Number of attendees.
3. Other programs
a. Number and types presented.
b. Number of participants or attendees.
V. CRIME PREVENTION ASSISTANCE

Assisting in promoting crime prevention programs can be obtained from the following:
· Virginia Crime Prevention Center

Department of Criminal Justice Services
805 East Broad Street
Richmond, Virginia 23219
(804) 786-4000
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
· Virginia Department of State Police

7700 Midlothian Turnpike
Richmond, Virginia 23235
(804) 674-2000
· National Crime Prevention Council

The Woodward Building
733 15th Street, NW
Washington, DC 20005
(202) 393-7141
· National Criminal Justice Reference Service

Box 6000
Rockville, Maryland 20805
(800) 851-3420
GO: 2-19: TRAFFIC LAW ENFORCEMENT
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 07.01 - 07.05, 07.08
I. POLICY
Traffic law enforcement involves all activities or operations, which relate to observing,
detecting, and preventing traffic law violations and taking appropriate action under the
circumstances. Traffic enforcement not only involves arrests and citations, but also includes
warnings to drivers and pedestrians, which help prevent them from committing minor violations.
Traffic enforcement may react to observed violations, at accidents, or in response to community
concerns, or may be pro-active to prevent traffic violations.
II. PURPOSE
The purpose of this order is to prescribe procedures for traffic law enforcement, preventive
patrol, proactive enforcement, and relationships with motorists, pedestrians, and the courts.
III. PROCEDURES
A. Types of enforcement actions:
1. Warnings:
Officers may give warnings to a violator whenever a minor traffic infraction is
committed in areas where traffic accidents are minimal, or when the act may be due to
ignorance of a local ordinance, which may be a unique violation or a violation, of which
the driver may not be aware.
2. Virginia Uniform Traffic Summons (UTS):

A UTS should be issued to a violator who jeopardizes the safe and efficient flow of
vehicular and pedestrian traffic, including hazardous moving violations or operating
unsafe and improperly equipped vehicles. All summonses will be issued by the patrol
sergeants and a log of issuance will be kept. The Captain of Patrol will maintain the
department copies for the period required by the Library of Virginia. All tickets issued
shall be accountable, write VOID on all eroded summonses.
3. Physical arrest:
Officers will make a physical arrest, in compliance with Virginia Code Section 46.2-
937 in the following circumstances:
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 07.01 - 07.05, 07.08
a. Violations of traffic laws pertaining to driving under the influence of alcohol or other
intoxicants.
b. Whenever a felony has been committed involving a vehicle.
c. When the operator refuses to sign the promise to appear on the traffic summons.
d. When the officer has reason to believe that the person will not comply with the
summons if issued.
e. If the operator is licensed by a non-reciprocal state, the deputy may arrest.
B. Handling special categories of violators:

1. Non-residents:
Non-residents licensed in reciprocal state will be treated the same as residents. When
the offender is licensed in a non-reciprocal state, a physical arrest or arrest on a
summons may occur.
2. Juveniles:
Juvenile traffic offenders are prosecuted in Juvenile and Domestic Relations Court and
that shall be so noted on the summons. Officers issuing a traffic summons to a juvenile
offender shall advise them of court appearance and that a parent or guardian must
accompany them when they appear before the court.
3. Foreign/diplomats and other consular officials:

Career consular officers of foreign nations are immune from arrest for criminal and
traffic offenses unless arrests are ordered by a federal magistrate. Once identified,
consular officials will not be detained unnecessarily. Consular immunity does not
normally extend to members of the consular family or employees. The burden is on the
diplomat to claim immunity and to display valid credentials.
4. Virginia Governmental Officials:

The lieutenant governor and members of the General Assembly under Title 30-6, Code
of Virginia:
During the session of the General Assembly and for five days before and after the
session, the Lieutenant Governor, a member of the General Assembly, or the Clerk
thereof, and their assistants, shall be privileged from custodial arrest except for
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 07.01 - 07.05, 07.08
treason, a felony, or a breach of the peace. The issuance of a traffic summonses for a
moving traffic offense is allowed, as is a physical arrest in the case of an offense
involving a DUI offense.
5. Military personnel:
Military personnel who are first passing through the county may be treated as non-
residents or, if from this area, as residents.
C. Information regarding traffic summons:

The Virginia Uniform Traffic Summons will be completed whenever a motorist is to be
charged with a motor vehicle violation. Officers shall advise drivers of the following
information:
1. court appearance schedule;
2. whether court appearance by the motorist is mandatory;
3. whether the motorist may be allowed to prepay the fine before court and enter a guilty
plea;
4. any other information necessary before release of the motorist.
IV. UNIFORM ENFORCEMENT POLICIES FOR TRAFFIC LAW

VIOLATIONS
A. Speed violations:
Shall be a clearly demonstrated speed in court. May depend on location of violation
(congested area, downtown, school zone, etc.).
B. Other hazardous violations:

Consider the degree of hazard, place, previous accident history of location, current
directed patrol emphasis. Seat belt/child safety seat enforcement is a very important part
of this department's duties and shall be addressed on each traffic stop. If the occupants
are using proper restraints they should be commended for doing so. If safety devices are
not being used it shall be brought to the attention of the driver and occupant(s) with the
officer having discretion as to the handling of the situation, as described in section III,
paragraph A of this GO.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 07.01 - 07.05, 07.08
C. Equipment violations:
With only annual inspections now required of vehicles, consider issuance of summons for
any essential equipment defects.
D. Public carrier/commercial vehicle violations:

Consider congestion, lack of parking, and carrier needs for delivery access. Repetitive
violators shall be cited.
E. Other non-hazardous violations:

Consider a warning unless repetitive or flagrant.
F. Multiple violations:
May cite all if deemed necessary, but normally pick the most serious violation and warn on
others.
G. DUI
See VI. of this G. O.
H. Traffic violator/officer relations:

1. Followed in all traffic stops:
a. Be alert at all times for the unexpected.
b. Be absolutely certain the observations of the traffic violation were accurate.
c. Present a professional image in dress, grooming, language, bearing, and emotional

stability.
d. Be prepared for the contact by having the necessary equipment and forms, if they
are to be used, immediately available.
e. Decide on the appropriate enforcement action based upon the violator's driving
behavior, not attitude. In most cases, decide on the formal enforcement action before
contacting the violator. Exceptions include stopping an out-of-state driver committing a
violation that would not be a violation in his jurisdiction, such as right turn on red light.
The deputy may then decide to issue a warning rather than a citation.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 07.01 - 07.05, 07.08
I. Newly-enacted laws and/or regulations:

Normally a grace period is not enforced by the Sheriff, officer will use their discretion
for warnings. If, after consultation with Commonwealth Attorney a grace period is
recommended, a memo from the Sheriff will be diseminated.
2. Before making a vehicle stop:

a. Maintain a reasonable distance between the vehicle and the patrol unit.
b. Locate a safe spot to stop the vehicle.
c. Activate the emergency lights and, when necessary, siren to signal the vehicle to
stop.
d. Advise the dispatcher of the intention to stop the particular vehicle, giving:
1) Location of the stop;
2) vehicle's license tag number and/or other description when necessary.
e. Deputies should position the patrol vehicle approximately one-half to one car length
behind the violator's vehicle. The patrol vehicle shall be positioned so that it will offer
the deputy protection from oncoming traffic. This position shall be two feet outside and
to the left of the violator's vehicle. This position provides maximum safety to the
violator, the deputy, and all other traffic.
3. Additionally, when stopping a vehicle in which the occupant(s) is (are) deemed to

present a hazard to the deputy's safety:
a. request a backup unit and calculate the stop so that the backup unit is in the
immediate area before the actual stop,
b. train the unit's auxiliary lights (spotlight and alley lights) on the occupant(s) of the
vehicle when applicable,
c. when necessary use the unit's public address system to give the occupant(s) of the
vehicle instructions.
4. Hazards.
a. On multi-lane roadways, the deputy shall insure the safety of the violator during the
lane changes by gradually changing from lane to lane with the violator until the right
side of the roadway is reached.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 07.01 - 07.05, 07.08
b. Should the violator stop abruptly in the wrong lane or in another undesirable location,
the deputy shall direct him to move to a safer location. Deputies shall use the public
address system to instruct violators to move to a safer location. If the deputy's oral
directions and gestures are misunderstood, the deputy shall quickly leave the patrol
vehicle and instruct the violator.
5. Approaching the violator.

The following steps in stopping and approaching a traffic violator are intended to
provide maximum safety for the deputy, the violator, and other users of the roadway.
Varying conditions regarding the engineering of the particular traffic way, the urgency
to stop the violator (drinking driver), and the existing volume of traffic may require
adjusting or altering the recommended procedure. Under ideal conditions, follow these
procedures if possible:
a. The deputy shall leave the patrol vehicle and be continuously alert for any suspicious
movement or actions on the part of the violator or other occupants in the violator's
vehicle.
b. The deputy shall approach from the rear of the violator's car, looking into its rear
seat, he shall place his handprint on the rear corner or trunk of vehicle and stop behind
the trailing edge of the front door. This position shall be maintained if there are only
occupants in the front seat of the vehicle. From this position, the officer can
communicate with the violator, keeping him in a slightly awkward position and at the
same time keep all occupants of the vehicle in view.
c. In cases where the violator's car has occupants in both the front and rear seats, the
deputy should approach to the leading edge of the rear door to allow visibility of any
unusual actions on the part of the occupants and choosing a path so the door cannot
be used as a weapon against the deputy. From this position, the deputy can
communicate with the violator and keep all occupants in view.
d. In traffic stops made by two-man patrol vehicles, the passenger deputy shall handle
all radio communications, write all notes and messages relayed from the
communications center, and during the traffic stop shall leave the vehicle and act as an
observer and cover for his fellow deputy. At no time shall the two deputies approach
the violator together.
e. At night, officers shall exercise caution in selecting an appropriate place for the
traffic stop, signaling the violator and positioning the patrol vehicle. After the stop, the
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 07.01 - 07.05, 07.08
headlights should be on low beam for the safety of oncoming traffic, and emergency
lights and emergency flashers in use on the patrol vehicle (as well as during the day).
Deputies operating patrol vehicles equipped with takedown lights may use them if
practicable.
6. Communicating with the violator.

In transacting his business with the violator, the officer shall observe the following rules.
a. Greet the violator courteously with an appropriate title.
b. Introduce yourself to the violator by rank/title and last name. Also ensuring that they
are aware you are a member of this office.
c. Ask for the violator's driver license and vehicle registration, (may include proof of
insurance) and accept only these forms. If the driver offers money, the officer shall
refuse the money and advise the driver of the illegality of the offer.
d. Inform the violator what traffic law he has violated and the intended enforcement
action (the violator shall not be kept in suspense).
e. If the driver has no driver's license, obtain another document of identification.

Preferably one with a photo type of ID.
f. Allow the driver to discuss the violation. Do not argue, berate, belittle, or otherwise
orally abuse the violator.
g. Complete the forms required for the enforcement action taken or exercise an oral
warning, if appropriate.
h. Explain to the violator exactly what he is supposed to do in response to the action

taken and how this action will affect him.
i. If the enforcement action requires a court appearance, make sure the violator knows
where and when to appear. Explain any alternatives to the violator, but do not predict
the actions of the court.
j. Be alert to any emotional stress exhibited by the driver. If stress is present, the
instructions may have to be repeated or the violator may need to calm down before
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 07.01 - 07.05, 07.08
resuming driving.
7. Conducting the transaction.

a. Return the violator's driver's license, registration, and a copy of the summons, if one
is issued.
b. Release the defendant after he:

1) signs the summons, and receives a copy of the summons.
c. Assist the violator in safely re-entering the traffic flow. Do not follow the violator.
D. Stopping a known or suspected felon:

Special procedures shall be used in vehicle stops when the occupants are known to be
armed and dangerous. When a vehicle driven by a known or suspected felon is located by
a deputy, he or she shall notify the dispatcher immediately of his location and give a
thorough description of the vehicle and its occupants. The deputy will keep the suspect
vehicle in view and request sufficient assistance in making the stop.
The deputy will keep support units informed of the location and direction of travel to aid
their approach with minimal use of emergency equipment. The suspect vehicle will not be
stopped unless absolutely necessary until adequate support is available and in position.
Circumstances may, however, dictate a one-deputy felony vehicle stop.
The following procedures will be used in effecting the stop:
1. The deputy will plan to stop the suspect vehicle in a location, which presents minimal
danger to other citizens.
2. When conditions are appropriate and support units available, the deputy will move into
position to the rear of the suspect vehicle.
3. The deputy will signal the violator to stop, using all emergency equipment to warn other
traffic.
4. The deputy will stop the violator on the extreme right side of the road.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 07.01 - 07.05, 07.08
5. If the violator is known to be armed and dangerous, the deputy will have his weapon
easily accessible and ready for immediate use.
6. When the suspect vehicle begins to stop, the deputy will turn off the siren and turn on the
public address system.
7. The deputy will park the patrol vehicle so that it provides maximum protection and cover.
8. At night, the deputy shall focus all lights on the interior of the suspect vehicle.
9. The deputy will leave the patrol vehicle quickly but remain behind the door and
accessible to the public address system microphone.
10. The deputy making the stop is in command and will direct each occupant, using the
public address system, to get out of the vehicle and into the appropriate search position.
a. Once suspects are stopped, the deputy shall order occupants to place their hands,
palms up, on the ceiling of the vehicle.
b. Next, the deputy shall order the driver to shut off the motor and drop the keys on the
ground outside his door.
c. The deputy should then order occupants to exit the vehicle on the driver's side only.
Occupants will then be ordered one at a time back to patrol vehicle to lie face down on
the ground and then secured.
11. If a public address system is not available, the deputy will give voice commands if they
can be heard; if this fails, the deputy will cautiously approach the vehicle, keeping all
occupants in view, to a point where he can be heard.
12. To reduce confusion, the deputy will instruct support deputies, as appropriate, and will
be the only deputy to direct the suspects.
13. The support deputies will cover the arresting deputy and remain on the curb side of the
vehicle until all occupants are in the search position.
14. Deputies shall exercise extreme caution not to get within each other's line of fire.
15. When all occupants have been removed from the vehicle, the support deputies shall
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 07.01 - 07.05, 07.08
move to cover the arresting deputies while the persons are searched.
16. Arrestees will be searched and handcuffed before transportation.
E. Persons charged with revoked/suspended operator's license:
1. A deputy who sees a person driving who is known to be under suspension or revocation
may swear out a warrant if not able to stop the violator.
2. Deputies shall issue DMV Notices of Suspension to all suspended or revoked drivers
even if that person may have already been notified by other means.
F. Speed enforcement:
Excessive speed is the second greatest cause of death and injury on the American
highways. A deputy shall uniformly enforce speed laws within Greensville County. Selective
Enforcement (stationary radar) should be enforced only on major highway such as Hwy. 58,
Hwy. 301, or I-95. The hours of selective enforcement should not interfere with your
normal tour of duty. The selective enforcement activity sheet shall be turned at the same
time as your (28) cycle sheet. Procedures for the enforcement of laws applying to speed
will vary in accordance with the type of equipment used.
1. Pacing:
The deputy shall follow the vehicle being paced at a constant interval for a distance
adequate, normally one quarter to one half mile, to obtain a speedometer reading.
Speedometers must be calibrated at least every six months and calibration filed with the
clerks of the District Courts.
2. Radar:
Radar shall not be used for "filler" or "slack" officer time, but shall be applied where
vehicle speed is a hazard to other motorists or pedestrians. The following guidelines
govern the use of radar, which will always be operated in compliance with manufacturer's
instructions. All deputies must first be certified in the use of radar and all departmental
radar units meet current NHTSA standards.
a. The radar unit must be properly installed in the vehicle and connected to the
appropriate power supply.
b. Operators must thoroughly understand the effective range of the radar unit so
observations can support the speed meter readings.
c. The operator must choose an appropriate location in accordance with the traffic
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 07.01 - 07.05, 07.08
concerns. The location must also be conducive to the effective and safe operation of
radar.
d. The radar unit shall be properly tested to insure accuracy in checking speed. The
operator must follow the manufacturer's recommended specific methods of checking
the unit for accuracy without exception. Any problems with the operation of radar units
or apparent malfunction shall be promptly reported to the sergeant.
e. In court, deputies must establish the following elements of radar speed:

1) the time, place, and location of the vehicle, the identity of the operator, the
speed of the vehicle, and the visual and radar speed check; identification of the
vehicle;
2) deputy qualifications and training in use of radar; and that the deputy was on
duty, in uniform, and displaying his badge of authority;
3) proper operating of radar unit;
4) that the unit was tested for accuracy before use and after use by an approved
method;
5) speed limit in the zone in which deputy was operating and where the signs were
posted.
f. The Lieutenant or designee is responsible for the proper care and upkeep,
maintenance, and calibration of radar units, maintenance of records, and that
appropriate certificates are filed with the clerks of District and Juvenile Courts.
V. DUI ENFORCEMENT PROCEDURES

A. General:
Various courts have interpreted driving under the influence to mean that the ability to
operate a motor vehicle is reduced or impaired by the consumption of alcoholic beverages
or other drugs. It does imply that the operator of a motor vehicle be in a state of alcoholic or
drug-induced stupor or be entirely incapable of exercising physical control of his vehicle.
Driving under the influence of intoxicants is an offense generally associated with leisure-
time activity. Consequently, most arrests are made during the evening hours or in the early
morning hours after taverns close or social gatherings end. Although the intoxicated driver
may be observed any day of the week, weekends and holidays reflect an increase of
offenses and arrests. Refer to GO 2-39 (traffic check detail).

NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 07.01 - 07.05, 07.08
B. Laws:
It is unlawful for any person to drive or operate any motor vehicle, engine, or train while
under the influence of alcohol, or while under the influence of any narcotic drug of any
nature. The term motor vehicle shall include pedal bicycles with helper motors (Mopeds),
while operated on the public highways of this State (Virginia State Code 18.2-266, 18.2-
266.1 and 18.2-268.2. A law enforcement officer may arrest without a warrant a person
who was involved in a motor vehicle accident
C. Responsibilities:
Each deputy shall be alert for suspected DUI offenders, both on patrol and in selective
enforcement areas. He/she shall use standardized roadside sobriety tests. In addition, the
alco-sensor, if available, shall be offered to each suspected driver.
D. Intoxalyzer:
1. The security, care, and maintenance of the Intoxalyzer and all physical evidence
obtained from DUI are every deputy's responsibility.
2. The regulations of the Virginia State Department of Forensic Science Laboratory

Services state: "The breath test device must be stored in a clean, dry location which is only
accessible to an authorized licensee for the purpose of actually administering a breath test,
preventative maintenance check, or other official uses."
3. The term licensee shall mean a person holding a valid license from the Virginia State
Department of Forensic Science Laboratory Services pursuant to Section 18.2-268.9 of
the Code of Virginia.
4. The Intoxalyzer is located at Southside Regional Jail, the room shall remain secure when not
in use, you can obtain the key from the jail control room.
E. Sobriety tests:
1. Deputies can administer field sobriety tests from the following list. The list names the
most commonly administered tests.
a. Gaze nystagmus (only if properly certified).
b. Walk and turn.
c. One-leg stand.
d. Reciting of alphabet.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 07.01 - 07.05, 07.08
e. 10 count.
f. Nose find.
g. Coin lift.
Deputies may employ additional tests.
2. If the operator fails the roadside tests, an alco-sensor shall be offered to the operator, if
available (Code Section 18.2-267). The operator may refuse the alco-sensor test, and
must be advised of his/her right to refuse.
3. At the deputy's discretion or if the operator fails the alco-sensor test, he/she shall be
arrested for driving under the influence and taken before the magistrate.
4. If a deputy suspects that the vehicle operator was driving under the influence of both
alcohol and drugs, or drugs alone, he may require the operator to have a blood test
performed in addition to testing for alcohol. Blood samples shall be analyzed by the
Department of Forensic Science Laboratories for evidence of alcohol and for various
illegal, prescription, and over-the-counter drugs.
5. The deputy shall make a full written report of the circumstances of the DUI arrest,
formation of probable cause, and witnesses' observations.
F. Arrest:
The arresting officer shall:
1. Advise the arrestee that any person, whether or not licensed by Virginia, who operates a
motor vehicle in this state gives implied consent to have a sample of his blood or breath
taken for a chemical test to determine the alcoholic content of this blood or for the
presence of drugs if such person is arrested for violation of 18.2-266 within three hours of
the alleged offense.
2. If the arrest occurs as a result of operation of a motor vehicle on private property or the
operation of a Moped anywhere, the Implied Consent Law (18.2-268.2) does not apply.
This shall not preclude the arresting deputy from attempting to obtain consent from the
arrested person to submit to a chemical analysis of his blood or breath. Deputies
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 07.01 - 07.05, 07.08
requesting blood or breath samples under these conditions are conducting a custodial
interrogation. Therefore, the arrested subject shall be advised of his Miranda warnings
before consent is requested. The officer shall make all reasonable attempts to obtain a
blood or breath sample.
a. Miranda is not required before the driver takes sobriety tests, or otherwise before
questioning.
3. If the arrestee refuses the available test, advise him that unreasonable refusal of the test
constitutes grounds for the revocation of the privilege of operating a motor vehicle in
Virginia, and that a separate charge shall be placed to which he will have to answer in
General District Court.
4. The arresting officer shall inform the arrestee from a form provided by the Office of the
Executive Secretary of the Virginia Supreme Court. The arresting officer shall
acknowledge on such form that he/she read the form to the arrestee.
G. Blood test procedure:

1. Take the arrested person to a physician, registered professional nurse, graduate
laboratory technician or other technician or nurse designated by order of the Circuit Court
acting upon recommendation of a licensed physician, who shall withdraw blood for the
purpose of determining its alcohol or drug or both alcohol and drug content. The blood
sample shall be placed in vials provided or approved by the Department of Forensic
Science.
2. The deputy shall witness the doctor, nurse or technician taking the blood sample and
ensure that the blood sample is taken following those procedures which are in compliance
with the Code of Virginia. The deputy shall follow the procedures as required by the
Department and Virginia code.
a. The vials shall be sealed by the person taking the sample or at his direction. The
person sealing the vials shall complete the pre-numbered certificate of blood
withdrawal forms and attach one form to each vial. The completed certificate shall
show the name of the accused, the name of the person taking the blood sample, the
date and time the blood sample was taken and information identifying the arresting or
accompanying officer.
b. The vials shall be placed in a container provided by the Department and the
container shall be sealed to prevent tampering with the vials. The deputy shall take
possession of the container as soon as the vials are placed in the container and
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 07.01 - 07.05, 07.08
sealed and shall promptly transport or mail the container to the Department.
H. Breath analysis:
1. Chemical analysis of a person's breath shall be performed by anyone possessing a
valid license, issued by the Virginia State Department of Forensic Science Laboratory.
This may include the arresting deputy or anyone participating in the arrest. In the event the
intoxalyzer machine is inoperable or a licensed operator is not available, this test is
deemed not available.
2. The type of equipment and the methods used to perform breath analysis shall be in
accordance with the regulations of the Virginia State Department of Forensic Science
Laboratory.
3. The testing officer shall issue a certificate of breath alcohol analysis (DGS-24-015)
which shall indicate that the test was conducted in accordance with the manufacturers'
specifications, the equipment on which the test was conducted has been tested in the last
six (6) months and was found to be accurate, the name of the accused, the date, the time
the sample was taken from the accused, the alcohol content of the sample, and by whom
the sample was examined.
4. The certificate of breath alcohol analysis (DGS-24-015 is a three-copy form. The forms
shall be handled as follows:
a. White copy, original, shall be given to the magistrate to be forwarded to the General
District Court along with the UTS and warrant.
b. The second or green copy will be given to the arrested person.
c. The third or yellow copy is for department use and is to be forwarded to the Sheriff
for filing for a period of one year, after which it may be destroyed.
I. Accident investigation:
Deputies shall also undertake:
1. Identification of witnesses who saw the suspect operating a motor vehicle.
2. Questioning the witness as to the suspect's condition, actions, and statements immediately
after the accident.
3. Establishing a time lapse from the time of the accident to the time of arrest.
4. Questioning the witnesses and the suspect as to what, if anything, the suspect ingested
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 07.01 - 07.05, 07.08
between the time of the accident and the deputy's arrival.
VI. SPECIAL TRAFFIC PROBLEMS

A. Identification and referral of driver recommended for reexamination to the Division of Motor
Vehicles:
During routine traffic law enforcement activities, officers frequently encounter persons
whom they suspect of being incompetent, physically or mentally disabled, or having other
conditions that might prevent the person from exercising reasonable and ordinary care
over a motor vehicle. In all such cases, in addition to whatever enforcement he or she may
take, the deputy shall notify the Virginia Division of Motor Vehicles of these findings or
suspicions, giving the violator's full name, date of birth, operator license number, and a
brief description for the disability noted. A driver deficiency report may be used for this
purpose.
B. Off-road vehicles (including dirt bikes, snowmobiles and mopeds):

1. Accidents involving off road vehicles that do not occur on a public highway do not require
a traffic accident report, (unless there is injury). If the responding officer finds it convenient,
he or she may complete an accident report, State Form FR 300 P, and attach it to the
offense report.
2. Any deputy observing an unlicensed off-road vehicle on the highways that cannot be
operated legally on public highways shall order it removed, and enforce appropriate laws.
3. Deputies shall enforce compliance with vehicle registration laws as they pertain to off-
road vehicles.
4. Deputies shall enforce laws, rules, and regulations concerning the operation of off-road
vehicles on public-owned trails, parks, or property.
C. Pedestrian and Bicycle Safety:

The Sheriff or his designee shall review the traffic accident records at least annually to
determine what enforcement actions are needed to provide a proactive pedestrian/bicycle
safety enforcement program. The Sheriff may recommend emforcement measures to his
deputies including steps to:
a. reduce or eliminate human environmental factors leading to accidents;
b. reduce or eliminate the behavior, decisions and events that lead to the accidents
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 07.01 - 07.05, 07.08
5. Deputies shall enforce roadway crossing rules and regulations.
GO 2-20: ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 07.04 - 07.11
I. POLICY
An objective of the department is the reduction of motor vehicle accidents. To accomplish this,
the department performs a variety of functions such as providing emergency service to the
injured, protecting the accident scene, conducting accident investigations and follow-ups,
preparing reports and taking proper enforcement action. The purpose of accident investigation is
to determine the cause of an automobile crash and use the information to develop enforcement
that will reduce accidents. Accident reports are used by the Division of Motor Vehicles, the
Department of State Police and the Department of Highways at the state level and by the county
locally to study the frequency of crashes at a given location and time, the causes, and the road
conditions that existed at the time. The reports are also used to develop selective enforcement
programs, engineering studies, and to promote street and highway safety.
II. PURPOSE
The purpose of this policy is to establish guidelines for the proper handling of traffic accidents
and for the collection and use of data that will reduce automobile accidents resulting in property
damage, injury or death.
III. PROCEDURES:- General

A. Accident report and investigation, general:
1. Virginia Code requirements concerning the reporting of traffic accidents include:
a. Section 46.2-371: The driver of any vehicle involved in an accident resulting in death
or injury shall immediately notify law enforcement.
b. Section 46.2-373: Deputies who investigate an accident for which a report must be
made, either at the time of and at the scene of the accident, or thereafter and
elsewhere, by interviewing participants or witnesses, shall within 24 hours after
completing the investigation forward a written report of the accident.
2. The terminology used in the above laws requires "reports of accidents." For
departmental purposes, a report is made by a deputy who has investigated an accident at
the scene or elsewhere, the length, duration and depth of investigative effort proportionate
to the seriousness or harm done.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 07.04 - 07.11
3. A deputy shall respond to and prepare a report of accident involving any of the following:
a. death or injury;
b. property damage in excess of one thousand dollars ($1,000.00);
c. hit and run;
d. impairment due to alcohol and drugs;
e. hazardous materials;
f. any accident involving county property, vehicles, equipment or facilities.
4. Deputies shall also be assigned to respond to any accident involving disturbances

between parties or which create major traffic congestion as a result of the accident or
where vehicles are damaged to the extent that towing is required. Patrol vehicles may be
assigned to any other accident, not listed above, to assist persons involved with
information exchange. Time permitting, deputies may investigate and report such
accidents for departmental use.
B. Accident scene responsibilities of the first deputy at the scene include:

1. administering emergency medical care (basic life support measures) pending arrival of
rescue squad;
2. summoning additional help as required (deputies, rescue, tow truck, etc .);
3. protecting the accident scene;
4. preserving short-lived evidence (broken parts, skid marks, etc.);
5. establishing a safe traffic pattern around the scene;
6. locating witnesses and recording key accident information (license numbers,

observation of damage only accidents, where possible, getting vehicles off roadway
immediately to get traffic moving);
7. expediting removal from roadway of vehicles, persons, and debris (in property-damage-
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 07.04 - 07.11
only accidents, when possible, get vehicles off roadway immediately to get traffic moving).
C. The deputy assigned to an accident shall have the responsibility and authority to request
assistance from any other deputies as needed. He or she becomes the primary investigating
deputy in charge at the scene, unless the supervisor deems it more appropriate to assign
another deputy these responsibilities.
D. In case of extremely inclement weather where an accident involves only property damage,
the dispatcher or deputy may, with the supervisor's approval (sergeant or above) obtain
information over the phone to complete the accident report (FR 300) and request that the
involved parties come to the department and file a report in person within 48 hours of the
incident. The employee taking the telephone report shall record the name, address, operator
license number, location of incidents, telephone number of all involved drivers and shall
forward them to the Captain of Patrol (or his designee) who will confirm the filing of the
required reports.
IV. PROCEDURES - Accident scene

A. Accident scene information collection:
1. At the scene of the accident, the investigating deputy must gather information
concerning the accident for subsequent use in completing necessary report forms.
Information to be collected at the scene may include, but is not limited to:
a. interviewing principals and witnesses and securing necessary identity/address
information;
b. examining/recording vehicle damage;
c. examining/recording effects of the accident on the roadway or off the roadway on

other property/structures, etc.;
d. taking measurements as appropriate;
e. taking photographs as appropriate;
f. collecting/processing evidence;
g. exchanging information among principals.
B. Accident investigation follow-up activities:

NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 07.04 - 07.11
1. Follow-up activities which may be necessary include:

a. collecting of scene data;
b. obtaining/recording formal statements from witnesses;
c. reconstructing accidents;
d. submitting evidentiary materials for laboratory examination;
e. preparing accident or offense reports to support criminal charges arising from the
accident.
2. In a particularly serious accident involving severe injuries, fatalities, multiple vehicles,

etc., it may be necessary to summon expert or technical assistance from photographers,
surveyors, mechanics, physicians, accident crash team specialists, or other specialists.
Such expert assistance shall be requested through the Sheriff.
a. At the scene of the accident, the deputy may take immediate enforcement action
and issue a summons for violations which resulted in or contributed to the accident.
b. If the deputy at the scene concludes the DUI and the defendant is still there, the DUI
arrest shall be made before transport.
c. If the driver is transported to the hospital before arrival of an deputy, and the deputy
later concludes DUI, an arrest warrant shall be obtained.
d. In other traffic-related investigations, when the deputy leaves the scene of the
offense and follows up and later identifies an offender or offense, arrest warrants shall
be obtained.
C. Accident scene procedures:

1. Upon the receipt of a report of a motor vehicle accident that requires the services of a
deputy the deputy assigned shall proceed immediately. The patrol vehicle shall not be
parked at the scene in a manner that will endanger other pedestrians, motorists, or
citizens. The deputy shall consider using the patrol vehicle as a shield to protect the scene
as well as himself. The deputy shall leave his vehicle emergency lights on.
2. During periods of reduced visibility or darkness, the deputy shall put on a reflector safety
vest before leaving the vehicle. Flares are available in each patrol vehicle for use in
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 07.04 - 07.11
creating an illuminated warning pattern to alert other drivers.
3. In case of danger of fire from leaking or ruptured gas tanks or where there is any major
crash of two or more vehicles with any sign of hazardous materials having been
transported, the fire department shall be called out.
4. All patrol vehicles are equipped with a copy of the current emergency response
guidebook which permits both rapid identification of DOT vehicles, and contains placards
for hazardous materials giving information concerning the nature of the hazard, emergency
procedures, and evacuation disasters. Any deputy arriving at the scene of such an
accident and seeing hazardous materials placards shall immediately request the fire
department. The fire chief will assume control of any scene involving hazardous materials
and all deputies shall provide support as required. Any investigation of the accident shall
occur after approval by the fire chief.
5. Any property belonging to accident victims shall be protected from theft or pilferage and,
if owners are not present or unable to be secured in the vehicle, it shall be brought to the
Sheriff's Office, properly tagged, and held for the victims in the evidence room as stored
property.
6. Virginia Code Section 18.2-324 requires any person clearing a wrecked or damaged
vehicle from a highway to remove any glass or other injurious substance dropped upon the
highway. Where the quantity of accident debris is too great for the wrecker operator to do
this, the county public works services or VDOT shall be requested. The fire department
shall assist in washing down combustible substances.
D. Accident report (State Form FR 300):

1. Section 46.2-373 of the Motor Vehicle Laws of Virginia states "Every law enforcement
deputy who, in the course of duty, investigates a motor vehicle accident, or in which a
report must be made either at the time of and at the scene of the accident or thereafter and
elsewhere, by interviewing participants or witnesses, within 24 hours after completing the
investigation, forward a written report of the accident to the Division of Motor Vehicles."
2. An accident report shall be filed on all accidents that occur on public property within the
county. Public property is defined, for the purpose of accident reports, as any highway,
roadway, street or public parking lot maintained by the state, or county.
3. In the event of an accident that occurs on private property, an accident report shall be
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 07.04 - 07.11
filed if it meets any of the normal reporting criteria (death, personal injury, non-vehicle
property damage in excess of $1,000.00, or involves government-operated vehicles). The
reports filed on any other type of an accident on private property shall be for departmental
use only and not forwarded to the Division of Motor Vehicles.
4. Coding of the Virginia Police Accident Report is standardized as well as mandated by

the Virginia Division of Motor Vehicles.
GO 2-21: TRAFFIC CONTROL
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
V. L. E. P. S. C. STANDARDS: OPR. 07.08, 07.11 - 07.12
I. POLICY
The Sheriff's Office performs traffic functions such as point traffic control, parking control,
emergency assistance, provides motorist information, identifies and reports hazards, checks
abandoned vehicles, recovers stolen vehicles, and provides traffic safety information and
recommendations. The department expects deputies to perform these services diligently and
responsibly, mindful of the expectations of the community.
II. PURPOSE
The purpose of this general order is to establish uniform procedures for the provision of traffic
direction control and traffic engineering.
III. PROCEDURES
A. Methods of manual direction of traffic:
1. When a deputy is directing traffic, he or she knows and uses standardized, appropriate
gestures and audible signals to stop, start, and turn traffic.
2. To indicate that the deputy is present for the purpose of directing traffic, he or she shall:
a. (may) turn the signal light (if there is one) to blink or flashing;
b. position self to be seen clearly by all, usually in the center of the intersection or street;
c. stand straight with weight equally distributed on both feet;
d. all hands and arms at his sides except when gesturing;
e. stand facing or with back to traffic which has stopped and with sides to traffic he or she
has directed to move.
3. How to stop oncoming traffic:

a. To stop traffic, the deputy shall first extend an arm and index finger toward and look
directly at the person to be stopped until he or she is aware of the deputy's gesture.
b. The pointing hand is raised at the wrist so that its palm is toward the person to be
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
stopped, and the palm is held in this position until the person is observed to stop. To stop
traffic from both directions on a two-way street, the procedures are then repeated for
traffic coming from the other direction while continuing to maintain the raised arm and
palm toward the traffic previously stopped.
4. How to start traffic:

a. The deputy shall first stand with shoulder and side towards the traffic to be started,
extend the arm and index finger toward and look directly at the appropriate driver until he
or she is aware of the deputy's gesture.
b. With the palm up, the pointing arm is swung from the elbow only, through a vertical
semi-circle until the hand is adjacent to the chin. If necessary, this gesture is repeated until
traffic begins to move. To start traffic from both directions on a two-way street, the
procedure is then repeated for traffic coming from the other direction.
B. Signaling aids:
1. The whistle may be used to get the attention of the drivers and pedestrians. It is used as
follows:
a. One long blast with a STOP signal.
b. Two short blasts with the GO signal.
c. Several short blasts to get the attention of a driver or pedestrian who does not respond
to a given signal.
2. The voice is seldom used in directing traffic. Arm gestures and the whistle are usually
sufficient. Oral orders are not easy to give or understand and often lead to misinterpretation,
which are dangerous. An order, which is shouted, can antagonize the motorist. Occasionally a
driver or pedestrian will not understand the deputy's directions. When this happens the deputy
shall move reasonably close to the person and politely and briefly explain his directions.
3. Use of flashlight with illuminated cone or baton:

a. To stop a driver with the baton, the deputy shall face the oncoming traffic, hold the baton
in the right hand, bend the right elbow, hold the baton vertically, then swing the baton from
left to right through an arc of approximately 45 degrees.
b. The GO and LEFT TURN direction are the same gestures as those previously
described except that the baton acts as an extension of the hand and index fingers.
Signals and directions given with the aid of the baton shall be exaggerated and often need
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
to be repeated because of poor visibility.
4. A flashlight alone can also be used to halt traffic, but less effectively and safely than with
cone attachment. To stop traffic, slowly swing the beam of the light across the path of
oncoming traffic. The beam from the flashlight strikes the pavement as an elongated spot of
light. After the driver has stopped, arm signals may be given in the usual manner, the vehicle's
headlight providing illumination.
C. Manual operation of traffic control devices:

On occasion, deputies must manually operate traffic control signal lights; normally either to
attempt to recycle a signal light or to place the signal lights on flash or blink. Deputies shall
manually control traffic control devices only in the following situations:
1. when traffic lights malfunction;
2. to facilitate movement at traffic accidents or other emergencies;
3. to provide a thoroughfare for a motorcade or funeral procession;
4. to alleviate congestion resulting from use of automatic controls particularly during planned
special events.
D. Temporary traffic control devices:

On occasion, deputies may make use of temporary traffic control devices such as signs, traffic
cones, signboards, and flares. Deputies may use these devices in the following situations:
1. when traffic lights or other devices malfunction or have been obscured;
2. to facilitate movement at traffic accidents or other emergencies;
3. to provide a thoroughfare for a motorcade or funeral procession;
5. to alleviate congestion resulting from use of automatic controls particularly during planned
special events.
E. Special event traffic control:

For any other special event, the Sheriff shall ensure the preparation/implementation of a
special traffic plan which addresses: ingress and egress of vehicles and pedestrians;
provisions for parking, spectator control; public transportation; assignment of point control
duties and relief; alternate traffic routing; temporary traffic controls and parking prohibitions;
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
emergency vehicle access; and appropriate media coverage of such plans.
F. Traffic control at fire scenes:

Deputies responding to the scene of a fire call shall observe the following rules regarding
traffic control:
1. No vehicles, including those of volunteer firemen, shall be allowed to drive into the area
where fire apparatus is parked and operating.
2. No vehicles shall be allowed to cross fire hoses without the approval of the fire chief.
3. In cases of fires at a facility such as the hospital or prison, no vehicles, including those
of volunteer firemen, shall be allowed on the grounds.
4. The exception to the rules above shall be life saving vehicles on actual calls for
services.
5. Parked vehicles, which interfere with fire operations, may be towed as needed.
G. Traffic control during adverse road and weather conditions:

1. A deputy may close a road if, in his opinion, the surface conditions and terrain are unusually
hazardous. He shall request Virginia Department of Transportation (VDOT) to provide
assistance in alleviating the problem.
2. The deputy shall request dispatchers to notify the proper utility company and request
additional deputies to direct traffic and safeguard movement at the scene of all downed power
lines, broken gas or water mains or at construction sites, when the situation endangers the
movement of traffic.
H. Traffic control at an accident scene:

Deputies responding to the scene of a motor vehicle accident shall observe the following rules
regarding traffic control:
1. No vehicles, including those of volunteer firemen or rescue personnel, shall be allowed to

drive directly into the area of the accident in an effort to preserve evidence and to maintain the
safety of the scene.
2. No vehicles shall be allowed to drive through the scene, at any time without the permission
of the investigating officer.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
3. The exception to the rules above shall be life saving vehicles on actual calls for services.
4. Traffic control shall be established to ensure safety at the accident scene and in a manner
which quickly and easily facilitate the safe movement of motor vehicle traffic in and around
the area.
5. Deputies directing traffic shall be in constant communications with each other, if more than
one is involved, and shall use uniform hand signals and gestures.
6. Parked vehicles, which interfere with operations, may be towed as needed.
7. Deputies may close roadways if necessary to ensure scene safety and that of the general
public.
I. Funeral Escorts: See GO 2-12.
J. Roadblocks: See GO 2-9:
K. Traffic ancillary services:

1. Stranded or disabled motorists:
a. Deputies shall provide reasonable assistance to motorists. This may include requesting
the dispatcher to call wreckers or obtaining other services as needed. Time and duty
permitting, the deputies may assist stranded and disabled motorists to obtain fuel and
repairs, but deputies are not required to perform the repairs personally.
b. Under normal circumstances, Sheriff's Office vehicles shall not be used to jump start or
push non-government-owned vehicles.
c. Deputies shall be aware of possible dangers to motorists who are stranded in isolated
areas and hazardous locations on the highway, and shall take steps to reduce these
threats by transporting motorists to safer locations or setting out flares to warn other
motorists.
d. If the deputy must leave the scene before the arrival of requested assistance, he shall
request that another unit check the area and provide assistance or protection.
e. Deputies shall be familiar with the area and be able to provide directions to various
locations within the county.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
2. Highway emergencies:
Deputies arriving at the scene of any highway emergency shall request the dispatcher to
obtain necessary services and then provide emergency first aid, fire suppression, and
obtain additional assistance as the situation requires, pending arrival of appropriate
emergency services.
3. Emergency escorts:
a. Deputies shall not provide escort to other emergency vehicles or to civilian vehicles in
medical emergencies. Deputies may direct traffic at intersections to expedite the
movement of other emergency vehicles.
4. Procedures for reporting road hazards and debris:

a. A deputy locating hazardous debris in the roadway shall remove it or request the
dispatcher to notify the Highway Department to have it removed from the road to a safe
location.
b. Deputies shall report all highway defects to the dispatchers and, in turn, dispatchers
shall contact VDOT as soon as the situation dictates.
c. Requests or suggestions for additional or new highway safety features shall be

forwarded through the chain of command to the Sheriff who will forward the request to the
appropriate department or agency, if the situation warrants. These requests shall specify
the services or actions requested and the location.
All personnel involved in traffic direction and control shall wear a reflective vest at all times.
Each deputy shall maintain a reflective traffic vest, as a part of the normal vehicle inventory.
GO 2-22: UNUSUAL OCCURRENCES
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 05.01 - 05.03
I. POLICY
Unusual occurrences include emergencies resulting from natural or man-made disasters or
civil disturbances such as riots, disorders, violence or labor disputes. Special operations
include barricade/hostage situations, bomb threats/disposal, VIP protection, special events,
and civil defense. While such occurrences are uncommon, the department expects its
personnel to respond to them in a manner consistent with its professional image.
II. PURPOSE
The Sheriff's Office must respond effectively to any unusual/special events. The many
variables involved prevent precise development of plans for specific situations; however, basic
planning can help to guide officers.
The department must be prepared to participate in the County's emergency operations plan
which covers disasters, civil defense, and civil disorder.
III. PROCEDURES
A. Administration:
1. The Sheriff is responsible for overall planning of law enforcement response to unusual
occurrences and special operations and for department participation in the county emergency
operation plan.
2. All deputies and supervisors shall familiarize themselves with all such plans in order that
they may readily perform assigned responsibilities.
3. The following General Orders provide unusual occurrences and special operations
planning, guidelines, and procedures:
a. GO 2-23, Hostage/Barricade Situations;
b. GO 2-24, Hazardous Materials Incidents;
c. GO 2-26, Civil Disturbances;

NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 05.01 - 05.03
d. GO 2-27, Disasters.
These procedures, along with a copy of the Greensville County Emergency Operations Plan
are maintained in a notebook and kept immediately available to all shift supervisors in the
Communications Center.
4. The Sheriff is responsible for coordinating all law enforcement plans with the county, or state
official charged with emergency activities.
5. The Sheriff will ensure that the Emergency Operations Plan and all Administrative Orders
relating thereto are reviewed and updated as required, but not less than annually.
6. Aid to other jurisdictions in unusual situations and mutual assistance is covered under
RR 1-17.
B. Operations:
1. A variety of maps and photomaps are available to serve in plotting operational
commitments including:
a. the communications center console map showing all key utility sites and public
buildings and areas;
b. portable map in the Sheriff's Office;
C. Special operations:
1. Supervisors must know the abilities of assigned personnel and shall use this information in
assigning or calling out officers for use in special operations. They shall use officers they
know by skill qualification, training, physical fitness and agility, psychological stability, and
interpersonal communication skills which are best suited for special operations such as
hostage/barricade, decoy/surveillance, etc.
2. Officers selected for special operations shall be under the authority of the commander
directing the special operation until properly relieved.
3. Bomb disposal operations must be conducted by either the EOD Detachment at the
nearest military base or by Virginia State Police. Telephone numbers are available to
dispatchers.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 05.01 - 05.03
D. Special events:
Special event plans shall include, at a minimum:
1. special personnel qualification requirements, if any;
2. command and control; a single position as overall supervisor or coordinator;
3. written estimates of traffic, crowd, or crime problems anticipated;
4. logistics requirements;
5. coordination inside and outside the department;
6. contingency for traffic direction and control,
7. use of special operations personnel
8. the completion of an After Action Report and Special Event Form.
E. Mobilization/call-back:
1. In any emergency or special operation where additional law enforcement resources are
required, the Sheriff may:
a. hold over the shift due to go off so that personnel of two shifts are available, or
b. call back additional personnel

1) In case of a call back, the shift supervisor will call back based on scheduling
availability.
2. As part of the call back procedures, the dispatchers, after being instructed by a supervisor,
shall notify each officer to be recalled. They shall be advised of the primary and secondary
assembly areas and the status of the alert. Deputies shall be notified as to what equipment to
bring and will be issued any other equipment necessary at the staging area.
3. Some special operations are planned weeks in advance and where possible, additional
personnel required will be given advance notification of time, place, uniform, duties, etc. For
other operations, such as raids, security considerations may limit advance notification to
minutes.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 05.01 - 05.03
4. The Sheriff or his designee shall assign personnel called back as required, using the skills,
knowledge and abilities of recalled deputies where appropriate.
5. This shall include notification of and coordination with emergency service/management

personnel.
6. Key personnel shall be assigned specific duties, i.e.. the investigators maybe used as
intelligence gathers, scene preservation and/or evidence collection.
7. All deputies are expected to respond in their assigned Sheriff's Office vehicles. Other
transportation requirements shall be addressed, such as one deputy may be assigned to drive
and operate the transport van.
8. If time allows and the occurrence is a planned event, a walk through may occur with all
involved officers receiving an incident briefing.
9. All agency equipment designed for the use in situations of unusual occurrences will be
inspected at least semi-annually for operational readiness. All stored agency property shall be
maintained in a state of operational readiness at all times. This is the responsibility of the
individual or the unit to which the property has been assigned.
GO 2-23: Hostages
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 05.01
I. POLICY
Hostage and barricade situations present special problems to deputies and citizens because of
their danger. Each hostage/barricade situation is different, but a basic plan may provide officers
with guidelines to help defuse the situation safely. Whatever happens, the Sheriff's Office
expects its deputies to react logically and sensibly. Above all, deputies shall not fuel a hostage
taker's stress but should strive to contain or limit the situation.
II. PURPOSE
The purpose of this general order is to establish procedures to follow should a hostage/barricade
situation arise.
III. PROCEDURE
A. General:
The first 10-20 minutes of a hostage/barricade situation are the most emotionally charged
and, therefore, offer the greatest danger. Stress is high among both deputies and citizens
involved. Normally, there is no need to rush to a solution: time may reduce stress and allow
communication to begin. Additionally, time is needed to assess the situation and to secure
the surrounding area.
B. Dispatcher responsibilities:
Since dispatchers may be the first to receive information concerning a hostage/barricade
situation, they shall gather as much information as possible and transmit it to officers in the
field clearly and quickly so upon arrival at the scene they are aware of the dangers.
Information gathered by dispatchers shall include answers to the following questions. Try to
keep the caller on the telephone until deputies arrive. The on duty dispatcher shall make contact
with the Sheriff and Major to make them aware of the situation.
1. Where is the event taking place?
2. Where is the complainant calling from (number and location)?

GO 2-23: Hostages
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 05.01
3. What are complainant's name and telephone number?
4. Can complainant see the scene?
5. Are the suspects armed? With what?
6. How many suspects are there?
7. What do suspects look like?
8. Are there any other persons involved? If so, how many?
9. Is officer already there or approaching the scene?
C. Responsibilities of first deputy and supervisor on scene:

The duties and responsibilities of the first deputy on the scene include the following.
1. Assess whether a hostage/barricaded situation exists.
2. Inform dispatch and request the supervisor's presence and additional back-up.
3. Attempt to contain the situation at its present location.
4. Safely remove all innocent persons from the danger area. Those persons who cannot be
removed immediately shall be instructed to seek protection where they are if gunfire is
taking place.
5. Inform the on-duty supervisor of all pertinent facts upon his arrival.
6. Assist the on-duty supervisor in gathering as much information as possible about the
situation, including the following.
a. Suspects:
1) Location: floor, room, roof, basement?
2) What types of weapons does he possess (handguns, rifles, hand grenades,

dynamite, etc.)?
3) Who is he, a criminal suspect (burglar, rapist), mentally ill, militant? Complete
physical description? Mental and physical condition?
GO 2-23: Hostages
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 05.01
4) What is his purpose?
5) What crime has he committed?
b. Hostage: physical description (age, height, weight, sex, hair, etc.)? Physical and
mental condition?
c. Location:
1) Interior and exterior descriptions.
2) Identify all possible escape routes.
3) Determine locations of service (water and electricity connections.
4) Determine in which rooms telephones are located.
5) Determine if a police scanner is in the building.
D. Supervisor's responsibilities:
Upon arrival at the scene, the supervisor shall assume command of all law enforcement
personnel and make all appropriate decisions until he is relived by higher authority. Duties
and responsibilities of the supervisor include the following.
1.Notify appropriate personnel within Sheriff's Office and support agencies.

a. The supervisor shall notify the Sheriff and Major.
b. After determining the danger of the situation, the supervisor or his designee shall
make the appropriate notifications, which may include call-backs.
c. Call back of Sheriff's Office personnel: see GO 2-22, Unusual Occurrences.
d. Rescue squad shall be asked to stand by in designated staging area that will keep them
from any potential hazard(s)
e. Hospital emergency room shall be asked to maintain an alert to possible injuries.
f. Fire department shall be asked to stand by in designated staging area that will keep them
from any potential hazard(s).
g. The Virginia State Police can provide a number of specialized services such as
GO 2-23: Hostages
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 05.01
tactical response teams, hostage negotiators, K-9 units and the aviation units. (To
contact the State Police, or other agencies, see RR 1-17, Jurisdiction/Mutual Aid).
h. News media shall be asked to inform public to stay out of area. See RR 1-13.
2. Establish an inside and outside perimeter to ensure a safe area in which to operate.
3. Establish a command post in a safe area while maintaining observation of the scene.
4. Arrange for the evacuation of any injured persons.
5. Arrange for and supervise the evacuation of any bystander in the danger area. If
bystanders cannot be evacuated, they shall be instructed to seek protection where they
are.
6. Establish communications with the suspect(s) or suspects to determine their demands

or intentions. Some guidelines to be followed in establishing communications include the
following steps.
a. Attempt to locate relatives, friends, or neighbors.
b. The telephone company will assist if a telephone number is needed.
c. If unable to contact the suspect by telephone, use public address system or the
bullhorn.
d. Have a relative or friend converse with the suspect, but do not allow that person to
go inside the building.
e. Make every effort to persuade the suspect to surrender voluntarily before using
force.
E. Special equipment:
Hostage/barricade incidents may require the use of specialized equipment on the scene.
All officers assigned to the immediate area of danger shall wear protective vests.
F. Use of force/chemical agents:

The on-duty supervisor following consultation with the Sheriff or his designee shall
authorize the use of force or chemical agents. See GO 2-6, Use of Force.
G. Negotiating with barricaded persons/hostage taker:

GO 2-23: Hostages
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 05.01
Negotiation involves establishing trust between the hostage taker, requiring "give and
take" on both parts. This should be done by trained negotiations personnel with the
assistance of their support staff. Of primary importance is establishing a dialog are the
following points.
1. In negotiating, practically all demands are negotiable except:
a. supplying the hostage with weapons;
b. additional hostages or exchange of hostages.
H. Chase/surveillance vehicle/control of travel route:

The on-duty supervisor shall ensure that, should the hostage taker get a vehicle, all
possible routes of travel are covered by units. Additionally, surveillance vehicles may be
assigned in order to observe the activities of the hostage taker.
I. De-escalation:
Once the hostage taker has been captured, the following actions shall be performed:
1. The suspect shall be removed from the scene immediately in a screened unit. His rights
shall be read to him and he shall be searched by the officer assigned to investigate the
case. He shall be taken directly to headquarters.
2. Hostages shall be removed immediately upon capture of the suspect.

a. The on-scene supervisor shall alert all participants by radio that the hostages are
coming out.
b. Medical treatment shall be provided, if needed.
c. Find a quiet area so that hostages may be united with their families.
d. The on-duty supervisor shall assign the investigator to interview each hostage to
obtain statements.
3. The crime scene shall be preserved until processed for evidence by officers assigned.
a. The area will remain cordoned off until the on-duty supervisor declares it open.
b. Units that are no longer needed shall be cleared for normal assignments by the on-
duty supervisor.
c. Investigations shall be made into any surrounding property damage, e.g., bullet holes
in neighboring building or destroyed lawns and gardens. Investigations shall include
GO 2-23: Hostages
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 05.01
pictures.
J. After action reports:

The on-duty supervisor shall submit a comprehensive report to the Sheriff through the chain
of command on all hostage/ barricade incidents containing all facts.
GO 2-25: Bomb Threat(s)
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
I. POLICY
Bomb threats and actual bomb emergencies present a serious threat to officers, the public, and to
property. Recently, more actual bombings of public and private buildings have occurred than at
any time this century. Law enforcement must be able to respond effectively to all bomb threats,
assess them, and handle each efficiently to provide for the safety of the general public.
Additionally, officers must be able to properly investigate bomb threat/bomb emergencies in
order to apprehend those responsible.
II. PURPOSE
The purpose of this general order is to establish procedures for handling bomb threats and actual
bomb emergencies.
III. PROCEDURES
A. Administration:
1. The on-scene supervisor shall have the authority to implement this plan and shall
assume command of the operation until relieved by someone with higher authority.
2. In accordance with GO 2-14, Investigations, bomb threats normally shall be investigated

by Investigators.
3. The FBI, ATF and VA. State Police must be notified of any actual bombings. Bomb
blasts in schools or at federal installations shall be investigated by the FBI and ATF.
B. Duties and responsibilities of dispatcher:

The duties and responsibilities of the dispatcher receiving a bomb threat/bomb emergency
call include:
1. Obtain as much information as possible by utilizing the bomb threat check list to complete all
information that is critical during a bomb threat
C. Duties and responsibilities of the on-duty supervisor:

Upon notification by the dispatcher, the supervisor shall immediately respond to the scene.
Radios, pagers and cell phones shall be turned off. Additionally, the supervisor shall:
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
1. Assess the situation, make a determination to notify command personnel,

investigative personnel or FBI and VA. State Police.
a. If a call back of additional deputies is necessary, the dispatcher shall be

instructed to do so in accordance with GO 2-22, Unusual Occurrences.
b. Determine what outside agencies shall be notified or assistance requested

such as Fire, Rescue, Hospitals, the FBI, the ATF and/or Virginia State Police.
c. If a bomb is found, have the dispatcher contact the State Police.
2. Interview the person who received the original call. All details, such as the caller's voice,
mannerisms, background noises, and the time shall be noted. The time the call was
received is most important since some bombs can be activated by a watch or clock which
restricts the "bomber" to a 12-hour period or less. Play back the tape recording of the
bomb call, if one was made.
3. Instruct deputies about traffic control in the general area.
4. Establish a security perimeter around the scene.
5. Coordinate with outside agencies that have been called, as they arrive.
D. Duties and responsibilities of investigating officer:

Upon arrival at the scene, the investigating officer shall assume responsibility for the
completion of the preliminary investigation and begin a follow-up in accordance with GO 2-
14, Investigations. If an actual explosion has occurred, detailed investigation and crime
scene processing should await the arrival of the investigator.
E. Evacuation
1. The final decision to evacuate a building must be left up to its management. The role of
law enforcement is to provide information and recommendations which the management
officials may use in making the evacuation decision.
2. If the decision is made to evacuate the building, deputies may assist in the process.
F. Searching the premises:

1. The decision to search a building is also a management decision, with police providing
recommendations. Since building employees are most familiar with the building and the
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
space therein, part of the building management responsibility includes providing

assistance to police/fire building search teams.
2. When the decision to search has been made, the on-scene supervisor shall designate
search team(s) as needed, depending on the size of the area to be searched.
3. Deputies shall coordinate the search to avoid repetition. Care should be exercised,
however, to impress upon the searchers the importance of not disturbing any suspected
bomb that may be located. A floor plan of the building shall be obtained and made
available for immediate reference.
4. All areas open to the public shall be given special attention: restrooms, trash
receptacles, stair- wells, elevator shafts, etc. Custodians shall be directed by their own
supervisors, on Sheriff's Office orders, to check their closets and storage areas for any
unusual objects and supervisors shall ask their subordinates to check their work areas for
unusual objects.
5. Nothing shall be done to change the environment of the area searched, such as cutting
on light switches or thermostats until the area has been searched thoroughly using
flashlights. DO NOT USE RADIOS when approaching or searching the area. DO NOT
SMOKE.
6. Never tell management personnel that everything is all clear. Tell them that the search
revealed nothing, but let them make any decisions concerning re-occupation of the building
area.
7. If a search reveals an unusual device or bomb, officers shall not attempt to disarm or
move it in any manner. The explosive may contain an anti-disturbance device and should
be approached only by explosive experts. The main concern is to safeguard lives by
isolating the area. If a suspected bomb is found, the dispatcher shall contact the Virginia
State Police for a bomb tech. A disposal team shall respond to handle the device, and has
all necessary equipment to handle bomb disposal operations.
G. Communications:
Due to the danger of possible bomb detonation from radio transmissions all police radios,
pagers, and cell phones at the scene shall be turned off. Communications between the
supervisor and dispatch shall by telephone or a deputy can be sent several blocks away to
transmit messages using the police radio.
H. Scene protection/evidence collection:

NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
If an explosive device has been detonated, the scene shall remain protected until the
detective or outside agency arrives to begin scene processing. Deputies/detectives shall
give any assistance requested by the outside agency.
I. After-action report:
Offense reports shall be completed on each bomb threat/bomb emergency. Additionally,
an after-action report shall be completed by the supervisor to the Sheriff relating all facts of
the incident and recommendations, if appropriate.
J. News Media Access:

Media access shall initially be prohibited until the scene has been made safe. Their
equipment may cause the same hazards as law enforcement radios and cellular phones.
News media access then, shall be handled in accordance with GO 2-22 and RR 1-13.
GO 2-26: Civil Disturbances
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
V. L. E. P. S. C. STANDARDS: OPR. 05.01 - 05.02
I. POLICY
Civil disturbances may take various forms and vary in size and amount of danger of the public.
Civil disturbances include riots, disorders, and violence arising from dissident gatherings, rock
concerts, political conventions, and labor disputes. Of primary importance in any civil
disturbance is defusing the situation and restoring order. Officers must be able to respond to any
civil disturbance, isolate it from the remainder of the community, protect life and property, and
maintain control.
II. PURPOSE
The purpose of this general order is to establish procedures for the Sheriff's Office's response to
and handling of civil disturbances.
III. PROCEDURES
A. Authority for plan implementation:
1. On-duty supervisors are authorized to implement this plan. Appropriate notification of
implementation shall be made to the Sheriff.
a. The Sheriff shall immediately notify the county administrator of the situation and shall
keep him advised of any changes.
2. The on-duty supervisor shall be responsible for implementing the plan until relieved by a
higher ranking supervisor.
B. Departmental resources:
The supervisor implementing this plan shall determine what, if any, additional departmental
resources are required.
1. Additional personnel may be called back in accordance with GO 2-22, Unusual

Occurrences.
2. For additional equipment needs beyond that readily available, the supervisor shall
contact the Sheriff or his designee immediately.
a. Each deputy shall have readily available a protective (bullet-proof) vest and baton.
C. Duties of first officer(s) on the scene:

The duties of the first officer(s) arriving at the scene of a disturbance include the following
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

steps.
1. Observe the situation from a safe distance and determine if crowd is peaceful or
potentially violent.
2. Notify the dispatcher concerning the seriousness of the situation and request the
supervisor and additional back up to respond.
3. Try to identify, by observation, the leader of the group.
D. Duties of the on-scene supervisor:

Upon arrival at the scene, the supervisor shall assume command until relieved by higher
authority. His or her duties and responsibilities shall include:
1. Assessing the situation for seriousness and danger (If the situation is minor, it may be
handled with existing resources);
2. Maintaining communications with the dispatcher providing such information as:

a. Estimated size of the crowd and area involved;
b. Gauging the mood of the crowd;
c. Weapons, if any, involved;
d. Any destroyed property involved.
3. Establishing a command post from his vehicle or a suitable structure in the area of the
incident, using the Sheriff's Office radio for communication;
4. Deciding on number of personnel/equipment needed. If a call back is begun, the

supervisor shall determine the assembly point and equipment to be worn.
5. Instructing dispatch to make proper notifications, to include:

a. Fire Department-- Request to stand by in a designated staging area that is safe and out of
harms way.
b. Rescue Squad—Request to stand by in a designated staging area that is safe and out of harms
way.
c. Hospital emergency rooms;
d. Neighboring jurisdictions;
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

e. State Police;
f. Ethnic/Civic group leaders;
g. News media to provide public information;
h. Commonwealth's Attorney to provide legal advice on arrest/confinement;
i. District/juvenile court judges and magistrates for arrest/confinement;
j. National Guard
k. Jail
6. Instructing officers about traffic control in disturbance area or rerouting of traffic around
or out of the affected area.
7. Instructing responding agencies to have a representative respond to the Command Post

so as to facilitate the establishment of a unified command structure.
E. Duties and responsibilities of dispatchers:

When a civil disturbance arises, dispatchers shall:
1. Make appropriate notifications requested by the supervisor. Deputies, notified of call

back, shall be told when and where to report and what personal equipment will be needed.
2. Make news media referrals to the supervisor.
3. Refer inquiries about any casualties to the appropriate hospital.
F. Operations:
Once appropriate and adequate personnel are in place, the supervisor shall:
1. Approach the crowd and inform the leader or leaders that the assembly is unlawful and
they have to disperse. If the crowd is violent, this may be accomplished by using the P.A.
system in patrol vehicles or the bullhorn.
2. A time limit for dispersal should be established and no extensions allowed.
3. If the crowd fails to disperse and continues its activity, the supervisor shall, after
consultation with the Sheriff:
a. Authorize the use of tear gas/force;
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

b. Order the formation of police lines and move into the crowd for control.
G. Transportation:
All departmental vehicles shall be available for transportation of officers and equipment to the
scene, and for prisoner transport form the scene. If additional transportation is required, the
Sheriff shall be contacted for additional vehicles.
H. Public facility security:

Attempts shall be made to provide security to all public facilities threatened by any crowd to
include:
1. Town water supply;
2. Fire/Rescue/ buildings and access to them;
3. Courthouse and administration building
4. Schools
5. Jail
6. Airport
I. Public information/rumor control:

The Sheriff or his designee shall respond to appropriate news media requests in order to
keep the public informed and to dispel rumors.
J. De-escalation procedures:
Once the disturbance has been brought under control and the situation has returned to
normal, the supervisor shall begin de-escalation procedures to include the following steps.
1. Disengage officers as appropriate.

a. On duty deputies shall return to normal patrol operation.
b. Called-back officers shall return issued equipment to the command post.
2. Assign deputies to remain in area of disturbance to protect from any recurrence of

trouble.
3. Discontinue the command post.
4. Ensure that departmental equipment is collected.

NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
K. Post-occurrence duties/after-action reports:

The supervisor, or designee, upon returning to the Sheriff's Office shall perform the
following duties.
1. Prepare a detailed report, providing all factual information about the incident to the
Sheriff, along with any appropriate recommendations.
2. Provide factual information to the news media.
3. Arrange for evidence collection at the scene.
L. Mass arrest procedures:

During the course of a civil disturbance, mass arrests may become a reality and must be
handled quickly and efficiently providing for transportation to jail, release on summons,
arrestee rights, etc.
Arrested persons shall be removed from the point of disturbance by the arresting deputy
and brought to where initial booking shall take place. The supervisor shall establish an
arrest team to handle prisoners. Arrest team duties shall include the following steps.
1. Photograph the arrested person with the arresting officer using a Polaroid or digital
camera if necessary. Arrest/identification information shall be recorded on the back of the
photo or noted by photo number.
2. The Jail staff shall be notified as soon as possible of the likelihood of mass arrests to
allow for preparation on the part of the staff there. If possible approximate numbers of
arrestees shall be provided to the jail staff with updates being provided when possible.
3. Mutual Aid Agreements may be utilized with other area agencies being requested to
assist at the direction of the Sheriff or his designee. The authority and actions of the
requested agencies shall be in accordance with the mutual aid agreements in place.
4. Prisoners shall then be transported to jail where formal charging/booking shall take
place. Transportation will be through the incident commander and may include the use of
vehicles from the Sheriff's Office, the Virginia State Police, the Greensville Correctional
Center and other mutual aid agencies as requested.
5. Those charged, if transported, shall be provided with the essential items upon their
arrival at jail such as food, water and sanitary facilities if needed.
6. Arrested persons shall be allowed the opportunity to contact legal counsel, at the
conclusion of booking.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

7. Arrested persons who are injured shall be given the opportunity for medical treatment
before any booking begins.
8. The Commonwealth's Attorney or his assistant shall provide legal advice to the
supervisor as appropriate.
9. Juveniles involved in arrests shall be treated according to procedures set forth in GO 2-

29, Juvenile Procedures.
10. Teams will be established as necessary to locate, collect and document evidence. The
arresting officer or the arrest team in some situations may also accomplish this. These
teams shall be provided with direction and/or the needed equipment by the investigation
section of the Sheriff's Office.
11. Media relations/public information shall be in accordance with section III, paragraph “I”
of this GO.
M. Use of force
Officers shall use the minimum amount of force necessary to effect an arrest or control the
disturbance. Refer to GO 2-6 for use of force information.
GO 2-27: DISASTERS
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
I. POLICY
The following plan for handling disasters is a rough outline of duties and responsibilities that
generally apply.
II. PURPOSE
To establish procedures for responding to a natural or man-made disaster.
III. PROCEDURES
A. Definitions
1. Natural disaster: Any hurricane, tornado, storm, flood, high water, wind-driven water,
earthquake, drought, blizzard, ice storm, fire or other natural catastrophe resulting in damage,
hardship, suffering or possible loss of life.
2. Man-made disaster: Any industrial or transportation accident, explosion, conflagration,

major power failure, resources shortage, or other condition such as sabotage, oil spills, and
other injurious environmental contaminations which threaten or cause damage to property,
human suffering, hardship or loss of life.
B. Authority for placing plan into operation:

1. On-duty supervisors (sergeants or above) are authorized to place this plan into operation.
Appropriate notification of situations requiring plan implementation must be made to the
Sheriff or his designee. The Sheriff or his designee shall immediately notify the county
administrator of the situation and will keep him advised of any changes.
2. The supervisor shall be responsible to implement the plan until relieved by a higher ranking
member of this office.
C. Departmental resources:
1. Supervisors implementing this plan may determine that additional departmental resources
are required.
GO 2-27: DISASTERS
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
2. Additional personnel may be called back in accordance with GO 2-22, Unusual

Occurrences.
3. For equipment needs beyond that readily available to the supervisor, he shall contact
immediately the Sheriff or his designee.
4. The Sheriff's Office shall communicate with its members using the assigned radio
frequencies. Communications with other county agencies shall be accomplished using the
county mutual aid/or fire frequency. Contact may be made with other responding law
enforcement agencies using the SIRS frequency.
5. The on-site supervisor shall have available a cellular telephone to use for traffic not suitable
for radio transmission or to contact necessary individuals who are not available by radio.
6. Maps are available at the Sheriff's Office Communications Center. Portable maps shall be
in each supervisor's assigned vehicle (map books). Additional county maps should be
available to each supervisor to be used as a situational map, and shall be kept for use in the
after action report/debrief if necessary.
D. Disaster operations:
1. The exact nature of the disaster, buildings or area affected, location, and potential danger
will determine the response. The supervisor shall give consideration to the following:
a. All units at the scene of a disaster must provide information concerning conditions
found, so that the supervisor can evaluate the magnitude of the required response.
Dispatch shall also obtain information for the supervisor from other emergency service
and utilities as available.
b. Depending on the nature of the disaster, a field command post may be established in
the vicinity of the disaster. The command post shall be the vehicle of the ranking officer
present at the scene. In any major disaster, the command post shall be located at the
Sheriff's Office/EOC. Command decisions for this incident shall come from this command
post. Representatives from each agency involved shall be requested to respond to the
command post to facilitate the establishment of a unified command structure.
c. The supervisor must communicate necessary information to emergency services,

utilities, county departments, and to media agencies. Under some circumstances, it may
GO 2-27: DISASTERS
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

also be necessary to loan radios to emergency service/utility crews with whom essential
contact must be maintained.
d. In any situation involving casualties, provision of casualty information shall be the

responsibility of the hospital and public inquiries shall be so directed.
e. The Sheriff shall have area media agencies notified and establish a media briefing
point either in the vicinity of a small-scale disaster or at the Sheriff's Department/EOC in
case of an area-wide disaster. Regularly, information shall be provided directly to media
representatives present. All media agencies shall be advised that no telephone inquiries
will be responded to, in order to reduce the burden on dispatchers and telephone lines.
Rumor control shall be a part of the process of the media contacts and the incident
commander may appoint a rumor control officer if desired.
f. The supervisor or Sheriff shall advise the Virginia State Police office and area law
enforcement offices of any disaster and may, subsequently, request additional law
enforcement support as required.
g. The involvement of one or more buildings, public or private, can generate a requirement
for security to prevent looting, theft, or trespass.
h. It may be necessary to block roads, direct traffic in and/or reroute traffic away from the
affected area. Emergency service units shall be so advised, and announcements made
over local radio stations.
i. Necessary public works and utilities companies shall be notified of road clearance
needs, broken mains, and downed lines.
j. The supervisor or Sheriff shall ensure an orderly de-escalation of controls and personnel
as the disaster is reduced.
k. Any special transportation needs may be requested from appropriate county

departments or other emergency services.
l. Supervisors involved shall prepare after-action reports concerning all law enforcement
activities during a disaster as well as recommendations concerning the handling of any
future problems. A complete after-action report shall be provided to the county
administrator by the Sheriff. After-action reports shall include any budgetary impact,
GO 2-27: DISASTERS
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

commitments, and obligations.
F. SEARCH AND RESCUE:

All lost person searches in Greensville County fall under the legal authority of the Greensville
County Sheriff's Office. All participants in such searches must obey all legal orders of this
Office. These efforts may be supplemented by a request to the County's Fire and Emergency
Medical Services and/or the Virginia Department of Emergency Services. These requests may
be for aviation units, additional SAR personnel, canines and other resources.
1. All search efforts must be approved and coordinated by the Sheriff's Office or its appointed
representatives. Individuals operating outside this framework will be at the risk of arrest for
trespassing, interfering with law enforcement officers, and other violations of the law and
ordinances. Experience has shown that "freelancing" tends to harm the search effort and can
result in increased dangers to searchers and to decreasing the chances of a successful
outcome.
2. Once a deputy has arrived on a missing person call, the deputy should make a
determination of whether the person is a runaway or is, in fact, missing or lost. If lost, the
deputy should contact his/her supervisor and notify the supervisor of the situation. It will be
the supervisor's responsibility to make a determination if a search and rescue team is needed.
If needed, the supervisor will notify communications, who will make contact with the Sheriff
or his designee. Upon arrival at the scene, the Sheriff or his designee will take charge of the
operation.
3. After being advised of the situation and the facts related to incident by the on scene deputy
the incident commander shall determine the areas to be searched, the best search methods
to be utilized, and the need for additional resources.
4. Each search team will have a team leader appointed by the incident commander and that
individual shall report directly to the incident commander.
5. Each team leader will receive an assignment and he/she shall communicate that
GO 2-27: DISASTERS
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

assignment to their respective team members.
6. Each team leader shall maintain a team roster and shall be aware of the location of his/her
entire team as the search progresses.
7. All searchers must be equipped for the task assigned. Suggestions are given below for
proper dress and equipment. Unless properly dressed and equipped, an individual will not be
assigned a task.
8. All searchers are expected to register upon arriving at the command center and before
leaving the search area.
9. If a SCUBA diving team is required for a drowning victim, the Virginia State Police have
divers available who can be contacted by communications.
10. Off-duty deputies will also be utilized when necessary.
E. SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS AND SUGGESTED EQUIPMENT NOTE:

Additional equipment and clothing may be required by specific team leaders or for
specific tasks. Team leaders have the final say for their tasks.
1. No one under 16 years old will be assigned field tasks. If under 18 years old, registration
must be approved by a parent or guardian.
2. Good health and stamina are essential for field personnel. Persons with health problems
that may effect performance under severe field conditions should not sign up for field tasks.
Searchers may be asked to carry heavy loads over rough terrain for long distances. If a
searcher finds him or herself in any distress, STOP THE TEAM LEADER UNTIL THE
PROBLEM IS RESOLVED. Do not become a victim and hence make matters worse.
3. Be prepared emotionally. Injuries to fellow searchers or the discovery of the injured missing
party may be emotionally devastating. If a searcher feels unable to handle such emotion,
he/she should not sign up for field tasks.
4. Proper clothing is critical. High topped leather, waterproofed boots are recommended as
are briar-proof pants, jacket, gloves and other garments as needed depending upon the
weather. Clothing that can be adapted to temperature extremes is also recommended.
GO 2-27: DISASTERS
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
5. Each searcher should have at least one good flashlight and extra batteries.
6. Each searcher should understand the assigned task. Listen carefully to briefings before
entering the field and after completing tasks. All clues and pertinent information should be
reported to search headquarters.
GO 2-28: VICTIM SERVICES - Appendix 1:
Crisis Intervention Skills
A crisis is any situation where stress (the crime) leads to a breakdown of usual coping
(problem-solving) methods. Morton Bard defines the crisis of victimization as the
sudden, arbitrary, unpredictable violation of self that leaves a victim feeling so shattered
that he or she cannot continue to function the way he or she did before the crime
occurred.
A victim's response to crisis is the series of reactions to the stress of a sudden or

unexpected trauma. The response may include the following:
1. Immediate response to crisis--shock, disbelief, denial, helplessness.
2. Post-trauma display of emotions--anger, fear, frustration, guilt, depression.
Examples:
 screaming, crying, hysterics
 severe depression
 uncontrolled body trembling
 anger, clenched fists, locked jaws
 rapid speech and breathing
 frozen into immobility
 overtly calm after violence
 physical opposites--ex. calm vocal tone and wringing of hands
3. Re-experiencing the incident

 nightmares
 flashbacks (especially on month/year anniversaries)
 tunnel vision (think only of the crime)
 unresponsive, immobile
 confrontation with reality bit by bit
 mind avoids details (self-doubt, self-denial)
4. Resolution
 coming to terms with reality of victimization
 regaining lost control over life
 resuming a normal existence
 may take 2 months to 2 years to reach
It is very important for victims to know this reaction can occur (they aren't going crazy).
To know that these are normal symptoms can help the victim predict and prepare. To
understand this reaction will help them move toward a resolution. Most victims can
resolve this crisis reaction by themselves or with the assistance or short-term
counseling.
Crisis intervention means to alleviate the discomfort a person is feeling due to the
impact of a crisis. It is psychological first aid meant to focus on immediate help. It helps
the person function by mobilizing resources and finding successful ways to cope with
the incident.
The key to crisis intervention is active listening. It involves listening to the words spoken
and the feelings expressed--sometimes they are incongruous. Listening with empathy,
which is listening from the speaker's viewpoint, not the listener's, is very important. The
listener's reflection and clarification of feelings, summaries, and understanding is part of
the process as well. The appearance of genuine caring and trust is essential in the
relationship.
Objectives of Crisis Intervention

1. To appear genuinely interested in helping (for rapport).
2. To get victim to talk freely and frankly and to assess a problem (includes identifying
and clarifying the problem).
3. To be aware of and respect the person's responsibility to make own decisions.
4. To be accepting, objective, and non-judgmental toward the victim's account.
5. To assist the person in putting things into perspective by helping to focus on needs
and to be aware of alternatives and resources including person's own emotional
strengths.
6. To listen carefully to what the person has to say, allowing him or her to tell the story
in their own way and to ventilate feelings (active listening).
7. To reassure the person and offer emotional support along with assistance and
guidance.
8. To provide pertinent information regarding the crisis.

9. To refer to the appropriate agency (agencies) which can best meet the person's
needs.
Victims can give clearer, more accurate accounts of the incident if their intense feelings
have been replaced with feelings of calm and trust. Help the victims to help themselves
and they will also help you.
GO 2-28: VICTIM SERVICES - Appendix 2: Interviewing
"Interviewing is the questioning of a person who is believed to possess knowledge that is of

official interest of the investigator." (O'Hara, C., Fundamentals of Criminal Investigation).
Several factors influence interviewing skills at the crime scene and at later investigations.
They include an understanding of crisis/stress theory, personality of the victim, type of
response given to the victim, and knowledge of interviewing procedures.
Stages of the interview process:

1. Preparation--build security and rapport, focus on victim needs, emphasize feelings
2. Information--obtain good reconstruction of incident by use of good communication skills
3. Supportive closure--develop partnership with victim, explain future criminal justice contacts
Principles of Interviewing
1. Interview should occur as soon as possible after crime.
2. Setting must be as safe, comfortable, and private as possible (more information will be
shared).
3. Introduce self and state reason for your presence.
4. Establish an honest rapport with victim.
5. Listen to what the victim says (requests) and react to his/her needs.
6. Remember the goal of interviewing is to get information from the other person. Talk only
enough to keep him talking and to maintain necessary control over the interview.
7. Observe both verbal and non-verbal communication.
8. Ask the victim to state in his/her own words what happened.
9. Do not argue with the victim.
10. Maintain strict impartiality. Don't pass judgment.
11. Avoid making any suggestions during the interview.
12. Don't jump to conclusions in an effort to summarize.
13. Help prepare victim for future contact with the justice system.
Techniques of Questioning
1. Questions should be simple.
2. Questions should be asked one at a time to avoid confusion.
3. Questions should not be worked to give the impression of an implied answer.
4. Allow the victim to "save face" if a mistake is made in answering.
5. Project a positive attitude and ask questions in a positive manner.
6. Silence is not to be taken as a negative attitude. It allows time to think and clarify responses.
7. Interviewer must not dominate the interview. The victim needs to regain control lost during
the crime.
8. Ask open-ended questions to increase the amount of information that will be given. Do not
ask "yes" or "no" closed questions except at the beginning of interview when it is important
for victim to gain some measure of control by simple decision making.
Verbal/Non-Verbal Techniques
1. Eye contact--Direct eye contact is important for communicating to the victim that one is
listening and concerned.
2. Body posture--Monitor one's body posture to determine what is being communicated

(leaning towards victim indicates interest, sitting upright and rigid indicates impersonality,
arms crossed and stern look provokes anxiety).
3. Uniform--Remove hat and turn down radio.
4. Personal distance--Closeness to victim expresses concern, too close is less than two feet
(can be threatening), greater distance increases formality.
5. Touching--Help the victim's initiation of touching by putting forth hand or placing it close on
table to allow victim to reach out (as a beacon to the victim, officer allows the victim to touch
for reassurance if he or she so desires without undue pressure).
6. Vocalization--The volume, speed, pacing of speech is important:

a. Speak to victim in slow, soft voice.
b. Allow a few seconds between questions.
c. Pacing questions slowly gives the impression of patience and concern.
7. Notetaking--Ask permission to take notes first. Explain that notetaking is necessary for
accuracy.
8. Active listening--Use the skills of listening:

a. clarification;
b. summarization;
c. allowing silence.
Interview Interrogation
Why? (purpose) To gather and to test validity of information to
To gather and to test validity of information to determine that the subject was responsible for,
determine the particulars of the matters under or involved in, the matter under investigation
investigation.
Who? (subject) Persons suspected of crimes as well as others
Victims and witnesses who are willing to who may have information but are reluctant to
provide police with any information they offer it.
possess about the matter under investigation.
When? (timing) Interrogations should take place ideally when

Interviews should take place as soon as the investigation
possible after the event has occurred so has gathered enough information to know how
statements of witnesses are not affected by truthful the subject is. They are more fruitful
memory loss, influence of talking to others, after witnesses and victims have been
and other factors. Immediate gathering of interviewed and physical evidence has been
information enables the investigator to prepare located and evaluated.
for interrogation of suspects.
Where? (location) The Sheriff's Office is best since it enables the
At a place convenient and familiar to the officer to control completely the security of the
subject; or in a subject as well as other factors that might tend
neutral setting. The subject's home, place of to be distracting.
business, or
any other place where privacy is assured, is
preferred.
How? (method) Basically, the same method as with interviews
Low pressure, informal atmosphere is preferred but the atmosphere is more formal and the
to allow the subject to tell in narrative style officer works toward a more specific purpose.
what he or she has to offer. Specific questions
should be used to gather more detail and to jog
the witness's memory.
How (( Interview Interrogation

Why (purpose) To gather and to test validity of information to determine the particulars of the
matters under investigation. Who (subject) Victims and witnesses who are willing to provide
police
with any information they possess about the matter under investigation. When (timing)
Interviews
should take place as soon as possible after the event has occurred so statements of witnesses are
not affected by memory loss, influence of talking to others, and other factors. Immediate
gathering of information enables the investigator to prepare for interrogation of suspects. Where
(location) At a place convenient and familiar to the subject; or in a neutral setting. The subject's
home, place of business, or any other place where privacy is assured, is preferred. How (method)
Low pressure, informal atmosphere is preferred to allow the subject to tell in narrative style what
he or she has to offer. Specific questions should be used to gather more detail and to jog the
witness's memory. To gather and to test validity of information to determine that the subject
was responsible for, or involved in, the matter under investigation Persons suspected of crimes as
well as others who may have information but are reluctant to offer it. Interrogations should take
place ideally when the investigation has gathered enough information to know how truthful the
subject is. They are more fruitful after witnesses and victims have been interviewed and physical
evidence has been located and evaluated. The Sheriff's Office is best since it enables the officer
to control completely the security of the subject as well as other factors that might tend to be
distracting. Basically, the same method as with interviews but the atmosphere is more formal and
the officer works toward a more specific purpose.
(From the Criminal Justice Training Council, Vermont 1987)
Printed Information For Victims
Distribution of certain printed materials to crime victims or their representatives is a necessity in

order for adequate and thorough information to be disseminated. The following are attached and
recommended:
 Victim Compensation Information Card ((VA Code 19.2-368.1 to .18)

Obtain brochures and applications from
Division of Crime Victims' Compensation
P.O. Box 5423, Richmond, VA 23220,(804) 257-8686 or 1-800-552-4007.
 An Informational Guide for Crime Victims in Virginia

Obtain from Department of Criminal Justice Services, 805 E. Broad Street,
Richmond, VA 23219, (804) 786-4000.
 An Informational Guide for Witnesses of Crime

Obtain from Department of Criminal Justice Services, 805 E. Broad Street,
Richmond, VA 23219, (804) 786-4000.
 Victim/witness assistance program brochure (attach one from your locality).
Other brochures available at no charge from the Department of Criminal Justice Services
include:
 Victim/Witness Assistance Program brochures (samples)
 A Statement of Principles and Recommended Judicial Practices to Assure Fair

Treatment of Crime Victims and Witnesses
 Sexual Assault--A Handbook for Victims
 Sexual Assault--How to Recognize It, How to Prevent it
 Virginia Network for Victims and Witnesses of Crime Brochure
 Law Enforcement's Role in Victim Assistance - video

GO 2-28: Victim Services
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 13.01
I. POLICY
"If we take the justice out of the criminal justice system, we leave behind a system that serves
only the criminal" (L. Herrington, Chairman, President's Task Force on Victims of Crime, 1982).
The rights of suspects and defendants involved in the criminal process are unquestionably
important; yet it is equally important to protect the rights of the victims of crime. Victims have a
need and an expectation to obtain fair and humane treatment from law enforcement personnel.
Crime victims often suffer physical, psychological, and financial injuries. The first source of
protection for most victims is the police officer. "The manner in which police officers treat a
victim affects not only his immediate and long term ability to deal with the event but also his
willingness to assist in a prosecution" (President's Task Force on Crime, 1982). A victim treated
well during crisis provides the officer with a better witness who will give a more accurate
account of what happened. The department recognizes the importance of adequate victim
services. Responsiveness to the needs of crime victims is a department priority.
II. PURPOSE
The purpose of the policy is to establish guidelines, responsibilities, and procedures for crime
victim assistance.
II. SUMMARY OF VICTIM AND WITNESS RIGHT

All crime victims and witnesses are afforded certain rights under the Virginia Code (section
19.2-11.1). It shall be the responsibility of the local crime victim and witness assistance program
to provide the information and assistance required by this chapter. However, every employee of
the Greensville Sheriff's Office shall be aware of these rights and endeavor to assure that these
rights are addressed as effectively and efficiently as possible by this office.
§ 19.2-11.01. Crime victim and witness rights.
A. In recognition of the Commonwealth's concern for the victims and witnesses of crime, it is
the purpose of this chapter to ensure that the full impact of crime is brought to the attention of
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 13.01
the courts of the Commonwealth; that crime victims and witnesses are treated with dignity,
respect and sensitivity; and that their privacy is protected to the extent permissible under law. It
is the further purpose of this chapter to ensure that victims and witnesses are informed of the
rights provided to them under the laws of the Commonwealth; that they receive authorized
services as appropriate; and that they have the opportunity to be heard by law-enforcement
agencies, attorneys for the Commonwealth, corrections agencies and the judiciary at all critical
stages of the criminal justice process to the extent permissible under law. Unless otherwise
stated and subject to the provisions of § 19.2-11.1, it shall be the responsibility of a locality's
crime victim and witness assistance program to provide the information and assistance
required by this chapter. Following a crime, law-enforcement personnel shall provide the victim
with a standardized form listing the specific rights afforded to crime victims. The form shall
include a telephone number by which the victim can receive further information and assistance in
securing the rights afforded crime victims.
1. Victim and witness protection.

a. In order that victims and witnesses receive protection from harm and threats of harm
arising out of their cooperation with law-enforcement, or prosecution efforts, they shall
be provided with information as to the level of protection which may be available
pursuant to § 52-35 or to any other federal, state or local program providing protection,
and shall be assisted in obtaining this protection from the appropriate authorities.
b. Victims and witnesses shall be provided, where available, a separate waiting area
during court proceedings that affords them privacy and protection from intimidation.
2. Financial assistance.
a. Victims shall be informed of financial assistance and social services available to
them as victims of a crime, including information on their possible right to file a claim
for compensation from the Crime Victims' Compensation Fund pursuant to Chapter
21.1 (§ 19.2-368.1 et seq.) of Title 19.2 and on other available assistance and
services.
b. Victims shall be assisted in having any property held by law-enforcement agencies

for evidentiary purposes returned promptly in accordance with §§ 19.2-270.1 and 19.2-
270.2.
c. Victims shall be advised that restitution is available for damages or loss resulting
from an offense and shall be assisted in seeking restitution in accordance with §§
19.2-305, 19.2-305.1, Chapter 21.1 (§ 19.2-368.1 et seq.) of Title 19.2, Article 21 (§
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 13.01
58.1-520 et seq.) of Chapter 3 of Title 58.1, and other applicable laws of the
Commonwealth.
3. Notices.
a. Victims and witnesses shall be (i) provided with appropriate employer intercession
services to ensure that employers of victims and witnesses will cooperate with the
criminal justice process in order to minimize an employee's loss of pay and other
benefits resulting from court appearances and (ii) advised that pursuant to § 18.2-
465.1 it is unlawful for an employer to penalize an employee for appearing in court
pursuant to a summons or subpoena.
b. Victims shall receive advance notification when practicable from the attorney for the
Commonwealth of judicial proceedings relating to their case and shall be notified when
practicable of any change in court dates in accordance with § 19.2-265.01 if they have
provided their names, current addresses and telephone numbers.
c. Victims shall receive notification if requested subject to such reasonable procedures

as the Attorney General may require pursuant to § 2.2.-511, from the A.G. of the filing
and disposition of any appeal or habeas corpus proceeding involving their case.
d. Victims shall be notified by the Department of Corrections or a sheriff or jail

superintendent in whose custody an escape, change of name, transfer, release or
discharge of a prisoner occurs pursuant to the provisions of §§ 53.1-133.02 and 53.1-
160 if they have provided their names, current addresses and telephone numbers in
writing. (These notification forms are available at the Office of Commonwealth
Attorney.)
e. Victims shall be advised that, in order to protect their right to receive notices and
offer input, all agencies and persons having such duties must have current victim
addresses and telephone numbers given by the victims. Victims shall also be advised
that any such information given shall be confidential as provided by § 19.2-11.2.
4. Victim input.
a. Victims shall be given the opportunity, pursuant to § 19.2-299.1, to prepare a written
victim impact statement prior to sentencing of a defendant and may provide
information to any individual or agency charged with investigating the social history of a
person or preparing a victim impact statement under the provisions of §§ 16.1-273
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 13.01
and 53.1-155 or any other applicable law.
b. Victims shall have the right to remain in the courtroom during a criminal trial or
proceeding pursuant to the provisions of § 19.2-265.01.
c. On motion of the attorney for the Commonwealth, victims shall be given the
opportunity, pursuant to §§ 19.2-264.4 and 19.2-295.3, to testify prior to sentencing of
a defendant regarding the impact of the offense.
5. Courtroom assistance.
a. Victims and witnesses shall be informed that their addresses and telephone
numbers may not be disclosed, pursuant to the provisions of §§ 19.2-11.2 and 19.2-
269.2, except when necessary for the conduct of the criminal proceeding.
b. Victims and witnesses shall be advised that they have the right to the services of an
interpreter in accordance with §§ 19.2-164 and 19.2-164.1.
c. Victims of certain sexual offenses shall be advised that there may be a closed
preliminary hearing in accordance with § 18.2-67.8 and, if a victim was fourteen years
of age or younger on the date of the offense and is sixteen or under at the time of the
trial, two-way closed-circuit television may be used in the taking of testimony in
accordance with § 18.2-67.9.
B. For purposes of this chapter, "victim" means (i) a person who has suffered physical,
psychological or economic harm as a direct result of the commission of a felony or of assault
and battery in violation of §§ 18.2-57, 18.2-57.1 or § 18.2-57.2, stalking in violation of § 18.2-
60.3, sexual battery in violation of § 18.2-67.4, attempted sexual battery in violation of § 18.2-
67.5, maiming or driving while intoxicated in violation of § 18.2-51.4 or § 18.2-266, (ii) a
spouse or child of such a person, (iii) a parent or legal guardian of such a person who is a
minor, or (iv) a spouse, parent or legal guardian of such a person who is physically or mentally
incapacitated or was the victim of a homicide; however, "victim" does not mean a parent, child,
spouse or legal guardian who commits a felony or other enumerated criminal offense against a
victim as defined in clause (i) of this subsection.
C. Officials and employees of the judiciary, including court services units, law-enforcement
agencies, the Department of Corrections, attorneys for the Commonwealth and public
defenders, shall be provided with copies of this chapter by the Department of Criminal Justice
Services or a crime victim and witness assistance program. Each agency, officer or employee
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 13.01
who has a responsibility or responsibilities to victims under this chapter or other applicable law
shall make reasonable efforts to become informed about these responsibilities and to ensure
that victims and witnesses receive such information and services to which they may be entitled
under applicable law, provided that no liability or cause of action shall arise from the failure to
make such efforts or from the failure of such victims or witnesses to receive any such
information or services.
§ 19.2 -11.2 Crime victim's right to nondisclosure of certain information
D. Upon request of any crime victim, neither a law-enforcement agency, the attorney
Commonwealth, a court nor the Dept. of Corrections, nor any employee of any of them may
disclose except among themselves the residential address, telephone number or place of
employment of the victim or a member of the victim's family. Except with the written consent of
victim, a law enforcement agency may disclose to the public information which directly or
indirectly identifies the victim of a crime involving any sexual assault, sexual abuse or family
abuse. The exception to the aforementioned is to the extent that disclosure is of the site of the
crime, required by law, necessary for law enforcement purposes or permitted by the court for
good cause.
(1995, c. 687; 1996, c. 546; 1997, c. 691; 1998, c. 485; 1999, cc. 668, 702, 844.)
III. PROCEDURES-General
A. General responsibilities:
1. "Victim" means a person who suffers as a direct result of a crime committed upon
his/her property or person. (Virginia Code 19.2-368.2)
2. All members of the department have responsibilities for and shall support crime victim
assistance procedures.
3. Department personnel shall consider victims as clients of the criminal justice system
who are to be treated with respect and fairness.
4. Department personnel shall view victim assistance as a partnership. Better treatment of

victims will result in better investigations leading to more convictions.
5. All personnel shall receive periodic in-service training on the nature and impact of
victimization.
a. Training and information may be provided by the Emporia/Greensville Victim Assistance
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 13.01
Program.
b. Deputies will have brochures available to give to victims to help them access local
agencies that can assist them.
6. Deputies are required to render assistance to victims, unless victims refuse it. An officer
who has a duty to act to assist a victim may be liable for negligence for improperly
performing, or failing to perform, a duty. (Federal and state courts have decided recently
that victims of crime have a right to equal protection of the law under the 14th Amendment
of the Constitution and that victims, under certain circumstances, may have a special
relationship with law enforcement agencies. Failure to provide either an appropriate
response to victims or to respond upon the pleading of a victim for help may be judged as
malfeasance or nonfeasance of official law enforcement duties and obligations.)
IV. DISPATCHER RESPONSIBILITIES - (Includes personnel who

receive calls for assistance.)
A. Dispatchers are often the first police personnel to talk with crime victims; thus, they must
make judgments about the appropriate response needed to the victim's call.
1. Dispatchers are to follow the caller interrogation sheets gather the appropriate information
from the caller:
B. Crime victims may respond in several different ways. Behavior and words of victims (no
matter how hysterical or uncooperative) should be considered a normal part of the process of
dealing with victims.
C. Dispatchers shall maintain a written list of department personnel and other agencies who
can provide information and assistance to victims or their representatives. The Sheriff or his
designee shall ensure that the list is updated annually.
V. PATROL RESPONSIBILITIES (First officer on scene; see also GO 2-14)

A. Arrival at scene.
1. Patrol deputies shall:
a. record date and time of arrival;
b. determine location and condition of victim;

NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 13.01
c. determine if suspect is still at crime scene (initiate crime broadcast, if applicable);
d. summon ambulance, if indicated.
2. Patrol deputies must explain their role to crime victims and why they need to ask
questions.
3. Patrol deputies shall know and practice crisis intervention skills. (See Appendix 1 to
this General Order.)
B. Crime scene preservation:

1. First officer on the scene is responsible for preserving crime scene and to fully explain to
the victim what the investigation will entail. (See GO 2-15)
2. Ensure that evidence is not destroyed or contaminated. Further, an officer must remain
at the crime scene until evidence is processed.
3. Victim must be informed of the necessity of taking photographs of the person and
removing personal belongings for evidence. Deputies shall use tact in explaining evidence
collection procedures because the victim may well be upset or distraught. (See GO 2-15)
C. Officers shall demonstrate concern for the victim/witness after the crime has occurred. To
this end, deputies shall freely provide information about available social services, medical
services, counseling services and compensation programs as well as the criminal justice
process, or accommodate any other reasonable need.
Victim Assistance staff may be summoned to assist with crisis intervention and to accompany
victims to hospitals, if there is need of medical services or for the collection of evidence in
sexual assault cases. Providing the victim with the number of these agencies to allow them to
make arrangements at a later time if they so desire.
D. Identify and separate witnesses:

1. Record names and addresses of witnesses and other persons at the scene.
2. Obtain valid identification, if possible.
3. Obtain preliminary statements.

NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 13.01
E. Interview victim separately from witnesses and in privacy.
1. Victims are interviewed; suspects are interrogated. Interviews with victims require
patience, firm but not overbearing control, tact, and a demonstrated concern for their
discomfort.
2. Establish rapport with the victim. Explain the necessity of asking specific personal
questions.
3. Use appropriate interview techniques.
4. For further instruction, see Appendix 2 to this General Order.
F. Assess medical/psychological needs of victim.

1) Arrange for appropriate treatment as soon as possible. The victim may want or
need to be examined and reassured of his or her physical condition. Similarly, the
victim may want or need to speak to someone for psychological support (relative,
friend, or counselor).
2) The victim may be confused or unable to express his or her needs. Use good
judgment and, if appropriate, refer victim to another agency.
G. Transportation of crime victims.

1. Victims may be transported in department vehicles when necessary to accomplish a law
enforcement purpose: to a medical facility, to the department to facilitate other advocate
services or other criminal justice agency.
2. Once the victim is taken to the necessary destination, an officer will escort the victim
inside, ensuring that the proper authority is notified of arrival.
H. Completing the crime (incident) report.

1. The purpose of the crime report is to document the incident for further investigation and
prosecution.
2. Reports must be factual, clear, concise, and unbiased.
3. Be specific. Use victim's own terminology in report.
4. Avoid personal opinions regarding any comments made by victims or witnesses.

NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 13.01
5. Use effective communicative skills which are both easy to understand and supportive of
the victim. (See Appendix 1 to this General Order.)
6. At completion of the initial investigation, provide the victim with the case number,
officer's name and badge number, classification of crime, date of report, and phone
number to obtain or relay additional information or to receive information about the status
of the case. Advise victim of how to obtain a copy of incident report.
I. Patrol officers shall give brochures to the victim or victim's representative that explain the next
steps to be taken in the case.
J. Determine where the victim will be over the next several months: obtain addresses for any
temporary or permanent residence, place of business, or other place to contact.
K. Patrol deputies shall distribute the following to crime victims or their representatives. (See
Appendix 3 to this General Order.)
1. .Victim Assistance card/brochure
2. In the case of domestic violence, brochure from that agency
3. Assure the victim that someone from Victim Assistance Program or domestic violence
will contact them and provide them with more detailed information and assistance.
L. Property control: If an officer takes property from the victim for purposes of investigation, he
or she shall provide a written receipt for the property to the victim accompanied by an
explanation of why it is required as evidence. (See GO 2-16)
M. Notify the victim of the department's interest in protection from intimidation or threats by
defendant, his family or friends. Instruct the victim to call the Sheriff's Office immediately if this
occurs.
N. Media relations (See RR 1-13):
1. Use discretion with media personnel by protecting the victim's identity. Do not release
the victim's name or address. Advise reporters to contact the Sheriff or Major for
information.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 13.01
O. When the investigator arrives, the patrol deputy will report all that has been done.
VI. INVESTIGATORS RESPONSIBILITIES

A. The Investigators purpose is to follow-up the preliminary investigation, to provide additional
investigation to effect an arrest, and to prepare the case for prosecution. Immediate
assignment of an investigator may occur following personal violent crimes. (See GO 2-14 and
patrol responsibilities, GO 2-12.)
B. Arrival at scene.
1. Upon arrival, the investigator shall receive a report from the patrol deputy who completed
the preliminary investigation.
2. Investigators must explain their role to crime victims and why they need to ask additional
questions. Investigators shall if not detrimental to the successful prosecution of the case,
explain to the victim/witness the procedures involved in their case and the role of the
individual in those procedures. Also explain the need for and procedures concerning crime
lab tests.
3. Investigators shall be able to apply crisis intervention skills. (See Appendix 1 to this
General Order.)
C. Collection of additional evidence.

1. Investigators shall gather all pertinent evidence at the scene that will lead to the
apprehension of the criminal.
2. Make the necessary arrangements for forensic tests, drawings, and photographs.
3. Use proper collection techniques. (See General Orders 2-15 and 2-16.)
4. Record all information with accuracy, clarity, and completeness.
5. Review test results after their return from lab.
D. Care and return of victim's property used as evidence.

1. Notify victim where the property is stored, when it can be reclaimed, and how to reclaim
it. Victim's may also be advised that the Victim Assistance Program can assist them with
reclaiming their property.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 13.01
2. Expedite the return of property. Photograph as much as possible in order to return the
property to its owner sooner. (See GO 2-16).
E. Seek other pertinent information from other officers.

Review preliminary reports and prepare notes concerning items/information needed.
F. Conduct any further interviews of victims (and witnesses) several hours or days following the
incident. Choose a time and place convenient for the victim, if possible. An advocate from the
Victim Assistance Program can assist in scheduling and transportation if needed. (See
Appendices 1 and 2.)
1. Obtain additional information that the victim was reluctant or forgot to provide during the
preliminary investigation.
2. Clarify any inconsistencies in the original report.
3. Check for bruises or injuries which were not initially visible or not photographed and
have photos taken.
G. Transportation of crime victims. (See paragraph V.G)
H. Attempt to determine the identity of the suspect(s), if unknown, through the use of one or
more of the following:
1. Arrange for the victim to develop a composite drawing.
2. Arrange for victim to review police photographs. Provide necessary transportation. To

assure an accurate identification, a reasonable number of photos shall be shown to the
victim, even if suspect is selected almost immediately. (See GO 2-1)
3. Arrange for victim to review physical line-up of potential suspects. Provide the victim with
the necessary transportation. Explain the process to be used and choose a time
convenient for the victim.
4. Before viewing the line-up, the victim shall be instructed as follows:

a. Neither the victim's identity nor address will be revealed to the suspect.
b. The purpose of the line-up is as much to exonerate the innocent as it is to identify the
accused.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 13.01
c. Victims must look at the line carefully and voice any doubts or uncertainties about an
identification.
d. A victim may request that the participants in the line speak certain words, make
certain gestures, or assume particular poses. All participants will be required to
perform the same acts.
e. Victims are not required to talk to the defense attorney during the line-up.
5. Identification procedures may be very traumatic for the victim as he or she will be
confronting the accused for, perhaps, the first time since the incident. Allow victim's
attorney or advocate to accompany him/her during the line-up.
I. Arrest of suspect. The victim shall be notified as soon as possible about the arrest, custody
status, and charges filed.
J. The investigator shall prepare a case presentation to include any available evidence and lab
results, for use in court. Remember, the investigator will be with the victim through all court
proceedings while prosecutors and defense attorneys may change.
K. It is the investigators responsibility to:

1. maintain victim's case confidentiality;
2. protect the victim/take action regarding intimidation or threats by the defendant and his
family or friends;
3. keep the victim informed of results of hospital/lab tests;
4. explain the criminal justice procedures pending. Remind the victim that he or she will see
the accused in court and reassure the victim's safety;
5. work closely with prosecuting attorneys in pretrial and trial preparations;
6. give victim one's name and phone number for further contacts;
7. advise victim of social service agencies, including the victim assistance program (such
as victim/witness assistance program, domestic violence shelter, or sexual assault center)
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 13.01
if one exists in the area.
L. The investigator shall notify the victim when the department closes (clears) the case by any of
these means:
1. Victim non-cooperation, which should happen rarely if victims are encouraged and
supported during the investigation.
2. Cases of non-prosecution: Explain to the victim that a lack of prosecution or legal

insufficiency does not reflect on his or her credibility.
3. Unfounded cases--only when it is proven that the offense did not occur.
4. Exceptional clearance--consult the UCR guidelines for this procedure and explain
reasons to the victim.
Appendix 1 to General Order 2-28: Crisis Intervention Skills
Appendix 2 to General Order 2-28: Interviewing
Appendix 3 to General Order 2-28: Printed Information For Victims

GO 2-29: JUVENILE PROCEDURES
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.06, 04.01 - 04.03, 08.03
I. POLICY
The department's interests and commitments concerning juvenile offenders reflect those of the
community: the development and perpetuation of programs designed to prevent and control
juvenile delinquency. All members of the Sheriff's Office share the responsibility for
participating in and supporting the agency's juvenile operations function. The department expects
deputies to handle juveniles consistent with common sense and the dictates of state law. The
authority to carry out the provisions of this order derive from Virginia Code Sections 16.1-246,
16.1-247, and 16.1-299. In case of minor or status offenses, officers should divert juveniles from
the formal criminal justice process, and instead choose other options such as community referral.
II. PURPOSE
To establish guidelines and procedures for handling juveniles who are in need of protection, in
violation of status offenses, and those charged with criminal offenses.
III. DEFINITIONS
A. Child, Juvenile, Minor: A person who is less than eighteen years of age.
B. Status Offender: A juvenile who commits an act which is unlawful only if committed by a
juvenile, i.e.,
(1) a juvenile who is subject to compulsory school attendance but is habitually absent without
justification (truant);
(2) a juvenile who is habitually disobedient to the lawful commands of
parents or other responsible persons (incorrigible); (3) a juvenile who remains away from or
who habitually deserts or abandons the family (runaway).
C. Delinquent Acts: Acts designated as a violation of a law of the Commonwealth of Virginia or

an ordinance of any city, county, town or federal law, but not to include status offenses.
D. Delinquent Child: A child who has committed a delinquent act or an adult who had
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.06, 04.01 - 04.03, 08.03
committed a delinquent act prior to his/her 18th birthday.
E. Intake Officer: A juvenile probation officer who is designated by law as having the quasi-
judicial authority to decide probable cause, divert or petition the court and leave a detention or
shelter care order.
F. Juvenile Court: The name by which the Juvenile and Domestic Relations District Court is
often called. This court is responsible for the judicial processing of juvenile offenders, and the
determination of abuse and neglect cases. As a result, the judge of this court decides the
propriety and legality of law enforcement's handling of juveniles. All juvenile offenses
occurring in Greensville County are heard in the District Juvenile and Domestic Relations
Court. Deputies are expected to appear to assist in the prosecution of their cases.
G. Person Acting for a Parent: A teacher, relative over the age of eighteen, or any adult willing to
accept the responsibility for the juvenile.
IV. PROCEDURES - GENERAL

A. Overview.
1. All members of the department shall cooperate with juvenile justice and support activities.
Department policies regarding juvenile operations shall be provided to local juvenile court
personnel for their review and comments and suggestions as to ways our procedures can be
improved.
2. All department personnel must thoroughly understand and practice the provisions of this
order.
B. Handling of juvenile offenders - general.

1. A juvenile offender shall be handled with firmness and respect: this sets the tone for the
entire processing of the juvenile's case. The contact a juvenile has with the Sheriff's Office is
his or her first impression of society's enforcement system. The deputy's proper handling may
prevent the recurrence of anti-social behavior. A warning is often all that is required to keep
the juvenile from having to appear in juvenile court. Improper handling often creates the
mistaken but lasting impression that all law enforcement officers and other government
officials are unfair, untrustworthy, and inflexible, and may result in the juvenile's complete
rejection of lawful authority.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.06, 04.01 - 04.03, 08.03
2. The juvenile justice system and laws are designed to give the child a chance to mature
without bearing the stigma of a criminal record. The juvenile justice system emphasizes
confidentiality of records and the privacy of an adjudicatory hearing. Terms such as "take into
custody" and "not innocent" substitute for "arrest" and "guilty" to avoid giving the juvenile's
behavior a criminal label. Where appropriate, deputies shall reasonably try to keep juveniles
out of the criminal justice system.
C. Guidelines for informal or formal handling:

1. The deputy may handle a juvenile either informally or formally. Informal handling is
managing a situation by releasing the juvenile under warning to a parent or guardian. This
requires either the parent picking up the child, the deputy taking the child home and informing
the parents of the alleged offense or the deputy releasing the juvenile and notifying the parent
of the alleged offense. Informal handling may also include the juvenile and his/her parent
meeting with the juvenile intake officer without the filing of petitions. Formal handling occurs
when the juvenile is brought before the juvenile court or an intake officer for further
processing and deciding the proper disposition.
2. In making the decision to handle either informally or formally, the officer shall consider the
following:
a. seriousness of offenses;
b. prior record of child;
c. age of youth;
d. cooperation and attitude of all parties (child, parent, victim) and the possibility of the
offense being repeated;
e. degree of wrongful intent, violence, premeditation, knowledge of violation;
f. likelihood that the child or parent can be successfully referred to a helping agency.
Broadly speaking, two alternatives exist for handling juveniles:
D. Informal handling:
1. Informal handling includes the deputy's use of the following measures.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.06, 04.01 - 04.03, 08.03
a. Warning and releasing to a parent or guardian.
b. Requiring the parents to pick up the juvenile.
c. Taking the youth home and informing the parents of the reasons for his being picked up.
d. Release of the juvenile and the notification of the parents concerning the offense.
e. Referring the family to a community social service agency.
f. When handling the juvenile informally, the deputy must ensure that the parents are
notified.
2. Notes on informal handling:

a. When handling informally, the deputy shall complete an incident form to be kept in the
separate juvenile file. This provides the Sheriff's Office and juvenile court with a means of
charting the juvenile's behavior patterns. All records pertaining to juveniles shall be kept in
a separate location from other report or files. They should be marked "Juvenile" at the top
of the report and highlighted to ensure separation. All juvenile files shall be kept in the
Records Cabinet in the last file cabinet, with the drawers clearly marked "Juvenile Files".
The Records Cabinet shall remain locked at all times, with limited access. The key is
maintained in the Communications Office and once removed, it must be returned as soon
as possible.
b. A juvenile's right of privacy must be respected. Guidelines for discussions of this type of
case should be strictly observed, and information gained should be provided to others
only on a "need to know" basis.
c. When a deputy sheriff encounters a victim/complainant who demands to bring a child

before the juvenile court, and the deputy wishes the matter handled informally, the deputy
shall contact the intake officer for assistance.
d. Even when he or she is being handled informally, the juvenile has all the constitutional
rights that an adult would have in the same situation.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.06, 04.01 - 04.03, 08.03
e. Even if deputies handle a case informally, they may still follow-up the case at a later
time or, at any time, refer the juvenile and his parents to an appropriate social service
agency.
3. Sample offenses for informal handling:

Generally, first instances of the following types of offenses shall be handled informally;
however, the list is not complete and the deputy's good judgement is important.
a. Runaways.
b. Annoying telephone calls.
c. Cursing and abuse.
d. Creating a nuisance.
e. Disorderly conduct.
f. Curfew violation and other status offenses (more specific discussion of status offenses
follows).
g. Possession of tobacco products – first offense
4. Philosophy of informal handling.

When handling a case informally, the deputy shall keep in mind that the objective of the
juvenile justice system is to rehabilitate rather than punish. Keeping the child in the patrol
car discussing the case for an inordinate length of time will appear to the juvenile to be
punishment, and might be unconstitutional or illegal. Deputies shall decide without delay
whether formal or informal handling is in order, then apply the appropriate guidelines of
this order.
E. Formal handling:
1. Formal handling occurs when the juvenile is taken before the juvenile court or intake officer
for their decision on the proper disposition.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.06, 04.01 - 04.03, 08.03
2. Generally, the following situations require formal handling of the juvenile.
a. Delinquent acts that if committed by an adult would be felonies or class 1 or class 2
misdemeanors.
b. Delinquent acts involving weapons.
c. Delinquent acts involving aggravated assaults and batteries.
d. Delinquent acts committed by juveniles under probation or parole or with a case

pending.
e. Delinquent acts that are repeated.
f. When deputies arrive at the scene of domestic violence and discover a child at risk.
F. Taking juveniles into custody:

No juvenile may be taken into immediate custody except, in accordance with Virginia Code
Section 16.1-246,
1. with a legal detention order, or
2. when the child is alleged to be in need of services, and

a. there is clear and substantial danger to child's life or health; or
b. custody is necessary to insure child's appearance before court; or
3. when, in the presence of the arresting deputy, a child commits a crime and the deputy
believes custody necessary for protection of public interest; or
4. the deputy has probable cause to believe the child has committed an offense which if done
by adult could be felony; or
5. the deputy has probable cause to believe the child is an escapee from Department of
Corrections, jail, detention home, court-placed residential family, or residential treatment
facility; or
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.06, 04.01 - 04.03, 08.03
6. the deputy has probable cause to believe the child has either run away from home or is
without adult supervision at night and in circumstances the deputy reasonably concludes that a
clear and substantial danger exists to the child's welfare.
G. Guidelines for taking juvenile into custody.

1. Do not take custody of a juvenile or assume an overly authoritative position when the
purpose can be accomplished by asking appropriate, permissible questions at the location of
contact.
2. Detain juveniles for the only brief periods of time. The decision of either formal or informal
handling shall be made in a reasonable time.
3. If it is necessary to take the juvenile into custody, do so with the least possible
embarrassment to the juvenile and his family. For example, when picking up a juvenile at
school, work through the principal's office. Have the juvenile brought there instead of going to
the classroom. If he works, try to arrange to pick him up before or after working hours. Unless
there is special justification for doing otherwise, don't remove the juvenile from the home.
4. When the juvenile court offices are open, a juvenile taken into custody shall be transported
to the juvenile intake officer for processing.
5. When the juvenile court is closed, depending upon the circumstances, the deputy may
release the juvenile to a parent or guardian. If the deputy feels immediate juvenile court
intervention is necessary, the deputy shall contact the juvenile intake officer on call for
assistance.
6. Notification of parents or guardians is required in every case that a juvenile is taken into
custody, to inform them of the circumstances and to pick up the juvenile.
H. Transportation of juveniles.
Virginia Code 16.1-254 states that no juvenile under age 15 shall be transported or conveyed
in a patrol wagon. No juvenile under 18 shall be transported in the same vehicle with adults
suspected of or charged with criminal acts. (The term "patrol wagon" as used above means
what is commonly referred to in most departments as "paddy wagon," and is not construed to
mean a marked police vehicle.)
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.06, 04.01 - 04.03, 08.03
I. Legal aspects of confinement of juveniles.

Section 16.1-249 of the Virginia Code (1977) puts certain restrictions on the place of
confinement. No person known or alleged to be under the age of 18 shall be confined in any
jail or other facility with adults. However, a person 15 or older may be detained in a jail or
other facility for the detention of adults if:
1. the jail or lockup is certified to hold juveniles, and;
2. a judge or intake officer decides that a juvenile detention facility is not secure enough given
the nature of the crime; or
3. space in a juvenile detention facility or shelter is unavailable; or
4. The detention home where the juvenile shall be placed is more than 25 miles from where the
juvenile is taken into custody and is in another city or county. A juvenile detained for this third
reason may be kept there for only 18 hours. In addition, a juvenile detained in an adult facility
for any of these reasons has to be in a room entirely separate and removed from adults. A
juvenile need not be immediately charged when a petition is unavailable because the juvenile
court intake office is closed. He may be returned to his home and release to his parents, with
notification to them as to the charges and the necessity of the parents and juvenile appearing
in court upon receipt of the petition, which can be filed by the arresting officer or the
complainant the following court day.
In the case of a juvenile 15 years or under, when custody is an absolute necessity and a
petition is unavailable, a court intake officer must be called out, regardless of the hour, in
order to place the juvenile in confinement. This is accomplished by requesting the dispatcher
to contact the intake officer on call for juvenile court, who will arrange for the juvenile to be
placed in custody.
Note: This provision does not apply to juveniles previously tried and convicted as adults.
J. Questioning juveniles
1. Normally, deputies should contact the parents or guardians of a juvenile before questioning
and the parents will be given an opportunity to understand what the questioning will cover and
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.06, 04.01 - 04.03, 08.03
to be present during questioning. If this is not feasible, the deputy may go ahead and question
anyway, but must very carefully ensure that all rights of the juvenile are protected.
2. When questioning a juvenile in custody, the same rules and procedures used for an adult
must be followed. Under no circumstances shall the child, any more than an adult, be
compelled to answer questions either by physical force or psychological pressure or
deceptions. The agency and juvenile justice system procedures will be explained at this time.
Consult GO 2-1 for legal guidelines.
3. No juvenile can be compelled to answer any questions that may tend to incriminate him.
Juveniles, if in custody are entitled to the full Miranda warnings and these rights should be
explained in the presence of parents, circumstances permitting, guardian or counsel.
4. When questioning a juvenile, deputies shall not prolong the interview beyond what is
needed in order to complete their investigation. Also, the interrogation shall be handled by one
deputy if at all possible in order to lessen the chance of the juvenile feeling intimidated or
pressured. (note duration of and deputies present during interview)
5. Deputies are reminded that the rules governing searches, frisks or pat-downs, reasonable
suspicion, and probable cause all apply to juveniles.
K. Written citations/summonses:
An officer may use the Virginia Uniform Summons form, just as for an adult, in the following
situations:
1. violation of the traffic laws;
2. violation of ordinances establishing curfew violations or animal control violations;
3. violation of game and fish laws.
4. violation of class 1 and 2 misdemeanors, where if an adult the release on a summons would
be permitted if appropriate.
5. violations of class 3 and 4 misdemeanors.
L. Fingerprints and photographs of children:

NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.06, 04.01 - 04.03, 08.03
Virginia Code Section 16.1-299 provides that fingerprints and photographs may be taken and
filed under the following circumstances:
1. May be taken of a child fifteen years of age or older who is charged with a delinquent act,
which would be a felony if committed by an adult.
2. May be taken of a child thirteen years of age or older who is charged with the following
offenses:
a. malicious wounding;
b. use of a firearm in committing a felony;
c. attempted poisoning;
d. extortion;
e. robbery;
f. rape;
g. arson;
h. murder.
3. May be taken of child regardless of age or offense if he is taken into custody for and
charged with a violation of law, and a law enforcement officer has determined that there is
probable cause to believe that latent fingerprints found during the investigation of an offense
are those of the child.
4. Other physical samples may be taken from a juvenile for identification purposes only after
the officer has conferred with the juvenile court or the Commonwealth's Attorney for advice
and assistance as to the legalities and proper procedure for obtaining such samples. Samples
include but are not limited to: hair, blood, urine, nails, breath, stomach contents, and
handwriting.
M. Dissemination/retention of fingerprints and photographs:

1. The Sheriff is responsible for the department's compliance with Virginia Code requirements
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.06, 04.01 - 04.03, 08.03
on dissemination and retention of juvenile records including fingerprints and photographs.
2. Fingerprint cards and photographs will be destroyed when:

a. no petition is filed against a juvenile whose fingerprints or photographs have been taken
in connection with an alleged violation of law;
b. a juvenile is found not guilty by juvenile court or circuit court of a charge of delinquency;
c. a juvenile less than thirteen years of age and under who is found guilty of a delinquent
act.
3. Fingerprint cards and photographs may be retained when the court finds that a juvenile
thirteen years of age or older has committed a delinquent act.
4. Fingerprint and photographs may be retained and copies sent to CCRE when:
a. A juvenile fifteen years of age or older is certified to the circuit court and is found guilty
as an adult of the offense charge.
b. A juvenile thirteen years of age or older is found guilty of malicious wounding (18.2-52),
use of a firearm in committing a felony (18.2-53.1), attempted poisoning (18.2-54.1),
extortion (18.2-59), related crimes (18.2-77 through 18.2-88), or murder in a juvenile court
and is adjudicated delinquent.
5. Juvenile fingerprint cards and photographs, authorized for retention, will be separately and
securely maintained. Access to these records will be restricted to official use, and may be
viewed by the public only on the authorization of a court order.
N. Confidentiality of records/release of information:

1. Virginia Code Section 16.1-301 requires that all law enforcement agencies take special
precautions to ensure that law enforcement records concerning a child are protected against
disclosure to any unauthorized person.
2. Deputies may release, upon request to one another law enforcement officer, current
information on juvenile arrests limited to name, address, physical description, date of arrest,
and charge. Such information may only be used for current investigations.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.06, 04.01 - 04.03, 08.03
3. For release of juvenile information to the media, see RR 1-13.
4. The Sheriff will ensure that non-criminal records of juveniles, particularly field interview
cards, are destroyed annually.
V. PROCEDURES - SPECIFIC RESPONSIBILITIES

A. Specific responsibilities of departmental personnel.
1. The deputy shall:
a. notify the juvenile's parent or person acting for a parent of the specific acts which brings
the juvenile to the attention of the Sheriff; and
b. contact the intake officer at the court when appropriate; and
c. contact his or her immediate supervisor when it is discovered that a detained juvenile is
definitely innocent, or that no crime has actually been committed; and
d. complete all required paperwork with comprehensive information on the child, parents,
complainant, and witnesses.
2. The supervisor shall:

a. review and approve all paperwork by the arresting deputy;
b. immediately contact the intake officer (if the arresting deputy or the supervisor
determines that the juvenile in custody is innocent), relate the facts of the case, and
request a decision whether to release or detain if charges are pending.
B. Child protection.
When probable cause exists that a juvenile is without adult supervision at such hours of the
night and under circumstances that the officer concludes that a clear and substantial danger to
the juvenile's health and welfare exists, the deputy shall:
1. take the child into immediate custody; and
2. notify Social Services (CPS) if the cause for concern is that the child's parent, guardian or
care taker is the cause of the harm or danger to the juvenile.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.06, 04.01 - 04.03, 08.03
3. notify the intake officer of the juvenile court, who will decide if a petition should be filed. If
the intake officer decides that a petition should not be filed, the deputy shall:
a. return the child to his/her home; and
b. release child to parent, guardian, legal custodian or other person acting for a parent; or
c. release the child.
4. The deputy shall complete an offense/incident report on the matter.
VI. STATUS OFFENSES

A. Runaways will be investigated as follows:
Deputies taking a report of a runaway child shall:
1. have the parent and/or guardian review the original report for its accuracy, particularly for
verification that the birth date and physical description of the child are as they stated; and
2. complete an incident report on the matter; and
3. once the information required for NCIC/VCIN is secured, and the signature of the parent or
guardian has been obtained, broadcast a lookout for the runaway juvenile.
4. contact the local runaway shelter (if any) to locate the child.
5. The supervisor shall review the completed report and ensure entry of appropriate
information in VCIN and NCIC.
B. Taking runaway into custody.

When probable cause exists that a juvenile has run away from home, the deputy shall:
1. Local
a. take the child into custody; and
b. verify runaway youth status; and

NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.06, 04.01 - 04.03, 08.03
c. notify the intake officer of the juvenile court of the action taken, who will then determine
whether to:
1) place the child in a youth shelter;
2) refer to the Department of Social Services; or
3) release the juvenile to a parent, guardian, legal custodian or other person acting for
a parent; or
4) release the juvenile, and
5) complete a Virginia Missing Children Information Clearinghouse Report. In any

event, officers shall complete incident report for any runaways taken into custody.
a) Take the child into custody and verify runaway status with the teletype from the
other jurisdiction. If a detention order is on file, follow the instructions for serving a
detention order as discussed below and;
b) notify the intake officer of the juvenile court of the action taken; the intake officer
will then determine what the next step will be. The officer shall:
i. follow the intake officer's instructions for detention or child placement; and
ii. notify parents that the child is in custody and if the child is to be released
and the parents cannot respond within a reasonable period of time, then
iii. contact a runaway house for space available.
C. Truant
1. When custody occurs because a juvenile is a reported truant by school officials, or a deputy
reasonably determines because of the child's age, the juvenile shall be taken into custody and
delivered to the appropriate school personnel and released.
2. The deputy shall complete an incident report which includes the name of the person
notifying the parent of the truancy and the name of the person to whom the juvenile was
released.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.06, 04.01 - 04.03, 08.03
D. Incorrigible.
1. Juveniles who are in violation of the status offense of incorrigible generally are handled
through the Juvenile and Domestic Relations Court.
2. If the deputy receives a call from a parent where no crime has been committed but a child
has been disobedient to the parent or guardian, the deputy shall immediately contact or refer
the parent to the intake officer for guidance.
VII. CRIMINAL OFFENSES/DELINQUENT ACTS

A. Interrogations.
Follow the provisions of Section IV. J above.
B. Warnings/petitions.
1. Deputies have the statutory authority (16.1-246) to arrest a juvenile on probable cause
without a warrant or petition in felony cases.
2. A warning may be issued in all cases where a juvenile has committed an act which, if the
committed by an adult, would be a Class 3, or 4 misdemeanor.
3. Use of the warning is prohibited when:

a. the complainant or victim is committed to proceeding with prosecution, or
b. The juvenile is known to have been warned or arrested in the preceding year for an act
which, if committed by an adult, would be a crime.
4. A complaint shall be made in all cases in which a juvenile is taken into custody for an act
which, if committed by an adult, would be a Class 1 or 2 misdemeanor or a felony; except a
warrant shall be sought under the following conditions:
a. The intake officer of the juvenile court refuses to issue a petition sought for a Class 1
Misdemeanor or a felony. In such cases, the arresting deputy or complainant may appeal
the refusal to a magistrate, provided the arresting deputy continues to believe the charge
initially sought should be made. The officer shall include, with the material presented to the
magistrate, written notice of the refusal from the intake officer. There is no appeal from an
intake officer's refusal for Class 2, 3, or 4 misdemeanors.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.06, 04.01 - 04.03, 08.03
A magistrate's finding is final. If a warrant is issued, it shall be returned to the juvenile court
as a petition.
C. Immediate custody.
1. Juveniles may be taken into immediate custody:
a. according to the provisions of Section IV. F above; or
b. when a juvenile has committed a misdemeanor offense involving shoplifting in violation

of Section 18.2-103 and, although the offense was not committed in the presence of the
officer who makes the arrest;
c. when the arrest is based on probable cause on reasonable complaint of a person who
observed the alleged offense (see acquainted
d. when there is probable cause to believe that a juvenile has committed an offense which
would be a felony if committed by an adult; or
e. when a detention order or warrant is known to be on file in this or another jurisdiction.
2. Notification of parents.
a. Such notification shall be made by telephone or in person, as soon as reasonably
possible after the juvenile is taken into custody.
3. Warnings
Deputies who release juveniles after the issuance of a warning shall complete and file an
incident report. On it, the deputy will give a complete clothing description and all details
relating to the facts surrounding the contact.
D. Release or detention of juveniles charged with delinquent acts:

1. Deputies shall whenever possible release a juvenile to a parent or person acting for a
parent, who, (1) is available and willing to provide supervision and care; and (2) promises to
bring the juvenile before the court when requested. However, the arresting deputy shall seek
from the court to detain a juvenile whenever:
a. the child is alleged to have committed an act, which would be a felony or Class 1
misdemeanor if committed by an adult and at least one of the following conditions are
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.06, 04.01 - 04.03, 08.03
met:
1) the release of the child constitutes an unreasonable danger to the person or
property of others; or
2) the release of the child would present a clear and substantial threat of serious harm
to such child's life or health; or
3) the child has threatened to abscond from the court's jurisdiction during the
proceedings or has a record of willful failure to appear at a court hearing within the
immediately preceding twelve months; or
4) the child has fled from a detention home or facility operated by the Department of
Corrections; or
5) The child is a fugitive from another state where there is an outstanding detention
order or warrant; or
6) the child has failed to appear for a court hearing on a delinquent act.
b. The deputy will inform the intake officer of arrests in cases of all felonies and Class 1
misdemeanors and whether a parent or custodian of the juvenile has been notified of the
arrest.
E. Service of warrants, detention orders or temporary detention orders:

1. Warrants/detention orders/ temporary detention orders shall be served on juveniles in the
same manner as adults except that:
a. when the juvenile court is in session:
1) deputies who arrest juveniles at the request of the court on a detention order shall
advise the intake officer by phone of the arrest of the juvenile;
2) the intake officer will instruct the deputy on whether to bring the child directly to the
court or the detention home in the most expeditious manner possible;
3) a parent or other person acting with parental authority will be given notice by the
arresting deputy of the action taken and the reason for taking the juvenile into custody;
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.06, 04.01 - 04.03, 08.03
4) the deputy will inform the intake officer whether the parent or guardian was notified
of the juvenile's arrest;
5) the deputy shall complete an offense report;
6) deputies shall file the original copy of the executed detention order with the clerk of
the Juvenile and Domestic Relations Court on the same day it is executed. Deputies
shall see that the detainee is served with a copy of the detention order.
b. When the juvenile court is not in session:

1) follow procedures as above except omit Step 5, and the intake officer will advise
where to place the juvenile; and
2) ensure that the paperwork is available to court personnel the next working day.
F. Handling of escapees.
1. Immediate custody of escapees:
a. Juveniles who are escapees from jail, a detention home, or other institution in which
they were placed by order of juvenile court, Child Protection Services or other licensed
child welfare agency may be taken into immediate custody when:
1) there is a detention order or warrant known to be on file in this or another
jurisdiction; or
2) a deputy has probable cause to believe that a juvenile has escaped or run away
from jail; detention home, residential child care facility or home in which they were
placed by the court, the Department of Social Services, or a licensed child welfare
agency.
2. Return or placement of escapees:

a. Whether juvenile court is open or closed, the juvenile may be returned and released to
the facility from which the juvenile escaped or fled.
b. When court is open or closed and the juvenile is not released to the facility from which
the juvenile escaped or fled, the deputy shall contact the intake officer of the court who will
determine where the juvenile will be placed.

NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.06, 04.01 - 04.03, 08.03
3. Reporting requirements:
a. The deputy shall complete an offense report with applicable supplements.
b. When a locally placed juvenile runs away from an unsecured group home, no matter
where that home is located, the deputy shall:
1) take an offense report for a missing juvenile (runaway); and
2) complete a Virginia Missing Children Information Clearinghouse Report. The adult

reporting the juvenile missing will sign the report.
c. When an out-of-town-placed juvenile has either escaped from the detention home or run
away from a local group home, the deputy shall:
1) notify the administrator reporting the missing juvenile to contact the jurisdiction
which placed the juvenile in the facility to make the original report; and
2) complete an offense report including a suspect description.
d. When an escaped juvenile or one that has run away from a group home is
apprehended, the deputy shall:
1) if a locally placed juvenile, complete a supplement to the original report to be
booked. (In most cases the juvenile court will have filed already a detention order on
the juvenile.)
2) If an out-of-town juvenile from an out-of-town facility, complete an original offense

report including a suspect description.
3) If an out-of-town-placed juvenile escaped or ran away from a local facility,

supplement the offense report and notify the jurisdiction that placed the juvenile of the
apprehension.
(Officers will initiate a search and broadcast a lookout for any juvenile reported
missing or escaped from a local facility.)
G. Interviewing of detained juveniles.

Deputies wishing to interview or question juveniles held in detention must:
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.06, 04.01 - 04.03, 08.03
1. inform the juvenile's parent or guardian and the attorney, if any, that an interview will be
requested; and
2. request permission of the Juvenile and Domestic Relations Court to conduct the interview;
and
3. arrange the interview, if approved, consistent with detention home rules and regulations;
and
4. provide a copy of the court's approval to the detention home; and
5. before the interview, inform the juvenile of his/her legal rights.
VII. LIAISON PROGRAMS INVOLVING JUVENILES

Liaison programs are established on the elementary, secondary and high school levels to
provide a resource for the students, facility and parents to become aquainted with local law
enforcement officers. These programs, such as the School Resource Officer Program, the
"Class Action, Virginia Teens and the Law", and the D.A.R.E. program, both in the
elementary and secondary level, gives law enforcement officers an opportunity to explain their
role in society.
Not only do these programs give students resources to use with respect to delinquency
prevention it also provides guidance on ethical issues in the school setting and individual
counseling to students requesting assistance.
GO 2-30: CHILD ABUSE - Appendix 1:
Child Abuse And Neglect Guideline
ABUSE INDICATORS
Recognizing Physical Abuse:
 Injuries on several surface areas of the body
 Injuries in various stages of healing
 Complications arising from old injuries
 Non-accidental bruising patterns
 The shape of an instrument imprinted on the skin
 Cigar/cigarette burns
·
When the Parent:
 Presents an explanation of the injury inconsistent with appearance of the injury
 Is evasive or vague
 Presents a contradictory history
 Gives a history of repeated injury
 Is reluctant to give information
 Projects cause of injury onto a sibling/third party
 Oral threats against the child
 Is psychotic or psychopathic
 Personally misusing drugs/alcohol
·
When the Child:
 Has an unexplained injury
 Is unusually fearful, non-spontaneous, refuses to speak in front of parents
 Overly eager to please adults
 Shows evidence of overall poor health
NEGLECT INDICATORS
Living Conditions
 Consider the child's complete environment
 Avoid associating low income as synonymous with neglect
 Burned-out or condemned building (unsafe housing)
 Unsanitary conditions--human and animal waste on floors
 Lack of heat in hours during winter months
 Danger of fire from open heating units
 Children sleeping on cold floors or dirty/wet beds
GO 2-30: CHILD ABUSE - Appendix 1:
Child Abuse And Neglect Guideline
 Infestation of rodents (rats/mice)
HEALTH HAZARDS
 Malnutrition--underweight and small in stature

 Undernourishment with poor living conditions
 Lack of food in the house for children
 Lack of medical care provided for children
 Emotional damage from poor conditions, verbal abuse
 Virginia Child Abuse Hot Line 1 - (800) - 552 – 7096
 Virginia Missing Child Information 1 - (800) - 822 - 4453
 Greensville County Department of Social Services (434) 634-6576
 Greensville Victim/Witness Director – Debbie Williams (434) 348-4275
 Domestic Violence Assistance (434) 348 - 0100

GO 2-30: Child Abuse
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR 04.01
I. POLICY
It is the policy of the Sheriff's Office to protect and ensure the safety and welfare of the children
in this jurisdiction. Coordination with other criminal justice and social service agencies is a
necessity. Initial responsibility for investigation of such cases lies with the Sheriff's Office. Law
enforcement must assume leadership in the prevention of child victimization and in the
prosecution of offenders.
II. PURPOSE
To establish guidelines for investigating crimes in which the victims are children.
III. PROCEDURES
1. "Child" refers to any person under the age of 18 years.
2. Agency personnel shall be aware of local social service agencies for cases involving
child victims. Deputies shall know how and when to contact agency representatives,
especially Child Protective Services (CPS) and Juvenile and Domestic Relations Court.
a. CPS--statewide number to call (800) 552-7096 (directly call your local number)
In circumstances involving no imminent danger to a child, a deputy shall record

complainant's name, address, telephone number, and pertinent information concerning
the alleged abuse or neglect and transmit this information immediately to CPS, and
they shall jointly determine the proper course of action.
b. Juvenile and Domestic Relations Court

If the deputy finds a child in a situation, which presents an imminent danger to the
child's health or life, the deputy may take the child into custody without parental
permission if a court order is not immediately available from the court (VA Code 63.1-
248.9). Otherwise, the court may grant the deputy an emergency removal order (VA
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR 04.01
Code 16.1-251), and a hearing shall be held as soon as practicable, but not later than
5 days (VA Code 16.1-252).
3. Agency personnel shall be trained and knowledgeable about child abuse and neglect, its
effects on children, and how to identify it. (See Appendix 1 to this order.)
4. All personnel interacting with child victims shall use appropriate communication skills.
(See Appendices to GO 2-28.)
5. All deputies shall know the sections of the Virginia Code that pertain to crimes most
commonly committed against children:
a. child abuse--VA Code 63.1-248.2, 16.1-228
b. child neglect--VA Code 18.2-371-1, 18.2-371, 18.2-314
c. sexual exploitation of children (rape)--VA Code 18.2-61
d. child abduction/kidnapping--VA Code 18.2-47-49
6. The agency shall work with local schools and agencies to educate children to identify
and prevent their own victimization and to provide community awareness.
B. Dispatcher (communication center) responsibilities:

1. The dispatcher must refer all calls of this nature immediately to a deputy
2. The dispatcher shall obtain information from the caller using the caller interrogation sheets
and give the information to the deputy or investigator assigned to the case:
3. It is important to give support and reassurance to the complainant regarding the

appropriateness of the report and its confidentiality, if applicable.
4. If there is a report of possible sexual assault, refer to sexual assault procedures (GO 2-
31).
C. Patrol responsibilities:
1. Arrival at scene: Obtain all pertinent information from the dispatcher.
2. Initial contact:
a. If the patrol deputy suspects child abuse, he or she shall explain the police role in
ensuring the health and safety of the child.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR 04.01
b. If entry to the home is refused and the deputy feels entry is necessary, he/she may
gain entry in one of several ways.
1) In a non-emergency, obtain a court order or a search warrant from a magistrate
or juvenile court judge (VA Code 16.1-246).
2) In an emergency, forced entry without a warrant is legal when there is probable

cause that a child is in danger.
c. The deputy shall immediately ensure the safety of the child. Summon an ambulance
or administer First Aid, if necessary. Reassure the child that he or she is safe now and
that the child has done nothing wrong.
3. Provide transportation for the child victim to a safe place, if necessary. This may include
a local, court- approved juvenile shelter. (See Victim Services, GO 2-28, re: transportation
of crime victims).
4. If the child is a victim of sexual assault, refer to sexual assault procedures. Personnel
from the Victim Assistance Program or Domestic Violence Program may be summoned to
assist. (GO 2-31).
5. Interviewing the victim.

a. Child victims require special treatment. To minimize the number of times the child
will have to tell his story, coordinate with other agencies (example: CPS, the C.A.)
before interviewing. If the child is the victim of possible parental abuse, some
strategies to consider include the following.
1) The child's age--he may be too young to interview (a child's capacity to deal with
information differs from an adult's).
2) Interviewing the child may deteriorate even further the parent-child relationship.
3) Observe and note child's reactions during the initial contact.
4) Interviewing the victim of child sexual abuse requires particular skills (see sexual
assault, GO 2-31).
5) Usually the parents should not be present during the interview of the child (the
child may be afraid to tell the truth).
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR 04.01
6) The deputy must be sensitive to the emotional stress of the child due to the
interview itself (some children may not even understand that the behavior of the
parents has been abusive or neglectful).
7) Inform the child of the parents' awareness of the interview.
8) The deputy shall not appear to be taking sides against the parents. Children will
generally become defensive if someone criticizes their parents, even if they agree.
9) The interview shall be conducted in language the child understands.
10) The interview shall always include what will happen next and how the deputy
will use the child's information.
11) Provide reassurances to an anxious child victim by expressing belief in the

child's story and an understanding of the child's dilemma.
b. Allow a supportive person to be present during the interview for a child's emotional
comfort (e.g., non-abusive parent or child advocate).
c. At the beginning of the interview, the deputy shall attempt to gain the child's
confidence. The deputy shall introduce himself or herself to the child, give the purpose
of his or her presence, and attempt to conduct the interview on an informal, friendly
basis with the child. If the interview is tape-recorded, allow the child to test his or her
voice before it begins.
d. The deputy must try to determine the emotional state of the child. Is the child ready to
tell the truth and to talk about the incident? If not, delay the interview to a more
appropriate time.
e. Encourage young child victims to be active (play with a toy, draw a picture, hold a
stuffed animal) during the interview. This will relax the child and allow for a more
thorough interview.
f. If the deputy decides that the child is in need of supervision he cannot or is not
getting in the home, the deputy shall so inform the child. In deciding whether protective
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR 04.01
custody is needed, the deputy shall be guided by:
1) the maltreatment in the home, present or potential;
2) evidence of abuse, torture, or neglect by the parent;
3) the parents' refusal to obtain needed medical or psychological care of the child;
4) parental anger and discomfort by the officer's investigative efforts which are
directed toward the child;
5) evidence that the parents cannot provide for the child's basic needs;
6) there is a history of prior offenses/allegations in which the child is the victim.
g. See Victim Services, interviewing the victim procedures (GO 2-28).
6. Interviewing witnesses (including the parents/guardians).

a. Create an atmosphere of support and understanding. Remain non-judgmental until
all the facts are known.
b. The deputy must communicate in a friendly manner and allow the adults to express
their anger and fears concerning the incident.
c. Assess resistance to the interview. It may be in the form of denial, uncooperative

attitude or explanations of how uncontrollable the child is.
d. If the deputy prepares to interview the suspect, he shall give Miranda warnings in
accordance with GO 2-1.
e. If parental child abuse is suspected, interview each parent separately and be alert to
any apparent vagueness or inconsistencies in the explanations each gives for the
allegation. Parents shall be told the reason for the interview and be treated with
respect.
f. Witnesses may be reluctant to discuss a family member with a deputy (due to fear of
retaliation or because of breaking confidentiality). Deputies shall explain the use of any
information provided and that efforts will be made to maintain the identity of witnesses
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR 04.01
in confidence.
g. See Victim Services, interviewing witnesses procedures and appendices, GO 2-28.
7. See Victim Services, GO 2-28, patrol responsibilities, regarding procedures for: crime
scene preservation; completing the crime report; property control; media relations.
D. Investigator responsibilities:
1. Child victims have little power and depend on police officers and social service
agencies to take action in whatever way is needed to lessen their victimization. The
investigator shall determine whether or not criminal prosecution is the best means to
achieve that end.
2. The investigator shall place a high priority on coordinating and communicating with
social service agencies involved in the child victim's case (e.g., CPS, Juvenile and
Domestic Relations Court, court-appointed guardian, or child advocate).
3. Either the investigator or the deputy must make an oral report of child abuse/neglect to
the Department of Social Services. A copy of the offense report must be sent to Social
Services.
a. In severe cases of abuse, the deputy shall ask the dispatcher to contact Social
Services so that a case-worker can respond.
Appendix 1 to GO 2-30: CHILD ABUSE - Child Abuse And Neglect Guideline
Appendix 2 to GO 2-30: CHILD ABUSE - Indicators Of Child Abuse And Neglect
Appendix 3 to GO 2-30: CHILD ABUSE - Important Child Abuse Telephones
Suspected Child Abuse Form

GO 2-31: SEXUAL ASSAULT - Appendix 1:
Interviewing Child Victims
I. Preparing for Interview

Before interviewing the child, obtain relevant information from parents/guardian, and if
applicable, Child Protective Services case worker, physician, and/or Sexual Assault
Center/Rape Relief counselor.
A. Explain your role and procedures to above personnel and enlist their cooperation.
B. Determine child's general development status: age, grade, siblings, family

composition, capabilities, ability to write, read, count, ride a bike, tell time, remember
events, any unusual problems, physical, intellectual, behavioral, knowledge of anatomy
and sexual behavior, family terminology for genital areas.
C. Review circumstances of assault (as reported already by child to other person): what,
where, when, by whom, and to whom reported; exact words of child; other persons told
by child; how many have interviewed child; child's reaction to assault; how child feels
about it and what, if any, behavioral signs of distress (nightmares, withdrawal,
regression, acting out) have occurred.
D. Determine what reactions and changes child has been exposed to following
revelation of the assault(s); believing; supportive; blaming; angry; ambivalent; parents
getting a divorce; move to a new home.
II. Beginning the Interview

A. Setting: The more comfortable for the child, the more information she/he is likely to
share.
1. Flexibility: A child likes to move around the room, explore and touch, or sit on the
floor.
2. Activity: Playing or coloring occupy child's physical needs and allows her/him to talk
with less guardedness.
3. Privacy: Interruption, distract an already short attention span, divert focus of

interview, and make self-conscious or apprehensive child withdraw.
4. Support: If the child wishes a parent or other person present, allow it. A frightened or
insecure child will not give a complete settlement. Have the other person seated behind
and out of the line of sight of the child. Without this seating arrangement, the child may
often look at the adult seeking a visual clue that the child is giving the right answers to
the interviewers questions.
B. Establishing a Relationship.
1. Introduction: Name, brief and simple explanation of role and purpose: "I am the police
officer here to help you. My job is to talk to children about these things because we want
them to stop happening."
2. General exchange: Ask about name (last name), age, grade school and teacher's
name, siblings, family composition, pets, friends, activities, favorite games/TV shows. (It
often helps to share personal information when appropriate, e.g., children, pets.)
3. Assess level of sophistication and ability to understand concepts: does child read,
write, count, tell time, understand the concept of time, know colors or shapes; know the
day or date: know birth date; remember past events (breakfast, yesterday, last year);
understand before and after; know about money; assume responsibilities (goes around
neighborhood alone, stays at home alone, makes dinner, etc.)
III. Obtaining History of Sexual Assault

A. Preliminaries.
1. Use language appropriate to child's level; be sure child understands words. (Watch
for signs of confusion, blankness or embarrassment, be careful with the following words:
incident; occur; penetration; ejaculation; etc.)
2. Do not ask WHY questions ("Why did you go to the house?" "Why didn't you tell?")
They sound accusatory.
3. Never threaten or try to force a reluctant child to talk. Pressure causes a child to clam
up and may further traumatize him/her.
4. Be aware that the child who has been instructed or threatened not to tell by the
offender (ESPECIALLY if a parent) will be very reluctant and full of anxiety (you will
usually notice a change in the child's affect while talking about the assault). The fears
often need to be allayed.
 "It's not bad to tell what happened."

 "You won't get in trouble."
 "You can help your dad by telling what happened."
 "It wasn't your fault."
 "You're not to blame."
5. Interviewer's affective response should correspond with child's perception of assault

(e.g., don't emphasize jail for the offender if the child has expressed positive feelings
toward him.)
6. Ask direct, simple questions as open-ended as allowed by the child's level of

comprehension and ability to talk about the assault. Avoid questions which can be
answered "yes" or "no".
B. Statement.
1. WHAT
 "Can you tell me what happened?"
 "I need to know what the man did."
 "Did he ever touch you? Where?"
 "Where did he put his finger?"
 "Have you ever seen him with his clothes off?"
 "Did you ever see his penis (thing, pee pee, wiener) get big?"
 "Did anything ever come out of it?"
Once basic information is elicited, ask specifically about other types of sexual contact.
 "Did he ever put it into your mouth?"
 "Did he ever make you touch him on his penis?"
2. WHO
Child's response here will probably not be elaborate. Most children know the offender
and can name him, although in some cases the child may not understand relationship to
self or family. Ascertain from other sources what is the exact nature/extent of the
relationship.
3. WHEN
The response to this question will depend on child's ability, how recently assault
happened, lapse between last incident and report, number of assaults (children will tend
to confuse or mix separate incidents). If the child is under six, information re: time is
unlikely to be reliable. An older child can often narrow down dates and times using
recognizable events or associating assault with other incidents.
 "Was it before your birthday, the weekend, Valentine's Day?"

 "Was it nighttime or daytime?"
 "Did it happen after dinner, Happy Days, your brother's bedtime?"
4. WHERE
The assault usually occurs in the child's and/or offender's home. Information about
which room, where other family members were, where child was before assault may be
learned.
5. COERCION
What kind of force, threat, enticement, pressure was used to insure cooperation and
secrecy?
 "Did he tell you not to tell? What did he say?

 "Did he say something bad would happen or you would get in trouble if you told?"
 "Did the man say it was a secret?"
C. Assessing Credibility and Competency.

1. Does child describe acts or experiences to which s/he would not have normally been
exposed? (Average child is not familiar with erection or ejaculation until adolescence at
the earliest.)
2. Does child describe circumstances and characteristics typical of sexual assault

situation? ("He told me that it was our secret"; "He said I couldn't go out if I didn't do it";
"He told me it was sex education.")
3. How and under what circumstances did child tell? What were exact words?
4. How many times has child given history and how consistent is it regarding the basic
facts of the assault?
5. How much spontaneous information can child provide? How much prompting is
required?
6. Can child define difference between truth and a lie? (This question is not actually very
useful with young children because they learn this by role but may not understand the
concepts.)
D. Interviewer's body language

1. The interviewer should remain calm, impartial and unemotionally involved in the
interview. If the interviewer finds him or her self becoming too involved, or if the victim
becomes upset, the interviewer should stop interviewing and take a break to regain
composure.
2. The interviewer should not show any signs of disbelief or doubt in the victim's story.
IV. Closing the Interview

A. Praise/Thank Child for Information/Cooperation.
B. Provide Information.
1. Child: Do not extract promises from a child regarding testifying. Most children cannot
project themselves into an unknown situation and predict how they will behave.
Questions about testifying in court or undue emphasis on trial will have little meaning
and often frightens the child (causing nightmares and apprehension).
2. Parent: Provide simple, straightforward information about what will happen next in the
criminal justice system and approximately when, the likelihood of trial, etc.
C. Enlist cooperation: Let them know who to contact for status reports or in an
emergency, express appreciation and understanding for the effort they are making by
reporting and following through on process.
D. Answer questions; solicit responses.
Adapted form information by Sheriff Fred F. Drenkham, Executive Director of the

Cuyahoga County Police Sheriffs Association in Cleveland, Ohio.
Victim Impact
Sexual Assault is one of the most frightening crimes that can be committed against a
person. It is a crime of violence. Any forced sexual contact or unwanted sexual touching
is a crime, whether persons are married to each other or not. Indirect assaults include
obscene phone calls, exhibitionism, and indecent exposure. Direct assaults include
rape, incest, child molestation, sodomy, and attempts thereof. The two highest level
felony sexual assaults are discussed below.
Incest is a sexual involvement with a blood or step relative. The most frequent offender
is the father and the most frequent victim is the daughter, but other possibilities exist:
mother/son, grandfather/granddaughter, uncle/niece, etc. Coercion is built on trust and
love rather than violence. The offender is often immature with low self-esteem and
unsure of his own sexual needs. The victim doesn't want to be rejected. Incest can
range from fondling to full intercourse. The victim's feelings are very confused because
of the relationship with the offender and the rewards/threats by the offender.
Rape is forced sexual attack against the will of the victim. It may include many different
sexual acts--vaginal, oral, anal intercourse, foreign object intercourse, plus other
humiliating acts (urination by offender, lewd remarks, physical injury). Rapists
commonly have low self-esteem, desire for dominance, frustration and instability. They
may be anti-social and violent. Social pressures many times trigger a rape. Common
reactions of victims are shock, embarrassment, anger, fear, guilt, confusion, and lack of
power (control).
These attacks are usually emotionally traumatizing experiences from which it may take
months or years to recover. Initial concerns will be venereal disease, pregnancy and
injuries. At first, the victim will experience confusion, shame, and fear. The victim may
feel at fault. Later on, the helplessness, worthlessness, isolation, distrust, anger, fear,
and guilt will become strong feelings. Trouble may persist in the form of inability to
express affection, relate sexually, or relate to family members. Crisis counselors trained
to deal with sexual assault can help the victim cope with the assault and find a
resolution to the incident and the inappropriate feelings. An active support system and
building new strengths and relationships are positive factors in post-rape recovery.
Evidence Collection
GENERAL RULES
1. Safeguard crime scene and evidence that is collected.
2. Call a crime scene unit or evidence technician, if available.
3. Use caution not to damage, mark, or contaminate evidence.
4. Initial and date all items seized.
5. Document chain of evidence in report.
6. Place all evidence in appropriate containers, seal, initial.
7. See appendix to GO 2-14 for complete instructions.
AT THE CRIME SCENE
1. Collect undergarments, clothing, bedding, rugs, or other appropriate items which may
contain semen, blood or be damaged.
2. Collect wash cloths or towels which may have been used.
3. Collect bottles, glasses, or other objects which may contain latent prints.
4. Search scene for foreign objects (buttons, hair, pieces of torn clothing).
5. If crime occurred outdoors, take soil samples from several areas and sketch the location of
each sample taken.
6. If crime occurred in a car, gather sweepings form seats and floors, search floor mats for
stains along with seat covers.
7. If entry was forced into the victim's house, gather samples of broken glass, paint samples,
and note any pry marks.
8. Photograph crime scene.
9. Photograph bite marks, scratch marks, or other signs of brutality or injury to victim. Only
female officers or medical personnel should photograph private sexual areas.
Evidence Collection
NOTES TO BE PREPARED
1. Description of exact location where each piece of evidence was found. [Example: one white
bra, left strap torn, found on the ground in rear yard of (address), 6 feet south of rear stairs.]
2. Description of victim's appearance and behavior.

Note: bruises or marks, facial discoloration, disarrayed clothing, smeared makeup, hair
disheveled, confused or dazed behavior, bewilderment or disorientation, apparent hysteria or
crying, incoherent speech.
3. Description of victim's clothing. Note locations of torn garments, dirt, stains--blood, semen,
grass.
4. Description of suspect. Physical description as provided by victim with special attention to

items which would not be readily visible if the suspect were clothed: scars, tattoos, moles.
5. Have all signs of trauma or injury, as well as emotional state of the victim, recorded on
hospital record. Be certain that smears are taken from vagina, anus, and mouth of victim.
GO 2-31: Sexual Assault
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.01, 02.03
I. POLICY
The Sheriff's Office recognizes the fact that sexual assaults (rape, forcible sodomy, incest, child
molestation, exploitation of children, and attempts thereof) are personal violent crimes that have
great psychological or physical effects on the victims. It is the policy of the department to assist
sexual assault victims in a supportive manner, using appropriate crisis intervention skills (see
Appendix 2 to GO 2-28). Reducing recidivism through the apprehension and prosecution of the
assailants is a department priority.
II. PROCEDURES
1. "Sexual assault" means those offenses involving sexual penetration or contact with any
person by force or threat of force, fear, or intimidation, or any attempts to force sexual
penetration or contact on any person.
2. Department personnel shall be aware of community services available (sexual assault

crisis centers/hot lines, mental health centers, medical clinics, victim assistance program)
to victims of sexual assault.
3. Department personnel shall be trained and knowledgeable about sexual assault

investigation and its impact on victims. (See Appendix 1 to this order.)
4. Department personnel shall use appropriate communication skills when interacting with
sexual assault victims. (See Appendix 2 GO 2-28.)
B. Dispatcher (communication center) responsibilities:

1. If hospital personnel call in the sexual assault report, the dispatcher shall obtain initial
information only (name and location of victim, reporter's name and job title, victim's
condition). Confirm that a sexual assault support person has been contacted for the victim,
if possible.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.01, 02.03
2. If the victim calls to make a report, she or he may or may not want police intervention.
a. If the victim wants no department response, the dispatcher shall observe the
following procedures.
1) Try to obtain as much information as possible concerning the crime details. Do
not insist on the victim's identity.
2) Encourage the victim to go to the hospital for treatment and evidence collection.
Refer to payment assistance options such as C.I.C.F. (Criminal Injuries
Compensation Fund). See Code 19.2-368.1 through 368.18.
3) Even if no report is made, refer the victim to a sexual assault crisis center or
victim/witness program for further assistance.
b. If the victim wants police response, the dispatcher shall observe the following.
1) Obtain initial information only--name, present location, telephone number, basic
incident details, victim's condition.
2) Ensure the victim's safety. A patrol car shall be dispatched immediately. Ask for
name, if known, description of the assailant, possible location or direction and
means of flight from the scene, and the time elapsed since the crime. Stay on the
line until the officer arrives, if possible. Be supportive and use crisis intervention
skills. (See Appendix 1 GO 2-28.)
3) If the assault occurred within the last 72 hours, explain to the victim the necessity
of not washing self or clothes, not douching, not combing hair or putting on make-
up, and not touching or moving anything at crime scene. If the victim has already
destroyed some evidence, reassure victim, but ask not to do any more "cleanup."
4) If the assault occurred more than 72 hours earlier, recommend the victim to
seek medical attention anyway and dispatch a deputy.
5) Ask the victim if he or she wishes the presence of a sexual assault crisis
worker, family member or friend for further support (at the hospital or department).
6) Ask if victim has transportation or not. Have deputy go to wherever victim is, if
possible. Transport the victim to the hospital or Sheriff's Office (see GO 2-28,
Victim Services, transportation procedure) or explain that a deputy will meet the
victim at the specific location.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.01, 02.03
3. Give a complete report of information obtained to the deputy assigned to the case
before he or she initially contacts the victim.
4. See Victim Services, dispatcher responsibilities (GO 2-28) for additional procedures.
C. Patrol responsibilities:
1. The patrol deputy has certain immediate responsibilities, as follows.
a. The primary concern is the victim's physical well-being. Give attention to the victim's
emergency medical needs. Ensure safety.
b. Preserve the crime scene. Call the investigator, additional deputies or the
supervisor on-duty for additional help.
c. The deputy shall be alert to any suspect in the vicinity. Give crime broadcast, if
applicable.
d. The deputy shall explain to the victim his or her role and what will be done at the
scene and through follow-up.
2. The patrol deputy shall obtain detailed information essential to determine what offense
(or offenses) actually occurred.
· Abduction: Code Sections 18.2-47, 48, 49
· Assault: Code Sections 18.2-57, 51, 53, 56, 427, 57.2
· Child abuse, neglect: Code Sections 16.1-241, 18.2-314-371.1
· Conspiracy: Code Sections 18.2-22, 23, 367
· Murder: Code Sections 18.2-31, 32
· Sexual offenses: Code Sections 18.2-48, 344, 346-8, 355, 358-9, 361, 366, 370,
379, 387.
3. Obtain preliminary statements from victim and witnesses. Try to establish rapport and
get only the needed information. (See Appendix 2: Interviewing of GO 2-28.)
4. The deputy shall inform the victim, preferably in writing, of counseling services available
in the area. (Inform the victim that the Division of Crime Victims' Compensation now pays
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.01, 02.03
counseling fees, if needed.) Ask whether the victim would prefer to have a support person
(sexual assault worker, family member, or friend) present if this has not already been done
by dispatcher.
5. The deputy shall arrange for transportation or transport the victim to the hospital for a
sexual assault examination, if appropriate (if the assault occurred within the last 72 hours).
Explain the medical and legal necessity of this exam. (See Appendix 2 to this order.)
Inform the victim to take a change of clothing along. The deputy may provide transportation
back home following the exam.
6. See GO 2-12 and Victim Services, GO 2-28, for additional guidance.
D. Investigator responsibilities:
1. The investigator shall obtain a complete report from the deputy assigned to the case.
2. The initial contact with the victim may happen in different ways:
a. At the crime scene: The deputy shall protect crime scene and the investigator shall
establish rapport with the victim, transport the victim to the hospital, and begin the
preliminary investigation.
b. At the hospital: Arrange for the collection of evidence needed for prosecution.
Explain sexual assault exam procedures, and establish rapport for further interviews.
The detective shall not be in the room during the sexual assault exam but shall have the
victim sign a consent form in order to obtain a copy of the hospital report. (See GO 2-
15 and Appendix 2 to this order.)
c. At the Sheriff's Office: Before interviewing, review the deputy's report and establish
rapport with the victim by allowing her or him to ventilate.
3. The investigator shall be trained in sexual assault procedures.

a. The investigator shall allow the sexual assault crisis worker to be with the victim as
support if the victim desires.
b. If the victim prefers a woman deputy, every attempt to provide one should be made,
but if one is not available, the investigator shall nevertheless encourage the victim's
cooperation.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.01, 02.03
c. Prepare the victim for each phase of the investigation. By explaining what must be
done and the reasons why, the deputy will encourage the victim's cooperation.
4. Follow-up interviews by the investigator.

a. Privacy is a necessity for follow-up interviews. Choose a quiet room at the office or
go to the victim's home. A support person to aid the victim may be helpful to the
investigation. Advise this person of his or her role and ask the person not to interfere
with questioning.
b. Questions which must be addressed include the following;

1) Assault circumstances: Where approached? How? Where occurred? When?
2) Assailant: Name, if known? Color of hair? Clothing? Height? Weight? Identifying

marks?
3) Multiple assaults?
4) What happened during the assault? Were weapons used? Describe them.
Were threats made? What were they? Was there a fight or struggle? Injuries
sustained? Drugs/alcohol involved? Sexual detail--what did he/she try? Other
degrading acts? Did he ejaculate? Was there talk? What was said?
5) How long was assailant with you?
6) What was done immediately after attack?
7) Feelings about prosecuting?
c. At the conclusion of the interview, the detective shall ask about any additional
assistance needed. (Counseling services are always recommended.)
d. Encourage the victim to call later with additional details or to ask questions. Give a
number.
e. Keep a diary or notebook to record anything the victim remembers upon call back.
Record the date and time.
f. Interviewing child sexual assault victims requires special guideline. See appendices
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.01, 02.03
to GO 2-30 and appendix 3 to this order.
5. See GO 2-14 and Victim Services, GO 2-28, Detective responsibilities, for additional
guidance.
Appendix 1 to GO 2-31: SEXUAL ASSAULT - Interviewing Child Victims
Appendix 2 to GO 2-31: SEXUAL ASSAULT - Victim Impact
Appendix 3 to GO 2-31: SEXUAL ASSAULT - Evidence Collection
NOTE CONCERNING GENERAL ORDER 2-31, SEXUAL ASSAULT

Sexual assault is a humiliating and often terrifying and brutal crime. It can happen to a man as
well as a woman and to a child as well as an elderly person. It includes any sexual conduct which
a person is forced into without his or her consent (VA Code 18.2). Each victim requires strong
support from medical, legal, law enforcement, and social service personnel.
The crime of sexual assault is, at times, misunderstood. In order to deal effectively with those
who have survived a sexual assault and educate others about the crime, law enforcement must
understand that rape and other sexual assaults are not crimes of passion, but acts of criminal
aggression, most of them violent. The offender, not the victim, is responsible for the sexual
assault.
Victims react to an attack in a variety of ways. The stereotype of a hysterical woman calling the
police is just that--a stereotype. Many victims are calm and composed. The emotional state of
the victim immediately following the assault is one of the intense emotional shock. That shock
may be expressed as hysteria, anger, fear, or as outward calm. But the disbelief and shock are
usually the underlying feelings.
Reporting the crime is often difficult for victims. The FBI estimates that a large percentage of
sexual assaults are reported. Victims of sexual assault may have difficulty deciding what to do
after the crime. Official reports have many uses. Once the report is taken, it can be kept on file
for
future use if the victim later decides to prosecute. As rapists are recidivists (repeaters), the
police, with the aid of several written reports, can often identify the person based on his similar
mode of operation and description.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.01, 02.03
Police personnel who first come into contact with a sexual assault victim may be the most
important people the psychologically and physically violated victim will see. It is important to
remember that a rape undermines the victim's sense of control. She or he must be allowed to
regain a feeling of control by making decisions and by being listened to in a supportive, non-
judgmental way.
Most police officers understand the technical aspects of evidence collection necessary for the
case. Their difficulty is handling their discomfort when interviewing a victim. Many officers
report
that this feeling makes the evidence collection and the technical investigation more difficult.
Regardless of the result of the police investigation, the establishment of rapport between the
officer and the victim is always a plus. Being able to respond to sexual assault victims in a
constructive way is a benefit to the officer and enhances the department's image in the
community.
GO 2-32: Domestic Violence
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.03, 13.01
NOTE: This order is for internal use only and does not enlarge an officer's civil or criminal
liability in any way. It should not be construed as the creation of a higher standard of safety or
care in an evidentiary sense, with respect to third-party claims. Violations of this directive, if
proven, can only form the basis of a complaint by this department, and then only in a non-
judicial setting.
I. POLICY
This office assigns domestic or family violence (domestic disturbance) calls a high priority. Calls
originating from ADT monitoring service with an ADT A.W.A.R.E. Alarm shall be given
highest priority. The nature and seriousness of crimes committed between family or household
members are not mitigated because of the relationships or living arrangements of those involved.
Therefore, law enforcement must exercise leadership in the community in responding to
domestic violence. An immediate criminal justice response can make a major difference in the
disputants' lives. With all due consideration for their own safety, department personnel
responding to a domestic disturbance call shall (l) restore order; (2) arrest persons when probable
cause exists that a crime has occurred; (3) provide safety and security for the crime victim(s);
and, (4) help participants contact appropriate agencies to help prevent future occurrences.
II. PURPOSE
To define domestic violence and related offenses, outline a safe procedure for handling violent
incidents and calls, describe measures to end violence and protect victims.
III. DEFINITIONS
A. Assault
See Virginia Code §§ 18.2-57 and 18.2-57.2 ("Assault and Battery Against a Family or
Household Member," which upon a third or subsequent conviction of the same or similar offense
of any jurisdiction within a ten-year period shall be treated as a Class 6 felony).
1. A related matter, § 18.2-60 criminalizes the sending of letters to anyone threatening death or
injury (Class 6 felony).
2. A magistrate issuing a warrant for violation of § 18.2-57.2 shall also issue an emergency
protective order.
B. Domestic violence shelters/programs

NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.03, 13.01
Services that are provided (usually 24 hours a day) for women and their children who have been
physically or emotionally abused, or who have been threatened with abuse by their
spouses or partners. Services include crisis intervention, counseling, shelter, escort to court, food,
clothing, and transportation.
C. Family abuse
Any threat or act of violence, including forceful detention, which results in physical injury or
places one in reasonable apprehension of bodily injury and which is committed by a person
against such person's family or household member (§ 16.1-228).
D. Family or household member Per §§ 18.2-57.2, 16.1-228, and 19.2-81.3, includes:
1. Spouses, whether or not residing in the same home.
2. Former spouses, whether or not residing in the same home.
3. Persons who have a child in common, whether or not they have ever been married or resided
together.
4. Parents, children, stepparents, stepchildren, half-brothers and half-sisters grandparents,

grandchildren, brothers and sisters regardless of whether they reside in the same home
with the suspect.
5. Parents-in-law, children-in-law, brothers- and sisters-in-law who reside in the same home with
the suspect.
6. Persons who cohabit or who, within the previous 12 months cohabited with the suspect, and
any children of either who then resided in the same home as the suspect.
E. Predominant physical aggressor

(See § 19.2-81.3) A law-enforcement officer having probable cause to believe that a violation of
§ 18.2-57.2 or § 16.1-253.2 has occurred shall arrest and take into custody the person he has
probable cause to believe, based on the totality of the circumstances, was the predominant
physical aggressor unless there are special circumstances which would dictate a course of action
other than an arrest. The standards for determining who is the predominant physical aggressor
shall be based on the following considerations:
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.03, 13.01
1. Who was the first aggressor?
2. The protection of the health and safety of family and household members,
3. Prior complaints of family abuse by the allegedly abusing person involving the family or
household members,
4. The relative severity of the injuries inflicted on persons involved in the incident, whether any
injuries were inflicted in self-defense, witness statements, and other observations.
F. Protective order
A court order of protection on behalf of an abused family/household member that restrains the
abuser from further acts of violence, may order the abuser to refrain from further
contact, vacate the residence, relinquish custody of a vehicle, plus other measures (see § 16.1-
279.1). A protective order may be valid up to two years. Types of protective orders:
1. Emergency protective order/EPO for stalking.
2. Preliminary protective order/PPO for stalking.
3. Full protective order/PO for stalking. Statutes relevant to protective orders include §§ 16.1-
251, -253.1, -253.2, -253.4, -279.1, 18.2-60.4, 19.2-81.3, 152.8 through -152.10). For further
discussion of protective orders, see section VI.
G. Stalking
Any person who on more than one occasion engages in conduct directed at another person with
the intent to place, or with the knowledge that the conduct places, that other person or the
person's family or household member in reasonable fear of death, criminal sexual assault, or
bodily injury (a Class 1 misdemeanor, § 18.2-60.3).
1. Stalking behaviors include following a person to home, work, and other places, parking
outside home or office, threatening notes or telephone calls, threats, or computer-based,
on-line threats.
2. A person who violates any provision of a protective order related to stalking is guilty of a
Class 1 misdemeanor (§ 18.2-60.4).
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.03, 13.01
IV. PROCEDURES - General responsibilities
A. Agency personnel shall refer victims of domestic violence and stalking to appropriate
community resources (mental health agencies, medical doctors, legal assistance agencies,
victim/witness assistance programs, and domestic violence shelters/programs). Where possible,
deputies shall help victims directly access referral agencies. (See also VII.G.5.)
Referrals help prevent future disturbances.
B. Agency personnel shall be trained about domestic violence and its impact. Personnel must be
well trained to confront unexpected violence. Disturbance calls can be dangerous to
responding deputies. Deputies are encouraged to consult community resources such as the local
domestic violence shelter and the local victim/witness advocacy program.
C. Dispatcher (communications center) responsibilities

1. Because the dispatcher is likely to be the first person to receive the call, or the ADT
A.W.A.R.E. alarm, he or she is instrumental in determining the type of response.
2. The dispatcher is responsible for gathering as much information as possible from the caller to
relay to the responding units.
3. At this point, if evidence of injury or a weapon exists, someone has threatened violence, or the
complainant requests a deputy, dispatch one immediately (two deputies preferred, and two shall
respond to an ADT A.W.A.R.E. alarm activation) and an ambulance, if needed. The dispatcher
shall perform a VCIN inquiry and give the results to the responding deputy(s) before their arrival
at scene. Keep the caller on the telephone, if possible, and obtain additional information:
a. Suspect's whereabouts? If not known, obtain vehicle description, direction of travel, and
elapsed time and access to weapons.
b. Were alcohol or drugs involved?
c. A history of calls to this address? Outstanding warrants on disputants? Probation/parole status

of suspect/aggressor?
d. A history of previous arrests?
e. A protective order in effect?

NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.03, 13.01
4. The dispatcher shall maintain telephone contact until the deputies arrive in order to monitor
the incident and provide support to the victim. The dispatcher shall advise the victim of the
intended response.
5. The dispatcher shall provide the responding deputy with as much information as possible to
identify risks at the scene.
6. See Victim Services, GO 2-28, dispatcher responsibilities.
V. PROCEDURES - Patrol responsibilities

A. Arrival at the scene
1. Obtain all available information from the dispatcher before arrival.
2. Approaching the scene.

a. When possible, deputies should wait for back-up help, discuss a strategy, and approach the
dispute scene in pairs.
b. Avoid the use of sirens and other alarms in the vicinity of the scene. The suspect might be
dangerous and could turn a weapon upon arriving deputies.
c. Observe the location of the dispute before contacting the complainant. Consider the
surroundings. Park the marked car a short distance away. Each deputy should follow a separate
approach to the scene of the dispute, maintaining maximum cover and an escape route. From this
point on, deputies should remain within sight of one another, if possible.
d. Before knocking on the door, listen and look in any nearby window to obtain additional
information about the situation (e.g., layout of the house, number of people, weapons, evidence
of violence or damage).
e. Deputies must be concerned for their own safety as well as the disputants'. To minimize the
possibility of injury, stand to the side of the door and not in front of windows when knocking.
The unexpected may occur when the door opens.
3. Initial contact with occupant(s).

a. Identify selves as law enforcement officers by name, give an explanation of your presence, and
request entry into the home (when conditions permit). Ascertain identity of complainant, and ask
to see him or her and any other person at the home.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.03, 13.01
1) Deputies shall not accept statements from any disputant or witness that the call was a mistake
without investigating further. Deputies shall not leave without interviewing the complainant.
b. If entry is refused, deputies must explain that they must make sure there are no injured persons
inside. If no one responds to knocking, deputies shall try to establish
voice contact by shouting for an answer.
c. Refusal of entry or no response to a knock at the door may require a forced entrance only if
deputies have a reasonable suspicion that the safety of people inside may be in
jeopardy.
1) In deciding to make a forced warrant less entry, deputies shall evaluate the following
elements:
a) The degree of urgency involved and the time required to get a warrant.
b) The possibility of danger to others, including deputies left to guard the site.
c) Whether the suspected offense involved violence.
d) Whether deputies reasonably believe that persons may be armed.
d. Deputies may conduct a search of the premises if consent has been given to do so. Although a
consent search eliminates the need for a warrant and for probable cause, such consent must be
freely and voluntarily given. If two people have joint ownership or possession of a place or thing,
either one may give a valid consent.
1) A spouse can consent to the search of premises used jointly by both husband and wife. This
also applies if the man and woman are unmarried cohabitants. If one of them exercises sole
control over part of the premises, the other cannot give valid consent to search that part.
2) If the complainant has asked for law enforcement assistance in retrieving personal property
from his or her residence, the deputies must first determine if the complainant has lawful
authority to do so. If so, the deputies shall stand by to preserve the peace, but may advise the
disputants that rights to any disputed property can only be determined by the courts.
e. Deputies may also make a warrant less entry to conduct a search if an emergency exists.
Deputies must have a reasonable belief that such an emergency does exist (example: deputies
believe that someone, perhaps children, is in need of emergency
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.03, 13.01
assistance).
1) Deputies shall evaluate the following elements when considering a warrant less entry:
a) The degree of urgency involved and the time required to get a warrant.
b) The possibility of danger to others, including deputies left to guard the site.
c) Whether the suspected offense is serious or involves violence.
d) Whether deputies reasonably believe that persons may be armed.
2) Finally, deputies are reminded that they have a lawful right to investigate any situation which
they reasonably believe to be an emergency.
f. Once inside, establish control by:

1) Inquiring about the nature of the dispute.
2) Identifying disputants.
3) Being aware of potential weapons in surroundings.
4) Determining if persons are in other rooms, whether children or adults, and the extent of any
injuries (these persons should be separated from the parties involved and kept out of hearing
range so their status as possible witnesses won't be compromised).
g. Protect the victim from further abuse. Separate the victim from the suspect and arrange for
medical attention if victim is hurt. If the victim appears injured and yet refuses medical
assistance, carefully document any observed injuries, as well as the refusal of medical treatment.
Photograph the victim's injuries.
h. Ascertain whether a protective order has been violated.
i. If weapons (whether firearms, knives, or any other object which could be used as a weapon)
are present, secure them away from the disputants, if practicable, while the disputants are being
interviewed. If deputies determine that weapons should be
removed from the premises, contact the field supervisor. Refer to II.A.7 regarding § 18.2-
308.1:4, which prohibits persons under protective orders from purchasing or transporting
firearms.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.03, 13.01
4. Transporting family/household members to the hospital, safe shelter, or magistrate. See §

16.1-253.2 and GO 2-28.
a. Deputies shall transport victims or assist in arranging for transportation upon request. (See §§
19.2-81.3, -81.4.)
b. If a complainant seeks deputies' help in entering his or her residence to obtain personal
property, the deputies must determine that the complainant has lawful authority to do so; must
advise all parties that they are accompanying the complainant to obtain items for immediate
personal (or children's) use; that the deputies' function is to maintain order; that any dispute over
property is a matter for the courts to decide.
B. Interviewing all disputants

1. Ensure safety and privacy by interviewing the victim in a place separate from the suspect, if
identifiable.
2. Critical to the success of the interview is the deputy's manner. Deputies must listen,
show interest in the disputants and their problem, and remain aware of nonverbal
communications signals.
3. Deputies shall attempt a low-key approach in domestic violence cases. Maintain good eye
contact through natural, spontaneous glances. (Fixed gazes or staring increase fear
and hostility.) A relaxed stance and appropriate facial and head movements demonstrate interest
and encourage the victim to continue speaking.
4. If possible, separate the parties so that they can individually describe the incident without
interruption. (This may help the parties relieve emotional tension.) Although the
disputants may be separated; deputies shall remain within sight and hearing of each other.
5. After the parties have given their statements, the deputies should ask about details for
clarification, and summarize the stated accounts (which allows the parties to point out
anything that might be misrepresented).
6. Be aware that parties may make excited utterances which may have evidentiary value.
Record these utterances when practicable and note them in your report.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.03, 13.01
C. Interviewing the victim
Ascertain the following information from the victim:
1. What happened?
2. Any injuries, who caused them, and what weapons or objects were used.
3. Relationship to suspect.
4. Any threats made against victim or others.
5. Forced sexual contact against victim's will.
6. Any court cases pending against suspect or any protective orders in effect.
7. Is suspect on probation or parole?
8. Did suspect threaten others, particularly children, damage property, or hurt pets.
D. Interviewing witnesses
1. Interview any witnesses to the incident--children, other family members, neighbors--as soon
as possible. See "Gathering Evidence" under section VII.F.8 (witness statements).
2. Remember that witnesses may be experiencing significant emotional crises that might
influence the accuracy of their accounts.
3. If witnesses provide information about prior assaults, document them to help establish a
pattern.
4. Children of disputants should be interviewed with care and kindness. Sit, kneel, or
otherwise be at their level when speaking to them. Signs of trauma or abuse should be
noted.
VI. PROCEDURES - Issuing an emergency protective order

A. Emergency protective orders (EPO) (domestic violence)
1. The EPO aims to protect the health or safety of any person. Regardless of a decision to arrest,
if a deputy has at least a reasonable belief that family abuse has occurred and there
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.03, 13.01
exists probable danger of further abuse, the deputies shall petition a judge or magistrate to issue
an EPO. (See § 16.1-253.4.)
a. If circumstances make it impossible or inappropriate for a deputies to obtain the EPO, the
deputies shall advise the victim that he or she can request an EPO directly from a magistrate or
the Juvenile and Domestic Relations Court.
b. The victim does not need to press charges or swear a warrant. The presence of the victim or
suspect is immaterial to obtaining an EPO.
c. An EPO may order a stop to abusive behavior, prohibit contact between parties, order the
abuser out of a shared home, and provide other relief.
2. A deputies can petition for an EPO by telephone or in person.
3. The EPO expires 72 hours after issuance. If the expiration would occur when court is not in
session, then the EPO expiration is delayed until 5 p.m. of the next business day. Note that a law-
enforcement officer may request an extension of an EPO if the person in need of protection is
mentally or physically incapable of doing so. The victim can petition for a
preliminary protective order before the expiration of an EPO.
4. The deputy shall complete form DC-626 and serve a copy to the respondent as soon as
possible. The order cannot be enforced until the abuser has been served. The dispatcher shall
enter the relevant information into VCIN upon receipt and update the entry upon service of the
order.
5. The deputy shall submit the original order to the issuing judge or magistrate, provide a copy to
the victim, and attach a copy to the incident report.
B. Emergency protective order (EPO) (stalking)

1. The victim may obtain an EPO once he or she has sworn an arrest warrant for the stalking
offense or a serious bodily injury crime under § 18.2-60.3 and § 19.2-152.9-.10).
The abuser can be anyone, not necessarily a family or household member. The EPO cannot be
issued until an arrest warrant has been obtained.
a. An EPO for stalking may order the respondent to stop the threatening behavior, prohibit the
respondent from contacting the victim in any way, and provide other relief.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.03, 13.01
2. A deputy can request a warrant and an EPO by telephone or in person under a reasonable
belief that stalking has occurred and will occur in the future or in cases where a violent act has
resulted in serious bodily injury to the victim. Further, the victim can request an EPO in person
at the office of a magistrate or the General District Court Clerk's Office.
3. Provisions A.3-5 above apply.
C. Preliminary protective order (PPO) (domestic violence)

1. An abused/family household member may petition the Juvenile and Domestic Relations Court
for a PPO (see § 16.1-253.1). After an ex party hearing and based on immediate and present
danger of family abuse or evidence sufficient to establish probable cause that family abuse has
recently occurred, the court may issue a PPO (protecting the petitioner or his or her family, or
both). At the hearing where the PPO is issued, a hearing date for a permanent or full protective
order shall be set. The PPO is
valid for 15 days.
a. The PPO may order the suspect to stop the abusive behavior, prohibit contact between parties,
order the abuser out of a shared home, grant exclusive possession over a home or car, and award
temporary custody of children.
b. A victim does not have to have an EPO in order to obtain a PPO.
c. The victim must petition the Juvenile and Domestic Relations Court for a PPO.
2. The dispatcher shall enter the order into VCIN upon receipt, which record shall be updated
upon service of the order.
The PPO shall be served on the abuser as soon as possible.
D. Preliminary protective order (PPO) (stalking)

1. Generally, the provisions of C above apply in stalking or serious bodily injury cases. The
victim must go to the Juvenile and Domestic Relations Court of the jurisdiction
where the stalking or violent crime occurred to petition for the PPO.
2. A PPO may order the abuser to stop stalking or violent behavior, prohibit contact between
parties, and provide other relief as necessary.
E. Full protective orders (domestic violence and stalking)

NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.03, 13.01
1. Domestic violence: In addition to the restrictions and prohibitions placed in a PPO, the full
protective order may require an abuser to pay for the victim and children to live
elsewhere, and for the abuser to receive treatment or counseling.
a. The victim and the abuser must attend a protective order hearing at the Juvenile
and Domestic Relations Court.
b. The full order is valid for up to two years.
2. Stalking: The full protective order for stalking or serious bodily injury crimes observes the
same general restrictions and prohibitions of a protective order for
domestic violence.
a. The victim and the abuser must attend a protective order hearing at the Juvenile
and Domestic Relations Court.
b. The full order is valid for up to two years.
F. Full faith and credit

Deputies shall enforce all protective orders from other states or possessions of the United States
as if they were issued in Virginia. Enforcement of out-of-state protective orders
does not require that they be registered in Virginia. If deputies are unable to verify an
outstanding protective order, they must nevertheless honor it. Deputies cannot arrest for
violation of the order, however, if the violator has not been served with it.
Deputies are allowed an extra measure of security if they cannot validate a foreign protective
order. If they are not satisfied that the order is valid, then they may ask victims to sign a
statement specifying what court, jurisdiction, conditions, and expiration apply.
G. Purchase or transportation of a firearm by a person subject to protective orders § 18.2-

308.1:4 prohibits any person subject to a protective order for domestic violence or
stalking (as defined in the statutes cited in this order) from purchasing or transporting a firearm
while the order is in effect, punishable as a Class 1 misdemeanor. Firearms
transported or purchased in violation of this law shall be confiscated and subject to
forfeiture.
VII. PROCEDURES - Arrests

A. Deputies may make an arrest without a warrant if they have probable cause to believe that a
felony has been committed in or out of his or her presence (§ 19.2-81, -81.3). The Code
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.03, 13.01
specifies the misdemeanors for which deputies can arrest for offenses not committed in their
presence. Further, the agency promotes a policy of arrest when the elements of an appropriate
offense are present. Deputies are reminded that they cannot release the abuser on a summons, but
must take the abuser before a magistrate. See GO 2-1 for a discussion of probable cause to arrest
and GO 2-4 for guidelines on arrests.
B. Deputies who develop probable cause that a person was the predominant physical aggressor in
a violation of § 18.2-57.2 (assault/battery against a family/household member), § 16.1-253.2
(violation of a protective order), shall arrest and take him or her into custody (§ 19.2-81.3).
Deputies who develop probable cause that a person has committed stalking (§ 18.2-60.4 or -603)
shall arrest and take him or her into custody. (If the "no contact," "no trespass," or "no further
abuse" provision of a protective order is violated, then it is treated as its own Class 1
misdemeanor offense.)
1. Knowing that the safety of the complainant or victim probably will be compromised by an
arrest, and recognizing that circumstances may preclude physical arrest, the deputy must
decide, within his or her discretion, whether to arrest. Deputies shall not instruct victims to
obtain warrants for applicable offenses; deputies themselves shall obtain the warrants if
circumstances so require. If circumstances nevertheless dictate no arrests, see VII.E
below.
a. If an arrest is made, advise the victim that the case may be prosecuted even if the victim later
declines to testify.
b. If deputies cannot identify a predominant physical aggressor and do not make an arrest, they
shall nevertheless thoroughly document the incident. Further, deputies shall not threaten to arrest
all parties involved for the purpose of discouraging future requests for law enforcement
intervention.
2. In cases where the conditions of a protective order have been violated (§ 18.2-119, or
protective order/stalking, § 19.2-152.8, § 18.2-60.4), deputies shall review the victim's
copy of the order, checking it for validity. If a protective order exists and its terms ("no contact,"
"no trespass," or "no further abuse") are violated then the deputy shall arrest the
violator if probable cause exists. Note: when the respondent is convicted of a protective order
violation, the court is required to issue a new protective order.
3. Deputies making arrests under § 19.2-81.3 (and § 18.2-60.3, stalking) shall petition for an
emergency protective order (§ 16.1-253.4, and § 19.2-152.8 for stalking or serious
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.03, 13.01
bodily injury crimes). If the deputy does not arrest but a danger of family abuse still exists, the
deputy shall petition for an emergency protective order.
a. If children are involved in the incident, deputies shall contact the on-call Child Protective
Services worker if a child is abused or neither parent can reasonably look after the child's safety
and well-being (neglect is a separate, reportable offense).
Note: If a child has not been abused but neither parent can reasonably look after the child's safety
(possible neglect); Child Protective Services may be the best contact. If neither abuse nor neglect
seem evident but a child is present at the scene of a
domestic disturbance, document the child's presence in the report.
b. If the abuser is not present, deputies shall try to serve the protective order as soon as possible
and shall so advise the victim once service has been made. Deputies shall arrange to have the
order entered into VCIN upon receipt.
4. In determining probable cause, the deputy shall not consider:

a. Whether the parties are married or living together, or their race, sex, ethnicity, social class, or
sexual orientation.
b. Whether the complainant has not sought or obtained a protective order.
c. The deputy's own preference to reconcile the parties despite the complainant's insistence that
an arrest be made.
d. That the complainant has called for law enforcement protection previously and has not
pursued or has withdrawn the criminal complaint against the abuser.
e. That the complainant has not begun divorce proceedings.
f. Assurances of either disputant that violence will stop.
g. The lack of visible bruises or injuries.
h. Denial by either disputant that violence occurred.
5. Deputies shall be alert to the elements of a stalking arrest. Ask victims:

NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.03, 13.01
a. Is the suspect following you or did he or she follow you?
b. Is the suspect harassing you or did he or she harass you?
c. Is the suspect threatening you or did he or she threaten you?
6. The possibility of other offenses shall not be overlooked. Other related offenses include:
a. Marital sexual assault (§ 18.2-67.2:1).
b. Violation of a stalking protective order (§§ 18.2-60.4, 19.2-152.8, -152.9, 152.10).
C. Factors favoring the decision to arrest

Arrest is the most appropriate response when these factors are present:
1. Serious, intense conflict.
2. Use of a weapon.
3. Previous injury or damage.
4. Previous court appearance against the offending party.
5. Previous attempt to sever the relationship.
6. Previous calls for law enforcement help.
7. When a felony has occurred.
8. Evidence of drugs or alcohol use at the assault.
9. Offenses committed with the deputy present.
10. Valid warrants on file for other crimes.
11. A protective order has been violated. Charge as a Class 1 misdemeanor under § 16.1-253.2.
12. Aggressive behavior toward anyone, pets, anything, or threatening behavior.

NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.03, 13.01
D. Making the arrest:

1. Arrest the suspect if he or she is present, apply handcuffs, inform him or her that the decision
to arrest is a law enforcement one, and transport securely to the magistrate.
2. If the suspect is absent or has been arrested, transport (or arrange transportation for) the victim
to a safe shelter or other appropriate place. Issue a "BOL" describing the suspect
and arrange for an arrest warrant.
3. If an arrest must be made because a protective order has been violated, verify its validity
by:
a. Examining the victim's copy, if available.
b. Having communications search VCIN or contact the jurisdiction that issued the order to
confirm its currency (see V.B.2).
Note: As noted under VII.B.2, if deputies cannot validate a foreign protective order, then they
may ask victims to sign a statement specifying what court, jurisdiction, conditions, and
expiration apply.
E. If the abusive person is not arrested

1. Complete an incident report and give a copy or arrange to have a copy given to the victim (§
19.2-81.3 applies). This procedure applies both for domestic violence and
stalking.
2. Inform the victim that he or she can begin criminal proceedings at a later time. Provide
information about how to file a criminal charge, including time, location, and case number, and
offer to help in filing charges at a later time.
3. Advise the victim of the importance of preserving evidence.
4. Explain to the victim about protective orders and how to obtain them and offer to help the
victim obtain them later.
5. If the victim wants to leave the premises to ensure safety, remain at the scene while the victim
packs essentials. Advise the victim to take only personal items plus important papers (see
V.A.4).
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.03, 13.01
6. Give the victim telephone numbers of emergency shelters in the area and the Sheriff's Office
emergency number, 911 should be used.
7. Assure the victim that this office shall assist in future emergencies and explain measures for
enhancing his or her own safety.
8. Advise the victim of the availability of the ADT A.W.A.R.E. Alarm system and the Cell
Phone Loan Program available through the Victim Assistance Program and Victim Crisis
Center.
F. Gathering evidence:
1. Physical evidence takes three forms in domestic violence cases: the injuries of the victim,
evidentiary articles that substantiate an attack, and the crime scene itself.
2. The victim's account of injuries sustained should be corroborated by a physician.
3. When feasible, take photographs of injuries.
4. Photograph the crime scene to show that a struggle occurred; if photography is not possible,
write a description of it.
5. Collect evidence according to the same principles as applied to any crime scene (see the
appendix to GO 2-14).
6. If the suspect is under a domestic violence or stalking protective order and appears to have
purchased or transported a firearm, confiscate it as evidence of § 18.2-308.1:4 (see
also V.H.4.c below).
7. Seize any weapons that the predominant physical aggressor used or threatened to use in the
commission of any crime.
8. Obtain statements from all witnesses, particularly noting any excited utterances that bear on
the incident.
G. Documenting the incident

1. All incident reports on domestic violence and stalking shall follow general reporting
procedures with special attention to the victim services crime report procedure in GO 2-28.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.03, 13.01
2. Include in all reports of domestic violence:

a. Facts and circumstances of domestic violence including a description of why one disputant
was deemed the predominant physical aggressor.
b. Victim's statements as to the frequency and severity of prior incidents of abuse by the same
family or household member.
c. The victim's statements as to the number of prior calls for law enforcement assistance.
d. The disposition of the investigation.
3. In any case involving domestic violence, stalking, or related crimes, thoroughly document
probable cause to arrest.
4. If an arrest is not made for domestic violence or stalking, the incident must still be
documented, where either no probable cause existed, or circumstances dictated another course of
action. In such cases, in addition to the above considerations, deputies shall note:
a. What referral information was given?
b. The name of any counselor contacted.
c. Why no arrest was made, nor any warrant issued.
5. If children were present, make a report of abuse or neglect, if appropriate, and forward it to
Child Protective Services (see VII.B.3.a above).
6. Regardless of whether an arrest is made, the deputy shall provide appropriate information to
the victim, both orally and in writing, about legal and community resources available.
7. At the conclusion of legal proceedings, return evidentiary property to the victim.

Coordinate the victim's appearances in court or for line-ups.
H. Arrests of law enforcement personnel

1. If the predominant physical aggressor or abuser is an employee of this agency, the
responding deputy shall summon a supervisor, who shall in turn notify his or her chain of
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.03, 13.01
command.
2. The scene shall be secured and medical attention summoned, if required. The employee shall
be disarmed or removed from access to weapons. The possibility exists that the employee's
departmental weapon may be evidence of an offense.
3. The on-call investigator shall be summoned who shall begin an internal criminal investigation,
with notification of the chain of command.
a. If probable cause to arrest exists, the investigating officer shall arrest and gather evidence
(including taking photographs) consistent with this general order.
b. The assigned investigator shall work with the responding patrol deputy to ensure that the
victim receives medical attention, if necessary, is transported to a hospital or safe
shelter, and that all reports are completed, evidence gathered, and photographs taken. The
responding supervisor shall assist in obtaining or obtain an emergency protective order and
confiscate weapons in the event an emergency protective order is issued.
c. The investigator shall speedily present the case to the commonwealth's attorney.
4. Upon termination of the criminal investigation, the Sheriff may designate a supervisor to
undertake an internal administrative investigation into the incident consistent with RR 1-9. The
Sheriff may suspend the employee pending the outcome of the investigation.
a. Suspended employees shall immediately turn in all agency-issued weapons, vehicles, badges,
and identification.
b. If the internal administrative investigation supports a violation of agency policy, the Sheriff
shall take appropriate action consistent with policy outlined in RR 1-7. Further, if
the investigation confirms that domestic violence occurred, the Sheriff may require counseling,
psychological evaluation, demotion, or termination of employment.
c. Recently enacted federal law states that any person (including a law enforcement officer)
convicted under any state or federal law for a misdemeanor involving the use, attempted use of
physical force, or the threatened use of a deadly weapon when committed by a current or former
spouse, parent or guardian of the victim, a person sharing a child in common, or a cohabitant of
the victim (past or present), is prohibited
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 02.03, 13.01
from shipping, transporting, possessing, or receiving firearms or ammunition. The offense may
have occurred at any time. Law enforcement officers convicted of offenses involving weapons or
threats of force may therefore be unable to maintain
their certification. Note that officers who are the subject of a protective order shall not carry
firearms. Deputies who are the subject of a protective order shall turn in all agency-issued
weapons.
d. Refer to RR 1-02, VI, B, 8 for guidance on arresting officers of other jurisdictions, and RR 1-
02, VI, Q for requirements that employees report court actions to which they have been a party.
5. The Sheriff shall ensure that any court orders or injunctions are served on the employee at the
agency. The Sheriff shall ensure that legal papers are served in a private setting so
that supervisory personnel can coordinate process service with counseling or psychological
services.
a. The employee's supervisor shall monitor the employee's behavior. Upon service of any court
papers, the supervisor shall be present to review any affidavits supporting
such papers. The supervisor shall stay alert to behavior that may be unseemly or indicative of
problems requiring professional intervention.
6. Deputies are reminded that RR 1-02. requires notification of the Sheriff of any civil or
criminal action pending against them.
GO 2-33: WRECKERS / TOWING
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
APPROVED BY: J. R. Edwards, Sheriff
VLEPSC STANDARDS: OPR. 07.08, 07.11 – 07.12
I. POLICY
Deputies must understand when the towing and storage of vehicles is appropriate and legal.
Whenever possible, owners or operators of vehicles for which towing is required will be
encouraged to specify a towing service of their own choice. When required, the deputy shall
summon a tow truck, unless a specific request for a particular tow service has been made by
the owner or operator of the vehicle to be towed.
II. PURPOSE
To establish procedures for towing vehicles.
III. PROCEDURES-GENERAL
Deputies may attempt to notify owners that their vehicle(s) should be removed the deputies
order the vehicle(s) to be towed.
A. Accident: Any vehicle involved in an accident shall be moved to the shoulder of the
road or elsewhere as soon as possible after necessary accident investigation
information has been obtained. Vehicles shall be removed from the shoulder of the
without unnecessary delay.
1. Vehicles may be removed from the shoulder of the road or other legal parking
spot, which does not obstruct or impede vehicle travel on the roadway.
2. If this is not possible and a traffic hazard is created, the deputy may order
towing of the vehicle at the owners expense.
B. Emergency: Any vehicle found illegally parked in the vicinity of a fire, traffic or
airplane accident or area of emergency which creates a traffic hazard or interferes
with the necessary work of police, fire or rescue workers may be ordered towed, at
the expense of the owner by a deputy sheriff. Vehicles being used by radio, TV and
press are exempt unless they obstruct police, fire or rescue operators.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
C. Impeding/Danger to traffic: No vehicle shall be stopped in such manner as to impede

or render dangerous the use of the highway by others, except in cases of mechanical
breakdown or accident. If a disabled vehicle is not promptly removed and creates a
traffic hazard the deputy may order the vehicle towed at the expense of the owner.
D. State/County/ Municipal vehicles: Paragraphs A, B and C above shall not apply to

any vehicle owned or controlled by the state or a local unit of government while
actually engaged in construction or highway maintenance.
E. Blocked Driveway or Parking Area: Any deputy discovering or having report of any
motor vehicle, trailer or other vehicle blocking a driveway or parking area, or
obstructing or interfering with the movement on any driveway or parking area
without the land owners permission may order the vehicle towed at the expense of the
owner of the vehicle.
F. Unattended Traffic Hazard/Violation of Law: Deputies may tow any motor vehicle
found on public street or grounds unattended by the owner/operator that constitutes a
traffic hazard or is parked in such a manner as to be in violation of the law.
G. Unauthorized Vehicle: Whenever any motor vehicle is left unattended for more than
(48) hours upon any public or privately-owned property other than the property of the
vehicle owner, the deputy may order it be towed at the owners expense of the owner
of the vehicle.
H. Abandon Vehicle: Whenever any motor vehicle is abandoned upon public or

privately owned property without the permission of the owner, lessee or occupant
thereof, the deputy may order it towed at the expense of the owner of the vehicle. A
vehicle may be presumed to be abandoned if:
1. It lacks either
a) A current license plate
b) A current county, city tag or sticker
c) A valid state inspection
2. It has been in specific location for ten days without being moved as in
Virginia Code 46.2-1204
I. Removal from private property.

NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
1. No removal shall be ordered from private property under subparagraphs G and H

above without receiving a request of the owner, lessee or occupant thereof. Suchs
request shall indemnify the county against any loss incurring by reason of
removal, storage or sale therof.
2. Property Owners etc., may act immediately to have vehicles towed which are
occupying a lot, area, space, building or part thereof without their permission
under Virginia Code 46.2-1215 which requires them to order the vehicle towed
and simultaneously notify a law enforcement officer.
J. Evidence/Crime Involvement: Vehicles that are of an evidentiary value or involved in

the commission of a crime shall normally be towed at the request of the deputy to the
Sheriffs Office lot or Sheriffs Office Secure Storage Site at the Sheriffs Office
Expense.
K. DUI Vehicles: A vehicle driven by a DUI suspect that is legally and safely parked
may be locked and left there if the suspect requests. The suspect may turn the keys
over to a friend or relative who will move the vehicle or the suspect may request the
vehicle be towed by a particular garage. If the suspect does not request a particular
tow service to move the illegally parked or hazard creating vehicle the deputy may
order it towed for safekeeping at the owners expense.
1. Vehicles of drivers arrested for driving on suspended licenses due to previous

DUI arrests shall be towed and impounded pursuant to Virginia Code 46.2-301
or 46.2-301.1
IV. TOWING PROCEDURES

A. Deputies shall know under which provisions (subparagraphs A-K above) the
vehicle be towed.
B. Preferable, the vehicle owner/operator will name a towing company to be used.
C. If the owner/operator does not wish to specify a towing firm or is not available to
make a choice, the deputy will ask the dispatcher to send the next available
wrecker from the wrecker rotation list.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
D. In an emergency involving major traffic congestion the deputy shall request a

wrecker with the quickest response time.
E. Dispatchers shall log the towing in the wrecker rotation book as well as in the
vehicle section for that call for service and choose wheather it is a request of
rotation and all vehicle information shall be entered for documentation purposes.
F. If the vehicles involved are larger in than normal passenger vehicle or pickup size
the deputy shall advise the dispatchers so that a specialty wrecker service be
contacted.
G. When the wrecker arrives on the scene the law enforcement unit shall advise the
dispatcher of the time of arrival and any other subsequent problems.
H. Dispatchers shall be notified of all vehicles being towed by deputies or owners of

private property and shall record date, time, place towed from and to, license
number, make or model, and color of vehicle.
I. The dispatcher shall log the information listed in section H above, in all cases
when vehicles are removed, stored or towed at the direction of a deputy. A storage
sheet with the listed information shall be complete if the vehicle owner is not
aware of it being towed or if the operator is arrested and the vehicle is towed.
J. Records of vehicles removed, stored or towed at the direction of a deputy shall be

maintained in accordance with the Library of Virginia's Records Retention Policy.
V. INVENTORY
A. Vehicles that are towed at the request of the owner/operator or vehicles that are
left legally parked shall not be inventoried. Deputies are reminded of the "plain
view doctrine" and the limitations upon the authority to search incidental to a
lawful arrest. See GO 2-1 and 2-5 for further details.
B. When a vehicle is towed by a deputy in an investigative matter, the towing

company will tow the vehicle to the Sheriff's office lot or to a secure impound lot.
While the vehicle is being towed, the deputy will follow and keep the vehicle in
sight at all times.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
C. Deputies shall complete an inventory and turn in the original copy of the
inventory report to the dispatcher.
VI. TOWING/WRECKER SERVICE REQUIRMENTS

This office shall maintain a listing of approved towing/wrecker services, routinely available
in Greensville County. A listing of primary services shall be maintained in the
communications center. The primary list shall be set up according to county zones, and
service requests shall be made on a rotating basis, except when an emergency exists or when
based on a vehicle owner's request. An alternative list may also be maintained in the
communications center.
The following are guidelines that should be used to determine approval of a towing/wrecker
service.
A. Primary Listing Services on the primary list must meet the following:
1. Must have a valid Greensville County business license.
2. Must maintain a secure and approved vehicle storage facility within the county.
3. Must be on the Virginia State Police approved list.
B. Alternative Listing:
Services on the alternative list may be from adjoining jurisdictions. These services
may be used in certain situations or in emergencies where the primary services are not
available or do not have the required capabilities. Services included on this listing
shall be exempt from the above requirements.
VII. FORMS
Vehicle Impoundment Form
GO 2-34: COMMUNICABLE - Appendix 1:
AIDS Related Concerns of Personnel
Appendix 1 to General Order 2-34

COMMUNICABLE DISEASES: AIDS Related Concerns Of Personnel
Issue Information
Human Bites A person who bites is typically the one who gets the
blood; viral transmission through saliva is highly
unlikely. If bitten by anyone, gently milk wound to make
it blood, wash the area, and seek medical attention
Spitting Viral transmission through saliva is highly unlikely.
Urine/feces Virus isolated in only very low concentrations in urine;
not at all in feces; no cases of AIDS or HIV infection
associated with either urine or feces.
CPR / First Aid To eliminate the already minimal risk associated with
CPR, use masks/airways; avoid blood-to-blood contact
by keeping open wounds covered and wearing gloves
when in contact with bleeding wounds.
Body removal Observe crime scene rule: do not touch anything; those
who must come into contact with blood or other body
fluids should wear gloves.
Casual Contact No cases of AIDS or HIV infection attributed to casual
contact.
Any contact with blood Wash thoroughly with soap and water, clean up spills
or body fluids with 1:10 solution of household bleach.
*Source: Adapted from: AIDS and the Law Enforcement Officer: Concerns and Policy
Responses by Theodore M. Hammett, Ph.D., National Institute of Justice, U.S.
Department of Justice, June, 1987
GO 2-34: COMMUNICABLE DISEASES
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
APPROVED BY: W. T. JARRATT, JR., SHERIFF

PER. 10.01
I. POLICY
The Sheriff's Office has an obligation to the public and to its own personnel to increase
awareness about risks, modes of transmission, and procedures for handling communicable
diseases such as hepatitis B, tuberculosis, HIV (Human Immunodeficiency Virus) and AIDS
(Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome), and AIDS-related infections.
All personnel must understand that the focus of the news media on AIDS has dealt with so-
called "high risk" groups, i.e., homosexual men, intravenous drug users, and prostitutes. As a
matter of practice, the Sheriff's Office does not recognize high-risk groups since health and
legal experts maintain that the actual risk of contagion comes from high-risk behavior.
Accordingly, deputies shall act responsibly in minimizing the risk of infection when dealing
with any person, male or female, child or adult or with any body fluids. A few simple
precautions, however, will avoid the risk of infection almost entirely. The appendix to this
general order details common AIDS concerns of personnel plus relevant medical information.
Deputies cannot refuse to work with or handle anyone--victim, complainant, or suspect--

because of fears of possible infection. Personnel shall not refuse to arrest or otherwise refuse
to handle any person in a legitimate law enforcement context, provided that appropriate
protective equipment is available. The measures provided herein will assist deputies in
carrying out their duties while simultaneously minimizing health risks.
The most likely danger from contact with HIV or other communicable diseases comes from
handling blood or other body fluids as evidence or at the scene of injury or death. The
department does expect deputies to exercise caution when handling evidence, to which end the
following procedures are set forth. One point bears repeating, however: deputies have no way
to determine with certainty if a citizen is infected with a communicable disease.
The department shall provide employees, continuously, with information and education on
prevention of communicable diseases, as well as safety equipment and procedures to minimize
their risks of exposure. The department has instituted post-exposure reporting, evaluation, and
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

PER. 10.01
treatment for all members exposed to communicable diseases. Sergeant's will be responsible
for
maintaining and coordinating the communicable disease program and all other medical related
programs for the Greensville County Sheriff's Office. Additional members of this office may
assist the sergeant's.
Finally, the Sheriff's Office advises all personnel that they shall not receive discriminatory
treatment nor bear any stigma if they contract a communicable disease, which becomes known
to this office.
II. PURPOSE
The purpose of this order is to establish guidelines and procedures to be followed when a
member of the Sheriff's Office is exposed to a communicable disease with a risk of major
illness or death and to establish procedures for handling of evidence or property that may be
contaminated.
III. DEFINITIONS
A. Communicable disease - an infectious disease capable of being passed to another by
contact with an infected person or his/her body fluids.
B. AIDS (Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome) - is a blood-borne and sexually transmitted

disease that attacks and destroys the body's immune system. It makes people susceptible to
infections, malignancies, and diseases not generally life-threatening to persons with normal
immune systems. AIDS also causes disorders of the central nervous system. There is no
vaccine against the virus. Personnel are advised that AIDS is not transmitted through any of
the
following (according to the Centers for Disease Control):
1. Sneezing, coughing, spitting;
2. Handshakes, hugging, or other nonsexual physical contact;
3. Toilet seats, bathtubs, or showers;
4. Various utensils, dishes, or linens used by persons with AIDS;

NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

PER. 10.01
5. Articles worn or handled by persons with AIDS, i.e., doorknobs, pens, or cups;
6. Being near someone with AIDS frequently or over a long period of time;
7. Riding the same transportation;
8. Eating in the same public place with an AIDS-infected person; or
9. Working in the same office.
C. ARC (AIDS-Related Complex) - is a condition caused by the aids virus (HIV) and has a
specific set of symptoms. Such symptoms include persistent fever, weight loss, skin rashes,
diarrhea, and swollen lymph nodes. Although these symptoms may be debilitating, they are
generally not life threatening.
D. HIV (Human Immunodeficiency Virus) - is the virus that causes AIDS. HIV infects and
destroys certain white blood cells, undermining the body's ability to combat infection. (Also
named HTLV-III or LAV). Technically speaking, this general order aims to reduce the chance
of HIV transmission, the virus that causes AIDS.
E. Seropositivity - refers to a person having antibodies to HIV, meaning that infection has
occurred at some time in the past. A seropositive person can be infected with HIV for years
with out ever developing symptoms of AIDS. Infected persons can transmit the virus even
though they may not have symptoms of AIDS.
F. Hepatitis B (HBV) - is a viral infection that can result in jaundice, cirrhosis, and, sometimes,
cancer of the liver. The virus is transmitted through exposure to blood, semen, or vaginal
secretions. Two vaccines are currently available against hepatitis B [Recombivax (synthetic)
or Heptivax (serum derived)].
G. Tuberculosis - is a bacterial disease that can be transmitted through saliva, urine, blood,
and other body fluids by persons infected with it. Tuberculosis is spread primarily by inhaling
airborne droplets from infected coughing people. It can enter the body through infected
mucous on the skin (as from coughing) or from droplets that are inhaled. It is an airborne,
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

PER. 10.01
opportunistic disease and it primarily causes lung infection. Although no vaccine against
tuberculosis exits, medications are available to treat the disease.
H. Exposure control program - is a written agency plan, available to all employees, which
details the steps taken to eliminate or minimize exposure incidents, and identifies at-risk tasks
and assignments.
1. 2006 Exposure Control Plan
I. Personal protective equipment (PPE) - consists of specialized clothing or equipment worn or

used by employees for protection against infection. PPE does not include uniforms or work
clothes without special protective qualities.
J. Universal precautions - includes controls or procedures advised by the Centers for Disease
Control (CDC) that emphasize precautions based on the assumption that blood and body fluids
are potentially infectious.
IV. GENERAL RESPONSIBILITIES

A. The Sheriff shall develop a written exposure control plan, which provides the overall strategy
for limiting exposure to HIV and HBV viruses, and for handling exposure incidents. The plan
is available to all employees and may be reviewed upon request to their immediate supervisor.
1. The plan adheres to the principles and procedures for the prevention of HIV and HBV
exposure as detailed in the universal precautions prescribed by the CDC plus other federal
agencies.
2. All employees, and supervisors particularly, are responsible for the maintenance of a
clean, sanitary workplace, and shall inspect workplaces daily to ensure that these
conditions are met.
a. All supervisors shall develop and implement schedules for cleaning and
decontamination of equipment and workplaces.
B. The Sheriff shall ensure that adequate supplies are available for communicable disease
control within the agency. Supervisors are responsible for maintaining continuously an
adequate supply of disease control supplies for all affected personnel within their purview.
Further, supervisors must ensure that
1. Personal protective equipment (PPE) can be found in sufficient quantities at advertised

NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

PER. 10.01
locations; and
2. Hypoallergenic gloves and other materials are available for employees allergic to
standard-issue gear; and
3. Supplies are routinely inspected, replaced, cleaned; and
4. First Aid supplies and disinfectants are available always.
C. The Sheriff, through his designee, shall ensure that the Sheriff's Office vehicles will each
contain the following PPE supplies at all times:
· 2 Pairs of disposable latex gloves

· 1 Disposable face mask and shield
· 1 Disposable plastic bags with contaminated material seals
· 1 Bottle of alcohol-based cleanser or towelettes
· 1 CPR shield (with a 1-way valve to prevent the patient's saliva from entering the
caregiver's mouth)
· 1 Pair disposable shoe coverings
· 2 Puncture-resistant, leak proof containers for needles and other sharp objects and
waterproof bandages
D. Deputies using supplies in their vehicles shall replace them or arrange to have them
replaced as soon as possible. Deputies shall maintain disposable gloves in their personal
possession and/or in their vehicle at all times.
E. The Sheriff, through the staff, shall require to maintain at the office the following:
· 1 pair coveralls (different sizes)

· Supply of disposable latex gloves
· Orange/red plastic biohazard bags and tape, or
· Plastic bags and sealing ties
· Liquid household bleach
· Disposable towels/towelettes
· Buckets, mops
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

PER. 10.01
F. Personnel shall use protective equipment under all appropriate circumstances unless the
deputy can justify otherwise.
Deputies who, for whatever reason, do not use protective gear when appropriate shall
document the incident as soon as practicable for agency review.
G. All personnel whose skin comes into contact with body fluids of another shall begin
disinfection procedures immediately: these procedures range from simple soap-and-water
washing to the use of alcohol or antiseptic towelettes. All open cuts and abrasions shall be
covered with waterproof bandages before personnel report for duty. Any personnel having
contact with body fluids of another person shall report this to their immediate supervisor.
V. GENERAL PRECAUTIONS
A. GENERAL: Whenever possible, deputies shall wear disposable latex gloves when doing
any of the following:
1. Handling persons or items with any blood or body fluid products (hypodermic needles,
syringes, or surfaces soiled with blood or body fluids, gun or knife wounds).
2. Packaging and handling such items as evidence.
3. Cleaning up blood or other secretions that appear on floors, seats, equipment,

handcuffs, shoes, clothing, pens, pencils, etc.
B. SPECIALIZED DEVICES:
1. Masks shall be worn whenever splashes, spray, spatter, or droplets of potentially
infectious fluids endanger contamination through the eyes, nose, or mouth. Masks may be
worn with other protective devices such as goggles.
2. Gowns, jackets, coats, and/or aprons shall be worn as determined by the degree of
exposure anticipated.
C. HANDLING PEOPLE:
1. Wash hands thoroughly for thirty seconds with warm water and soap after removing
gloves (when handling evidence) or after contact with the subject (if bleeding or vomiting). If
water is unavailable, use pre-moistened towelettes found in the communicable disease
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

PER. 10.01
control kit to decontaminate skin.
2. Leather gloves if available shall be worn when searching persons or dealing in

environments, such as accident scenes, where sharp objects and bodily fluids may
reasonably be encountered. Search techniques shall be used that require suspects to
empty their own pockets or purses and remove sharp objects from their persons.
3. When transporting prisoners:

a. Do not put fingers in or near any person's mouth.
b. Transport persons with body fluids on their persons in separate vehicles from other
persons. A person who is bleeding or producing a fluid may have to wear a protective
covering.
c. Notify other support personnel or law enforcement officers during a transfer of

custody that the suspect has fluids on his or her person, or that the suspect has stated
that he or she has a communicable disease. Booking forms should so state.
D. HANDLING OBJECTS:
1. Objects contaminated with body fluids shall be completely dried, double bagged, and
marked to identify possible disease contamination.
2. Contaminated items to be disposed of shall be placed in a biohazard container in the

office to be autoclaved by a commercial disposal agency.
a. To autoclave, items must be treated in special (biohazard) bags at a high
temperature. Local laboratories or hospitals can assist.
b. Before burning, the bags must be closed with autoclave tape, which turns purple
when the microbes are dead.
3. Deputies shall use extra care when handling any sharp objects. If deputies find syringes,
they shall not bend, recap, or otherwise manipulate the needle in any way, but shall place
them in puncture-resistant containers provided by the Sheriff's Office.
E. HANDLING FLUIDS:
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

PER. 10.01
1. Clean up blood spills or other body fluids with regular household bleach diluted 1 part
bleach to 10 parts water (or use undiluted bleach, if easier). Bleach dilutions should be
prepared at least every 24 hours to retain effectiveness.
a. Wear latex gloves during this procedure.
b. A soiled uniform (by blood or body fluids) should be changed as soon as possible.
Wash in hot water and detergent or dispose of after autoclaving.
2. Sheriff's Office vehicles within which body fluids are spilled require immediate
disinfection procedures. Employees who have the vehicles assigned to them shall notify
their supervisor of the spill and arrange for a thorough cleaning as soon as possible.
Affected vehicles should bear an "Infectious Disease Contamination" sign upon arrival at
sally port and while awaiting disinfection.
a. All police vehicles will be cleaned with disinfectant as part of a routine, scheduled
washing and maintenance check.
F. PRECAUTIONS WHEN BITTEN:

The danger of infection through bites is low. The victim cannot be infected with HIV through
the blood of the biting person unless that person has blood in his or her mouth that comes
into contact with the victim's blood. HIV cannot be transmitted through saliva. With HBV,
however, transmission takes place through infected blood or blood-derived body fluids.
Infection takes place by exposure of the eyes, mouth, or mucous membranes to the virus.
Precautionary procedures to minimize the risk of infection include:
1. Encouraging the wound to bleed by applying pressure and gently "milking" the wound.
2. Washing the area thoroughly with soap and hot water.
3. Seeking medical attention at the nearest hospital.
4. Advising your supervisor, make a report, or follow any other policy for reporting injuries,
including the filing of appropriate Worker's Compensation forms.
G. PRECAUTIONS WHEN PUNCTURED BY NEEDLES OR KNIVES:

If a deputy is cut or punctured by a needle or a knife or other instrument while searching a
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

PER. 10.01
suspect or handling contaminated evidence, follow these general guidelines:
1. Allow the wound to bleed (unless severe bleeding occurs) until all flow ceases. Then
cleanse the wound with alcohol-based cleanser (or pre-moistened towelettes) and then
with soap and water. Do not rely exclusively on towelettes: wash wounds thoroughly with
soap and water.
2. Seek medical attention as soon as possible after the injury. A physician will then decide
the proper treatment.
3. Advise your supervisor, make a report, or follow any other policy for reporting injuries,
including the filing of appropriate Worker's Compensation forms.
H. PRECAUTIONS AT MAJOR CRIME SCENES:

At the crime scene, deputies confront unusual hazards, especially when the crime scene
involves violent behavior such as homicides where large amounts of blood have been
shed.
1. No person at any crime scene shall eat, drink, smoke, or apply make-up.
2. The best protection is to wear disposable latex gloves. Any person with a cut, abrasion,
or any other break in the skin on the hands should never handle blood or other body fluids
without protection.
3. Latex gloves should be changed when they become torn or heavily soiled or if an officer
leaves the crime scene (even temporarily).
4. If cotton gloves are worn when working with items having potential latent fingerprint
value, wear cotton gloves over latex gloves.
5. Hands should be washed after gloves are removed, even if the gloves appear to be
intact.
6. Always keep a plastic bag in the communicable disease control kit to be used only to
collect contaminated items (gloves, masks, etc.) until they can be disposed of properly.
Clearly mark the bag "Contaminated Material."
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

PER. 10.01
7. Shoes and boots can become contaminated with blood. Wash with soap and water
when leaving the crime scene, or use protective disposable shoe coverings.
8. Wrap-around eye safety goggles and facemasks should be worn when the possibility
exists that dried or liquid particles of body fluids may strike the face. Particles of dried
blood, when scraped, fly in many directions, so wear goggles and masks when removing
the stain for laboratory analysis.
9. While processing the crime scene, be constantly on the alert for sharp objects, such as
hypodermic needles, razors, knives, broken glass, nails, etc. Use of mirrors may be
appropriate while looking under car seats, beds, etc.
10. Use tape--never metal staples--when packaging evidence.
11. If practicable, use only disposable items at a crime scene where blood or other body
fluids are present. Even those items (gloves, masks, shoe coverings, pens, pencils, etc.)
must be decontaminated before disposal. If autoclaving is not possible contaminated
items must be covered with a bleach solution (one part bleach to ten parts water, or
undiluted bleach).
12. Before releasing the crime scene, advise the owner of the potential infection risk and
suggest that the owner contact the local health department for advice.
13. Warning labels must be placed on all plastic evidence bags to go to the crime
laboratory.
VI. VACCINATIONS
The agency affords all employees who have occupational exposure to hepatitis B the
opportunity to take the HBV vaccination series at no cost within l0 working days of
assignment to an occupationally exposed duty. The vaccination shall be provided only after
the employee has received Sheriff's Office training in communicable diseases, is medically fit
for the vaccinations, and has not previously received them.
VII. OCCUPATIONAL EXPOSURE TO COMMUNICABLE DISEASES

NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

PER. 10.01
A. NOTIFICATION
1. All employees shall, as soon as practicable, document possible exposure to infectious
fluids or materials. In any case, employees shall immediately notify their supervisor of
possible exposure. Virginia Code Section 32.l-45.2 requires public safety employees to
immediately notify their agencies "of any possible exposure prone incident."
2. Examples of such exposure are:

a. Direct contact with body fluids on chapped or open areas (cuts, scratches) on the
skin or on mucous membranes (i.e., eyes, mouth).
b. Direct mouth-to-mouth resuscitation (CPR) without use of a one-way valve.
c. Receiving a cut or puncture wound as a result of searching or arresting a suspect or

handling contaminated evidence.
B. TESTING
If a member of the Sheriff's Office is exposed to the body fluids of a person who has or is
suspected to have a communicable disease, the member must be evaluated for evidence of
infection by a physician.
1. The person whose body fluids came into contact with a deputy may state that he or she
has AIDS. Often, a person may try to prevent police from withdrawing blood for drug
screening (as in a DUI arrest), although, in fact, he or she is not infected at all. While the
Sheriff's Office cannot coerce a citizen--suspect or otherwise--to take periodic tests for
infection, the agency will try to convince the citizen who may have transmitted infection to
do so.
a. Virginia Code 32.l-45.2 states that if any person or employee has been exposed to
body fluids, the person or employee whose fluids were involved will be requested by
the agency to consent to HBV or HIV testing and disclosure of results.
b. Virginia Code l8.2-62 provides measures whereby a person charged with any crime
involving sexual assault, or particular offenses against children may be ordered to
submit to HIV testing.
2. Personnel should understand the difficulty of transmitting HIV and hepatitis B. If infection
control measures have been followed, the risk is very low.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

PER. 10.01
C. Testing for presence of infection shall be done if indicated by a medical assessment (after
an incident involving the possible transfer of blood or other body fluids). The following
information details testing methods and their reliability.
1. AIDS/ARC/HIV:
a. Blood tests can detect HIV antibodies (produce by the body's immune system).
b. The two common tests for HIV antibodies are the ELISA (Enzyme-Linked
Immunosorbent Assay) and the Western Blot. Since the ELISA is less expensive and
easier to perform, it is usually used as a first screen for HIV. If the ELISA identifies the
person as seropositive, a second ELISA is performed. If the second test is also
positive, a Western Blot is usually performed to confirm the results.
c. Since HIV antibodies may not develop for some months after a person has been
infected, an initial negative result may not mean freedom from infection. High false
positive rates also occur with the use of only ELISA test.
d. One must be tested, then, immediately following the incident (for a baseline) and
then six and twelve months later.
e. The Sheriff's Office shall ensure that the employee receives qualified counseling
during the testing period.
f. The Virginia State Public Health Department provides free confidential or

anonymous testing (both ELISA and Western Blot) in every health district. The results
are given only to the person tested. State law, under Section 32.l-36.l, provides
confidentiality and prescribes a penalty.
2. Hepatitis B - A blood test can confirm the presence of hepatitis B virus six to eight
weeks after exposure. See Section VI above.
3. Tuberculosis - This disease is detected first by a skin test, then confirmed by an x-ray.
The agency physician can order this test for the department employee. (Some local health
departments may do the test.)
D. CONFIDENTIALITY:
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

PER. 10.01
Confidentiality of information concerning test results is paramount. The victim has a right to
privacy in employer-maintained information about his/her health. No need exists for a
supervisor routinely to know that a person tests positive (for HIV or hepatitis B). The Sheriff's
Office views a breach of confidentiality as a serious disciplinary problem which may result in
suspension or termination of employment.
Under most circumstances, medical authorities will retain confidential records unless the
employee tested or state law requires it.
E. POSITIVE TEST RESULTS:

1. Any person who tests positive for HIV or hepatitis B shall not be summarily removed
from duty. The Sheriff's Office shall make no restrictions simply because of diagnosis.
These diseases are not spread by casual contact (as between coworkers in the
department). The department shall alter an employee's assignment only when he or she
can no longer perform the required duties.
a. The Sheriff's Office shall ensure continued testing, if necessary, of members for
evidence of infection, and shall provide psychological counseling if necessary.
2. Any person who tests positive for tuberculosis may be restricted from working for a
period of time. The medical evaluation will determine the stage and type of disease the
person has contracted and if he/she is contagious. A tuberculosis-infected person requires
medication and shall not return to work until the doctor says he/she is non-communicable.
(Tuberculosis is easily transmitted and incidence in Virginia has recently shown a slight
increase. After exposure to tuberculosis, a person may, after a medical evaluation, take
medicine to help prevent the disease.)
F. JOB PERFORMANCE:
1. Communicable disease-infected employees shall continue working as long as they
maintain acceptable performance and do not pose a safety or health threat to themselves
or others in the department.
a. Where feasible, an employee who has medical complications from a communicable

disease will either be reassigned to another job or have his/her job restructured so that
he/she can remain employed. As necessary, medical documentation shall support
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

PER. 10.01
requests for job restructure or reassignment. All personnel shall treat such employees
in the same manner as employees who suffer from other serious diseases or
handicaps: that is, fairly, courteously, and with dignity.
b. The department may require an employee to be examined by a physician to

determine if he she is able to perform his/her duties without hazard to him/herself or
others.
G. FEDERAL LAW:
Employees infected by communicable diseases are generally protected by the federal
Rehabilitation Act of 1973. (A medical standard that is not job-related constitutes a prohibited
personnel practice.)
H. DISCRIMINATION:
The department expects all personnel to continue working relationships with any fellow
employee recognized as having AIDS/ARC, hepatitis B, or non-communicable tuberculosis.
The department will consider appropriate corrective or disciplinary action against an employee
who threatens or refuses to work with an infected employee or who disrupts the department's
mission.
I. RECORDS
The agency maintains a record for each employee detailing incidents of occupational
exposure, including information on vaccination status; the results of examinations and tests;
health care professionals' written opinion; and any other relevant information. These records
are retained by the Sheriff in secure storage for the duration of tenure of employees plus 30
years, and shall not be disclosed or reported without the express written consent of the
employee.
VIII. TRAINING:
A. Education on communicable diseases shall be continuous in the department. The training
officer shall ensure that all members of the agency with occupational exposure shall receive a
course of instruction on bloodborne diseases before their initial assignment. Further, each
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

PER. 10.01
affected employee will receive annual refresher training plus any additional training
appropriate to the particular employee assignment.
B. The training officer shall retain complete records on instruction of employees to include
dates of training; content of sessions; names and qualifications of trainers; names and job titles
of attending employees.
C. The training officer is responsible for dissemination of updated information to all personnel
and for appropriate educational programs about communicable diseases. These programs
shall include at a minimum:
1. Written information concerning AIDS/ARC/HIV, hepatitis B, and tuberculosis in the form
of brochures, bulletins, memorandums, or fact sheets.
2. Group and/or individual presentations and discussions provided by adequately trained

personnel or experts from outside the department.
3. Local resources for further medical and law enforcement information.
4. For more information, personnel may at any time contact:

Agency Name Contact Number
National Hot Line for AIDS 1-800-342-AIDS
Virginia AIDS Info Hot Line 1-800-533-4148
AIDS Update (Dept. of Health and Human Services) 1-252-245-6867
AIDS Clearinghouse (America Responds to AIDS) 1-800-342-7514
National Institute of Justice AIDS Clearinghouse 1-301-251-5500
State & Local Public Health Department
Local American Red Cross
Forensic Laboratories
i. Vendors - EXAMPLES:
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

PER. 10.01
Agency Name Contact Number
Gall’s (Gall’s Incorporated) 1-800-524-4255
(vender or Communicable Disease Control)
333 Murray Drive
PO BOX 55268
Lexington KY, 40555-5268
Baxter Healthcare Corporation 1-800-638-2813
(Vendor for autoclave bags & tape)
8855 McGraw Road
Columbia MD 21045
Appendix to GO 2-34: COMMUNICABLE - AIDS Related Concerns Of Personnel

GO 2-35: CIVIL PROCESS
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 12.01 - 12.04
directive, if proven, can only form the basis of a complaint by this office, and then only in a non-
I. POLICY
The Greensville County Sheriff's Office receives, on average more than 8,000 civil documents
annually. Civil documents range from warrants in debt to large monetary attachments. Civil
processes are court documents requiring expedient and accurate service. It is the policy of the
Greensville Sheriff's Office to process all civil matters, legal documents, and court matters as
soon as practicably possible and to follow all legal guidelines, rules and procedures set aside
in the Virginia State Code.
II. PURPOSE
The purpose of this section is to provide the deputies who serve legal process and execute
court orders with the essential information on how to perform those functions so that all legal
requirements are carried out.
The format of this section is designed to familiarize the deputy with the types of legal process
most frequently used in Greensville County, with legal background kept to a minimum.
Emphasis is on the practical requirements, with specific instructions on the proper service of
each kind of process or execution covered.
It is intended that this section be used as a ready reference by the deputies and kept up to date
as changes are made.
III. PROCEDURES
A. Service and Return of Legal Process - General:
1. The purpose of the service of process is to obtain jurisdiction over a defendant in a suit
by notifying the defendant of the case in which they are a party and thereby bring the
defendant into court. The primary purpose of the RETURN is to give the Court evidence of
the jurisdictional facts of service. The return, by its content, must show that the legal
requirements have been met and is therefore valid.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 12.01 - 12.04
The validity of the service is dependent upon the mode of service used and upon the return
made by the deputy. Civil processes may not be serviced on Sunday, except in cases of
persons escaping from custody. Writs of attachment may not be executed on Sunday
except upon sworn oath that the defendant is actually moving goods on that day or is about
to leave the state in order to change domicile. Service of execution of a process on any
legal holiday or at any time on Saturday is legal. The deputy making the service is required
to make a true return upon the process. The return must show the Sheriff's name as well,
since the deputy is acting for him; otherwise, the return can be quashed by the trial court.
2. The return is evidence only of the performance of acts within the official duty and power
of the Sheriff and, therefore, the return should include only such acts as are required by law.
3. Three kinds of service to resident:

a. in person;
b. delivery to a member of the person's family;
c. posting.
The law is concerned with, the residence of defendants rather than their domicile. Thus
a defendant residing in, or physically present in, Virginia is subject to service even
though the defendant's legal domicile is in another state. The terms "residence" and
"usual place of abode" are considered to be synonymous in any reference made
thereto in this section.
4. The later two kinds of service are called "substitute services." The deputy does not have
a choice as to the order of service. The deputy may, if the process allows, deliver the
process to a member of the family only if the deputy is unable to make personal service.
The deputy may post a copy of the process only if the deputy has been unable to make
personal service or deliver a copy to a member of the family. All services of any nature, if
posted, will be posted on the main entry door of the usual place of abode or residence. It is
especially important in the case of substituted service to show that the legal requirements
have been met. For example, if service is made upon a member of the defendant's family,
the return must show:
a. that the service was made at the defendant's usual place of abode;
b. that the defendant was not found at the defendant's usual place of abode;
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 12.01 - 12.04
c. the relationship of the person served to the defendant;
d. that the purpose of the paper was explained to the person served;
e. that the person served was over sixteen years of age; and
f. the date on which service was made.
5. The stamps used for proof of service and the printed statements on certain court
processes, when properly completed, provide for all legal requirements mentioned above.
Additional information, if available, such as new or forwarding address, etc., can be noted
on the return.
6. Upon receipt of all types of legal process, the Sheriff's Office applies a stamp, if not
already printed. The document is then entered into the Records Management System by
the System Manager or Civil Process Deputy. The legal process record created and
maintained provides for:
a. Date and time received
b. Type of process (civil/criminal)
c. Nature of document
d. Source of document
e. Name and address of the plaintiff/complainant/defendant/respondent
f. Deputy assigned for service
g. Date of assignment
h. Method of service
i. Date of service and/or return

NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 12.01 - 12.04
j. Location of service or attempt
k. Court docket number
l. Reason for non-service
B. Processes Requiring Personal Service:
1. Out-of-State Processes. These papers frequently consist of divorce actions, but may
apply to any type of lawsuit. They should be served in person to the individual named
unless it is specifically stated by the out of state service.
2. Capias. Meaning "that you take" (Latin) is the general name of several species of writs,
the common characteristic of which is that they require the deputy to take the body of the
defendant into custody. They are writs of attachment of arrest.
3. Show Cause Rule (signed by a judge). All Criminal Show Cause and Show Cause Rules
that are issued in Greensville County Courts shall be served in person. Substitute service
may be used in specific instances depending on the judge's instructions.
4. Restraining Orders. An order which is issued upon the filing of an application for an
injunction forbidding the defendant to do the threatened act until a hearing on the
application is heard. Although a restraining order and injunction are sometimes used
synonymously, a restraining order is distinguished from an injunction in that it is intended
only as a restraint upon the defendant until the propriety of granting an injunction, either
temporarily or permanently, can be determined.
5. Bench Warrant. A process issued by the court itself, or "from the bench" for the
attachment or arrest of a person, either in cases of contempt or where an indictment has
been found, or to bring in a witness who did not obey a subpoena; so called to distinguish
it from a warrant issued by a magistrate or commissioner.
6. Injunctions. A prohibitive writ issued by a court of equity forbidding a defendant in an

action to do some act which the defendant is threatening or attempting to do; and, which if
committed would be unjust or injurious to the plaintiff and which cannot as such be
adequately redressed by an action at law.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 12.01 - 12.04
In addition to personal service on the above-mentioned processes, injunctions and
restraining orders should be read by the deputy to the defendant. In the case of a bench
warrant, the judge signing the order forwards it to the Sheriff for execution. One copy is
given to the defendant at the time of the arrest and the other is executed and returned to
court.
7. Personal service should be attempted, but is not legally necessary, on Levies, Distress
Warrants, and Detinue Seizure Warrants. These actions will be covered in more detail
under their respective headings elsewhere in this Procedure Manual.
8. Garnishments and Attachments on Co-Defendants. (The co-defendant is the individual

or corporation in possession of funds due or owing to the defendant.) The service to the
co-defendant should be served in person to an officer of the corporation or the individual
who pays the defendant or controls payment of the defendant. This is usually the payroll,
comptroller, or the treasurer, but service to any officer or manager employee of the
business or corporation is valid. The co-defendant named should always be served
regardless of information offered that the defendant is not employed by the co-defendant or
that no monies are due. It is up to the co-defendant to include such information in the
notarized statement as is required to make to the court by the trial date. On garnishments
there are certain wages and property, which are exempt. These exemptions are set forth in
a schedule which is attached to the process being served upon the co-defendant. An
attachment, however, is applicable to all the wages, funds, or personal property of the
defendant, which are under the control of the co-defendant at the time of service. Always
serve the co-defendant first.
Once having served the co-defendant in a garnishment or attachment action, the

defendant, if within the Sheriff's jurisdiction, can be served in person or by substituted
service at the defendants' usual place of abode. There may be situations where the
defendant can be found easily at his or her place of employment and served in person, but
such service should be the exception rather than the rule. It also should be noted that
service may be accomplished anywhere the defendant is found in the county.
9. Corporations, Companies, Partnerships, and Registered Agent. A corporation is an

artificial entity created by the state. It cannot be served with a process in any other way than
by making an actual service on a natural person who is an officer or agent of the
corporation. Service on the spouse, as such, of an agent or officer of the corporation is not
valid unless the spouse is an officer of the corporation. The persons upon whom service
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 12.01 - 12.04
may be made in order to serve a corporation or partnership are set forth below:
a. Municipal Corporations: Service may be made on the mayor, recorder, attorney,

manager, or any alderman, councilman, or trustee of the city or town.
b. Private Corporations: On the president or chief officer, vice-president, cashier,

treasurer, secretary, general superintendent, general agent, or registered agent.
c. Foreign Corporations: A foreign corporation is one, which has been granted a

charter by a state other than Virginia. Service of process is made on the registered
agent of the corporation. In making the return, the registered agent's name should be
followed by "Registered Agent for (name of corporation)." The service should be made
to the individual named as the registered agent, even if the individual advises he
or she is no longer the registered agent for the corporation involved. If service cannot
be made to a registered agent in a reasonable period of time, alternate procedure of
service through the Clerk of the State Corporation Commission is valid. The only
exception is if the registered agent has a letter from the State Corporation
Commission stating the registered agent is no longer the "Registered Agent" for that
particular Corporation.
d. Partnership: On any partner, provided that the suit is a partnership matter.
e. Unincorporated Associations, Orders, or Common Carriers: On any of its officers or

trustees. Service on an agent of an unincorporated association is not sufficient.
However, when the unincorporated association is a common carrier, service may be
made to any agent of the carrier or a driver, captain, or conductor of any vehicle of
such carrier. If none of these can be found, service may be made by publication.
10. Protective Orders

a. A Protective Order (preliminary protective order or final protective order) is issued
by the Juvenile and Domestic Relations Court in crimes where a family member has
been assaulted by the other and is likely to be assaulted again. The order contains
provisions requiring compliance on the part of the allegedly abusing family member.
Protective Orders are not warrants of arrest and will not be treated as such.
b. There are two types of Protective Orders:

NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 12.01 - 12.04
1) Preliminary Protective Order (PPO) - The PPO is only valid for fifteen (15) days
from the date of issuance.
2) Protective Order - For departmental purposes (and to distinguish between the

two), this order will be referred to as the Final Protective Order (FPO). The FPO
shall be issued for a specified period not to exceed one year (refer to the
termination date on the actual order itself.)
c. Both orders are effective with personal service of the order upon the allegedly
abusing spouse. However, either order may be rescinded or modified at any time by
the court.
d. To obtain a Protective Order, the victim (petitioner) must appear before an Intake
Officer and swear to the petition.
1) The petition will be forwarded to the court and heard by the court as soon as
possible. The judge will decide on whether or not to issue a PPO in response to
the petition.
2) If issued, the PPO shall specify a date for the full hearing. This full hearing will be
conducted within fifteen (15) days. At the full hearing, the judge will then determine
if cause exits to issue a OOP.
e. The Juvenile and Domestic Relations Court will forward Protective Orders to the
Sheriff 's Office for personal service.
f. Processing of Orders by the office. The Communications Section will enter all
Protective Orders into the Sheriff's Office Computer System.
g. Service of Orders by Deputies.

1) The personal service of the orders will receive priority attention by deputies.
Whenever possible, an attempt at personal service shall be made as soon as
possible after the order is received.
2) The deputy serving the order will serve it on the respondent personally. No
arrest paperwork shall be completed in reference to the service. The deputy will
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 12.01 - 12.04
show the execution of the order by signing it in the appropriate place. The deputy
shall also indicate the date and time the order was executed, if the order requires
notation of time. Deputies will write legibly as the execution of service information
is very important.
3) Deputies will provide the respondent with a copy of the order.
4) The original order will be returned to the Civil Section where the date and time
of service, etc., will be entered into the computer system. The original order will
then be returned to the Juvenile and Domestic Relations Court where the return of
service will be certified and a copy sent to the law enforcement agency.
5) When attempting to serve an order at a residence shared by the petitioner and

respondent, it is suggested that no fewer than two (2) deputies should attempt
service.
h. Service of Orders Which Grant Possession of the Residence to the Petitioner.

1) When deputies serve an order at the residence shared by the petitioner and
respondent and the order requires the respondent to grant the petitioner
possession of the residence (to the exclusion of the respondent), the deputies
shall escort the respondent off the resident property.
2) Deputies may, at their discretion and if there is no immediate threat of violence,

allow the respondent to gather personal belongings prior to being escorted off the
resident property. The courts currently allow fifteen (15) minutes. However, in no
case shall the respondent be allowed to remain at the resident property after
service of the order. When the deputies leave, the respondent shall also be
required to leave.
i. Deputies will use caution when serving Protective Orders. Particular caution is
emphasized in those cases where deputies allow the respondent an opportunity to
gather personal belongings.
j. Violation of Orders Directing the Respondent to Grant Possession of the Residence

to the Petitioner.
1) A respondent who violates such a provision (of either order) may be charged
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 12.01 - 12.04
with trespassing under Section 18.2-119 Code of Virginia. (The respondent must
have been served with the PPO or FPO in order to be charged with trespass
under that code section.)
2) It is the policy of this office that deputies, absent extenuating circumstances,

shall affect the arrest of a respondent who has violated the trespass provisions of
a PPO or FPO. Any such arrest must be based upon - probable cause and other
legal mandates. Violators will be charged under §18.2-119 Code of Virginia.
C. Summons:
1. General: By definition, a summons is a writ, which calls a defendant into court. If,
however, the writ calls a witness into court, it is technically a subpoena rather than a
summons. Proper service of a summons brings the defendant under the jurisdiction of the
court. It notifies the person that an action has been commenced against him or her and that
he or she is required to appear at a specific date and time to answer the complaint in such
action. A subpoena (even though labeled a summons) is a writ or mandate to bring a
witness into court to give testimony and/or produce records. Failure to obey a summons
can cause a defendant to lose a case by default and failure to obey a subpoena usually
constitutes contempt of court with attendant penalties, either as provided by law or as
imposed by the judge or magistrate concerned.
2. Jury Summons: Summonses to individuals for jury service fall in a special category since
the individual called is neither a defendant nor a witness. Failure to comply with this
summons, however, is treated in a manner similar to a subpoena in that a fine can be
assessed; i.e., not less than $5.00 nor more than $25.00 in the case of a Grand Jury
summons, and not less than $25.00 nor more than $100.00 in the case of a Petit Jury
summons. In Greensville County, a jury list is made up and summonses sent out for both
Grand Jury and Petit Juries every three months. For Grand Jury duty, summonses are
made up and served in order to constitute a Grand Jury of five to seven members. For Petit
Jury duty, jury summonses are made up and served in order to provide a sufficient number
of jurors for the ensuing terms of the Circuit Court. The term of service is for three months.
Instructions on Service of Grand Jury: Personal service is preferred; however, in the

absence of the individual named, substituted service may be made to a member of the
family (over the age of sixteen years); posted service is acceptable after attempts to make
personal service has been exhausted.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 12.01 - 12.04
3. Witness Summons: A summons for a witness as mentioned above, is technically a

subpoena. If not obeyed the person summoned can be held in contempt of court.
4. Juvenile and Domestic Relations Summons: There are normally six (6) kinds of
summonses used in the Greensville County Juvenile and Domestic Relations Court. They
are:
a. The juvenile summons type, which is a printed blue form and which summonses the
juvenile involved and the parents or guardians of the juvenile.
b. The non-support type, which summonses the defendant, who allegedly has failed to
provide the support required.
c. The out-of-state or foreign process for non-support and which is to be heard in the
Greensville County Juvenile and Domestic Relations Court.
d. A "Show Cause Rule" signed by a judge and which summons the defendant to
appear before the judge to show cause or explain why he or she failed to appear in
court in answer to a previous summons or otherwise failed to comply with a court
order.
e. Protective Order.
f. The witness type summons, usually issued by the Commonwealth's Attorney's Office
for appearance in Juvenile and Domestic Relations Court.
5. Civil Court Summons: At the lower court level, civil actions may be commenced by
warrant or motion for judgment. Process to commence an action is ordinarily an order
directing the Sheriff to summons the defendant to answer the complaint of the plaintiff at
the time and place stated. The warrant must be served not less than five (5) calendar days
before the return date (date of court trial), and the defendant is required to appear before
the court on a day not exceeding sixty (60) days from the date of issuance of the warrant.
Courts at the lower level are referred to as "courts not of record," while the next higher
courts (Circuit) are "courts of record." At the lower court level, every action or proceeding in
civil court is tried according to principles of law and equity (chancery) prevail. In the
Greensville County Circuit Courts, however, cases are tried either as "law" cases or as
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 12.01 - 12.04
"chancery" cases and are initiated as one or the other at the time of filing with the Clerk of
Court. This distinction between the lower civil courts and Circuit Courts will be covered in
more detail in the discussion of Circuit Court type actions and papers.
6. Interrogatory Summons: The interrogatory summons, as the name implies, is a

summons issued to bring a defendant into court for the purpose of finding out from the
defendant under oath, what property or estate he or she owns (and which presumably can
be levied upon and sold to satisfy a money judgment previously obtained against the
defendant). The interrogatory summons form used in Greensville County is useable and
returnable to either General District Court or to the Circuit Court. Note also that the
interrogatory summons is used only after a judgment has been granted the plaintiff in a
previous court action. It is one of the means used to execute a judgment and is part of the
fieri facias process. A fieri facias, or "fi fa" as it is called, is a writ of execution in which the
Sheriff is commanded to levy and make the amount of judgment from the goods and
chattels of the judgment debtor. The Interrogatory Summons, therefore, is a means, which
can be used to determine officially what goods and chattels are in existence upon which a
levy can be made. The interrogatory summons can be used to expedite the levying
process. For example, if a defendant drives to court in his or her personally owned motor
vehicle or truck with equipment, an opportunity is provided the Sheriff, if the plaintiff
desires, to execute a levy thereon concurrently with the court action on the interrogatory
summons.
7. Garnishment Summons: The garnishment summons is also a means, as part of the fieri
facias process, whereby a creditor can reach the property of a debtor. Both serve as the
basis for making levies and sales. Further details of attachments are covered in
subsequent paragraphs. The garnishment summons, as received in the Sheriff's Office
from the Clerk of Court, consists of the original copy, accompanied by a Fi Fa form; a copy
of the summons for the co-defendant to which is attached a schedule of exempt wages;
and a copy of the summons for service on the defendant. The Virginia Code requires the
attachment of the Fi Fa form to the garnishment summons, but no action is taken on the Fi
Fa form except to attach it to the original copy of the garnishment summons. This Fi Fa
form can be used, however, if the judge so desires, as authority
to make a levy against the defendant when he or she appears in court in answer to the
summons and is used later by the Sheriff's Office as a single piece of paper and has a
notation of "Levy" or "Actual Levy" on it.
8. Detinue Summons/Warrant: By definition, detinue is a form of action which seeks the

NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 12.01 - 12.04
receivers of specific personal property from one who has acquired the property legally, but
who retains it without right. In actual usage, it is no longer considered important as to how
the property was acquired since the purpose of the action is to return the property to the
owner. This kind of action is often taken by a furniture company to recover furniture or
appliances from the purchaser who has defaulted on his or her installment payment or it
may be taken by a finance company holding title to an automobile or other item of personal
property to recover the same. It is an action taken by the plaintiff before the merits of the
case have been heard in court and for that reason; the process must be initiated and
accomplished with strict adherence to the statutory requirements. To initiate the action, the
plaintiff certifies under oath that the defendant will sell, remove, secrete, or otherwise
dispose of the property before the judgment of the court can be rendered or that the
property will be materially damaged or injured if permitted to remain longer in possession
of the defendant, etc. Furthermore, the warrant to seize property in detinue is not issued by
the Clerk of Court unless a bond of at least double the estimated value of the property has
been executed payable to the court.
Accompanying the seizure warrant as a separate piece of paper is the summons to the
defendant to appear in court on a certain day. At that time, the judge will listen to all the
evidence and decide if seizure of the property by the plaintiff was warranted. If not, the
judge could order the plaintiff to return the property to the defendant or, alternatively, to pay
the defendant in money. Sometimes only the summons will be issued and the case tried
without actual seizure and return of the property to the plaintiff, but usually both the
summons and the seizure warrant are to be executed together.
9. Attachment Summons/Order: As mentioned in paragraph 7 (Garnishment Summons), an

attachment action or order is a procedure taken before the matter has come to court. It is,
therefore, referred to as an attachment before judgment. Nevertheless, as a means or
basis for making a levy, seizing property and/or acquiring a contingent lien on assets of a
defendant subject to a court decision, it is as effective as a levy or garnishment action
taken after a judgment has been obtained. Three distinctions should be noted. First, as
compared to a garnishment action, an attachment served on a co-defendant is effective
only against property which the co-defendant is holding for or owes the defendant at the
time service is made and would not, for example, be effective as an attachment on wages
earned by the defendant and held by the co-defendant after the time of service, whereas a
garnishment is effective against the wages earned up to the date of the court appearance.
Secondly, the attachment order can be effective against either personal property or real
estate, whereas a garnishment is against personal property (i.e., wages/salary.) Thirdly, an
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 12.01 - 12.04
attachment order can be used both as an attachment (as a levy) or as seizure of personal
property. When personal property is seized under an attachment order, its possession is
normally taken over by the Sheriff and held pending its disposition as ordered by the court.
Since the proceeding is statutory and could be used oppressively, its application must be
carefully executed and carried out only as prescribed in the statutes which require one of
the six circumstances as set forth below:
Is a foreign corporation, or is not a resident of this state, and has estate or debts owing to
said defendant within the County of Greensville, or that said defendant, being a nonresident
of this state, is entitled to the benefit of a lien, legal or equitable, on property, real or
personal, within the County of Greensville; or is removing, or is about to remove, out of this
state, with intent to change his or her domicile; or intends to remove, or is removing, or has
removed the specific property sued for, or his or her own estate, or the proceeds of the
sale of his or her own property, or a material part of such estate or proceeds, out of this
state so that there will probably not be therein effects of the said defendant sufficient to
satisfy the claim when judgment is obtained should only the ordinary process of law be
used to obtain the judgment; or is converting, or is about to convert or has converted his or
her property of whatever kind, or some part thereof, into money securities, or evidence of
debt, with intent to hinder, delay or defraud his or her creditor; or has assigned or disposed
of, or is about to assign or dispose of, his or her estate, or some parts thereof, with intent
to hinder, delay, or defraud his or her creditors; or has absconded, or is about to abscond,
from this state, or has concealed himself or herself therein to the injury of his or her
creditors, or is a fugitive from justice.
The attachment order is issued on the basis of a written petition filed by the plaintiff or his
or her attorney with the Clerk of Court where the case will be heard. When an attachment is
returned not served on the principal defendant(s), whether levied on property or not, further
attachments and summonses may be issued based on the original petition until service is
obtained on him or her, if he or she is a resident of this state. If service
cannot be had in this state, upon an affidavit of that fact, an order of publication shall be
made against him or her. In other words, jurisdiction of the court over the defendant's
property cannot be achieved solely by virtue of service on the co-defendant or by seizure of
his or her property. In view of the circumstances which prescribe the issuance of an
attachment order, it is permissible and legal to issue and execute the attachment and
summons on a Sunday provided on oath is made by the plaintiff that the defendant is
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 12.01 - 12.04
actually removing the effects on that day, or is about to move out of the state with intent of
changing his or her domicile.
The attachment order has three main actions in it:

a. A command that specific property be attached;
b. That upon execution of a bond, possession be taken of the tangible personal

property; and
c. That the principal defendant and co-defendant be summoned into court. As a matter
of practice in Greensville County, a bond is required by the Clerk of Court before the
attachment order/summons is issued and an endorsement to the effect that a bond has
been executed and is in the hands of the court.
10. Subpoena Duces Tecum: In many court cases, documentary evidence is needed as
well as the testimony of an individual witness. When such evidence is needed, a subpoena
is issued to summons the person holding the documents, records, or books into court to
present the documents for court examination and to testify with respect thereto. This type of
summons is called a "Subpoena Duces Tecum." It is served in accordance with the rules
which apply to service to a witness and, since it is usually served at a place of business, it
is served there either to the individual named or his or her supervisor.
11. Unlawful Detainer Summons: (SEE: RENT ACTIONS)
D. Circuit Court Actions:

1. General
The Circuit Courts of Virginia are established under the Constitution of Virginia. The
Commonwealth presently has thirty-one Judicial Circuit Courts authorized. Each of these
courts of record has jurisdiction in one or more counties or cities of the state. The Fifth
Circuit Court of Virginia has jurisdiction in the County of Greensville. The Circuit Court
Judge has an office in the Greensville Courthouse Complex. The types of cases heard in
Circuit Court fall into three principal categories: law, chancery, and criminal. All three can
be cases which either originate in Circuit Court or have been appealed in the General
District or Juvenile and Domestic Relations Courts. Under the heading of law cases are
motions for judgment, negligence suits, and money suits. Under the heading of chancery
fall adoptions, divorces, separations, specific performance suits, and mechanic's liens on
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 12.01 - 12.04
real property and personal property. Criminal actions consist of cases referred by the
Grand Jury from lower court's preliminary hearings, indictments presented to the Grand
Jury by the Commonwealth's Attorney, and other criminal cases, either misdemeanors or
felonies where the defendant has appealed the lower court's decision or requests a trial by
jury. All jury cases, whether law or criminal, are heard in Circuit Court. Chancery cases are
decided by a judge, never a jury, unless a specific issue or performance is involved. The
essential difference between law and chancery cases is that in a law case the court has no
equitable powers; the court will administer justice according to the rules of common law,
whereas under chancery the court applies the principles of chancery law and follows the
procedures of equity. The
option to file a suit in one or the other rests with the plaintiff or his or her attorney and, once
initiated, cannot be changed unless the selection is obviously wrong, in which event the
judge can make the change.
a. The two most commonly used processes for Circuit Court actions are:
1) Notice of Motion for Judgment; and
2) Subpoena in Chancery
The first will have a law case number and the second will have a chancery number.
Affixed to each action, as a separate piece of paper, will be a "Proof of Service"
form on which the return is made by the deputy making the service. The "Notice of
Motion for Judgment" will have attached to it a statement or affidavit which sets
forth the specifics of the motion for judgment by the plaintiff, and the "Subpoena in
Chancery" will have attached to it a "Bill of Complaint" which contains the details of
the complaint (usually an action involving a pendente lite, divorce, or separation)
being made by the complainant. A "Subpoena in Chancery" is in the nature of a
summons to a defendant rather than a witness summons. It requires the person
named to appear before the court to answer the complaint of the petitioner or to
show cause why he or she should not be required to give the relief demanded.
Divorce actions are heard before Commissioners in Chancery appointed by the

court. The commissioners hear the arguments in the matter and make
recommendations to the court as to final disposition of the cases. The court itself,
however, handles all matters of temporary support, alimony, and temporary
custody of children as well as any exceptions taken to the commissioner's
recommendations.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 12.01 - 12.04
2. Petitions
A Petition is an application in writing to the court stating the circumstances upon which it is
founded and requesting an order of the court or such other relief as is desired by the
petitioner. Petitions are cases in chancery and often involve adoptions. "Petitions" are
actions taken under chancery as distinguished from "motions" which usually refer to
actions taken under law.
3. Confession of Judgment
This is an action where the defendant or debtor acknowledges in writing before the Clerk
of Court (or any other person authorized to do so) that he or she is indebted to a certain
creditor and confesses a judgment for so much principal and interest as the plaintiff is
willing to accept. Upon such confession, the Clerk of Court enters the date and time of day
of the confession where such judgment is entered in the records. A judgment by confession
has almost all the weight of a judgment granted by the court itself and saves considerable
time of the court and the parties involved. A defendant confessing judgment is esteemed,
in the absence of fraud, to question its validity on account of irregularities to which he or
she did not object, or to dispute any facts set forth in the confession and, if after entry of the
judgment, he or she ratifies it or accepts it, he or she is further
stopped from denying the authority on which it was confessed. It can be seen, therefore,
that service on a copy of the confession of judgment to the defendant serves the purpose of
accomplishing the ratification or acceptance which makes the confession of judgment
more binding.
4. Mechanics Lien
This is a statutory lien of a contractor, subcontractor, laborer, or material man who has
performed labor or furnished material of the value of $50.00 or more for construction,
repair, improvement, or removal of any building or structure affixed to real property with the
consent of, or at the request of, the owner. The lien attaches to the building upon which the
labor or material was provided.
A mechanic's lien can also apply to repairs performed on personal property, such as a
vehicle or appliance.
In order to be effective, a mechanic's lien on real property has to be recorded before the
expiration of sixty (60) days from the time the structure is completed or the work thereon
terminated; suit to enforce this lien must be brought before the expiration of six (6) months
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 12.01 - 12.04
from the time the lien was recorded. Petitions may be made to the appropriate court for
sale of the property and, if on hearing the case, the court is satisfied that property should
be sold to pay the debt, a court order is issued authorizing the Sheriff to sell the property
and dispose of the proceeds in the same manner as if the sale were made under a writ of
fieri facias. Before making the sale, petitioner shall advertise the time, place, and terms
thereof and give owner notice by service as prescribed under Virginia code or, if the owner
is a nonresident, or if owners' address is unknown, it may
be served by posting a copy of the sale notice in three public places in the county wherein
the property is located. If such property is a motor vehicle registered in Virginia, the
Commissioner of the Division of Motor Vehicles should be requested to advise if there are
any liens thereon; if so, the lien holders must be notified by certified mail at the address
given in the title certificate of the time and place of the property sale ten (10)
days prior thereto.
E. Rent Actions
1. Eviction (Five-Day Notice, summons for Unlawful Detainer, Writ of Possession) A large
percentage of the papers served by the deputy in rural and suburban areas involve legal
actions stemming from lease and rental situations usually due to default in rental payments,
but sometimes based on the tenant being destructive, obnoxious or otherwise in violation
of the terms of the lease or rental agreement, or simply that the owner desires the property
for his or her own use.
The first action in the process is the serving of a Five-Day Notice to the tenant (if tenant is
in arrears in rent) or a Thirty-Day Notice (if tenant rents on a monthly basis and the landlord
desires to evict the tenant for reasons other than delinquency). The Five-Day Notice
consists of a statement to the effect that if the rent is not paid within five days from the date
of service, action will be taken for possession of the apartment or residence occupied by
the tenant. The Five or Thirty-Day Notice is received directly in the Sheriff's Office from the
property owner or owner's agent or attorney (it does not go through the Clerk of Court);
nevertheless, it is a legal requirement that the five (or thirty) day notice be served before
the next step leading to eviction can be taken.
The next step which is taken after an elapse of the five (or thirty) day notice time is the
securing of a Summons for Unlawful Detainer by the plaintiff. This detainer is obtained by
the plaintiff from the Clerk of Court upon filing of an affidavit and presentation of the proof of
service of the five (or thirty) day notice. The summons for unlawful detainer is then sent to
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 12.01 - 12.04
the Sheriff for service to the defendant. This warrant summons the defendant
to appear in General District Court on a certain date to answer the complaint that said
defendant (tenant) is, in effect, in unlawful possession of the specified apartment or
premises and detains the owner from possession thereof. At the bottom of the unlawful
detainer is appropriate wording for the judgment action which grants the plaintiff authority
to recover possession of the premises involved and may also include a money judgment.
Usually the defendant does not appear in court to contest the action and the judgment is
granted the plaintiff by default.
Judgment in favor of the plaintiff leads to the third and final step; i.e., the eviction. This is
brought about by a Writ of Possession secured by the plaintiff from the Clerk of Court ten
(10) days after judgment of the unlawful detainer. The court holds these papers in order to
give the defendant ten (10) days in which to perfect an appeal. When the writ is received in
the Sheriff's Office, the original is retained by the deputy as authority for
the action and upon which to make a return when the eviction is completed. Service of the
writ, along with the Sheriff's Office Eviction Form, served to the defendant in person, or by
substituted service or by posting. This notice is made out by the deputy to show the name
and address of the defendant, the Docket Number and the date and time the premises
must be vacated (minimum of seventy-two (72) hours as required by law.)
The deputy 's action on the Writ of Possession is as follows: Fill out the eviction notice to
the tenant after coordinating with owner or manager of premises. Make sure
owner/manager understands it is their responsibility--not that of the Sheriff--to move the
defendant's furniture and personal property out of and off the premises (if the defendant
has not done so voluntarily by the time set for eviction.) The furniture and personal property
of the defendant have to be moved to the nearest public right-of-way. The defendant will be
given a minimum of seventy-two (72) hours notice prior to the eviction in order to make
arrangements to move voluntarily. If the defendants move out before being physically
evicted, the eviction action is considered completed and the Writ of Possession noted
accordingly. In the event of inclement weather at the scheduled time for the eviction, it is the
practice of the Sheriff's Office to postpone the eviction until such time as the eviction can
be carried out.
2. Mobile Home Evictions

Upon receipt of a court-ordered Writ of Possession involving a mobile home, the deputy
shall:
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 12.01 - 12.04
a. Give Notice:
1) Serve a copy of the Writ of Possession and give written notice of eviction (not
less than seventy-two (72) hours) to the mobile home occupants (eviction form).
2) Notify the landlord/lot owner of the date and time of the scheduled eviction.
3) Notify the lien holder (if known) of the impending eviction status.
4) Notify the landlord/lot owner of available options:

a) The mobile home can be stored on the mobile home property and then
disposed of according to law.
b) The homeowner can move mobile home at his expense unless the landlord
has a lien on the mobile home.
b. Eviction Execution:
1) If the mobile home has been removed or is in the process of being removed by
the owner, the deputy may extend the allotted time necessary to complete the
removal and then give possession of the lot to the lot owner. The executed Writ of
Possession is then returned to court.
2) If the mobile home has not been removed by its owner at the end of seventy-two
(72) hours, the deputy shall evict any occupant(s) and possession of the lot is then
given to the landlord/lot owner. The executed Writ of Possession if returned to the
court.
NOTE: Also see this GO-III.C.11 Unlawful Detainer Summons
3. Warrant of Distress
In addition to the Writ of Possession (eviction) action, the plaintiff has another remedy
when rent is past due and that is to obtain a Warrant of Distress. This kind of warrant
provides authority for the Sheriff to levy on the goods and chattels of the delinquent tenant
and subsequently to sell the property levied upon in an effort to make the amount of money,
plus costs, set forth in the warrant. It is an action which is taken only when rent is past due
under a contract and is in the nature of an attachment (before judgment) on the personal
property of the lessee, his or her assignee, or subtenant, found on the premises under
lease, or any other location if the property has not been removed from the said premises
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 12.01 - 12.04
more than thirty (30) day.
The first part of the warrant is the affidavit which establishes the basis for the action to be
taken by the Sheriff. The language used requires the Sheriff to DISTRAIN, etc. Distrain, by
definition, means to "levy a distress," and distress means to "seize or detain." Greensville
County does not seize under Warrant of Distress. The action is initiated, under statutory
authority, at the lower Court level but is returnable in the Circuit Court. The
plaintiff cannot ask for a sale of the goods levied upon until ten (10) days after the levy is
made, during which period the defendant or debtor can contest the action in the Circuit
Court. Also, prior to the sale taking the place, the plaintiff has to post a surety bond in an
amount equal to the value of the property; such bond to be provided to the Sheriff. The
distress levy is usually uncontested but does serve to pressure the defendant into
paying the back rent, thereby making a sale unnecessary. If a sale is directed, however, it
is made under a Writ of Venditioni Exponas (expose to sale) and, as indicated, must be
accompanied by the indemnifying bond. After the Writ of Venditioni Exponas is issued by
the Clerk of the Circuit Court (and the sale notice is posted), another ten (10) days must
elapse before a sale can be held.
F. Levies, Seizures and Sales

Two basic kinds of levies/seizures and sales are customarily acted upon in the Sheriff's Office.
One kind of levy and sale has been covered above under rent actions; namely, the action taken
under a distress warrant and the venditioni exponas type of sale made as a result of the
distress levy. Both the distress warrant levy and a levy made as directed in an attachment
before judgment (see Section A above) are actions taken initially without a judge hearing a
case. A seizure of the property, however, made under a distress levy is affected only after the
prescribed time of appeal of the distress levy has elapsed.
The other main category of levy, seizure, and sale is that which results from judgment and
which is referred to generally as an execution. An execution is the judicial process which
enforces or carries out a judgment or decree. The two main types of executions are: (1) a writ
of fieri facias (fi-fa), which is the means to enforce a money judgment by levy and sale of the
property of the defendant; and (2) the writ of possession, which enables the plaintiff to obtain
possession of specific property, such as an apartment or residence, by evicting the occupant
thereof (covered under Rental Actions), or a writ of possession action (detinue) taken after
judgment under a conditional sales contract to recover specific articles of personal property in
possession of the judgment debtor. In this case, the defendant has the option of retaining the
specific property or paying the amount of the judgment. The type of levy, seizure, and sale
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 12.01 - 12.04
covered in the balance of this section will be restricted to executions carried out under a fi-fa.
In considering the relationship between a fi-fa and a levy carried out under a fi-fa, the
following points are relevant:
1. A lien on the personal estate of the judgment debtor is established dating from the exact
time that the writ of fi-fa is received in the Sheriff's office for execution and is endorsed with
year, month, day, and time of day the writ is received. This procedure is followed so that
the Sheriff's Office can control the priority on levies when more than one is received for
execution against the same individual.
2. This lien covers leviable property as well as non-leviable property, such as bonds, notes,
stocks, etc., which the judgment debtor has or may acquire "on or before the return date of
such writ," except such property as is exempt under provisions of Title 34. The lien extends
only to non-leviable property located within the Commonwealth and leviable property within
the Sheriff's bailiwick (see Paragraph 12 below).
3. In Virginia the fi-fa is returnable within ninety (90) days after its issuance to the court from
which it was issued. A lien on tangible property automatically ceases if an actual levy has
not been made on or before the return date.
4. The lien acquired by placing a writ of fi-fa in the hands of the Sheriff is so imperfect in
nature and unspecific as to the goods of the debtor that establishment of a solid lien and
security for the debt is unknown until exemption requirements are met and a levy can be
effected. The levy, in effect, specifies the goods and chattels levied upon and is necessary
as a basis for advertising the property and selling it (within six (6) months after execution).
5. A levy can be made only upon specific tangible property. Actual seizure of the property
recovered is not necessary if the deputy has the property in his/her view and power to
seize it if he/she so chooses, and notes on his/her writ the facts of the levy.
Specific points to keep in mind in effecting a levy under a fi-fa are as follows:
a. After receipt and endorsement of the fi-fa in the Sheriff's Office, the actual levy is the
next step necessary before a sale can be made.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 12.01 - 12.04
b. Although the fi-fa authorizes seizure of property, the practice in Virginia has been to
permit it to remain on the premises of the debtor until the day of sale in order to save
expenses.
c. A valid levy can be made on household goods in the owner's absence; no formal
notice is necessary. It is the practice in Greensville County, however, to leave a copy of
the levy sheet with or on (one of) the items levied upon.
d. In making a levy, the Sheriff is acting as agent for the plaintiff. The plaintiff or his/her
attorney has authority to control the execution and to say whether the levy should be
modified or canceled. (The plaintiff retains the right to sue out a new execution)
e. A deputy making the levy may, if need be, break open (or cause to be opened by a
locksmith) the outer doors of a dwelling house in the daytime after first having
demanded admittance of the occupant and may also levy on property in the personal
possession of the debtor if the same be open to observation. The practice in
Greensville County is to first check to insure that the defendant does live at the address.
Deputy will leave notice on the door that access to premises is needed to execute the writ. If
the deputy has not received response by the next day, he/she should then check with
neighbors, mail carrier, paper carrier, etc., to determine whether defendant is: (1) on
vacation; (2) in the hospital; or (3) in jail. Only as a last resort should entry be forced to
complete a levy, and then only after the Sheriff has been notified and briefed.
f. Levy on any personal property in the possession of the defendant, regardless of

his/her claim that it does not belong to him/her, etc. The claimant (or third party
involved) has a right to claim ownership by filing the necessary affidavit with the Clerk
of Court (8.01-266, 8.01-227).
g. When listing property, IDENTIFY it--use make, model, serial number, etc. If none of
these are available, some definite description, such as Sheriff's Office serial number,
should be used so that, if necessary, it can be identified at a later date.
h. Levy on property that would be equal in value to the amount claimed in the warrant.
Place a fair market value on items and bear in mind not to over-levy (unless
circumstances alter the above, such as property that has been abandoned, and it is
necessary to attach all property in order to dispose of it).
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 12.01 - 12.04
i. If the plaintiff requests seizure of the property prior to sale (sometimes desirable as
in the case of mobile vehicles), a bond is provided the Sheriff by the plaintiff for an
amount equal to the value of the vehicle. Identification, including license number and
registration information, is also furnished by the plaintiff. The vehicle or property is
moved at the plaintiff's expense to an area of safe storage pending the sale.
j. When the execution is in favor of the Commonwealth, a levy can be made on realty,
but normally a levy is made only on personal property. It is still necessary, however, to
attempt to satisfy the debt out of the personal property before selling the realty.
k. Property and articles exempt from a levy made under a fi-fa are set forth in Virginia
Code 34-26 and 34-27. The articles most commonly found and which are exempt
include the following: necessary wearing apparel of the debtor and his/her family;
sufficient bed, bedding, tables, and chairs needed for the size of the family; plus a
refrigerator, washing machine, cooking utensils, one sewing machine and, in the case
of a mechanic, tools of his/her trade. A detailed list, as set forth in 34-26- and 34-27, is
provided each deputy making levies. In addition, each householder has a basic
exemption of property, either realty or personality, not exceeding five thousand dollars
as provided in 34-
This householder's exemption is usually waived at the time the debtor signs or
executes a promissory note or other obligation of indebtedness.
l. A levy cannot be made on intangible personal property, but a lien attaches to it and it
may be sold by court order within a year after the return date of the execution. The lien
in this case continues as long as judgment can be enforced and it does not matter
whether the return date of the writ has passed or not.
m. Personal property belonging to a wife may not be levied upon under an execution
for the debt of her husband. (For example, if ownership of an automobile is registered
in both husband and wife names, a levy based on a judgment against the husband
cannot be made on the wife's interest in the automobile. It can be made against the
husband's interest, however, and at the sale advertised specifically as applying to the
husband's interest only.) Such a sale would not appeal to the average buyer, but the
plaintiff may wish to buy the husband's interest at the time of sale or the wife may wish
to purchase her husband's interest and thereby obtain full title to the vehicle. If the
plaintiff buys the husband's interest, the plaintiff would need to take the case to court for
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 12.01 - 12.04
a determination of the respective interests and obtain a court filing for settlement of the
suit (55-35).
n. At the time the levy is made the deputy making the levy estimates the value of the
property levied upon and makes a notation on the levy sheet on the amount of the
indemnifying bond required. The amount of the bond is set at the estimated value of
the property in the case of a fi-fa (or a warrant of distress). In Greensville County this
bond is usually not required unless the property is to be seized and sold.
o. One exception to be noted to the general rule that a levy can only be made on
specific tangible property is that a levy on shares of stock is valid provided the shares
are actually seized by the deputy executing the writ and are surrendered to the
corporation, or their transfer by the debtor is enjoined (13.1-413).
p. Real estate cannot be levied upon and sold under an execution; however, if the
judgment on which the execution issue is a lien on real estate, the lien can be enforced
after all property of the debtor has been exhausted. Jurisdiction to enforce the lien of a
judgment shall be in equity. The chancery court can order the amount of the judgment
unless such rents and profits will not satisfy the judgment within five (5) years,
in which case the court may direct the property sold (8.01- 462).
q. A levy cannot be made on the contents of a locked safe deposit box since the
contents are not within view or power of a seizure (unless the renter opens it
voluntarily); however, in any case where a bank or trust company having for rent safe
deposit boxes, is served with a notice of a lien of fi-fa or a summons in garnishment in
which a renter or lessee of a safe deposit box is named defendant or judgment debtor,
it shall be the duty of such bank or trust company to deny such renter or lessee access
to the safe deposit box rented or leased in the name of the defendant or judgment
debtor, unless otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction or by the
judgment creditor (6.1-333).
G. Sales
The sale is the final action taken under a writ of fi-fa. The following considerations apply to
such actions:
1. Only property subject to levy and which has been levied upon can be sold.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 12.01 - 12.04
2. It is required that notices of the time and place of the sale be posted at least ten (10) day
prior to the day of the sale.
3. The notice of sale is posted at some place near the residence of the owner, if he or she
resides in the county, and at two other public places in the county.
4. Optional: Advertise sale in local newspaper.
5. If the property is expensive to keep or perishable, the court or authority issuing the fi-fa
can order that the sale is made without waiting for the ten day period to elapse.
6. At the time and place so established, the property shall be sold to the highest bidder, for
cash, as may be necessary to make the amount of the fi-fa. When property remains unsold
because of no bidders or because of an insufficient bid, the sale may be postponed and
the property again advertised, stating the fact of no bidders or of insufficient bid, and that
the property will be sold peremptory under a writ of venditioni exponas
(8.01-485).
7. No Sheriff, Sergeant, City or Town Constable or High Constable, or any deputy of such
office, or county employee shall directly or indirectly purchase effects sold under a writ by
such officer or deputy.
8. No officer of the county or employee of the county, shall directly or indirectly, bid on or
purchase, property sold under a writ by an officer. (8.01-498)
9. The deputy must collect for each item sold even if the plaintiff buys it and wants to pay
only costs.
10. As each item is sold, list the buyer, amount and item number on the copy of sale notice.
If the number of items for sale is extensive, it is advisable for the deputy making the sale to
have clerical assistance in marking the items for identification, keeping track of the cash
and giving receipts for same to the buyers.
11. The day before the sale it is wise to check with the plaintiff to make sure there has
been no settlement and that the plaintiff or his or her attorney will be present at the sale.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 12.01 - 12.04
12. It is the practice of the Greensville County Sheriff's Office that prior to the sale, the
plaintiff or his or her attorney take the following actions:
a. Obtain a Sheriff's Indemnifying Bond (unless sale is ordered by the court.)
b. Provide the Sheriff with a written statement advising whether or not liens exist on
items to be sold, a letter or teletype from the Department of Motor Vehicles regarding
any liens on the vehicles. The plaintiff also submits an itemized list of court costs, bond
premium, and total amount required to settle the claim.
13. When there is not time on the date appointed for the sale to complete same, the sale
may be adjourned from day to day until completed.
14. Each sale is made on an "as is" basis with no warranties implied as to the quality or
soundness of the goods sold. If an item has a lien on it, however, it is sold subject to the
lien as advised the auctioneer (based on information supplied by plaintiff. If the sale price
is not in excess of the lien (plus costs), no sale should be made.
15. In each sale scheduled, a sale folder is prepared in which background papers are kept.
A sale check list is maintained in this folder to insure that the required steps are taken prior
to the sale. In addition, copies of the levy and the sale notice are filed in the folder. The
procedure as described above is at the actual sale. The sale is started by reading the sale
notice which, subsequent to the levy, will have been adjusted or noted, if necessary, to
reflect liens or other information supplied by the plaintiff.
16. If property which has been levied upon is also to be seized preceding the sale thereof,
the owner may retain possession of such property until the date of sale provided he or she
gives the Sheriff a bond with sufficient surety payable to the Plaintiff which states the
property shall be forthcoming at the day and place of sale. The bond would specifically
state the amount due, including the officer's fee for taking the bond, commissions, and
other lawful charges, if any, and that service of the writ has been made. The law relating to
forthcoming bonds was passed for the benefit of the owner of the goods taken, to enable
him or her at his or her own risk to retain possession and use of the goods and to avoid the
expense of their safekeeping until the day of sale (8.01-526).
H. Miscellaneous
1. Tax Notices and Levies
The most frequent type of tax notices handled in the Sheriff's Office are those issued by the
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 12.01 - 12.04
Department of Taxation of the Commonwealth of Virginia for delinquent payment of payroll
taxes and the Commissioner of Revenue for local taxes. This notice takes the form of a
notice of motion for judgment. Assuming a judgment is granted by the appropriate court,
the Commonwealth can proceed to command the Sheriff to make a levy upon both real and
personal property of the defendant. The levy in this event is made against the personal
assets unless it is otherwise indicated by the Commonwealth.
Another frequent form of action taken by the Commonwealth concerns failure to pay
unemployment compensation taxes assessed by the Virginia Employment Commission.
These actions, which are received by mail directly from Richmond, take the form of a
command to levy upon and sell the real and personal property of the subject. They are
returnable to the Virginia Employment Commission in Richmond through the Clerk of the
Circuit Court.
2. Elections, Referendums, and Electorate Notices

Notices of elections, special elections, referendums, or other actions requiring an
electorate notification or action are received in the Sheriff's Office for posting at locations
specifically selected for the purpose. Lists of registered voters needed at precinct voting
locations are also delivered by the deputies to such locations. These lists are fastened to
the designated precinct doors. Official notices of the electorate action may be posted on
the precinct door itself. A master list of all locations is kept in the Sheriff's Office and is
noted when delivery or posting has been accomplished. A copy of this master list as noted
with respect to the service and/or posting is sent back to the Electoral Board. Usually the
Board allows ten days for the notices to be posted or the voting lists to be distributed.
I. All records and services of legal process will be maintained in the Sheriff's Office Computer
System. The maintenance of such information will be the responsibility of the Captain or his
designee. The following information will be entered into the system:
1. Name of person for whom service is made or attempted
2. Date and time (if required) of service and/or attempted service
3. Name of server
4. To whom process was served
5. Method of service
6. Location of service or attempted service
7. In the event service is not made, reason for non-service will be documented.
J. All legal process upon receipt shall have a legal process tracking form attached to the front
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 12.01 - 12.04
of the document. This form shall be used to document all actions taken involving this process.
This shall include both civil and criminal legal process. The tracking form shall be recorded
and maintained within the Sheriff's Office upon return of the process to the appropriate
authority.
The tracking form shall include the following information;
1. Name of person to served,
2. Name of person served to,
3. Type of document (civil/criminal),
4. Location of service or attempted service,
5. Service or attempts - date and time,
6. Source of document,
7. Name of plaintiff/defendant/respondent,
8. Name of server,
9. Method of service.
K. Criminal Warrants and Summonses

Criminal warrants shall be entered into the Sheriff's Office computer system. This system
allows for the tracking of criminal warrants on a 24 hour a day basis. All criminal warrants
entered into the NCIC/VCIN system shall be maintained in the active warrant file located in
the Communications Center. A copy of the entry form and the associated report shall be on
file there as well.
It is the policy of the Greensville Sheriff's Office that all deputies shall make every effort to
confirm all of the information on the face of any arrest warrant. The following steps shall be
taken during each arrest;
1. An attempt shall be made to obtain a form of photo identification from the arrested
person, to compare to the warrant information.
2. Deputies shall attempt to verify the warrant information with the arrested individual. Note
any inaccuracies on the warrant or summons.
3. All deputies make use all of the identifiers are filled in on all criminal warrants. The
following are the critical information needed on criminal warrants;
a. full name
b. address
c. social security number
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 12.01 - 12.04
d. height
e. weight
f. sex
g. race
h. eye color
i. hair color.
4. DMV and VCIN/NCIC networks may be used to confirm identification, but DMV
information cannot be used as the sole means of identifying an individual.
5. Service of a criminal warrant or summons includes the above verification process. The
serving deputy shall on the document in the appropriate location legibly insert the following
information;
a. Type of service in misdemeanor warrant service
b. Date and time of service
c. Name of server
d. Badge number
e. Agency
f. Jurisdiction
g. Sheriff's name (criminal warrants
GO 2-36: ASSET FORFEITURE
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
I. POLICY
A recent constitutional amendment to state law permits law enforcement agencies to benefit
directly from the seizures made in narcotics or drug investigations. Formerly, in order to
receive financial assistance through seized assets; law enforcement agencies had to use the
federal forfeiture process. We intend to aggressively enforce narcotics and dangerous drug
laws, and where our personnel make a substantial seizure of property according to state law,
we will begin forfeiture proceedings. Whatever assets we recover through the forfeiture
process, whether money or property, will be applied to legitimate enforcement needs primarily
to carry out other drug enforcement strategies. Under no circumstances will personnel select
enforcement targets because of the expected financial gain accruing to the department:
enforcement strategies are not dictated by profit.
II. PURPOSE
To outline the department's participation in asset forfeitures from drug enforcement cases, and
to state responsibilities of the asset forfeiture coordinator.
III. DEFINITIONS
A. Asset forfeiture coordinator (AFC): the deputy designated by the Sheriff to be conversant in
state forfeiture law (to wit, Virginia Code Chapter 22.1, particularly Sections 19.2-386.1
through .14), to identify assets in case records and implement legal process to appropriate
these assets for department use. The AFC will also perform as liaison to the state and federal
agencies, and to the courts, as needed.
B. Designated seizing agency: the agency or office which initiates the seizure, or which retains
possession of the seized property. The designated seizing agency may be the agency chosen
by mutual decision of the participating agencies.
C. Assets: Includes both in-kind property and proceeds. In-kind property consists of whatever
an agency can put to immediate use. Anything of value seized in association with a drug
transaction is an asset for purposes of this order. Proceeds refer to whatever money is raised
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

through sale of property of a kind not immediately useful.
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Responsibilities of the asset forfeiture coordinator (AFC). (MAJOR)
1. Reviews all reports to identify property subject to forfeiture.
2. Ensures that all seizures for forfeitures are reported to the Department of Criminal
Justice Service.
3. Process the necessary and required paperwork in an effective and efficient manner.
4. Assume responsibility for the management of property seized and stored under asset
seizure laws.
5. Monitor the proceeds form forfeited assets, in conjunction with the County's Finance
Director and Treasurer.
6. Assure compliance with State and Federal guidelines for asset forfeiture.
7. Reports to the Sheriff on all matters pertaining to forfeiture proceedings.
8. Chooses and coordinates with vendors hired to manage seized property.
9. Coordinates, where possible, with other agency representatives, as designated by the

sheriff, for "pre-seizure" planning meetings to evaluate target assets to ascertain
ownership and the existence of liens or encumbrances.
a. The planning effort will make every reasonable effort to identify innocent lien holders
to avoid inconveniencing them.
If the agency wishes to participate in state forfeiture procedures, the AFC shall:
10. Coordinate with the commonwealth's attorney to enter a default judgment against
persons who fail to respond to the court within 30 days to defend against seizure of their
property.
11. Apply to DCJS for return of in-kind property for legitimate law enforcement use.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
12. Coordinate with the commonwealth's attorney, or other officials as necessary to obtain
a commercial sale of property in appropriate cases.
13. Coordinate with other agencies participating in a regional drug enforcement task force
to agree on which agency will become the designated seizing agency for purposes of
forfeiture proceedings. Negotiate with participating law enforcement agencies for a
suitable division of assets.
a. Where agencies seize property pursuant to membership in a regional task force, the
AFC will forward to DCJS a copy of the inter-agency agreement or contract that
authorizes the task force.
b. The AFC will assist inter-jurisdictional coordination to ensure that localities maintain
separate forfeitures accounts and auditing procedures. Similarly, the AFC will track
cases in which the department is involved but is not the primary seizing agency.
14. Ensure that the locality's certification (that the proceeds will be used for law
enforcement purposes only and will not supplant existing resources) is submitted to DCJS,
and renewed annually by the county administrator.
15. Ensure that money seized is forwarded to DCJS in check form. Coordinate with the
locality finance officer, as necessary.
B. The county's finance officer shall:

1. Prepare checks to DCJS as soon as possible upon receipt by the agency of forfeited
funds from drug transactions.
2. Prepare and maintain records on all property accruing to the agency through drug
forfeitures and retain these records for a minimum of three years.
3. Annually conduct an audit of all property seized attendant to drug transactions, including
an audit of all property subjected to forfeiture proceedings. Forward a copy of all audits to
DCJS upon request.
4. Compile and retain a file of all receipts for cash or property obtained and sold or
otherwise disposed of through asset forfeiture procedures.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

C. If the agency elects to pursue forfeiture through federal proceedings, then the AFC will not
notify DCJS.
V. FORMS
A. DCJS Form 998 - Asset Seizure Reporting Form
B. DCJS Form 999 - Siezed Property Disposition Sharing Decision Form
GO 2-37: COURT SECURITY
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
NOTE: This directive is for internal use only, and does not enlarge an officer's civil or criminal
liability in any way. It should not be construed as the creation of a higher standard of safety or
care in an evidentiary sense, with respect to third party claims. Violations of this directive, if
proven, can only form the basis of a complaint by this department, and then only in a non-
I. POLICY
It is the policy of the Greensville County Sheriff's Office to provide the most effective and
safe delivery of services in the areas of courtroom security and other related public safety
services. The Greensville County Sheriff's Office will provide these services in accordance
with applicable Virginia law and professional standards.
II. PURPOSE
To provide a written directive on courthouse/courtroom security. This directive shall be made
available to all personnel assigned to the courthouse/courtroom security function.
III. PROCEDURES
A. ADMINISTRATION
1. The Sheriff or his designee is responsible for the courthouse/courtroom security function.
In most situations this duty shall be delegated to the supervisor in charge of the court/civil
section.
2. Staff working in the Courthouse/Courtroom security shall be determined by the Sheriff or

his designee.
3. Staff assigned to the Courthouse/Courtroom security will be trained in every area of their
responsibilities.
4. The Sheriff or his designee has to ensure that this Administrative Order is available to all
persons designated to work in the area of the courthouse / courtroom security. This written
Administrative Order contains the following elements:
a. The physical security plan
b. Security operations
c. Special operational plans

NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
d. Hostage situations response plan
e. High risk trial plan
f. Emergency procedures (fire, bomb, disaster)
5. It shall be the policy of the Greensville County Sheriff's Office Court Security Unit to serve
as the liaison with other agencies and personnel using the court buildings and to ensure
coordination of security with them.
6. The Sheriff or his designee is responsible for designing the physical security plan to
protect the courthouse, its assets, and occupants by use of personnel and hardware
including fire detection and protection equipment.
7. Control of weapons in courtrooms:

Law enforcement personnel are the only persons allowed inside a courtroom with a
weapon, unless he/she is a defendant.
B. PERSONNEL
Duties of the deputies include:

1. Courtroom search/inspection - Upon assignment to a courtroom, the deputy will initiate a
thorough search of the courtroom.
2. Position in the Courtroom - The deputy will position him or herself in the courtroom at a
location providing the best view of the courtroom including the occupants, the door, and
any windows. They should never sit or stand with his back to the audience in the courtroom
nor place himself/herself in an area where he/she is unable to immediately see who enters,
or intends to enter the courtroom. He/she should remain attentive and alert at all times and
refrain from unnecessary movements or actions that may detract from the proceedings. A
deputy shall be present in the Courtroom whenever the Judge is sitting and Court is in
session.
3. Court Disruption
a. At any time during a court session if there is excessive or disruptive talking among
the audience or attorneys, he/she should take action to quiet the audience members.
Such action may include expulsion of the individual(s) causing the disturbance from the
courtroom or courthouse.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
b. Eating, drinking, or smoking are also prohibited at all times in the courtroom. He/she
is responsible to assure that such activities do not take place.
c. He/she should limit disrupting traffic into and out of the courtroom when court is in
session, particularly during opening and closing arguments. In circuit court, during
reading of instructions in a jury trial, no one is permitted to enter or leave the
courtroom.
4. Handling Witnesses in Circuit Court - The witness is called by the attorneys in the case
involved. When a witness is waiting in the witness waiting area adjacent to the courtroom,
the attorneys will call the witness on instructions of the Judge, the Deputy will escort the
witness to the witness box in the courtroom.
5. Assistance in the Courtroom - If at any time the deputy believes that additional
assistance is needed, they should immediately notify his supervisor by the fastest means
possible.
6. Court Opening - Unless otherwise directed by the presiding Judge, the deputy will open
and close the court each day.
7. Handling Prisoners in All Courts - The deputy assigned to court Security will have the
primary responsibility for handling the prisoner(s) for that court. The following guidelines
apply to prisoners entering the courtroom. These guidelines are not intended to be all
inclusive, or to replace the judgment of the deputy assigned to Court Security or the
deputy.
a. Search the prisoner before leaving the jail by the transporting deputy. (including
D.O.C. inmates prior to being placed into lockup)
b. The prisoner will be in front of the deputy at all times.
c. Anticipate the prisoner's actions.
d. During court proceedings, the deputy will not sit beside the prisoner, but rather
station himself in such a manner to prevent escape or threat to the Judge or other court
personnel.
e. The deputy will accompany the prisoner to the bench during bench conferences and
to the witness box.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
f. Immediately prior to sentencing, a deputy will station himself behind the prisoner and
be prepared to subdue the prisoner should the prisoner present a threat to the security
in the courtroom and be prepared to handle boisterous relatives or friends.
g. Speak to the prisoner only when necessary, and do so in a clear and direct manner.
h. Never permit the prisoner to receive any item(s) from individuals in the courtroom
other than from court personnel.
i. Never permit a prisoner to have physical contact with anyone other than his attorney
or other court personnel unless ordered by the Judge.
j. When the Judge remands a prisoner into the custody of the Sheriff, the deputy will
take the prisoner to the holding cell as soon as possible and will search the prisoner
before entering the holding cell. Prisoners placed in the holding cells should be
transferred to jail as soon as possible.
k. The deputy should check on prisoners in the holding cell at least every 30 minutes.
When the court has adjured, the deputy must remove the prisoners to jail
l. Necessary records for detainees shall be obtained from the Clerk of the Court. These
records will be delivered to the Jail Control Room where the correct forms will be filled
out. These records are for the Sheriff's Office and jail personnel only and will not be
disclosed to any unauthorized persons.
C. PHYSICAL FACILITIES – Circulation pattern within the Courthouse. The courthouse

design provides separate circulation patterns for the public, judges and staff, and prisoners.
1. Public space is the areas in front of the offices and the courtroom. The public is
generally excluded from interior office space. All deputies assigned to the courtroom
should assist the public in finding the location they seek and prohibit the public from entry
into office areas.
2. Judges and court staff circulation patterns are generally, behind the office space.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
3. Movement of prisoners will take place in the hallways designed for this use. Only the
secure or controlled entrances should be used to bring the prisoners into the courtroom.
The temporary holding facilities in the courthouse should be inspected daily before and
after occupancy, checking for contraband and/or structural integrity.
4. No unauthorized person will be allowed in the holding area.
5. All weapons shall be secured in the weapon lock boxes or other secure area prior to entering
the holding area.
6. All deputies will receive training in the movement of prisoners and in the proper
operation of the holding area.
7. All control devices and keys to the holding area are maintained in the Courthouse
Control Room or with supervisor of the court.
D. SECURITY
1. Responsibility for searching the courtroom – the deputy assigned to a particular
courtroom is responsible for searching the room. This search is conducted at least daily
and is documented on the Court Security Check off Sheet kept in the assigned area. This
search will include doors and locks. Deficiencies in any security related equipment are
noted on the log and also reported to the supervisor. The supervisor is responsible to
initiate whatever action is necessary to repair/replace equipment.
2. Responsibility for searching courtrooms and entrances to courtrooms – Each deputy

assigned to a particular courtroom will conduct a complete search of the room at a
minimum:
a. Prior to the morning session
b. After the lunch recess, if room is completely vacated by deputies,
c. At the adjournment at the end of the day.

After the completion of each search, the deputy will complete the check sheet. The
completed sheet is to be checked by the supervisor on a regular basis. The supervisor
will review each log for completeness and to identify any security concerns. The
supervisor will take action as appropriate and then file the reports.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
3. After completion of the search, the courtroom should remain securely locked, or kept
under strict surveillance by the deputies.
4. Courtroom searches will be thorough and systematic. Particular attention should be

given to the judge's bench, prisoner holding area, defense seating, jury box, witness
rooms, hallways, prisoner corridors, and jury deliberation rooms. This search shall include
checking for contraband and concerns with structural integrity, specifically in the areas
where the prisoners shall be seated and the prisoner holding areas.
5. If contraband of any kind is found, it should be seized, unless suspected to be an

explosive device. As seized contraband should be stored as evidence or destroyed as
appropriate.
6. At the close of the court day, the prisoner holding area shall be searched and left open
and unlocked.
7. Courtroom Security Checklist
E. PACKAGES
1. Deputies should be alert to any unusual packages brought into the courtroom.
2. If a deputy has a reasonable suspicion based on direct observation or reliable

information that a package or item may disrupt court proceedings, the deputy may ask to
search the item.
3. A refusal to allow a search of the item by the owner is sufficient for the deputy to deny the
item's entry into the courtroom.
F. JUVENILE AND DOMESTIC RELATIONS COURT

1. Proceedings in this court may not be open to the public. Only parties involved in a
particular case may be allowed in the courtroom during the trial. Hand held metal detectors
may be used when necessary for special security.
2. Two deputies will be assigned to the courtroom while court is in session.

NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
G. CIRCUIT COURT
1. The Circuit Court will be open to the public and is a court of record. As with the other
courts all persons entering the court may be searched at the deputy's discretion.
2. During criminal and civil trials, two deputies will be assigned to the court.
H. GENERAL DISTRICT COURT

1. Deputies will be assigned to this court. The deputies will assist the judge, and monitor
prisoner's movement and inside courtroom traffic.
2. It must be remembered that the deputy's main function is to handle court security and
assist in the courtroom where necessary.
I. CONTRABAND – the following items are not permitted inside the courtroom unless
specifically cleared by the Sheriff's Office, the judge, or if they are to be used as evidence:
1. firearms or other weapons of any kind;
2. recording devices;
3. cameras
4. food, drink or chewing gum
5. unusually large or cumbersome items;
6. electronic devices not appropriate for court;
7. any item that interferes with or disturbs court proceedings;
8. animals, other than seeing eye dogs
J. RESTRAINTS on persons in custody – prisoners will be handcuffed and in leg irons to and
from the jail to the courthouse.
K. SECURITY SURVEY – At least once every six months a security check shall be conducted
of the courthouse.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
L. EQUIPMENT – this equipment shall be available at all times to be used in the

courthouse/courtroom environment.
1. Restraints (additional handcuffs, leg irons and waist chains/belts) are available for use in
the courtroom when ordered by the judge. They should be stored in a location convenient to
the courtroom.
2. Alarm tests – all courtrooms have duress alarms and they shall be tested monthly and
prior to high risk trials. This includes alarms in the courtrooms and judges chambers. Test
times and alarm status shall be noted on the log. The supervisor shall be notified
immediately of any malfunction.
a. Alarm Checklist
3. A magnetometer shall be in place at the entrance to the courthouse lobby, manned and
used on every court date. All individuals entering the courthouse shall pass through the
magnetometer under the supervision of a deputy. Prior to passing through the
magnetometer, the individual shall be asked to place any metallic items into a tray on the
table next to the magnetometer. The deputy shall check the items placed into the tray and
remove anything determined to be contraband. If the alarm sounds as the persons passes
through the magnetometer, the individual shall be searched or rechecked with a handheld
wand magnetometer or hand searched by the deputy. The magnetometer shall be checked
before the opening of court to assure its operation.
4. The courthouse shall have emergency lighting in halls, courtrooms, etc. (includes battery
and generator powered).
5. First aid shall be available from the Sheriff's Office, or if needed, a local rescue squad
can respond.
6. Fire extinguishers are located throughout the courthouse. Any one who sees an
extinguisher that has been removed or is in need of recharging should notify a supervisor
as soon as possible. The extinguishers are inspected by members of the Sheriff's Office
on a schedule determined by state fire safety code.
7. Any deficiency in any equipment including lighting, emergency lighting, doors, locks,
alarms, heating, cooling and ventilation, fire detection devices, fire extinguishers, auxiliary
power sources, windows, etc., the Sheriff or his designee will immediately notify County
Administrator of the need for repair.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
M. HIGH RISK TRIAL PROCEDURES

1. Operational Command
The primary authority and responsibility for security operations of a high risk court
proceeding is the Sheriff or his designee. He will review and approve all operational plans
to be used during the trial. The Sheriff or his designee will decide who is in charge.
2. Notification and planning

Upon notification of an upcoming high risk trial, the supervisor will prepare and submit an
operational security plan to the Captain who will give a copy to the Sheriff. This plan should
address the following:
a. All available intelligence information about the defendant;
b. Criminal history, with particular attention to previous acts of violence, narcotics use,
escapes or attempted escapes;
c. Physical description of the defendant, including a recent photograph;
d. Personal information about the defendant including home address, family, friends,
organizations to which the defendant belonged that may pose a threat, visitors in jail;
e. Police information including arrest reports
f. Schedule of court appearances, whether for arraignments, preliminary hearings, etc,

including which courtroom, judge, commonwealth's attorney, defense attorney,
witnesses, etc.
g. Coordination made with the judge, commonwealth's and defense attorneys.
3. Determination of security needs
a. The security plan will address the number of deputies needed for direct prisoner
security, transportation arrangements to and from the courthouse to the jail, type and
number of vehicles needed, number of transporting personnel needed, and any
specialized equipment.
b. Communication including Sheriff's frequency channels and radios issued to

personnel.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
c. Perimeter security of the courthouse including all exterior door.
d. Seating arrangement inside the courtroom (to be coordinated with the judge and
commonwealth's attorney), including seating for the victim(s) and family, media,
defendant's family and friends, and witnesses, preferably with separate seating for
prosecution and defense witnesses.
e. Personal protection needs for the judge, witnesses, attorneys and jurors.
Sequestering may be determined by the judge.
f. Building search including, if needed, a canine assisted search.
g. Media relations plan, including a designated media liaison, normally the Sheriff,
providing space for the media or other needs.
h. Security alarm testing.
4. Incidents
a. If information is gathered that suggests that there is an imminent threat to the trial,
the deputy will immediately advise the judge and the Sheriff. Action to recess,
postpone or move the trial to another courtroom will be discussed.
b. In the event of an actual incident, deputies working the courtroom will immediately
secure the prisoner, the judge and court personnel, the jury and advise a supervisor.
Back up will be requested and the contingency plan implemented.
c. Threats, or actual events will be documented, and copies hand carried to the Sheriff
and the Captain immediately.
d. Following the conclusion of the trial, the Sheriff or his designee may critique the trial
with the staff focused on the notification, planning, implementation, and outcome of
activities related to the trial.
e. Property seized during the course of a high security trial will be immediately placed
in a designated secured storage area.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
N. MEDICAL EMERGENCIES
1. If a medical emergency arises involving the general public, or a courtroom employee, the
deputy will begin emergency first aid as dictated by the situation. The deputy will contact, or
have another person contact Communications to summon the Rescue Squad. The deputy
will continue first aid until the rescue squad arrives on the scene.
2. If a medical emergency arises with a prisoner held in a holding area adjacent to the
courtroom, the deputy will secure the area and immediately begin first aid. the deputy
should ask Communications to contact the rescue squad. The deputy will continue first aid
until the rescue squad arrives. If a prisoner in the courtroom shows signs of needing
emergency care, the prisoner will be removed to a secure area and first aid begun.
O. FIRE AND FIRE LAWS

1. Staff should be alert to the possibility of an alarm being deliberately activated to divert
attention from other activities, for example assaults, or attempts to disrupt court
proceedings.
2. Fire Alarms – when a fire alarm is sounded, the courthouse will be evacuated except for
sworn employees of the Sheriff's office and persons remanded to the custody of the
Sheriff. The deputy will:
a. Call Communications and report the alarm and the location.
b. Notify the Sheriff or his designee and Supervisor of the alarm and its location, any available
information and the possibility of an actual fire.
c. Request the deputy closest to the location check for actual fire and report to the
Sheriff or his designee and Supervisor.
d. Request patrol assistance for perimeter control.
3. Following an alarm or actual fire, the deputy will initiate an incident report with all other
staff involved filing supplemental reports. The Supervisor will make the appropriate
notification to the Sheriff and provide him a copy of the report.
P. BOMB THREATS
1. If a bomb threat is received by telephone, the individual receiving the call should gather
as much information as possible about the threat. The Bomb Threat Call Checklist should
be used to gather this information. Once the information has been evaluated, the Sheriff or
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
his designee will determine if the Bomb Disposal unit of the Virginia State Police needs to
be called. The evacuation will be at the discretion of the Sheriff.
2. If a deputy discovers what he believes to be a bomb device, he will immediately secure

the area and notify a supervisor. Under no circumstances will a deputy attempt to move a
suspected device. Radios, pagers and cell phones will all be turned off, as use of these
devices may trigger an explosion. The Bomb Disposal Unit of the Virginia State Police
should be requested to respond. Additionally, the supervisor should notify the
Emporia Volunteer Fire Department and the Greensville Volunteer Rescue Squad providers
and advise them of the situation. The courthouse will be evacuated. Appropriate emergency
notifications will be made by the supervisor.
Q. HOSTAGE/BARRICADE SITUATIONS
1. Initial Response
a. Unless immediate action is necessary to protect life, the first deputies on the scene
will confine their activities to containment and stabilization of the situation. The
courthouse should be evacuated if possible without endangering life.
b. The ranking deputy on the scene will notify Communications, who will notify the
Sheriff or his designee, who will notify any additional resources deemed necessary.
This notification will include a preliminary appraisal of the situation.
c. When sufficient staffing is at the scene, attempts should be made to secure a

perimeter preventing escape of the suspect(s) and/or intrusion by unauthorized
personnel.
d. After a perimeter is secured, all nonessential persons should be evacuated from the
area by a route that is not exposed to possible hostile fire or danger.
e. A command post should be established to serve as the scene command location for
any further actions.
2. Establishing a Command Post: Scene Command

a. As soon as allows, the ranking Sheriff's office supervisor on the scene will establish
a command post for the purpose of coordinating the activities of all the units involved.
The command post should include radio and telephone communication, floor plans and
other items as are required by the situation.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
b. The command post may ultimately comprise appropriate Sheriff's Office Staff,
Virginia State Police, and if necessary, Volunteer Fire Department.
c. Overall command of the scene will rest with the Sheriff or highest ranking member of
the Sheriff's office at the scene.
d. Upon arrival at the scene, the State Police and the Volunteer Fire department will
report to the command post. The senior supervisor on the scene will coordinate
activities with the Sheriff.
e. Under no circumstances will the hostage taker be permitted to escape or leave the
courthouse.
R. COURTHOUSE EVACUATION PLAN
Evacuation route diagrams will be posted in the courthouse holding area. When it has been
determined that an evacuation of the courthouse is necessary, the following procedures will be
implemented:
1. The deputy will ensure that the judge has left the courtroom safely.
2. The deputy will take the appropriate action to ensure the safe egress of the jurors while
protecting the integrity of the trial proceedings.
a. All jurors will be directed from the courtroom following the evacuation of the judge.
b. The deputy assigned jury coordination will remain with the jurors during the
evacuation.
c. Jurors will be instructed to remain together and to refrain from discussing the trail.
3. The general public, courthouse employees and witnesses will exit the courtroom to the
main lobby area and out the nearest exiting doorway.
4. If a fire alarm sounds during a court proceeding when a prisoner is present, the deputy
will immediately remove the prisoner from the courtroom and place the prisoner in a
holding cell adjacent to the courtroom. The prisoner will be moved to the jail as soon as
possible, unless an emergency precludes this movement.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
5. Deputies will ensure that courtrooms and judges chambers are clear and secure prior to
the transport of prisoners through these areas. Deputies should be aware of any escape
attempts. Deputies should keep adult male, juvenile and female prisoners separate during
the evacuation.
S. ESCAPES FROM CUSTODY

1. In the event of an escape or a suspected escape, the Sheriff or senior supervisor will
immediately assume the responsibility of implementing the following:
a. If there is reason to believe that an escape has occurred, the deputy will secure the
courthouse, order external perimeter security as necessary and request assistance as
needed. A determination will be made as quickly as possible concerning:
1) Name and description of the escapee
2) Location of the escape
3) Means of escape
4) Accomplices, if any
5) Hazards existing to staff
b. If the escape occurred from the courthouse, and if the identity of the escapee(s) is
not immediately known, all prisoners not participating in court proceedings will be
moved to holding cells and a head count started. The judge will be notified of the
escape as well as Communications and the Sheriff.
2. A systematic search of the courthouse will be conducted. The Sheriff or his designee will
instruct deputies to begin a search. The Deputy assigned to court will monitor exterior
doors. After the search the area will be secured. Deputies conducting the search will be
armed. The Sheriff's Office will secure the perimeter of the Courthouse during the search of
the interior.
3. When the identity of the escapee(s) has been determined, information will be provided
to the scene commander including, a photograph, physical description, address, visitor
information, criminal history information, family information, past employers, etc. A physical
description and photograph will be given to all deputies and Communications. A teletype of
a confirmed escape and description information will be transmitted by the Communications
Officer.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
4. Notification of an escape, or a possible escape will be made to the Sheriff. The

Communications Section will be notified by the deputy involved. Notification to the media,
community groups or other groups will be made by the Sheriff or his designee. If the
prisoner is not apprehended, the investigator assigned will notify the commonwealth's
attorney, the Virginia Department of Corrections and the State Police if the escapee is a
State prisoner, the court of jurisdiction and the escapee's attorney.
5. If an escape has been effected, the Sheriff or his designee shall make a determination
whether to call back employees to work. Notification to the employees to report to work or
notification that employees will be held over will be made as quickly as possible.
6. As soon as possible after a determination has been made that there has been an
escape from custody and the escapee has been identified, the shift supervisor on the
scene will secure the warrant for the escape. The existence of the warrant should be
entered into VCIN/NCIC. The original of the warrant should be filed with the Sheriff's office
and a copy placed in Communications.
7. At the conclusion of the incident, the supervisor and the deputy will prepare a debriefing
report for the Sheriff. This will include, but not be limited to a summary of all the events,
copies of relevant reports, and any reference to hardware that may have contributed to the
escape. The Sheriff will assign the escape incident for investigation to the officer handling
Internal Affairs.
T. POWER FAILURES
1. In case of a power failure, the emergency generator will supply power to the courthouse.
2. If a power failure occurs during court proceedings, the judge may use his discretion in
whether to continue with proceeding. Any important security concerns should be brought to
the attention of the court supervisor and the judge.
GO 2-38: BOL’s
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
I. POLICY
The Sheriff is responsible for establishing and maintaining a system of radio broadcasts (be on
the lookout) procedures to provide the information needed to direct the operation of the
department. Although the ultimate responsibility for establishing this system of radio
broadcasts and control of the system rests with the Sheriff, it must be carried out continuously
at all levels of the communications chain of command and supervision. The goal of the radio
broadcast system is operational efficiency and effectiveness.
II. PURPOSE
To establish policy and procedures for the continuous processing of information to the
Sheriff's Office personnel, to assure resource, and operational effectiveness.
III. PROCEDURES
A. Teletype information which meets the following criteria shall be broadcast by the
communications officer on duty.
1. Teletype information received from the following area jurisdictions - criminal occurrences
a) Brunswick County
b) Mecklenburg County
c) Dinwiddie County
d) Prince George County
e) Southampton County
f) Sussex County
g) Northampton County
h) Halifax County
i) City of Petersburg
j) City of Emporia
k) City of Franklin
l) City of Roanoke Rapids
m) City of Colonial Heights
n) Town of Gaston
2. Any messages that indicate possible links to this area, (ie) direction(s) of travel, suspect
GO 2-38: BOL’s
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
known to reside or to have area contacts, etc.
3. Any teletype messages that indicate a threat to officer safety, if encountered:
a) Stolen Vehicles
b) Breaking & Entering
c) Armed Robberies
d) Abduction
e) Homicides
f) Attempts of the above
4. Any national or regional requests that pertain to Greensville County and/or the
surrounding area -
a) major situations such as terrorism
b) occurrences that indicate a crime pattern or trend
c) migration of suspects that may bring them to the county or area
d) escapees from correctional or mental institutions
e) weather or other emergency bulletins
5. Juvenile runaways
a) Greensville County runaway reports
b) Any teletypes that indicate the juvenile has some ties to the county or surrounding
areas.
c) Any teletype that indicates endangered juvenile
B. Communications Officer's Responsibilities

1. Provide teletype messages that meet the above listed criteria to the deputies in a
concise, accurate and understandable manner.
a) Advise units to standby indicating that a BOL is about to be broadcast

b) Teletype information is to be given verbally via the agency radio as well as
c) Place copies of the BOL in the designated area of the Sheriff's Office, available for
all deputies to review.
d) Transmit all emergency and non-emergency teletypes that meet the above listed criteria via
radio at the time that the teletype is received in the communications center as well as at the
beginning of the next on coming shift.
C. Deputy Sheriff's Responsibilities

1. Once message is transmitted to stand by for a BOL broadcast prepare to copy the BOL
GO 2-38: BOL’s
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
information.
2. Ask to Communications Officer to repeat any part of the message to assure that the
officer has the correct information.
3. Deputies are to check the designated BOL posting area at the beginning of each shift
and every time they enter the Sheriff's Office. It is the deputy's responsibility to review the
available teletypes and to make copies if they desire
GO 2-39: TRAFFIC CHECKING DETAIL
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
I. POLICY
To ensure conformance with constitutional requirements concerning the use of Traffic
Checking Details/DUI Sobriety Checkpoints. The Sheriff's Office sworn employees
authorized to conduct Traffic Checking Details/DUI Sobriety Checkpoints shall do so in
compliance with policy and procedure. Both State and Federal Courts have endorsed the
permissibility of road checks. Further authority to conduct road checks is found in Sections
46.2-103 and 46.2-104 of the Code of Virginia.
II. PURPOSE
A. Traffic Checking Detail
The purpose of traffic checking detail is to enforce driver's license and vehicle registration
laws, and to take appropriate enforcement action for all other violations of the law coming to
the attention of our sworn employees. Additionally, Traffic Checking Details will be utilized
for the purpose of inspecting the motor vehicle, trailer, or semi-trailer as to its equipment and
operation or its contents or load, if such motor vehicle, trailer, or semi-trailer is a property-
carrying vehicle.
B. DUI Sobriety Checkpoints

The purpose of DUI Sobriety Checkpoints is to identify and reduce the number of drinking
drivers on the highways, thereby reducing the number of drinking drivers involved in automobile
accidents.
III. PROCEDURE
A. Traffic Checking Detail Selection
1. This Department will utilize the list of checking detail sites that have been pre-approved
for the VA. State Police. Sites may be added or deleted from the approved list upon the
recommendation of the Sheriff.
2. All checking detail sites will be selected using the following criteria:
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

a) Site location should be distributed throughout the county or city to ensure a non-
biased sampling of the motorists using the highways.
b) The site should have adequate visibility to provide safety to approaching motorists
and sworn employees conducting the checking detail.
c) The site should have adequate space available to park the police vehicles off the
pavement.
d) Adequate space should be available to allow vehicles to be pulled out of the traffic
stream for additional examination without creating a traffic hazard.
e) The site should be designated as approved for daylight or night operations, or

approved for both.
f) The site should have no particular characteristics, which would create a hazard to
motorists or sworn employees.
g) Sites will not include highways where speed or traffic conditions would pose a safety
threat to motorists or sworn employees.
B. Checkpoint Operations
If Traffic Checking Details are to achieve the desired goal of producing a sustained deterrence
and providing voluntary compliance with the traffic laws, they must be conducted at various
times of the day and week and at various locations.
1. Sworn employee(s) will conduct Traffic Checking Details when assigned by a
supervisor. Sites will be selected from the approved list and a supervisor's approval will be
obtained immediately prior to beginning the detail.
2. Checking details should normally be in operation no less than 30 minutes and no more
that two hours.
3. The sworn employee(s) setting up the checking detail shall be responsible to see that all
precautions are taken to afford the highest degree of safety to motorists and sworn
employees.
4. An alternate location should be used in the event safety considerations prevent

checkpoint operations at the intended location. Safety considerations may include
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
circumstances such as extremely heavy traffic due to some unforeseen event or a major
accident at or near the checkpoint location.
5. Field Supervisors in preparing the operational plan to be used for such traffic checking
detail sites shall specify the screening method to be used at that particular location. Safety
concerns such as sight distance and traffic volume should be considered in determining
the proper screening method. Wherever possible all vehicles should be screened. The
screening procedure shall identify the number of vehicles or a specific distance measure
requiring a change to an alternate screening method. Sworn employees conducting traffic
checking details shall immediately change to the designated alternate screening method,
i.e., every third, fifth, or tenth vehicle as may be specified in the operational plan, once a
traffic back-up occurs beyond the specified number of vehicles or measurable distance.
Occasional traffic back-ups may be handled by allowing all stopped vehicles to pass
through the checkpoint to prevent a traffic hazard, then resuming the specified screening
method. Participating sworn employees should not deviate from the operational plan.
Vehicles will not be stopped on a discretionary basis. All vehicles, regardless of type, shall
be checked. This includes commercial vehicles, such as buses and large trucks.
6. Printable version of the DUI Sobriety Checkpoint Operational Plan.
C. The number of sworn employees assigned should be in proportion to the volume of traffic,
but not less than (2) sworn officers.
D. Patrol vehicles should be parked to provide protection to the sworn employees and to be
highly visible to approaching motorists. They should be situated to allow for pursuit if
necessary.
E. Traffic control measures will be implemented to provide adequate warning to motorists, i.e.,
use of flares, emergency lights, and using lighted areas at night when other safety measures
are inadequate.
F. A safe place should be designated for those vehicles that require additional inspection. This
should be out of the general flow of traffic, preferably off the roadway.
G. All sworn employees shall be in uniform.
H. When approaching a vehicle, sworn employees shall scan the interior and occupants for
weapons and/or other contraband. Upon determining that no hazard exists, sworn employees
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
shall advise the driver the purpose of the stop.
I. The motorist shall be requested to present his/her driver's license and registration card.
J. The initial contact should be kept to a minimum to reduce unnecessary delay and/or
intrusion; however, sufficient time should be taken to check the necessary items.
K. DUI Sobriety Checkpoint Site Selection
1. DUI sobriety checkpoint sites are to be based on high DUI related accident experience
and/or past DUI arrest activity. Accident and arrest statistics, coupled with sworn
employee/motorist safety factors shall be considered in selecting sites for sobriety
checkpoints. Sobriety checkpoints will not be situated on interstates (except access
ramps) or on highways where traffic speeds or other conditions would pose a threat to
motorists or sworn employees of the Sobriety Checkpoint Team.
2. Additional considerations include the presence of adequate lighting to illuminate the

checkpoint and an area adjacent to the checkpoint to allow for the parking of suspected
DUI drivers' vehicles and administration of field sobriety tests. The location must also allow
for ample warning to motorists approaching the checkpoint.
GO 2-40: VIP SECURITY
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
directive, if proven, can only form he basis of a complaint by this department, and then only in a
I. POLICY
The great mobility of politicians, business executives, celebrities, and foreign dignitaries to the
Richmond area means that Greensville County could be visited at almost any time by VIP's
(Very-Important Persons) for whom there is legitimate requirement to provide protection and
security. It is essential that the Greensville County Sheriff's Office be prepared to provide VIP
security services in an efficient, competent, professional manner.
II. PURPOSE
The purpose of this order is to establish procedures relating to the provision of the VIP
security services in Greensville County.

A. All requests for law enforcement security services of VIP visitors will be directed to the
Sheriff who will make an administrative decision as to the level and nature of services to be
provided. The Sheriff will coordinate as required with the County Administrator.
B. The Sheriff will designate a single individual as supervisor and coordinator of any given
security detail. Normally, such responsibility will be assigned to the Major.
C. The Sheriff and the security team coordinator will meet, as required, with advance party/VIP
security representative, and will prepare necessary plans for provision of security services.
D. VIP visitors will generally fall into one of three types, which affect the level of necessary
protection as follows:
1. Quiet, private visit with no or limited public activity. Requires little or no law enforcement
security.
2. VIP known by name or position, but not by actual physical appearance. May require
limited security prior to public appearance, more security later.
3. Readily recognizable VIP making public appearances. Law enforcement security

NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

assistance required throughout.
Security Considerations
Advance planning, normally involving a VIP representative and security team coordinator
must consider the following:
a. VIP itinerary and schedule - Review for conflicts with other activities scheduled
during the same period.
b. Travel Routes - Plan and reconnoiter quickest and safest routes, as well as
alternative routing. Identify possible hazardous locations. Determine if there is any
planned construction or maintenance on travel route.
c. Emergency "safe house" locations - Identify public buildings or other places where
VIP could be taken in case of emergency.
d. Medical - Identify any medical needs, which might necessitate

treatment/hospitalization/availability or emergency service personnel and equipment.
e. Hotels/Restaurants - Determine plans, needs, make recommendations based on

security considerations.
f. Communications - If VIP has security personnel, communications arrangements may

include loan of police radio.
g. Physical Inspection of Building - Areas to be visited should be physically inspected

to ensure familiarity with layouts, exits, stairways, etc.
h. Media Representation - Determine media requirements/needs/arrangements.
i. Intelligence - Any information concerning possible sources of trouble or problems

should be obtained. Information as to threats received or persons who may cause
problems should be obtained.
j. VIP Party Composition -

Information as to whom will be included in the VIP party, vehicles to be used, security
arrangements normally used, security equipment, and identification devices normally
available/used must be obtained and/or planned. Names of contact personnel, security
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

personnel, and license numbers are essential.
k. Coordination of operations within the agency and with outside agencies will be as
required.
l. Equipment - Requirement will be determined regarding equipment needed such as

vehicles, body armor, weapons, etc. for both security personnel as well as VIP party.
IV. BASIC PROTECTION PRINCIPLES

A. All personnel on duty during a VIP visit should be made aware of the visit and general visit
itinerary and security plans. Exact timing and precise security details may be restricted on a
need-to-know basis.
B. Security will generally be tightest when the VIP is moving either on foot or in vehicle or
when stationary during a public appearance. In general, it may be necessary to also protect the
VIP's residence location and any party vehicles. When traveling by car, there normally should
be an advance vehicle, VIP vehicle, and a follow-up-car; and the three vehicles should not
normally be separated.
C. Personal security/bodyguard procedures should try to minimize the impact on the lifestyle of
the VIP. Protection may be planned on a double ring concept, with the outer ring of security
designed to limit access to the VIP while the inner ring prevents personal contact.
D. In the event of an emergency the duty of security/body guards is to protect and remove the
VIP from the scene, and not to assist other deputies in quelling disturbances or apprehending
perpetrators.
E. Sheriff's Office personnel assigned to security duties must be carefully selected for mental
calmness and stability, physical fitness, good hearing, and vision; and all should have the same
type weapon, ammunition, handcuffs, communications equipment, and security identifier
worn. All should be equipped with body armor.
F. Close in security personnel should remain near enough to the VIP, so that in one large step
they can reach out and touch the VIP. The VIP should never be actually touched except as an
emergency signal of impending danger, and the VIP should not be "crowded". Radio traffic
should be limited with no direct references to times or places unless part of the essential
emergency traffic. During times when the VIP is stationary, security personnel should focus
all attention outward to spot potential trouble.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
G. Dress of security personnel will be consistent with the event, either appropriate civilian attire
or uniform. In civilian attire, all Sheriff's Office equipment should be kept out of sight.
H. Officers assigned to stationary posts will not leave those posts; supervisors must plan
adequate relief. While on post unauthorized intrusions and deliveries will not be allowed.
Officers should be polite with the public but not allow any distracting conversations or release
any confidential information. No special recognition should be given when the VIP passes the
post.
I. During any VIP foot movement, the security/body guards form a protective formation around
the VIP, the exact shape determined by the number of personnel assigned and the route
followed. For tight security, four persons are used, right front and rear, left front and rear, with
the VIP in the middle. In case of an emergency, the four will collapse around the VIP, and will
bend the VIP over to reduce target size, and then immediately remove from the area. If an
assailant is close by, any weapon will be attacked, and the suspect smothered to the ground by
other security personnel.
V. AFTER ACTION REPORT

After the security mission has been terminated, the security team coordinator will submit an
after action report to the Sheriff describing the activities, resources utilized, problems noted,
and giving any recommendations for future assignments.
VI. VIP FORMS

A. VIP Security Plan
B. VIP After Action Report
GO 2-41: LINE OF DUTY DEATH
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
I. POLICY
It is the responsibility of the Greensville Sheriff's Office to provide liaison assistance to the
immediate survivors of an employee who is seriously injured or suffers death in the line of
duty, and to provide tangible and intangible emotional and administrative support during this
traumatic period. In the event of the death or serious injury of one of the members of the
Greensville Sheriff's Office, the department is committed to assisting the family of that
member in any way possible.
II. PURPOSE
To establish a directive designed to prepare this agency for the event of an employee's death in
the line of duty and to direct the agency in providing proper support and aid to the family
members.
III. PROCEDURE
A line of duty death or serious injury has a devastating impact on the family of the victim and
on fellow officers. In order to aid the family of the victim as much as possible, and to bolster
departmental morale, the Greensville Sheriff's Office is committed to providing support and
service to the family and to other officers.
A. In the event of a line of duty death or serious injury, the family of the victim shall be notified
by the Sheriff or his designee as soon as possible and all effort shall be made to accompany
the family to the hospital or, if necessary, to the morgue. Every effort shall be made to assist
the family in any manner while at the hospital.
B. The Sheriff, and other members of the department will make every effort to assist the family
with funeral or memorial arrangements and to be present at the funeral, memorial service and
interment.
C. The Sheriff's Office will also support and provide guidance to the family in filing for benefits
or during any legal action that may ensue, to include civil or criminal actions.
GO 2-41: LINE OF DUTY DEATH
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
D. The Sheriff's Office shall also provide guidance to the family and other officers in seeking
counseling.
E. A statewide broadcast of the funeral notice shall be sent to request the attendance of other
law enforcement agencies.
F. The Sheriff's Office will provide or assist in making arrangements for an honor guard if
available, at the request of the family for any or all of the following services;
1. Casket guard at the funeral home
2. Presenting of colors at the funeral service
3. Providing a rifle salute at the funeral service
4. Providing a bagpiper or bugler at the funeral service.
G. Deputies killed in the line of duty may be buried in "Class A" uniform, at the request of the
family.
H. Uniformed members of the Sheriff's Office shall wear a "black mourning shroud" across the
badge for two (2) weeks after an in the line of duty death of a member of this office.
I. All deputies wishing to attend the funeral shall be dressed in "Class A" uniforms and shall
wear a "black mourning shroud" across their badges.
J. Members of the Sheriff's Office shall maintain long-term contacts with the family, if that is the
wish of the family, in person, by mail or by telephone.
GO 2-42: DIPLOMATIC IMMUNITY / FOREIGN NATIONALS
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
V. L. E. P. S. C. STANDARDS: ADM. 02.02, 02.04, 24.06 - 24.07, 25.12

OPR. 08.01 - 08.04
I. POLICY
The Greensville Sheriff's Office will comply with all instructions of the United States State’s
Department relating to the arrest and detention of foreign nationals. Deaths of foreign
nationals, the appointment of guardians for minors or incompetent adults who are foreign
nationals, and related issues pertaining to the provision of consular services to foreign
nationals with whom we come in contact in this county.
II. PURPOSE
The purpose of this directive is to establish guidance for the members of this office who come
in contact with foreign nationals or subjects claiming to be foreign nationals.
III. PROCEDURE
A. Requirements pertaining to foreign nationals:
1. When foreign nationals are arrested or detained, they must be advised of the right to
have their consular officials notified.
2. In some cases, the nearest consular officials must be notified of the arrest or detention
of a foreign national, regardless of the national's wishes. The list of countries, which require
mandatory notification of consular officials in the event that one of their citizens has been
arrested, is extensive. The State Department shall be contacted for guidance. To
determine the foreign national's country, in the absence of other information, you may
assume that this is the country on whose passport or other travel document the foreign
national travels.
3. Consular officials are entitled to access to their nationals in detention, and are entitled to
provide consular assistance.
4. When a government official becomes aware of the death of foreign national, consular
officials must be notified.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 08.01 - 08.04
5. When a guardianship or trusteeship is being considered with respect to a foreign
national who is a minor or incompetent, consular officials must be notified.
B. Diplomatic immunity from arrest or detention:

1. Upon exhibiting proof of diplomatic immunity, persons shall be released upon being
stopped for misdemeanor traffic violation. If questions arise about this procedure, or if an
arrest for a felony is necessary, call and advise the U.S. State Department of Security
(202-647-4415, days, or their operations center at 202-647-1512 during nights and
weekends.)
2. While a person claiming diplomatic immunity may present any number of identification
papers, the only one that is indicative of the level of privilege and immunity is a card issued
by the U. S. State Department. The holder's level of immunity will be indicated on the card. If
a person claiming immunity does not possess this card and the incident involves a criminal
offense, deputies may detain the person either at the scene or at the office long enough to
verify official status.
3. When encountering a criminal suspect who claims diplomatic immunity, deputies shall
take reasonable measures – including pat-downs or other legal searches – to ensure
safety of the public and other deputies. Verification of the diplomatic claim shall take place
after a danger has been neutralized. A criminal investigation shall proceed as if no valid
diplomatic immunity claim has been made. Interviews, interrogations, seizures of evidence,
or issuance of warrants shall proceed per agency procedure. In a criminal investigation, the
Sheriff, or his designee, shall remain in contact with the State Department.
C. Suggested Statements to Arrested or Detained Foreign Nationals:

1. When Consular notification is at the Foreign National's option:
" As a non-U.S. citizen who is being arrested or detained, you are entitled to have us
notify your country's consular representatives here in the United States. A consular
official from your country may be able to help you obtain legal counsel, and may contact
your family and visit you in detention among other things. If you want us to notify your
country's consular officials, you can request this notification now, or at any time in the
future. After your consular officials are notified, they may call or visit you. Do you want us
to notify your country's consular officials?"
2. When Consular Notification is Mandatory:

"Because of your nationality, we are required to notify your country's consular
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 08.01 - 08.04
representatives here in the United States that you have been arrested or detained. After
your consular officials are notified, they may call or visit you. You are not required to
accept their assistance, but they may be able to help you obtain legal counsel and may
contact your family and visit you in detention, among other things. We will be notifying
your country's consular officials as soon as possible."
3. Translations and fax forms for notifying the Consulate of the foreign national will be available
at the Sheriff's Office communications center.
GO 2-43 Reporting / Records Management

APPROVED BY: W. T. JARRATT JR., Sheriff
V. L. E. P. S. C. STANDARDS: ADM.25.01-12
OPR.02.04-.05,12.02-.03
safety or care in an evidential sense, with respect to third party claims. Violations of this
I. PURPOSE
The record function of the Greensville Sheriff's Office is essential to the effective delivery of law
enforcement services. This order outlines the record functions that are necessary to meet the
needs of the Greensville Sheriff's Office.
II. POLICY
It is the policy of this office that official records be prepared and maintained to document
reported law enforcement actions, whether originated by a citizen or by agency personnel.
Documents generated by this office should contain clear, accurate and concise information
which will serve to strengthen the Sheriff's Office's ability to achieve its overall goal. The system
shall be compatible with the requirements of the Virginia Central Criminal Records Exchange
(VCCRE).
III. PROCEDURE
A. Functions
1. The IT/System Manager is responsible for the collection, dissemination, and
retention of all information gathered by that section.
a. This responsibility includes ensuring access to all records, including juvenile
records, if the person(s) making such request has the proper justification and
authorization.
b. The Code of Virginia will be strictly adhered to in the collection, dissemination,

and retention of records pertaining to juveniles. The Code of Virginia regulates:
1) separation of adult and juvenile arrest identification records,

2) provisions relating to court ordered expungement of records,
3) provisions governing disposition of records when juveniles reach the
adult age,
4) provisions for access to records on a need-to-know basis only.
2. The functional responsibilities assigned to the Records Section includes report

review, report control, records maintenance, records retrieval, dissemination and
Incident Based Reporting (IBR).
a. Report Review – Report review is delegated to the Patrol Sergeants and then
forwarded up the chain of command. This review is made to ensure the
completeness and accuracy of all reports submitted, and that all required reports
are submitted to the IT/System Manager.
b. The IT/System Manager will conduct a secondary review of reports to ensure

that any attachments to the reports are submitted and the reports are entered
into the computer system. The IBR is generated from computer stored data and
submitted monthly to the Virginia State Police.
c. Report Control – The IT/System Manager will control the availability and
confidentiality of all reports and records.
1) Exceptions will be made for reports and transactions of Internal Affairs
and Criminal Intelligence files. Internal Affairs file shall be maintained by the
Administrative Captain. Criminal Intelligence files shall be maintained by
the Investigations Section.
d. Records Maintenance – The Records Section will maintain all reports and
distribute necessary copies to authorized persons/agencies.
e. Report Retrieval – Filing and retrieval of reports will normally be accomplished

by the report number. The report number is a unique computer generated
number assigned to an event.
f. Dissemination – Agency records will be disseminated to courts, authorized

agencies and citizens in accordance with all applicable laws and statues. The
Records Section is responsible for submitting data generated from completed
CCRE forms to:
1) the Virginia Central Criminal Records Exchange
2) courts.
g. Incident Based Reporting (IBR) – The Records Section is responsible for

compiling and submitting the agency's monthly IBR. The RMS software is used
to prepare the information to be submitted.
h. The Records Section shall follow the procedures promulgated by the Virginia
State Police. The Virginia State Police are responsible for forwarding the
information to the National UCR/IBR program.
B. Documentation of Activities
1. It will be the agency's policy to prepare documentation for the following types of
incidents, if they were alleged to have occurred in the County of Greensville utilizing
the proper incident form IBR or FR300.
a. citizen report of a crime (CAD &/or IBR form)
b. citizen complaints/calls for service(CAD/IBR form)
c. incident resulting in an employee being assigned or dispatched (CAD &/or IBR

form)
d. criminal and non-criminal cases initiated by agency personnel ( CAD &/or IBR
form)
e. incidents involving arrests, citations, or summons ( CAD, IBR forms &/or
summons)
f. traffic accident data ( CAD, IBR, &/or FR 300 form)
g. In the event an incident is reported to this agency, by a citizen of this

jurisdiction, where the jurisdiction of offense cannot be determined a call for
service and an information only report, if needed, shall be taken with the deputy
assisting the caller as much as possible.
2. This documentation should be in the form of a completed incident report,

summons, FR 300 or Computer Aided Dispatch (CAD) report.
3. All reports and records maintained to law enforcement activity will contain at a
minimum the following information:
a. date and time of the initial reporting
b. the name of the complainant or victim,
c. the nature of the incident,
d. the location of the incident,
e. action, date and time of action taken by the deputy,
f. the unique incident/offense or case number.
Information used for the completing of these records will be obtained from the
complainant such as name, address, phone number, etc. Any information that is
needed, but not known by the telecommunicator, may be obtained from the
officer assigned after the call is completed.
4. The Records Management System (RMS) features an alphabetized master name

search. This feature is comprised of the names of individuals that have documented
contact with this agency. The following are the criteria used to record individuals into
the master name file:
a. victims of offenses,
b. complainant of offenses,
c. witnesses,
d. suspects,
e. arrested persons,
f. property owners,
g. drivers of vehicles involved in accidents,
h. field contacts with law enforcement

5. The records management system provides for events by:
a. event type,
b. event location, and
c. stolen, found and recovered property.
6. Personnel shall advise the Communications Center of any and all roadway hazards
that may require immediate attention from VDOT.
C. Incident Reporting
1. Members of the Greensville Sheriff's Office will use the appropriate electronic form
as dictated by the nature of the incident being reported.
2. It is extremely important that all reports be well written and complete.
3. The CAD automatically generates a unique report number for reportable incidents
when requested by the primary deputy.
D. Recording Arrest Information

1. A criminal arrest file is opened and maintained for each custodial arrest effected by
a member of this agency.
2. CCRE reportable arrests, all felonies and any Class 1 or Class 2 misdemeanors,
files shall contain the following:
a. fingerprints
b. photographs (maintained in RMS and/or jail)
c. incident/offense report
E. Supervisory Review/Distribution
1. All reports should be submitted by the end of tour of duty and shall be reviewed by
the applicable supervisor to ensure completeness, accuracy, neatness and legibility.
a. Reports not approved shall be returned to the author for the necessary
corrections. Upon approval, which shall be indicated by the approving supervisor's
electronic signature, the report shall be forwarded in the following order to the
Division Command, Sheriff and the IT/System Manager.
2. The IT/System Manager will review the reports for completeness and accuracy.
The reports will be returned to the supervisor if corrections need to be made.
F. Status of Reports
1. Incident/offense reports shall be retained in the RMS.
2. The Division Commander will be responsible for forwarding and making case
assignments to the proper personnel.
3. The Shift Sergeant is responsible for insuring that the proper follow-up is
completed by the assigned personnel. He should accomplish follow-up within 30 days
by reviewing the IBR file in the RMS, checking the expiration date for each case.
4. A case management system will be used through the course of the report process.
The first entry into the records system shall include one of the following case status
designations;
a. active
b. approved
c. rejected
d. supplemented
All reports with the status of active shall have a supplemental report submitted
within 7 days of initial report. All active reports will continue to be updated every
30 days until case reaches any other disposition.
These designations shall be used throughout, and may change depending upon
the facts of each case and the stage of the investigation.
G. Records Security/Evaluation
1. Unrestricted access is limited to the Records Section, access is accomplished for
employees based on a need-to-know or access basis through the use of security
identification system built into the records management system.
2. Information contained in written reports stored in the Record Section will be

released outside the agency in accordance with the following guidelines:
a. suspect information may not be released, in ongoing investigations,
b. juvenile information will only be released by a supervisor or the Sheriff, as

authorized by the Code of Virginia,
c. report narratives shall not be released unless the request is from:

1) a law enforcement agency,
2) a court who has mandated the release via subpoena ducus tecum and
the Commonwealth Attorney has agreed to the release,
3) in accordance with proper FOIA request.
3. The information included above shall not apply to official investigations being
conducted by agents of other law enforcement agencies.
4. Department supervisors will have 24 hour access to records information through

one or a combination of the following:
a. remote terminal access – all records stored electronically can be reviewed by
supervisors 24 hours a day at terminals placed in secure areas through the
office.
b. direct access - communications personnel have access to the
warrant/wanted files on a 24 hour a day basis,
c. call out procedure – IT/System Manager can be called out after hours if
necessary
d. information cannot be obtained through other means.
5. This agency follows the dissemination of criminal records information as outlined in

Virginia Code Section 19.2-389.
H. Records Retention
1. The Sheriff's Office shall maintain written documents in accordance with the
continuing authority under the retention schedules set forth by the Library of Virginia.
No records are to be retained, transferred, destroyed, or otherwise disposed of in
violation of this schedule.
2. The Administrative Staff Specialist is the Sheriff's Office records retention and
destruction coordinator.
I. Communications
The Communications Center personnel shall be responsible for the entering and receiving
of notices in the regional, state and federal information systems.
The Communication Center personnel shall be responsible for reviewing upon request
warrants in the warrant section and maintaining them for easy access 24 hours a day.
Warrants shall routinely be entered into the records management system by
Communication Center Personnel. All served legal documents entered into RMS should
be scanned and attached to the RMS entry. (see section K. this order)
Warrant and Wanted Persons File shall be maintained by this office and available 24 hours
a day in the Communications Division. This file shall contain information on outstanding
warrants, which have been received by this office. All warrants shall be entered into the
warrant section. All warrants or Capias’ in the control of this office shall be entered into the
VCIN/NCIN system within 72 hours of their issuance.
a. Notices shall be entered into regional, state, and federal information systems, in
accordance with the VCIN/NCIC users' agreement and policy. Entries can be made in
the following situations:
1) warrants are on file with this office charging an individual with a criminal
offense, within this jurisdiction,
2) in cases as above where extradition has been agreed to by the

Commonwealth's Attorney and Sheriff.
3) in cases where officer or public safety is an immediate threat or issue.
4) the entering officer shall complete an incident/offense report, for each

individual entered.
b. Receiving information from other jurisdictions regarding warrants or wanted

persons. This information shall be recorded in the CAD system.
1) information from other jurisdictions concerning warrants or wanted persons
can be received via teletype, in person, radio, fax or telephone.
2) this information must contain the name of the requester or sender, the agency
name, the ORI and/or telephone number.
3) this information should be specific and detailed, so as to allow this office to

verify the information contained.
4) The personnel in this office making or receiving the request shall follow the
guidelines specified by VCIN/NCIC, and shall note the date and the time of the
request, the name of the requester or sender, and the name of the agency.
5) The information, if a request to determine if this office holds a warrant on an

individual, shall be specific to include the name, sex, race, address, date of birth,
social security number, weight, height, eye and hair color and any distinguishing
marks the individual in question may have.
6) Verifications can be provided, by this office, if the individual in question

matches the vital information documented on the warrant, the subject is within
the boundaries of the extradition agreement if applicable, and if the warrant is
verified as still outstanding and on file, in hand, with this office.
7) Requests can be made of other agencies by this office, when a member of

this office knows the location of an individual he/she suspects as being wanted,
has the individual with them involved in a situation in the county or stopped on a
traffic stop.
8) This situation requires that the other jurisdiction confirm that the individual is
in fact the same individual wanted by their agency, that an outstanding warrant
is on hand, and that if necessary they will extradite the individual.
9) Individuals can be held on warrants confirmed as outstanding by radio,

telephone, or teletype, faxed copies or facsimiles of the warrants in place of the
actual warrant.
10) Once it is determined that a warrant is no longer active or valid that record
shall be canceled and removed from the VCIN/NCIC system and the Sheriff's
Office wanted file. Once canceled the document shall be handed over to the
Commonwealth Attorney for his/her disposition.
The records management system performs a cross referenced index function,

with all of the names entered into the system, to include warrants and wants,
civil process, calls for service, arrest and victim/witness/complaint histories.
J. Warrants
This procedure has been established to create and to maintain a tracking system and
service procedure for all criminal warrants received by this office. These procedures shall
be the responsibility of the Sergeant assigned and the Patrol Supervisor of this Office.
Procedures:
1. Warrants received from other jurisdictions and from Greensville Courts (Capias)
a. warrant received by civil department by mail or personal pickup and given to
Communications personnel to be entered into records management system.
b. The warrant is given to the patrol deputy shift supervisor for attempted
service.
c. If the warrant is not served, the Telecommunicator makes a folder and it is

placed into Outstanding Warrant File (OWF).
e. If warrant is not served, Communications Supervisor or designee fills out

return of service sheet, attaches it to warrant or capias and places it into
appropriate mail box.
f. If the warrant is served, a copy is given to the communications personnel to be

entered into records management system.
g. If a jurisdiction faxes a copy of a warrant for service that copy is given to the
patrol deputy shift supervisor for attempt of service. The faxed warrant is not
entered into records management unless it is served.
h. If a jurisdiction faxes a copy of a warrant for service and it is not served within
24 hours, that jurisdiction is notified by the Communications Division. If the
warrant is served, the Communications Division enters the information into RMS
and faxes a copy back to the originating jurisdiction.
2. Warrant is obtained by deputy – this includes warrants obtained from investigations

and warrants obtained where suspects are in custody.
a. The warrant is served on subject and a copy is given to communications

personnel to be entered into records management and cleared from
VCIN/NCIC when necessary.
b. If a warrant is not served, it is given to the communication personnel to be

entered into records management and filed appropriately.
c. If the warrant is not a local warrant, the deputy will give it to communications
personnel to be entered into records management system.
d. If an out of county warrant requires immediate attention or is a felony

warrant, it must be faxed to the appropriate jurisdiction an attempt to locate
is sent via VCIN/NCIC. If served, a copy of the served warrant is faxed back
and appropriate VCIN/NCIC and RMS transactions performed.
e. All warrants obtained by a deputy of this office shall submit the report
number to the communications division when delivering the warrant.
3. Warrants obtained by citizen
a. If a deputy assist the citizen with obtaining a warrant they will follow
procedure 2.
b. The following steps pertain to warrants obtained by citizens without the

assistance of a deputy.
1) The citizen obtains the warrant from a magistrate.
2) Magistrate sends the warrant to the communications personnel.
3) Communications personnel follows procedure 1-a.
4) If out of county warrant, the deputy will follow procedure 2-d.
4. Standard Procedure for Warrant Process
a. During normal business hours questions from outside jurisdictions reference

to status will be referred to the Communications Division Commander or
designee.
b. After normal business hours the information will be documented and referred
to the Communications Division Commander or designee to be addressed
promptly on the next business day.
c. After normal business hours if request is urgent, contact shall be made with
the Communications Division Commander or designee for instructions.
d. Warrants may be assigned to an appropriate deputy – supervisors may

delegate service to shift deputies.
f. Warrants shall remain in the warrant file in the Communications Division. At

the beginning of a patrol deputy's shift, it is the responsibility of the shift
supervisor to assign warrants and see to the attempt of service of warrants.
g. Patrol Division Supervisor or his designee will check status of unserved

warrants daily.
h. The Communications Division Commander will review all entries into

VCIN/NCIC, to include completing VCIN/NCIC entry form and incident report as
needed. (Example-capias from Greensville courts)
i. VCIN/NCIC hits shall be handled by communications personnel as previously

described. A faxed copy of a served warrant shall be attached to the original
warrant and all of the paperwork placed in the court box.
j. If a warrant is received or taken out by a deputy but not served, the shift
supervisor must see that it is entered into VCIN/NCIC before the end of their
shift per section 2-43 III - I.
k. All warrants served by a deputy of this office should have an arrest record and
warrant tracking completed by end of tour of duty.
l. All arrest records made by a warrant obtained by a deputy of this office, shall
have the report number added to the arrest. This can be done by performing a
RMS Name Search.
GO 2-44 School Liaison Program
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
V. L. E. P. S. C. STANDARDS: TRN. 02.02

OPR. 04.04
I. POLICY
It is the policy of the Greensville Sheriff's Office that a school liaison program be established
to provide assistance to the students, parents and staff of the Greensville School system.
II. PURPOSE
The purpose of this directive is to establish procedures for the School Liaison Program for the
Greensville Sheriff's Office. The school liaison programs provide a forum through which the
students, parents, faculty and law enforcement officers can become acquainted and, as a result,
earn mutual respect. This program shall include the use of School Resource Officers.
III. PROCEDURES
A. The mission of the school liaison program (school resource officer program) is:
1. To provide a safe learning environment for the students and staff,
2. To develop and maintain a positive relationship with the students, staff and parents,
3. To act as a resource with respect to delinquency prevention, by identifying and

preventing, through counseling and referral, delinquent behaviors such as substance
abuse, violence, vandalism, etc…
4. To provide guidance on ethical issues in a classroom setting,
5. To assist by providing individual counseling to students,
6. To explain and advise on the role of law enforcement in society.
B. The Role of the School Resource Officer (SRO):

1. To protect and serve by;
a. preserving individual rights as guaranteed by the Constitution of the United States,
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 04.04
b. effectively enforcing state and local laws and ordinances,
c. aggressively investigating criminal offenses,
d. the timely apprehension of persons suspected of committing criminal acts,
e. the creative application of modern principles and technologies of public services,
f. cooperating with local, state, and federal law enforcement agencies and school staff,
g. developing, perpetuating, and constantly evaluating the programs and procedures

designed to prevent and control juvenile delinquency, substance abuse and the illegal
distribution of narcotics,
h. providing impartial, competent and courteous service to students and staff, without
regard to race, creed, religion, or gender,
i. to enforce the instructions of the Sheriff and the Superintendent of Schools, that there
be a zero tolerance level for any criminal law violations on school property pertaining
to:
1) weapons,
2) drugs/narcotics
3) acts of assault or other violence.
2. Being involved with the schools and serving by:

a. being responsive to students and staff, and providing feedback regarding efforts to
resolve problems or concerns,
b. Projecting a professional image through
c. Positive interaction with members of the student body and staff,
d. Asking students and staff to assist in the development of law enforcement activities and
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 04.04
programs which impact their school and affect their quality of educational experience,
e. participating in programs that share responsibility with the school in the delivery of law
enforcement services,
f. Encouraging student and staff cooperation with all criminal justice agencies through
various school and community programs.
C. Narcotics K-9 procedures:

1. For educational purposes the K-9 unit is available to all schools for presentations and
demonstrations.
2. Searches
a. K-9s may search any object or area within the school grounds at the request of the
Superintendent, Principal/designee, Sheriff/designee and SRO.
b. Examples of areas that can be searched:

1) Lockers,
2) Vehicles/buses,
3) Classrooms,
4) Book bags,
5) Students (passive K-9)
6) Restrooms.
D. Work Methods
1. Law enforcement will investigate criminal offenses that are reported and generated
otherwise,
2. Interaction with students: the main tool of this program is student interaction. The officers
will use sports, music, drama, counseling sessions, cafeteria time, field trips, tutoring,
mentoring, etc… to build positive relationships,
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 04.04
3. Interaction with school staff will be positive, professional and cooperative. All parties
must strive to maintain open lines of communications to achieve the goals of the program,
4. Interaction with outsiders: the officers shall be notified of any persons trespassing; they
will locate the individual, identify the individual, investigate the circumstances, and
determine the potential for prosecution.
5. Interaction with the community: the officers will strive to communicate with the citizens
and businesses of the county. These persons can be a key resource.
E. Training
1. The SRO shall receive SRO training as required by DCJS and the Commonwealth of
Virginia. They shall attend in-service training as required. The SRO shall seek and attend
appropriate training and conferences that apply to school safety community policing
issues, etc. This will allow the SRO to stay abreast of changes and issues concerning the
school environment.
2. If the DARE program is used in the school system, the DARE instructors shall receive
the appropriate and required training. They shall maintain a valid instructors certificate and
shall attend in-service training as required by DCJS and DARE. This will allow the
instructor to stay current in the field and to be aware of new or improved teaching
techniques.
F. Assignments:
1. The SRO shall be assigned to a particular school campus on an ongoing basis. This
shall be his/her daily duty. The SRO shall assist other officers on another campus or in
other matters as needed.
2. If the DARE Program is used in the schools, the DARE instructor shall be on campus at
least once a week during the course of instruction and shall assist in any other matters as
needed. DARE schedules shall be approved by the school principal at least one semester
in advance and forwarded to the Major for approval.
G. Job Description:
The SRO shall meet the same job requirements as the rank they hold as set forth in RR 1-3
of this agency's manual. The SRO shall have met all of the hiring requirements in place at
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 04.04
the time of their joining the agency and shall perform all of the duties of a deputy sheriff and
set forth within this order.
GO 2-45: TIRE DEFLATION DEVICE
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 01.09
I. POLICY
It is the policy of the Greensville Sheriff's Office that the use and deployment of the tire deflation
device be governed by sound professional judgment and the procedures outlined in this policy.
II. PURPOSE
The purpose of this directive is to establish procedures for the safe and effective deployment of
the tire deflation device. The purpose for the use of the tire deflation device is to safely terminate
a pursuit and to reduce the potential for death, injury, and property damage, and to minimize
liability associated with pursuits.
III. PROCEDURES
A. In determining if the use of the tire deflation device is appropriate, the deputy shall consider
the factors set forth in the paragraphs below, combined with sound professional judgment. The
TDD shall not be deployed without prior authorization by a shift supervisor or a higher ranking
supervisor.
B. If another law enforcement agency initiated the pursuit and has requested the assistance of
this office, before deployment of the TDD, this office must notify the initiating agency and
verify their approval for the deployment.
C. Circumstances permitting, backup units will attempt to establish at least one location where
the visible presence of law enforcement officers is apparent to the fleeing suspect(s). This will
be done in an effort to make the suspect fully aware of law enforcement's command to stop,
and the attempts to apprehend. Should the suspect fail to stop, and if the pursuing deputy has
reason to believe that the continued movement of the fleeing vehicle will place the driver and/or
others in imminent danger of serious bodily harm or death, the backup units may consider
deployment of the approved TDD as outlined below, in order to bring the suspect vehicle to a
stop.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 01.09
1. Before utilizing the TDD, deputies shall have completed training in the use of the device.
2. All of the following criteria shall be met prior to the use of the TDD.
a. There is reasonable cause to believe the suspect has committed an offense
justifying the arrest of the suspect.
b. The deputy attempting to stop the vehicle and apprehend the suspect has given
notice of a command to stop by means of both emergency lights and siren.
c. The suspect has ignored all efforts and warnings by deputies which would be
obvious and visible to any reasonable person in the suspect's position.
D. Deputies and supervisors shall take the following facts into consideration prior to attempting
the deployment of the TDD:
1. The most effective location for the placement of the TDD.
a. Deployment locations should have sufficient sight distances to enable the person
deploying the TDD to observe the pursuit, to include the suspect vehicle, the law
enforcement vehicles and other traffic as it approaches.
b. Deployment locations should include natural or man made barriers such as

overpasses, guardrails, trees or shrubbery. These barriers will conceal the deputy from
the suspect's view and allow deployment of the TDD in a relative position of safety.
2. Position and vulnerability of the public, private property and other assisting units and
equipment;
a. Deployment should not be considered on:
1) Curves
2) Bridges
3) Dirt roads
4) Near high concentrations of pedestrians
5) Intersections
6) Areas where the suspect could easily avoid the device
7) Any location that sound judgment would dictate avoidance
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 01.09
a) this determination should take into consideration; traffic, road conditions,
special events or other activities which may create an unnecessarily
hazardous situation.
b) The TDD should not be deployed to stop the following vehicles without
approval of the patrol section supervisor or a supervisor of higher rank and
unless the continued movement of the suspect vehicle would result in an
increased hazard to others:
i) any vehicle transporting hazardous materials
ii) any school bus transporting students
iii) any passenger bus transporting passengers
iv) any two wheeled vehicle
v) other vehicles posing an unusual hazard to innocent parties.
E. The TDD deployment plans should include close coordination between the pursing units and
the deputy deploying the device.
1. When the decision has been made to deploy the TDD, pursuing units will notify the
deputy deploying the device as far in advance as possible.
2. The deputy deploying the device shall be in position at a predetermined location in

sufficient time for proper deployment.
3. All pursuing units shall be notified when the device is in place.
4. Pursuing deputies shall greatly increase the distance between themselves and the
suspect vehicle in order to give the deploying deputy enough time to remove the device to
prevent deflation of the pursuit deputy's tires.
F. The TDD will be utilized and deployed in accordance with the manufactures
recommendations and training guidelines.
1. DO NOT engage in physical contact with the rope or device during contact with the
suspect or any vehicle.
2. After deployment of the TDD everyone at the scene shall immediately seek protection.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 01.09
3. The deputy deploying the device will be responsible for securing the device immediately
after its use, this would include;
a) searching the immediate area and collecting any spikes or points which may have
become detached, or any debris from the suspect vehicle.
b) the properly maintaining, preparing for reuse and storage of the TDD.
G. The use of the TDD constitutes a use of force. Therefore in accordance with GO 2-6, the
deploying deputy will be required to complete an incident report and a "Use of Force" report. If
the arrest is handled by the same agency, the deploying deputy may attach a supplemental
narrative to the arresting deputy's incident report. It may be required that the authorizing
supervisor complete a report as well, as determined by the Sheriff or the Major.
For the purpose of this policy deputy is meant to be synonymous with law enforcement
officer.
GO 2-47: CELL PHONE USAGE
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
I. POLICY
Cellular telephones will be issued to designated personnel requiring such use in the performance
of their duties.
II. PURPOSE
The purpose of this policy is to provide guidelines for the safe and proper use of cellular
telephones in agency vehicles.
III. PROCEDURES
A. General Guidelines
1. Personnel will use cellular telephones in a manner that is conducive to the safe operation
of motor vehicles. It is recommended that the vehicle be safely stopped out of the
movement of traffic for extended non-hands free usage. The operator's main focus shall
continue to be safety.
2. Confidential conversations should not be held on cellular telephones as they are not a
secure means of communication and may be monitored.
B. Usage
While it may occasionally be necessary to use issued cellular telephones for personal calls,
the telephones are provided for business purposes and personal use should be held to a
minimum.
C. Abuse of Cellular Telephones

1. The Sheriff, Captain or Executive Assistant will review cellular telephone bills.
2. Employees exceeding normal billing rates will be interviewed to determine if valid

justification exists for the overuse.
3. When abuse is detected, the employee will be counseled and the incident documented.
GO 2-47: CELL PHONE USAGE
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

Employees failing to correct the abuse in a timely manner may have cellular telephone
privileges suspended or terminated. Any overuse charges maybe deemed the
responsibility of the individual assigned the telephone.
GO 2-49: CANINE
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 01.08
TRN. 02.01
directive, if proven, can only form the basis of a complaint by this Office and then only in a non-
I. POLICY
This order is to establish policies and procedures for the utilization of the Greensville County
Sheriff's Office Canine Unit.
II. PURPOSE
The purpose of the Canine Unit (K-9) is to provide the Sheriff's Office with an additional
specialized unit to increase its effectiveness in the detection of and prevention of crime as well as
the apprehension of criminal activity in the community. The greatest value of the Canine Unit
lies in the ability of the dog's keen senses of sight, hearing and smell to aid in the search for
persons and structures for drugs, as well as promoting a positive public image of the Sheriff
Office's expertise and efficiency.
III. PROCEDURES
A. Organizational Structure
The Canine Unit is classified as a special operational activity, and for organizational,
supervisory, and control purposes, is attached to the investigations division. Activities of the
unit will be directed by the Sheriff or his designee.
B. Qualifications of canine handler: - minimum
To be considered for the canine handler assignment the individual must meet the following
minimum requirements;
1. be a sworn member of this office in good standing,

2. have been a member of this office for a minimum of 2 years,
3. be at a level of physical fitness that will allow them to perform the required duties,
4. make self available for call outs for canine assignments,
5. tasks assigned to and encountered by a canine handler and,
GO 2-49: CANINE
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 01.08
TRN. 02.01
6. be willing to perform the necessary canine care tasks as needed.
C. Duties
The Canine Unit, consisting of the handler and the dog, shall respond to calls for service
when dispatched or requested by a supervisor. When not actually engaged in police action
with the dog, the handler shall carry out his/her regularly assigned duties.
The following are examples of duties or assignments to be handled by the Canine Unit:
1. Searching the area for evidence left by perpetrators of a crime.
2. Assisting in the apprehension of suspects.
3. Searching the Jail at unannounced visits to search for drugs.
4. Searching for drugs. i.e.: vehicles, buildings, and luggage.
5. Performing other duties as designated by his/her supervisor.
D. Operational Procedures
Upon the arrival of the Canine Unit, the investigating officer shall insure that the handler is fully
advised of the circumstances surrounding the incident.
1. Evidence Searches
A Canine Unit may be requested if there is reason to believe that a suspect has discarded
evidence by dropping the item in flight or attempting to hide it in a field, in woods, or other
open area. Evidence searches are generally conducted in a manner similar to tracking
operations.
2. Crowd Control
The Canine Unit is not routinely used for this, however, if it is deemed necessary, this
has to be authorized by supervisor of rank.
a. Release of Canine
Although the use of a police canine is not regarded as a deadly force, the utmost
discretion will be used when releasing a police canine to apprehend a fleeing
suspect or armed and dangerous subject. The use of a police canine is regarded
as a use of force and will be scrutinized under individual circumstances as in any
use of force.
3. General Guidelines for Actions in the Presence of Canine Teams

GO 2-49: CANINE
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 01.08
TRN. 02.01
When in the presence of a police dog, officers should remember the following:
a. A dog should not be agitated, whether the dog is with the handler or in a vehicle.
b. Officers should always use caution when approaching a handler with a dog.
c. Physical contact or horseplay between anyone and a canine handler could be

perceived by the dog as an attack upon the handler and, therefore, must be
avoided by officers and handlers.
d. If a handler has a prisoner in custody, officers should not attempt to search or

grab the prisoner or take any other action until directed by the handler.
e. When arriving on the scene where the dog has been deployed officers should
take no action until checking with the handler.
f. If requested to assist a dog handler, officers should do so, but keep a safe
distance from the dog.
g. Police dogs are trained to attack fleeing persons on command, or persons who
attack the handler. Should a police dog confront an officer, the best tactic is to stay
still; any sudden movement or attempt to flee may cause the dog to attack.
4. Requests from Other Jurisdictions

When a request for assistance is made from another jurisdiction, outside
Greensville County, the response to assist must be authorized by the Major.
5. Canine Demonstrations
All requests for special canine demonstrations will be screened and approved by
the Sheriff or the Major.
6. Training
The success of an effective police canine unit lies with both the handlers and dogs
of the organization. The canine unit shall successfully complete an approved
course of training, approved by the Commonwealth of Virginia (DCJS) if
applicable, and the National and Virginia Work Dog Associations. Training shall
be completed and maintained in all of the areas of canine expertise. Therefore, it
GO 2-49: CANINE
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 01.08
TRN. 02.01
is important that the benefits gained through the initial training period be
continuously developed. In order to maintain a high degree of proficiency, both the
handler and his dog may be given regular monthly in- service training. However,
the responsibility for maintaining the ability and efficiency of the dog rests with the
handler. The officer/dog teams must constantly apply themselves to insure
maximum performance.
Weekly training of the canine is strongly recommended and is permissible on duty

when practical. The canine unit may attend outside agency training facilities to
increase their effectiveness and efficiency in order to meet current or future goals
of the Greensville Sheriff's Office.
7. Canine Usage Reports

a. Whenever the Canine Unit is utilized, it is the responsibility of the canine handler
to complete the Canine Usage Report. The original copy is to be filed and
maintained by the canine handler. The handler will contact dispatch with the results
of their assignment and dispatch will make note of the disposition on the call sheet
and leave a copy for the handler in his box.
b. Printable Canine Usage Report
8. Ownership of Dogs
The dogs assigned to the Canine Unit are the property of the Greensville County
Sheriff's Office and will not be used for purposes other than official duties. The
dogs will not be registered with any society unless that society is directly related to
Canine training. The dogs will not be used for any breeding purposes without
approval from the Sheriff.
9. Veterinary Services
All dogs will be examined periodically according to the schedule arranged by the
veterinarian. A veterinarian will give all medical needs and treatments. Only in
extreme emergencies will the animal be taken to a veterinarian other then the
Sheriff's Office primary veterinarian. In these cases the canine shall be carried to
the nearest veterinarian. If this should occur, the Sheriff's Office's veterinarian is to
be notified by telephone immediately as to the extent of sickness or injury.
GO 2-49: CANINE
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 01.08
TRN. 02.01
10. Responsibilities of Canine Handlers

The principal duty of a canine handler is to serve as a support unit in aiding
general law enforcement. In this capacity, the dog should be regarded as an item
of special equipment. This item of special equipment is provided by the Sheriff's Office to assist
an officer in carrying out his duties more effectively. To better facilitate the strong relationship
between handler and dog the following will be done:
a. Dog will be housed and maintained at the residence of the handler.
b. Equipment, food, kennel and medical requirements will be the responsibility

of the Sheriff's Office.
c. The handler is responsible for the well being of the dog, i.e. feeding, water,
grooming, cleaning of kennel, food and water dish cleaned weekly.
d. The handler is responsible for familiarizing him or herself with the basic
responsibilities of a working police dog.
11. On Call
Handler and canine will be available for call 24 hours a day, seven days a week,
unless he/she has prior approval from the Major, to be unavailable or out of
service. The handler is provided a cell phone by the Sheriff's Office and he/she will
have it on at all times. Upon receipt of a request for the canine unit the dispatcher
shall contact the canine handler and advise of the nature, and location of the
request. The handler will then advise whether he/she is available and will make
arrangements to contact the Major to request permission if the requesting agency
is an agency outside of the county.
12. The following is a list of required equipment for the utilization of the canine:
· One stainless steel water bowl
· One stainless steel food bowl
· One leather collar
· One steel correction collar
· One 6-foot leather leads
· One leather muzzle
· One 6-foot kennel chains
GO 2-49: CANINE
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 01.08
TRN. 02.01
· One 10' X 10' kennel

· One doghouse
· One grooming brush
· Two packages of white towels (to be re-placed when a half of 1 pack remains) or
· Other required and approved training aids, i.e. tennis balls
GO 2-50: RESPONSE TO ACTIVE SHOOTERS IN SCHOOLS
AND PUBLIC PLACES
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 05.01
I. POLICY
It is not unusual for a tactical team to arrive at the scene of a barricaded incident and find that
patrol personnel have contained the suspect within a secure perimeter. There is generally time for
the tactical team to deploy their personnel without serious concern of suspect escape. Once the
incident has been isolated, time enables patrol and/or tactical personnel to formulate a structured
and deliberate plan.
But there are scenarios that require immediate deployment and rapid intervention of patrol
personnel prior to the arrival of a tactical team. In these cases delayed deployment could have
catastrophic consequences. These scenarios often involve an ongoing "shots-fired" or "downed
officer/citizen rescue." It may also necessitate the immediate and rapid deployment of law
enforcement officers to contain and prevent the escape of an armed and dangerous person.
II. PURPOSE
The purpose of this policy is to provide guidelines for the safe and proper deployment and use of
personnel in an active shooter situation.
III. DEFINITIONS
A. Immediate Deployment/Rapid Intervention" – The swift and immediate deployment of law
enforcement resources to an on-going, life threatening situation where delayed deployment
could otherwise result in death or serious bodily injury of innocent persons. Immediate
deployment/rapid intervention tactics are not a substitute for the conventional responses to a
barricaded gunman/hostage situation.
B. Active Shooter" – One or more subjects who participate in a random or systematic shooting
spree, demonstrating their intent to continuously harm others. The overriding objective of an
active shooter appears to be that of mass murder, rather than other criminal conduct such as
robbery, hostage taking, etc. For the purpose of this policy, the term "active shooter" will also
include anyone who uses any other deadly weapon to systematically or randomly inflict death or
AND PUBLIC PLACES
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 05.01
serious bodily injury on others over a continuous or extended period of time.
IV. PROCEDURES
A. WHEN TO DEPLOY:
1. To confront and neutralize aggressive deadly behavior:
a. This event is ongoing and the suspect(s) is actively engaged in causing death or
serious bodily injury. This may be the result of
1) an "active shooter"
2) an attack with edged weapons
3) the placing of and/or detonating explosive devices.
b. The incident location, by its very nature, is believed to contain multiple victims:
1) Schools (including day care facilities)
2) Crowded parks and open areas
3) Playgrounds
4) Sporting events
5) High occupancy structures, etc.
2. To effect citizen/officer rescue:

a. A citizen or law enforcement officer is gravely wounded and delayed recovery could
result in their demise.
b. The suspect may or may not be actively involved in an assault, however, an assault
is imminent and immediate recovery of a wounded citizen/officer is crucial.
c. Although possibly uninjured, due to the location of the victim(s), citizen(s), or

officer(s), an immediate recovery may be necessary to prevent death or serious bodily
injury.
B. INITIAL RESPONDERS
1. The initial responder is most likely to be a patrol deputy. The actions of the initial
responders are critical and certain guidelines should be followed, if practical:
a. Assess the situation.
1) Establish an Incident Commander (IC). Typically, the first arriving officer will
AND PUBLIC PLACES
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 05.01
assume the role of IC until relieved by supervisory personnel.
2) Gather information as rapidly as possible. This can be achieved through various

means, including, but not limited to:
a) dispatcher obtained information
b) reports of fleeing citizens
c) sounds of gunfire/explosions
d) deputy's own observations.
b. Broadcast situation to responding units:

1) Location and number of suspects (if known)
2) Type of weapons involved
3) Determine if immediate deployment/rapid intervention tactics are appropriate

and necessary.
4) Safe approach route to staging area for arriving officers.
c. If Immediate Deployment/Rapid Intervention tactics are deemed necessary, the

initial IC will:
1) Assemble a Contact or Rescue Team. The first responding deputies, up to
three, shall form a contact team and immediately begin to move towards any
known suspect(s), using all immediately available protective equipment to aid in
their entry. As personnel arrive to form the initial contact team, the IC will assign a
team leader. The conduct of a contact team should be as follows:
a) Locate and Identify suspect(s)
b) Stop deadly behavior
c) Limit suspect's movement
d) Continue past victims to confront any active suspects
e) Continue past unexploded devices

AND PUBLIC PLACES
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 05.01
f) Communicate progress to responders (location of victims/explosives, etc.)
g) Confront any suspect(s) using control and arrest or containment techniques,

or deadly force.
2) Subsequently arriving officers and/supervisory personnel will:

a) Assemble additional contact teams and/or rescue teams with the following
goals:
i) Enter and/or approach the location to locate victims
ii) Extract victims to a safe area
iii) Notify medical personnel
iv) If encountered, act as a contact team and engage any suspect(s)
through control and arrest or containment techniques, or deadly force.
3) If areas within the affected location are deemed to be relatively safe for
responders, subsequent rescue teams may provide tactical cover for rescue
personnel to enter the scene for rapid access to critically injured victims.
C. WHAT TO EXPECT UPON ENTRY:

1. The dynamic environment of an active shooter scenario will bring with it a host of
problems. These problems may include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. The need to identify suspect vs. victim
b. Noise from alarms, people screaming, etc. (affecting communications)
c. Confusion, victims hiding and frightened-not responding to law enforcement

directions.
d. Carnage and multiple traumatic injuries.
e. Fire suppression systems and sprinkler systems.
f. Explosive devices, if encountered:

1) Visually inspect device for potential detonation (timing device, trip wire, lit fuse,
etc).
2) Identify and, if possible, verbally report location(s) of device(s).
AND PUBLIC PLACES
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 05.01
3) DO NOT move or touch them.
4) Move past device when part of a contact/rescue team.
D. MUTUAL AID SUPPORT:

1. Immediately following the initial notification of an active shooter at any location within the
County of Greensville, resources from surrounding jurisdictions will undoubtedly begin to
arrive to offer assistance. The resources may include:
a. Emporia Police Department, Lawrenceville Town Police, Brunswick County Sheriffs Office,
Mecklenburg Sheriff's Office, Dinwiddie Sheriff's Office, Sussex County Sheriffs Office,
Southampton County Sheriffs Office, the Virginia State Police and/or Federal agencies and
Military units.
b. Off-duty officers residing within the area or in the area on unrelated matters;
c. Other law enforcement/medical personnel.
2. If a responding officer, as listed above, arrives to provide assistance and is able to do

so, on-scene officers will decide the best manner in which assistance can be rendered.
These officers may also be required to act as members in the initial contact team.
Additional Mutual Aid support will be handled in accordance with established mutual aid
agreements and through the Incident Command System.
E. Use of Force:
When the suspect(s) actions present an immediate (imminent) threat of death or serious
bodily injury, it may become necessary to use deadly force to stop that behavior. All
applicable guidelines concerning the use of force by a law enforcement officer will apply.
F. When Tactical (SWAT) Team(s) Arrive:

1. When tactical teams arrive, they are generally better equipped and trained to resolve
crisis scenarios. However, due to the possible size and scope of an active shooter
scenario, continued assistance by first responders is critical. As soon as practical, the
Incident Commander will:
AND PUBLIC PLACES
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:

OPR. 05.01
a. Coordinate and relinquish contact team responsibility, unless continued operations

by patrol units are deemed necessary by SWAT personnel.
b. Assist with containment responsibilities.
c. Assist with rescue teams if necessary.
d. Act as a "pathfinder" for SWAT:

1) Direct SWAT officers to last known suspect(s) location.
2) Report location(s) of explosives.
3) Provide any pertinent information such as known suspect description, weapons,

etc.
GO 2-51: MOBILE VIDEO RECORDING EQUIPMENT
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
Note: This directive is for internal use only and does not enlarge a deputy's liability in any way.
It should not be construed as the creation of a higher standard of safety or care in an evidentiary
sense with respect to third party claims. Violations of this directive, if proven, can only form the
basis of a complaint by the Greensville County Sheriff's Office and then only in a non-judicial
I. POLICY
The in-car video equipment (MVR-Mobile Video Recorder) will be utilized by deputies as an
evidentiary aid to document any situation where the video recording of conduct or a crime
scene may be useful in court, civil litigation, or the resolution of a citizen complaint. It will be
used to its fullest extent to provide a fair and accurate representation of an incident. Video
footage may also be utilized by supervisory personnel for reviews of deputy performance and
as a training tool.
II. PURPOSE
To establish policy and procedures for the utilization of video cameras in police vehicles
III. DEFINITIONS
A. MVR System – Mobile Video Recorder
B. Recordable Media – VHS videotape or DVD-RAM storage device capable of capturing

video images and audio.
IV. PROCEDURE
A. Operation of Mobile Video Recording Equipment
1. Only deputies who have received a period of instruction by the agency training officer or
his designee on the operation of Mobile Video Recording Equipment and have
demonstrated a satisfactory level of efficiency in its use and knowledge of this General
Order shall operate the Mobile Video Recording Equipment.
2. At the beginning of each shift, the deputy shall inspect the MVR equipment and
determine whether the equipment is functioning satisfactorily and that the time and date
are correct. Any problem with the equipment initially, or at any time shall immediately be
brought to the attention of the on-duty supervisor. The supervisor shall ensure that the Major
is notified of the malfunction. The shift supervisor shall periodically inspect the MVR
equipment in each of his assigned member's vehicles to insure compliance of this general
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
order.
B. Use of the Camera System
1. The MVR system shall be activated at the beginning of the deputy's shift and shall
remain activated until the deputy secures from duty. The system shall remain in the stand-
by mode and ready for recording until:
a) Emergency lights are activated,
b) All traffic stops
c) All crime scenes
d) All domestic calls
e) Manually activated by the deputy
2. Greensville County Sheriff's Office vehicles equipped with MVR systems are designed to
begin recording once the emergency lights are activated.
3. Deputies using the VHS MVR systems shall also activate the wireless microphone every
time the system is in the record mode in order to provide narration with the recording.
Wireless microphone transmitter and receiver frequencies shall correspond while
operating these systems.
4. Digital MVR system wireless microphones are automatically activated once the system
begins recording.
5. The deputy shall ensure that the video camera is positioned and adjusted properly to
maximize the scene and the area to be recorded
6. The deputy will ensure that the MVR equipment is operating correctly and recording at
the time of:
a) Emergency responses (lights or lights/siren);

NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
b) Traffic stops – beginning at point of a deputy initiating a traffic stop and continuing
for the duration of the stop. Recording will be concluded as the violator drives away;
c) Vehicle Pursuits;
d) Vehicle Searches;
e) Suspected DUI – Beginning at the point when the deputy first observes erratic
driving and concluding when the police action is finished. If field sobriety tests are
administered, where safety permits, the performance of the sobriety test shall be within
view of the camera; and,
f) Other enforcement actions.
7. Once the system is recording, it must continue to record until the completion of the
incident. The deputy will manually stop the recording at the completion of each incident.
Deputies should note that the MVR systems continue to record after emergency lights have
been turned off unless stopped by the operator.
8. Deputies shall not cease the video/audio recording of an incident unless one of the
following conditions exist:
a) The deputy receives an order from a supervisor to stop recording;
b) The deputy is directing traffic or assisting in some other type of traffic control;
c) The deputy is parked behind a disabled vehicle or waiting for a wrecker following an
accident investigation;
g) The deputy is providing a funeral escort;
e) The deputy initiated the recording (when lights not activated) and no longer sees a
legitimate purpose for documenting the activity; whenever recording equipment is
deactivated, deputies shall be prepared to articulate the reasons for this action.
9. In addition to the above, whenever possible, deputies should utilize their MVR
equipment to record:
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
a) Acts of hostility or violence when feasible;
b) Any confrontational citizen or violator contact;
c) The circumstances at a crime scene, accident scenes, or other events, such as the
confiscation and documentation of evidence or contraband.
d) During the transportation of combative prisoners, juveniles, or members of the

opposite sex of the deputy, the in-car microphone should be activated and the video
camera should be turned in order that person(s) in the backseat of the patrol vehicle
can be recorded. The camera should not be turned back to the front until the subject(s)
are removed from the vehicle at the point of incarceration.
10. Deputies are prohibited from tampering with or removing the recording deck.
11. Deputies are further prohibited from attempting to erase or alter the video recordings.
12. Unauthorized use of MVR equipment, MVR cassette tapes, or digital media may result
in disciplinary action.
C. Training
1. Instruction in the proper use of the Mobile Video Recording Equipment shall be the
responsibility of the training deputy or his designee.
2. MVR instructors who also act as Field Training Deputies shall instruct trainees in the
proper use of the MVR system.
D. Care of Video Equipment

1. The patrol supervisors shall have overall responsibility for the MVR systems. The
responsibility of storage of unknown evidentiary recordable media and evidentiary
recordable media shall be assigned to the patrol supervisors. This individual(s) shall also
be responsible for replacing MVR components, as needed, inspections of the MVR and
scheduling training.
2. Maintenance and repair of the video equipment will be the responsibility of the fleet
deputy or patrol supervisors.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
3. Deputies will report all malfunctions of the video equipment to their shift supervisor.
E. Replacement of Recordable media and Batteries for MVR Equipment

1. The replacement of recordable media will be the responsibility of the patrol supervisors,
depending on the evidentiary value of the recordable media...
2. Deputies using the MVR analog equipment shall notify the Major once the
recording counter reaches 01:00 (one hour) remaining on the recordable media. The
systems manager will then schedule recordable media replacement.
3. Replacement batteries for the VHS system wireless microphones can be replaced by
the deputy. Replacement batteries can be retrieved from the Major.
4. Deputies using the MVR digital equipment shall upon completion of usage of a disk,
shall submit the used disk as evidence. The Major will issue additional blank
cd's as needed.
F. Replacement, Storage and Retrieval of Recordable Media that will be used as Evidence.
1. Recordable media is considered evidence and must be handled as such. For this
reason, the chain of custody must be kept as short as possible and documented by all that
handle the recordable media.
2. A deputy that has recorded any activity that they feel may be needed in court as
evidence shall notify their patrol supervisor requesting the removal of recordable media
and placement into evidence.
3. Access to the analog MVR in the trunk of the vehicle is controlled by a locking system for
which the systems manager has the only key.
4. Evidentiary Recordable media is to be removed from the recorders by Patrol

Supervisors or their designee only. Upon removal of the recordable media, the following
procedures will be incurred:
a) Complete the removal information on the recordable media label.
b) Have the recordable media placed into evidence in compliance with GO 2-15 & GO
2-16.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
c) Place new recordable media inside the mobile video recorder.
5. Evidentiary recordable media will be retained for a period of (6) months after the case
for which it was used has been adjudicated and all appeals have been exhausted. Once
the (6) months period has elapsed, the recordable media can be recycled for use.
6. Recordable media that is placed into evidence shall have limited access for the purpose
of viewing. Display of any of the recording contents shall be limited for viewing to the
Commonwealth's Attorney, the requesting defense attorney who is assigned to the case
while in the presence of the assigned deputy, or any agency supervisor.
7. Recordable media containing evidence of a crime or civil litigation will be held until the
case is disposed of and all appeals are exhausted, or until released by the courts or the
prosecutor.
G. Storage and Retrieval of Recordable Media when its value as evidence is not known
1. The patrol supervisor or his designee will remove recordable media that have been
recorded to its maximum from the recorder.
2. The recordable media will be stored with the system manager for a period of six (6)
months. At the end of the six (6) months the recordable media will be erased and recycled
back into service. If during this time period it is determined that the recordable media may
be used as evidence it will be placed into evidence.
H. Ownership, Custody and Control of Recorded Tapes

1. It is the policy of this agency that the recordings generated by the mobile video recorder
are the property of the Greensville County Sheriff's Office.
2. The recorded media is subject to continuing judicial review. The Commonwealth's

Attorney will have a strong influence on the dissemination of videotapes that contain
evidentiary value.
I. Use of Recordings for Training Purposes

1. Periodically, the mobile video cameras mounted in the marked police vehicles record
events that may prove useful as training aids. Therefore, when these cameras record
unusual, exceptional or felony incidents and the incidents recorded are perceived to be of
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
value as a training aid, the following procedures should apply:
a) Members are encouraged to bring to the attention of their supervisor any recordings
they feel may be useful as a training aid.
b) Supervisors should arrange a time to view the recorded incident with the member
responsible for generating the recording.
c) Upon viewing the recorded segment and upon reaching the conclusion that it is of
value as a training aid, the supervisor will request the Major or his designee to
duplicate the segment for training.
GO 2-52: Freedom and MCT Policy
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
NOTE: This rule or regulation is for internal use only, and does not enlarge an officer's
civil or criminal liability in any way. It should not be construed as the creation of a higher
standard of safety or care in an evidential sense, with respect to third party claims.
Violations of this directive, if proven, can only form the basis of a complaint by this
department, and then only in a non-judicial administrative setting.
I. POLICY
The MCT – Freedom App, if used properly, is an exceptional tactical and technical tool
in fighting crime. We must, however, keep in mind that there are many restrictions
regarding the use of MCTs. Some are statutory, other regulatory and others policy.
Superion and DMV/VCIN/NCIC inquiries are retained in a permanent computer based
record. This information is recoverable for a number of reasons. Subpoenas can
request them for civil and criminal actions. Administrative personnel of the Sheriff’s
Office may also review them for official duty reasons. Notwithstanding the permanent
record they create, we, as a Sheriff Office should not engage in unprofessional or
unauthorized use of the MCT-Freedom as a matter of policy. MCT's are also expensive
items and we must maintain them accordingly. Violation of this directive may result in
disciplinary action by the Sheriff Office as well as civil and criminal liability under state
and federal law.
II. PURPOSE
The purpose of this policy is to provide guidelines for the management and use of the
Department's Mobile Computer Terminal (MCT) System.
III. DEFINITIONS
A. Mobile Computer Terminal (MCT) -- Computers provided for use in Department
vehicles, which are capable of transmitting and receiving electronic messages
and data inquiries.
B. System Administrator -- The person designated by the Sheriff with the

responsibility for managing the mobile data computer system.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
C. National Crime Information Center (NCIC) -- National database of criminal justice

information.
D. Virginia Crime Information Network (VCIN) -- State database of criminal justice

information.
E. Freedom App. – An application provided by Superion to access Mobile Data to

your cellular device.
IV. Procedures
A. Authority and Responsibility

1. The Information Technology Tech of the Mobile Data Terminal System is
responsible for functions including, but not limited to:
i. Maintenance and repair of computers and hardware within the MDT
System.
ii. Software installation and upgrades as required.
2. Before using mobile data computers, personnel must successfully

complete VCIN/NCIC training.
3. All authorized personnel will be trained by the Department to use the MCT
system.
4. Department personnel are authorized to use the MCT System for official
business as follows:
i. Transmitting messages between the communications center and
Department vehicles.
ii. Transmitting messages between Department vehicles.
iii. Accessing criminal justice information data in the performance of

law enforcement duties.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
iv. Accessing other Department information files may be available.
B. Authorized Users
1. Sworn law enforcement personnel are the only persons authorized to
operate a MCT system.
2. The Sheriff, or his designee, may, in the best interest of the Department,
authorize other personnel to use the system.
C. System Operation
1. The MCT is understood to be a job enhancement tool. However if officer
safety is a hazard or threat, the Officer should use voice communications.
2. All calls, officer initiated calls should be transmitted by MCT, unless by

doing so could jeopardize Officer Safety hazard or threat to the
community. Call details will be given by radio to promote officer and/or
citizen safety or when specifically requested by a unit.
3. Officers should utilize voice communications while on any call for service,
traffic stop when confronting suspects to ensure the Communications
Center and other units are notified of their location.
i. Officers should consider safety concerns while on any call for
service, traffic stop or when confronting suspects before focusing
attention on the MCT.
ii. Officers should make VCIN/NCIC requests by radio transmission

any time officer safety is an issue.
iii. Wanted persons and stolen vehicles (positive hits) obtained

through the MCT system must be verified through the dispatch
center.
1. When the Communications Center receives an audible alert
that a unit has received a hit, he or she shall contact the
officer via radio and ask (are you 10-4?).
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
4. Officers shall create a call via the MCT for every call and mark out of the
car when they are out of the car to ensure that other patrol units and
communications are aware of their location at all times.
5. Officers are prohibited from using MCT's while piloting a motor vehicle.
Officers who are passengers in a vehicle are not included in this
prohibition.
6. Officers should be mindful that their first priority is operating the patrol
vehicle in a safe and prudent manner.
7. It shall be that of the responsibility patrol unit to ensure that his/her MCT is
up and running throughout the entire shift. (Ex. Cellular Service, GPS
Service, and Battery).
i. Any issues shall be logged in the radio log by either the Patrol unit
or instances where the MCT fails, the Communications Officer will
log it. Also, a helpdesk ticket shall be filed before the end of the
shift with the IT department so that repairs can be made as soon as
possible.
D. System Rules
1. All NCIC operations shall comply with established FBI and VCIN
regulations.
2. Transmission of electronic messages and data will be treated with the

same degree of professionalism, and confidentiality as official written
correspondence.
3. Transmitting messages (other than as required for criminal investigative or

public safety purposes), which involve the use of obscene language,
images, sexually explicit materials, or messages that disparage any
person, group, or classification of individuals is prohibited.
4. Messages must be authored in a professional, business-like manner

consistent with that considered acceptable for public records.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
5. All members should be aware that electronic MDT messages are recorded
and part of discovery.
E. Security
1. Criminal justice information, which can be accessed through the MCT
System, is not public information and shall be accessed for law
enforcement purposes only.
2. Information displayed on the MCT screen is confidential in nature and
officers should take appropriate measures to ensure the information is not
readily in view of the public.
3. To avoid breaches of security, members shall log off the MCT System at
the completion of their tour of duty.
4. Officers assigned vehicles with MCT's shall be responsible for ensuring

that unauthorized use of the unit does not occur.
F. Department Property
1. MCT's are property of the Department and intended for use in conducting
official business.
2. Department members do not maintain any right to privacy on MCT's.
3. The Department reserves the right to access any information contained on

MCT's or in the history files of previously transmitted or received
messages or data requests.
G. Care And Maintenance

1. The installed mount and computer are rugged and designed for law
enforcement use. However, reasonable care must be taken when utilizing
the equipment.
i. All food and liquids shall not be in the vicinity of the computer.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
ii. The monitor's touch-screen should be accessed by fingertip; pencil

eraser or purpose designed computer stylus. A pen, knife or any
other sharp or pointed object should NEVER employ the screen.
iii. Employees will be held responsible for any damage to the MCT
system resulting from intentional abuse or gross neglect.
2. Any problems with the MCT system should be reported to IT as soon as

reasonably possible.
H. Freedom Application
1. The Freedom Application follows the same guidelines as set forth by the
MCT policy.
2. Every Deputy to include Patrol, Investigations, Administration, and Court

Security whom are assigned a department phone with Freedom installed
shall at all times after marking on duty with Communications log-in to
Freedom immediately.
3. All Freedom users shall remain logged in their entire shift until they have
logged off with Communications. To include any off-duty assignment (ex.
Overtime, Selective, Ball Game, Special Assignment).
4. All Freedom users when logged in for off-duty activities shall log in under
off-duty and set their location and status according to their assignment.
5. Any information that comes to your Freedom Device shall be left in the
application and shall never be copied, shared, or transmitted.
6. The Freedom Application shall never be primary over an MCT. Freedom

Users with a MCT shall log in to both. Deputies with no MCT shall use
Freedom as their primary device.
GO 2-53: BODY WORN CAMERAS
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMENDS/SUPER-CEDES:
APPROVED BY: W. T. JARRATT JR, SHERIFF
Note: This directive is for internal use only and does not enlarge a deputy's liability in any way.
It should not be construed as the creation of a higher standard of safety or care in an evidential
sense with respect to third party claims. Violations of this directive, if proven, can only form the
basis of a complaint by the Greensville County Sheriff's Office and then only in a non-judicial
I. POLICY
The Body Worn Camera (BWC) will be utilized by deputies as an evidential aid to document any
situation where the video recording of conduct or a crime scene may be useful in court, civil
litigation, or the resolution of a citizen complaint. It will be used to its fullest extent to provide a
fair and accurate representation of an incident. Video footage may also be utilized by
supervisory personnel for reviews of deputy performance and as a training tool.
II. PURPOSE
To establish policy and procedures for the utilization of body worn cameras.
III. DEFINITIONS
A. BWC – Body Worn Camera
B. MVR – Mobile Video Recorder
C. Recording media - storage device capable of capturing video images and audio.
IV. PROCEDURE
A. Operation of Body Worn Camera Equipment
1. Only deputies who have received a period of instruction by the agency training
officer or his designee on the operation ofBody Worn Camera Equipment and have
demonstrated a satisfactory level of efficiency in its use and knowledge of this
General Order shall operate the Body Worn Cameras.
2. At the beginning of each shift, the deputy shall inspect the BWC equipment and
determine whether the equipment is functioning satisfactorily, that the time and date
are correct, there is ample storage remaining on the BWC, and ample battery life on
the BWC to complete the deputies shift. Any problem with the equipment initially, or
at any time shall immediately be brought to the attention of the on-duty supervisor.
The supervisor shall ensure that the Patrol Lieutenant or his designee is notified of
the malfunction. The shift supervisor shall periodically inspect the BWC equipment of
all officers on his watch to insure compliance of this general order.
B. Use of the Camera System

1. The BWC system shall be powered on and in standby mode and ready for
recording until the completion of their shift. The BWC will be activated on:
a) All traffic stops (This excludes Highway Safety Enforcement when there is a
MVR already in use and functioning properly. If a traffic stop begins to escalate,
both the MVR and BWC should be used.)
b) All calls for service
c) Any other situation the deputy deems appropriate to give an accurate

depiction of an event
2. The deputy shall ensure that the BWC is worn on the body in the chest or shoulder
area and is positioned and adjusted properly to maximize the scene and the area to be
recorded
3. The deputy will ensure that the BWC equipment is operating correctly and
recording at the time of:
a) Arriving on scene for all calls for service
b) All Traffic stops – beginning at point of a deputy initiating a traffic stop and
continuing for the duration of the stop. Recording will be concluded as the
violator drives away.
c) Vehicle Pursuits;
d) Vehicle Searches;
e) Suspected DUI – Recommended when the deputy first observes erratic

driving and concluding when the police action is finished. If field sobriety tests
are administered, where safety permits, the performance of the sobriety test
shall be within view of the camera; and,
f) Interviewing all suspects/witnesses of a crime
g) Any other law-enforcement actions.
4. Once the system is recording, it shall continue to record until the completion of the
incident. The deputy will manually stop the recording at the completion of each
incident.
5. Deputies shall record and not cease the video/audio recording of a required
incident unless one of the following conditions exists and the reason must be
documented on the video before recording is stopped.
a) The deputy receives an order from a supervisor to stop recording;

b) The deputy is directing traffic or assisting in some other type of traffic control;
c) The deputy is parked behind a disabled vehicle or waiting for a wrecker

following an accident investigation;
g) The deputy is providing a funeral escort;
e) The deputy initiated the recording and no longer sees a legitimate purpose for
documenting the activity because it was determined to be a civil issue; whenever
recording equipment is deactivated, deputies shall articulate verbally “Civil
Issue” on the BWC recording.
f) When conditions make it unsafe or impossible to activate the camera.
6. In addition to the above, whenever possible, deputies should utilize their BWC
equipment to record:
a) Any acts of hostility or violence whenfeasible;
b) Any confrontational citizen or violator contact;
c) The circumstances at a crime scene, accident scenes, or other events, such

as the confiscation and documentation of evidence or contraband.
d) During the transportation of combative prisoners, juveniles, or members of the

opposite sex of the deputy if the vehicle is not equipped with a MVR or the MVR
is not working properly.
7. If as deputy has a reportable incident and the incident was not recorded the
deputy shall give a detailed reason in the IBR narrative.
8. Deputies are prohibited from the following:

a) Attempting to erase or alter the video recordings.
b) Recording during strip searches or any bathroom encounters
c) Other employees unless it is due to violation of the law or policy
d) On informal, non-law enforcement related encounters with the public unless the
encounter becomes adversarial.
9. Unauthorizeduse of BWC equipment or digital media may result in disciplinary

action.
C. Training
1. Instruction in the proper use of the Body Worn Camera shall be the responsibility of
the Patrol Lieutenant or his designee.
2. BWC instructors who also act as Field Training Deputies shall instruct trainees in
the proper use of the BWC system.
D. Care of Video Equipment

1. The Patrol Lieutenant or his designee shall have overall responsibility for the BWC
systems. The responsibility of storage of unknown evidential recordable media and
evidential recordable media shall be assigned to the Patrol Lieutenant or his
designee. This individual(s) shall also be responsible for replacing BWC components,
as needed, inspections of the BWC and scheduling training.
2. Deputies will report all malfunctions of the video equipment to their shift supervisor.
The shift supervisor will immediately notify the Patrol Lieutenant so they can fix the
malfunction or issue another BWC to the deputy.
E. Media Download of Recordable media for BWC Equipment

1. The media download of the BWC will be the responsibility of the deputy. They shall
only download their BWC to the designated computer located in the evidence
receiving area. This shall be done before and after shift whether the deputy is issued
one or two units.
2. Deputies shall notify the Patrol Lieutenant or his designee in a timely manner if a
video is needed for evidentiary reason. This shall be noted in the deputies IBR
narrative.
F. Storage and Retrieval of Recordable Media when its value as evidence is not known
1. The recordable media will be downloaded and stored by the Patrol Lieutenant or
his designee for a period of two (2) months. At the end of the two (2) months the
recordable media will be overwritten. If during this time period it is determined that the
recordable media may be used as evidence it will be downloaded to a disk for court
purposes.
G. Ownership, Custody and Control of Recorded Disk

1. It is the policy of this agency that the recordings generated by the body worn
camera are the property of the Greensville County Sheriff's Office.
2. The recorded media is subject to continuing judicial review. The Commonwealth's

Attorney will have a strong influence on the dissemination of digital media that contain
evidential value.
H. Use of Recordings for Training Purposes

1. Periodically, the body worn cameras record events that may prove useful as
training aids. Therefore, when these cameras recordunusual, exceptional or felony
incidents and the incidents recorded are perceived to be of value as a training aid, the
following procedures should apply:
a) Members are encouraged to bring to the attention of their supervisor any
recordings they feel may be useful as a training aid.
b) Supervisors should arrange a time to view the recorded incident with the
member responsible for generating the recording.
c) Upon viewing the recorded segment and upon reaching the conclusion that it
is of value as a training aid, the supervisor will request the Sheriff or his
designee to duplicate the segment for training.
GO 2-54: BODY ARMOR
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMENDS/SUPER-CEDES:
APPROVED BY: W. T. JARRATT JR, SHERIFF
V. L. E. P. S. C. STANDARDS: OPR 01.05
NOTE: This rule or regulation is for internal use only, and does not enlarge an officer's civil or criminal
liability in any way. It should not be construed as the creation of a higher standard of safety or care in an
evidential sense, with respect to third party claims. Violations of this directive, if proven, can only form
the basis of a complaint by this department, and then only in a non-judicial administrative setting.
I. PURPOSE
This directive provides employees with guidelines for the proper use and care of body armor.
II. POLICY
It is the policy of the Greensville County Sheriff's Office to maximize employee safety through the use of
body armor in conjunction with prescribed safety procedures and to supply well-fitting and quality body
armor to all deputies engaged in enforcement/field operations. While body armor provides a significant
level of protection, it is not a substitute for sound, basic safety procedures.
III. PROCEDURES
A. Wearing Body Armor
While body armor is designed to protect against handguns only, studies have indicated that the
use of armor not only saves lives, but can also minimize injuries from traffic crashes and other trauma
situations.
1. On-Duty – It is the policy of the Greensville County Sheriff's Office that all sworn personnel
assigned to field duty must wear soft body armor in the performance of their assigned tasks
a. Sworn uniformed patrol personnel must wear soft body armor while on duty.
b. Field Training Officers must wear soft body armor when on duty in patrol,
regardless of whether they are in uniform or in plain clothes.
c. Uniformed School Resource Officers must wear soft body armor while on duty.
2. Sworn non-field personnel such as command staff, Investigations, Crime

Prevention, and Training, etc. are encouraged to wear body armor but will have the option of not
wearing soft body armor, whether on duty in uniform or plain clothes. However, these officers
must have their body armor immediately available in the event they are needed to respond to
emergency or field duty.
Note: For purposes of this directive "immediately available" will mean the officer's body
armor is properly maintained, ready for use, and is in the officer's assigned work area,
assigned patrol vehicle or is easily accessible within the facility.
Note: All sworn personnel engaged in pre-planned warrant executions, drug raids, etc
must wear Body Armor.
3. All SRT members are issued special purpose body armor upon assignment to the unit and
are required to wear that body armor at all times while engaged in SRT operations.
4. Exceptions to wearing body armor:

a. When an agency approved physician determines that a deputy has a medical condition
that would preclude wearing body armor.
b. When the deputy is involved in undercover or plain clothes work that his/her supervisor
determines could be compromised by wearing body armor.
c. When the office determines that circumstances make it inappropriate to mandate wearing
body armor.
d. Court Security/Civil Process Deputies who have indicated on the Sheriff's Office
declination form that he/she declines the issuance of body armor.
B. Inspections of Body Armor

1. Supervisors shall be responsible for ensuring that body armor is worn and maintained
as required by this policy through routine observation and periodic documented
inspections.
2. Annual inspections of body armor shall be conducted for fit, cleanliness, signs of
damage, abuse and wear by unit supervisors and documented on appropriate inspection
forms.
C. Off Duty/Extra Duty Assignments

1. Uniformed officers working any extra-duty security or law enforcement related
assignment whether paid by the County of Greensville or by an Employer other than the
County of Greensville must wear soft body armor.
IV. ISSUANCE, CARE, MAINTENANCE AND REPLACEMENT OF BODY ARMOR

A. Issuance of Body Armor
1. All body armor issued must comply with protective and related requirements
prescribed under current standards of the National Institute of Justice.
2. All officers shall be issued agency-approved body armor.
3. Body armor that is worn or damaged shall be replaced by the agency.
a. The officer shall pay for body armor that must be replaced due to misuse or
abuse by the officer.
B. Care, Maintenance and Replacement of Body Armor

1. Deputies shall routinely inspect personal body armor for signs of damage and for
general cleanliness.
2. As dirt and perspiration may erode ballistic panels, each deputy shall be
responsible for cleaning personal body armor in accordance with the manufacturer's
instructions.
3. Deputies are responsible for the proper storage, maintenance and care of body
armor in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
4. Deputies are responsible for reporting damage or excessive wear to the ballistic
panels or cover to their supervisor and the individual responsible for the uniform
supply function.
5. Body armor will be replaced in accordance with guidelines and protocols
established by the National Institute of Justice.
GO 2-55: DEPUTY STATUS & SAFETY CHECK POLICY
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
I. PURPOSE
The purpose of this policy is to establish a guideline on how employees within the
Communications Division will perform status and safety status check of law
enforcement units.
II. PROCEDURE
A. Safety Checks
1) Communications Officers will perform hourly safety status checks on all law
enforcement units on duty that are not assigned to a case or marked out of the
vehicle for a period of time equal to or exceeding 60 minutes.
2) Communications Officers will perform a safety status check when the watchdog
alerts that the unit has not had communication with the center for 60 minutes.
 The watchdog will send an audible alert to the Communications Officers
and a red banner will show beside the unit number in the available unit
window.
3) The Communications Officer will send a message from CAD to the unit
requesting a status check. If the unit responds, 10-4, the Communications Officer
will reset the watchdog timer in CAD for 60 minutes.
4) If the unit does not respond within two (2) minutes, the Communications Officer
will then call the unit on the radio a maximum of three times with 15 second
pauses in between.
5) If the unit does not respond to radio calls, the Communications Officer will call
the unit via cell phone and check AVL. If there is still no response, the
Communications Officer will dispatch the closest unit to check on the unit as well
as continue attempts to reach him/her by phone and radio.
GO 2-55: DEPUTY STATUS & SAFETY CHECK POLICY
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
B. Status Checks
1) Communications Officers will perform status checks on units who are assigned to a
case or marked out of the car, when the watchdog timer sends an audible alert.
a. When the watchdog timer sends an audible alert, the Communications Officer
will call the unit (Police, Fire or EMS) on the radio a maximum of three times
with 15 second pauses in between.
b. If there is no response after the three attempts, call the unit via cell phone.
c. If there is still no response, the Communications Officer will dispatch the

closest unit to check on the unit as well as continue attempts to reach him/her
by phone and radio.
d. Communications Officers will document in the remarks when he or she

checks on a unit for a status check.
2) Status Check Timers
Code Description Timer in Minutes

ADM Admin 0
CRT Court 0
GCSO Out At GCSO 0
Meal Meal Break 45
Meet Meeting 120
OCAR Out Car 60
OCOU Out of County 0
SA Special Assignment 0
SRO SRO Status 0
TRAI Training 0
VSER Vehicle Maintenance 0
GO 2-56: Electronic Network and Computer Usage
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
directive, if proven, can only form the basis for a complaint by this department, and then only in
a non-judicial administrative setting.
A. POLICY
It shall be the policy of the Greensville County Sheriff's Office that users needing access
to any computer system will use a unique user ID and password. All users will be
assigned a temporary password and will be required to change it on their first log-on.
The user ID and temporary password will be assigned by the IT Department (after
approval by the Sheriff). The department standard for assigning a user id is by using the
first initial county employee number.
It shall be the policy of the Greensville County Sheriff's Office that all users log off from
their workstation when leaving the area. This will prevent any unauthorized use of the
Department's computers, resources, and data.
It shall be the policy of the Greensville County Sheriff's Office that only the IT
Department (after approval by the Sheriff), may approve individual computer access to
the Internet. Furthermore, those granted access are responsible for ensuring the
security of their computer access and will be held accountable for that use.
It shall be the responsibility of the IT Department to maintain and support the

computers, network systems, and various associated software and/or hardware located
within the Sheriff's Department. The IT Department will help ensure assigned Internet
and e-mail users comply with all Department policies.
The IT Department, after getting approval from the Sheriff, shall have the authority to
conduct random monitoring of computer systems and all departmental "stand-alone"
computers to ensure compliance with Department policies regarding electronic
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
communications. He may employ security measures to restrict access to certain

computer programs, web sites, etc. and with administrative permission, may periodically
monitor the Internet activity of those assigned access.
B. PURPOSE
The purpose of this policy is to provide guidelines to ensure continuous, uniform and
effective computer and network operations; to comply with local, state and federal laws
and regulations regarding electronic communications; to safeguard the Department and
its data from computer viruses; limit Internet use for legitimate purposes only; and to
make aware of the potential dangers of Internet and email use.
C. Guidelines On Computer/Network Use

A. Access to the department's local area network (LAN) is essential to carry out job
functions.
B. Access to the department's LAN is restricted by user ID and password. No one

can access the network resources without being authenticated by the server.
C. All users must have their own unique user Id and password. The IT Department
will provide all user ID's and passwords.
D. VCIN / NCIC passwords are generated via the Virginia State Police and can be
obtained from the Communications Supervisor.
E. E-911 user ID and passwords are generated by the Communications Supervisor
F. Under no circumstance, should an employee allow another user to access any

computer using his/her ID and password.
G. All users should log off from their assigned workstation when leaving the area to
prevent unauthorized use of the department's resources.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
H. In an effort to protect the department data and network, any non-department

issued computer is strictly prohibited from being connected to the department's
network or telephone lines without prior consent from the IT Department.
D. Guidelines On Electronic Communications / Internet Access
A. General guidelines and acceptable use:
a. Internet and e-mail services are provided for certain Departmental

personnel to support open communications and exchanges of information.
While access to the Internet is important in advancing the work of the
Department, this access is a privilege, which is revocable. It is essential
for all users to recognize their responsibilities for all e-mail and Internet
actions. Conformance with acceptable use, as expressed in this
Policy/Procedure, is required.
b. Internet and e-mail services provided by the Department are to be used

for legitimate purposes. The Department maintains the rights for the
Sheriff to access, review, retrieve, and/or monitor all e-mail
communications and Internet addresses or downloads which are
attempted or stored on Department computers.
c. Personnel granted Internet/e-mail privileges are subject to monitoring for

appropriateness. Personnel should have no expectation of privacy for
electronic communications.
d. Workstations utilizing the State Police wide area network (WAN) for
VCIN/NCIC and LIVE SCAN applications cannot have an active internet
connection. These workstations connect the department with the Virginia
State Police and transmit confidential criminal information. This is to
minimize the risk of hacks and security breaches of such sensitive data
and is mandated by the Virginia State Police.
e. Personnel abusing this privilege are subject to discipline for misuse of

electronic communications or their Internet access. When an incidence of
non-compliance is discovered or suspected, the Department shall proceed
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
in accordance with established policies. Suspension of service to users

may occur when deemed necessary to maintain operations and integrity of
Department information systems. A user's access, accounts, passwords,
software and hardware may be withdrawn without notice if a user is
suspected of violating this policy. Discipline may be appropriate for non-
compliance. Criminal or civil action against users may be appropriate
where laws or rights are violated.
B. Department Electronic Mail (E-Mail) Use

a. All personnel who have Department e-mail privileges will check their e-
mail messages regularly while on duty and promptly transmit responses to
other Department members if appropriate and/or required.
b. All routinely transmitted or forwarded electronic communications will be

civil in nature, free of profanity, pornography or other matters of an
indecent or obscene nature. All electronic communications shall be
courteous, professional and businesslike.
c. Any email delivered to your in box with an attachment can potentially

contain a virus. Extreme care and caution should be used when opening
email, especially if the email is not expected or from an unknown source.
Email addresses can be "spoofed" and "phished".
d. Users should be aware of e-mail spoofing, phishing, and spam:

i. Spoofing is forging an e-mail header to make it appear as if it came
from someone other than the actual source. Currently, the
technology and protocol that is used to send e-mail does not offer a
way to authenticate. In some jurisdictions, e-mail spoofing anyone
other than yourself is illegal.
ii. Phishing is the act of sending an e-mail to a user falsely claiming to

be an established legitimate enterprise in an attempt to scam the
user into surrendering private information that will be used for
identity theft. The user is typically asked to update personal
information such as passwords, credit card numbers, social security
numbers, and bank account information.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
iii. Spam is electronic junk mail or junk newsgroup postings. Some

define spam more generally as any unsolicited e-mail. However, if a
long-lost brother finds your e-mail address and sends you a
message, this could hardly be called spam, even though it's
unsolicited. Real spam is generally e-mail advertising for some
product sent to a mailing list or newsgroup.
C. Department Internet Connection

Internet resources must be used to support assigned job responsibilities and for
departmental purposes. Users must abide by copyright, contract, and other local,
state and federal laws. Users must abide by generally accepted network etiquette.
1) Use of Internet resources to access, transmit, or process obscene material,

inappropriate or otherwise offensive text or graphic files, or files dangerous to the
integrity of the network or computer are prohibited, unless authorized by the
Sheriff or designee due to an on-going criminal investigation.
2) Users should be constantly aware that confidentiality of electronic mail and

internet activity cannot be assured. Sensitive or confidential material is not to be
sent over the Internet unless allowed by law or other departmental policy.
3) Users should always log off the Internet when away from their workstation. Users
are restricted from using electronic communications for the following, unless such
use is permitted by law, is in furtherance of a Departmental business and job
related purpose, and with prior approval by the Sheriff:
a. Copying any software, electronic file, program or other data without a

prior, good faith determination that such copying is, in fact, permissible.
b. Use of access to distribute indecent, obscene or pornographic materials.
c. Intentionally developing or distributing programs designed to harass other

users or to infiltrate a computer or computing system.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
d. Use of Internet to intentionally seek out information on, obtain copies of, or
modify files and other data which are private, confidential or not open to
public inspection, unless specifically authorized to do so.
e. Intentionally seeking information on, obtaining copies of, or modifying files

or data belonging to others without authorization of the file owner or
seeking passwords of others in order to gain access to private files
through the network.
f. Use for private or personal business, distribution of computer games,

political lobbying, and other related personal or non-Department uses.
g. Other non-legitimate business or personal purposes that violate federal,

state or local laws or that are determined to be illegal or inappropriate.
The Department may be affected by an employee's use of the Internet for illegal or
inappropriate purposes since the electronic address that appears can be linked to the
Department.
The Department can also be affected by an employee visiting legitimate web sites.
Simply logging onto the internet can put the department at risk for viruses, adware,
Trojans, and other forms of internet "spy ware". Spy ware infects computers through
pop-up windows, instant messaging services, file sharing programs, and security
vulnerabilities in web-browser software.
Personally, spy ware can compromise your identity and personal information.
Professionally, it can compromise network and data security. Spy ware programs can
"steal" from the Department by cluttering computer memory and consuming bandwidth
as it communicates to the spy ware's home base using our internet connection leading
to system crashes and slow performance.
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
E. Use of E-Mail
The Department does not guarantee the privacy or security of e-mail transmitted or
received on its systems, and personnel should not have any expectation of privacy with
respect to any information transmitted, received or stored on any computer or computer
system.
A. The goal of our Department and any use of the Internet e-mail systems are to
promote teamwork, help develop professional relationships, reduce paperwork
and improve efficiency. E-mail, however, is not appropriate for confidential
information nor can it replace important face-to-face meetings.
B. To assure the appropriate use of e-mail systems, personnel are expected to be

courteous and respect the public nature and business purposes of this
communications method whether internal or external e-mail is utilized.
C. The following electronic communication actions are strictly prohibited

a. Purposes which violate the laws of the United States, Commonwealth of
Virginia or the County of Greensville;
b. For profit or commercial activities unless specific to the mission or duties

of the Department;
c. Composing or sending electronic communications which contain racial or

sexual slurs or jokes, or harassing, intimidating, abusive, or offensive
material to or about others;
d. Unauthorized or improperly downloading, accessing or sending of

copyrighted information, documents or software;
e. Intentionally developing programs designed to harass other users or

infiltrate a computer, computing system or communications network and/or
damage or alter the software components of same;
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDS/SUPERCEDES:
f. Fund raising or public relations or political activities not specifically related

to Departmental activities;
g. Any attempt to gain access to another e-mail account or file without the
permission of the Sheriff is prohibited.
h. Passwords should be protected at all times. Personnel should log off of

the workstation when they leave the area. This will prohibit unauthorized
use of department resources.
GO 2-57: Flock Camera Alert & Response Procedures

REVIEW/REVISED DATE:
NEXT REVIEW DATE:
AMMENDMENTS/SUPERCEEDS:
APPROVED BY: W.T. JARRATT JR., SHERIFF
Note: This general order is for internal use only and does not enlarge officer’s civil or
criminal liability in any way. It should not be construed as the creation of a higher
standard of safety or care in an evidentiary sense, with respect to third party claims.
Violations of this directive, if proven, can only form the basis for a complaint by this
department and then only in a non-judicial administrative setting.
I. PUPOSE
The purpose of this policy is to develop a standard operating procedure for the usage of
the Flock camera system as well as handling alerts that are generated by the system.
II. POLICY
It is the policy of this office that alerts of the Flock camera system are monitored twenty-
four hours a day. This allows law enforcement officers to be dispatched to all flock
alarms as soon as possible. This policy also will build a streamline process for the
receiving, processing, dispatching and response to all flock alerts.
III. PROCEDURE
A. Access
i. Access will be granted to all law enforcement certified staff as well
as all communications center staff.
ii. Any other personnel inside or outside of the department who

request access, must be approved by the sheriff or his designee.
B. Usage
i. Usage of the Flock system, is restricted to conducting official
business of GCSO related to an investigation only.
ii. All searches of flock cameras must have a reason entered. The
reason should be your report number generated by CAD for your
IBR report.
C. Alerts
i. Alerts will be monitored by staff of the E-911 Communications
Center twenty-four hours a day. This will be monitored via the web
based Flock interface.
ii. Alerts also will be sent to those authorized users via text and email.
While the information provided is considered confidential, the
receiving and viewing of this information should be restricted to
departmental devices only.
D. Flock Camera Locations:

i. Flock Camera #1 – 1397 Skippers Rd (Southbound)
ii. Flock Camera #2 – 1500 Courtland Rd (Westbound)
iii. Flock Camera #3 – 263 Grigg Ave (Eastbound)
iv. Flock Camera #4 – 720 Dry Bread Rd (Eastbound)
v. Flock Camera #5 – 802 Moore’s Ferry Rd (Westbound)
vi. Flock Camera #6 – 1777 Dry Bread Rd (West Bound)
vii. Flock Camera #7 – 993 Pleasant Shade Dr (Westbound)
viii. Flock Camera #8 – 3102 Sussex Dr (Southbound)
E. Communications Center Responsibility

i. The E-911 Communications Center upon receiving a Flock alert
shall review the alert immediately and generate a call for service for
a law enforcement response.
ii. Create a CFS using the location where the flock alarm was
received. Flock cameras have been assigned a 911 address and
can be found in CAD using B/FLOCK.
1. The address should remain as the Flock cameras address.

When a deputy makes contact with a person or vehicle, they
will advise the Communications Center via radio and it will
be updated as a location change in CAD.
iii. All flock alerts will use the nature code “Flock”.
iv. The notes of the call should reflect what the alert was and all
pertinent information from the alert to include:
a. Type of alert (Amber, stolen vehicle, Missing Person,
etc.)
v. The call should be immediately dispatched to all units on shift and

all information given via radio.
vi. All alerts for stolen vehicles, missing persons and amber alerts
must be confirmed in VCIN/NCIC as well
1. Vehicles should be ran by VIN or license plate
2. Persons should be ran only by name and date of birth
vii. Once you dispatch the alert, confirm the alert via VCIN/NCIC by
querying the information provided in the Flock Alert, alert the
responding units of the VCIN/NCIC response and document it in
the CFS.
viii. Once the vehicle has been stopped and/or person(s) have been
detained, begin the VCIN/NCIC process of sending a HIT to the
entering jurisdiction. Hits should not be sent until the vehicle is
stopped and proper driver and occupant identification made
F. Law Enforcement Responsibilities

i. If you receive an alert but have not been notified by the E-911
Communications Center, confirm with them that they received the
alert.
ii. All law enforcement responses will be a “Code 2” response unless

a supervisor deems that a “Code 1” response is needed.
iii. Law Enforcement officers must ensure that the alert has been
queried through VCIN/NCIC before conducting a vehicle stop.
Once the queried is positive, the stop can be conducted.
1. A flock alert alone, IS NOT grounds to stop a vehicle or

detain a person. ALL alerts shall be confirmed by dispatch
prior to making a stop or detaining a person.
iv. Once the vehicle has been stopped and or person(s) have been
detained and identified, the Communications Center will then begin
the VCIN/NCIC process of sending a HIT the entering jurisdiction.
v. When patrol officers of this department take a report for a stolen

vehicle, s/he shall have the shift supervisor enter the vehicle stolen
into the Flock system with a 24 hour time period for alerts. This
gives the Flock system time to sync with NCIC which is every 6
hours.
vi. A report must be completed for each Flock alert that patrol officers
are dispatched to where they make contact with a person and or
vehicle, a report must be completed. If an arrest is made from the
alert, an arrest module must accompany the report. In cases were
no arrest is made the offense code “Flock” will be used with a case
status of information only for the report.
GO 2-58 Holding / Lockup Area

APPROVED BY: W. T .JARRATT JR., Sheriff
V. L. E. P. S. C. STANDARDS: OPR. 10.01 - 10.05, 11.01 - 11.03, 14.01
safety or care in an evidential sense, with respect to third party claims. Violations of this
I. POLICY
It is the policy of the Greensville County Sheriff’s Office to provide a secure and safe holding
facility for those individuals awaiting court, being transferred to other states or local facilities,
being detained in interview rooms or in holding cells within the Sheriff’s Office. These holding
areas are located in the Greensville Courthouse Complex and the interview rooms and holding
cells are located in the Sheriff's Office. Access is restricted to authorized personnel.
II. PURPOSE
The purpose of this Standard Operating Procedure is to establish procedures for the
management, operation, maintenance, and security of the interview areas and courthouse
holding facility within the control of members of the Sheriff's Office.
III. DEFINITIONS
A. Interview Areas: Temporary areas where interviews are conducted.
B. Courthouse Holding Facility: A temporary detention facility where prisoners involved in

the court process are securely held awaiting court appearances or return to a jail facility.
C Sheriff’s Office Holding Facility: a temporary detention facility where prisoners who are in
the custody of Greensville County Sheriff’s Office are securely held to be interviewed and
or awaiting to go before a Magistrate.
IV. PROCEDURE
A. Responsibilities:
The Administrative Captain or designee is responsible for the management, training
for, and operation of the courthouse and sheriff’s office holding facility and cells. The
Administrative Captain or designee shall assure that all personnel involved receive
training in the operation of the holding/lockup/ courthouse/sheriff’s office holding
facilities.
The deputies shall, but are not limited to, carry out the following duties.
1. Inspecting prior to the receiving and securing of prisoners in the holding area for
contraband, health hazards, and condition of security or other equipment.
2. Documenting prisoner movement and unusual events occurring within the holding
area.
3. Controlling the use of audio/visual equipment to protect the privacy of the individual
detained.
4. Assuring that females and juveniles are kept separate from males while in the court
holding facilities.
5. Reporting to a supervisor verbally and in writing any unsafe situations or unusual

occurrences.
6. All persons shall be searched before being placed in a temporary holding cell. All
belongings including their belt must be placed into an evidence bag and secured in
the property lock box in lockup area. Each bag shall have the defendants name listed
on the bag.
7. When the temporary holding facility at the Sheriff’s Office is used, the officer
placing the detainee in the holding cell must provide the communication center with
the following information via radio:
 Detainees name
 Holding cell number (1, 2 or 3)
o The Communications Center will then create an event in the CAD
system and assign the appropriate holding cell number to that event.
The Communications Center will call that officer via radio every 25
minutes to perform a security check of the detainee. Once the security
check is done, the deputy will relay it to the Communications Center
via radio and the check will be documented.
B. Physical Plan:
1. Sufficient air, lighting, and sanitary facilities will be provided for prisoners held in
the courtroom temporary holding cells. All cells in the holding area are to be equipped
with a toilet, washbasin, and drinking water.
2. The holding cell facility will be inspected at least weekly to ensure that cleanliness
standards have been met and that the temporary holding cells are free of pests and
vermin. The holding cells at the Sheriff’s Office will be inspected by the
Administrative Captain and the holding cells within the court house will be inspected
by a Supervisor at the courthouse. This inspection will be documented on the
logbook. This inspection will be documented on the sheriff’s office holding cell
logbook.
C. Safety and Sanitation:

1. Fire Prevention Practices and Procedures:
The Court Security Staff will follow fire prevention practices and procedures. The
facility's automatic fire alarm, sprinklers and heat system will be inspected by the Fire
Marshal or his designee and will inspect smoke detection system annually, and a
report provided.
a. Fire Equipment Inspection:

Fire equipment will be routinely inspected to ensure compliance with all
applicable fire safety standards.
b. When inspections are done and there is a determination that vermin and pest
control are needed, the request is forwarded it to the Sheriff via email, who will
schedule the pest control service.
D. Security
1. All weapons will be properly secured prior of entering any holding/lockup area.
2. If at all possible, the deputy will not enter the holding cell. In the event the deputy
has to enter the holding cell, he or she will call for backup. Prisoners will be called out
of the holding cell.
3. Prior to moving prisoners in or out of holding area, the deputies will solicit the
attention of the other courtroom deputy.
4. All keys will be kept safe, away from the grasp of prisoners. Deputies will account
for their keys upon leaving the holding area.
5. A physical security check of each detainee in the custody of any member of the
Greensville Sheriff's Office will occur every thirty minutes.
6. All prisoners will be searched prior to being placed in a holding cell or interview
room. All prisoners transported into the courthouse holding area will be restrained
with leg restraints, waist to handcuff restraint and handcuffs. The prisoners will remain
in the holding area, restrained in at least leg restraints until they are called into court.
There will be certain instances when a prisoner shall be left in full restraints until
called into court. They will be unrestrained only after exiting the holding cell and the
cell is secure. After a prisoner leaves the courtroom, he or she will be placed back in
the restraints. The prisoners will be transported back to jail in the full restraints.
8. All prisoner papers and records will be kept safe and away from unauthorized
disclosure at all times while in the custody of members of the Greensville Sheriff's
Office. Any member of the Greensville Sheriff's Office who has custody of any
prisoner's paperwork or records shall maintain said information in a safe and secure
manner within the respective court area. This is to ensure that any prisoner
paperwork or records cannot be disclosed, removed or read by any unauthorized
personnel. Only designated members of the Greensville Sheriff's Office shall have
access to the designated inmate records.
9. Keys for the holding/lockup area at the Sheriff’s Office will be returned to the
Communications Center after the detainee is placed into the holding cell and after
each holding cell check.
E. Release of Prisoners:
1. Prisoners transported from the jail for court and whose release is ordered by the
court will be returned to the jail for release.
a. It is the current policy of the courts that all inmate releases shall take place
upon the return of the inmate to the jail facility. The courts order that the prisoner
be return to the jail to be processed out.
b. If the prisoner is released, then the release verification for that prisoner, will
be forwarded to the jail, upon the return of the inmate. The court will forward the
proper paperwork to the jail and the records section for initiation of the release
process.
c. All prisoners will be positively identified prior to their release.
F. Medical and Health Care Services:

1. Medical Assistance
a. Emergency Assistance:
Prisoners in the courtroom's holding facility will be provided emergency medical
assistance if needed. The court deputy will notify the Communications Division
of any emergencies involving prisoners transported from the court holding cells.
b. Non-Emergency Medical Assistance:

Prisoners in courtroom's holding cells who require care for non-life threatening
conditions will be removed to the jail, if possible. The deputy assigned to the
courthouse will notify a supervisor of the situation. The supervisor will notify the
jail for pick up for further medical examination.
c. If a transport to the jail or a hospital is deemed to be unnecessary, the deputy

assigned to courthouse security will document the same. Deputies will make a
security check every thirty minutes.
d. The Court Security Supervisor, or his or her designee, will notify the jail
supervisor so that medical care, if necessary, can be provided upon the
prisoner's arrival at the jail.
e. All reported injury incidents concerning a prisoner will be assigned an event

and report number through CAD system. The deputy that placed the inmate in
custody or is transporting the inmate will write an incident report.
G. Interview Rooms:
1. The Administrative Captain or designee shall oversee the general condition of the
interview rooms located at the Greensville Sheriff's Office. The Administrative
Captain or designee, will regularly inspect the rooms for: weapons, repairs, furniture
problems, etc. An inspection shall occur prior to and after each interview.
a. No detainee will be left unattended in an interview room unless the detainee is
being watched by video. The deputy or other law enforcement personnel must
be in close proximity of the interview room at all times when there is no law
enforcement officer in the room, or watching the detainee with video.
b. In the event a detainee needs to be unrestrained during an interview, there

will be a backup deputy observing the interview.
c. No detainee will enter the interview area unless searched prior to entering the
area. When a suspect has been invited to the Sheriff's Office to be interviewed,
the suspect will be searched prior to entering the interview area.
d. When deputies are interviewing a detainee alone, the detainee will be

restrained, handcuffed either from behind, or with a waist to handcuff restraint,
unless a supervisor has approved restraint removal.
e. Deputies must secure their weapons in a lock-box when interviewing
suspects or detainees.
f. The key to the interview room is maintained in the communications center and
a logbook for usage shall be recorded if a manual key is needed. Electronic logs
of each employee’s key fob access swipe.
g. All patrol deputies shall be trained on all usage of interview room/holding

cells.
I. Escape
See GO 2-37 for information regarding escapes, GO 2-37 guidelines apply.

Greensville County Sheriff&#39;s Office Policy &amp; Procedure Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Greensville County Sheriff&#39;s Office Policy &amp; Procedure Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

RR 1-1: ORGANIZATION OF MANUAL

EFFECTIVE DATE: 08/01/16

V. L. E. P. S. C. STANDARDS: ADM. 09.01 - 09.02

A. Policy is a statement of this Office's philosophy on a given issue. Policy

V. L. E. P. S. C. STANDARDS: ADM. 09.01 - 09.02

2. Only the Sheriff or his designee determines policy.

B. A rule is a specific prohibition or requirement governing the behavior of

C. A regulation, which may contain one or more rules, is an administrative order

2. Only the Sheriff or his designee revises regulations.

D. A procedure defines a method of performing an operation or a manner of

2. Unlike rules and regulations, violations of general orders may result in

3. Only the Sheriff or his designee authorizes general orders.

V. L. E. P. S. C. STANDARDS: ADM. 09.01 - 09.02

E. A memorandum, either (1) provides useful, specific information to officers not

2. A directive is a memorandum that is written by the Sheriff's Office

F. The manual is a collection of rules, regulations, and general orders of the

IV. ORGANIZATION OF THE MANUAL

A. The manual is divided into three components: introduction, rules and

2. Rules and regulations govern conduct, personnel, and administrative

3. General orders contain operational guidelines, or procedures. General orders

V. L. E. P. S. C. STANDARDS: ADM. 09.01 - 09.02

B. Rules and regulations are numbered consecutively, preceded by "1-( )."

E. Any deputy or civilian member of the department may suggest or

V. INDEXING, PURGING, UPDATING & REVISING RULES

V. L. E. P. S. C. STANDARDS: ADM. 09.01 - 09.02

V. L. E. P. S. C. STANDARDS: ADM. 01.02, 02.01, 07.04

"As a law enforcement officer, my fundamental duty is to serve mankind; to

V. L. E. P. S. C. STANDARDS: ADM. 01.02, 02.01, 07.04

IV. GENERAL DUTIES

B. Obedience to laws, ordinances, rules, regulations

V. L. E. P. S. C. STANDARDS: ADM. 01.02, 02.01, 07.04

3. VIOLATION OF LAW - Supervisory officers of this Office will not knowingly or

4. UNSATISFACTORY PERFORMANCE – Unsatisfactory performance may be

5. CONFLICT OF ORDERS - To permit effective supervision, direction, and

V. L. E. P. S. C. STANDARDS: ADM. 01.02, 02.01, 07.04

6. OBEDIENCE TO ORDERS - No employee of this Office is required to obey any

8. ARRESTS OF LAW ENFORCEMENT OFFICERS - A deputy who arrests a member

9. EVIDENCE - Evidence in the form of contraband will be stored in the

a. Deputies shall report evidence not contraband obtained during their

V. L. E. P. S. C. STANDARDS: ADM. 01.02, 02.01, 07.04

c. Field Testing Narcotics:

V. L. E. P. S. C. STANDARDS: ADM. 01.02, 02.01, 07.04

12. ENFORCEMENT WHILE OFF-DUTY - If a deputy while off-duty, witnesses a

a. The law violation was committed in Greensville County, and

c. He displays identification to the violator and announces his purpose, and

15. DEADLY FORCE - Deputies may use deadly force:

a. To defend themselves or other persons from what the deputy perceives as

b. To effect an arrest or prevent an escape when the deputy reasonably

V. L. E. P. S. C. STANDARDS: ADM. 01.02, 02.01, 07.04

poses an immediate threat to kill or otherwise seriously injure another person,

16. WARNING SHOTS - Warning shots are strictly prohibited.

1. Disciplinary actions may include a warning, an oral or written reprimand,

2. As appropriate, disciplinary action may be taken for any of the following

a. Incompetent or inefficient performance of duty orientation to or dereliction

b. Insubordination, discourteous treatment of the public or a fellow employee,

d. Conviction of a felony or misdemeanor involving conduct which shocks the

V. L. E. P. S. C. STANDARDS: ADM. 01.02, 02.01, 07.04

e. Failure to report to an appropriate superior authority incompetence,

3. Examples of behavior specifically prohibited include:

a. Use of alcoholic beverages on duty, or drunkenness on duty.

b. Use of illegal drugs or narcotics.

c. Buying alcoholic beverages while on-duty or in uniform.

d. Acting as bailer for anyone other than a family member.

e. Releasing any information to a suspect or convicted person that would

Greensville County Sheriff's Office Policy & Procedure Manual

Greensville County Sheriff's Office Policy & Procedure Manual